2003
APPROVAL GUIDE
CHAPTER 14
ELECTRICAL SIGNALING
Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative
of fire, smoke, sprinkler waterflow or other emergency and to produce supervisory signals indicative of conditions
needing attention with respect to protection equipment or watch service. System configurations are classified
according to where and how the signals are received. The categories are commonly designated as local, municipal,
remote station, proprietary and central station. Auxiliary systems are either local or proprietary systems
interconnected with a municipal system.
This chapter presents the major system component categories and the integrated system configurations. The
selection of components to form a hybrid system should be made only by those skilled in system design. Also, the
suitability of any system application should be judged on the basis of the hazard(s) being protected.
ALARM SIGNAL INITIATING DEVICES
Alarm signals are initiated either automatically or manually. Automatic detectors respond to changes in
characteristic phenomena associated with fire or other emergency conditions.
Fire Detection, Heat-Actuated
Heat sensitive devices may be either ‘‘spot’’ or ‘‘line’’ type and operate at a fixed temperature or on a rapid increase
in temperature (rate-of-rise). Some detectors combine the fixed and rate sensitive principles.
The spacing guides listed are indicative of each detector’s relative sensitivity and, in each case, the spacing guide
is the maximum recommended separation between detectors for smooth-ceiling installations. For a given
temperature rating, a fixed-temperature detector which has a 30 ft (9 m) listing and one which has a 15 ft (5 m) listing
will both respond at approximately the same time to a geometrically growing fire if each is installed at its listed
spacing. Approved rate-of-rise detectors all have 30 ft (9 m) listed spacings, the maximum separation recommended
by FM Approvals.
Installation of heat detectors at less than maximum spacing is necessary: to achieve earlier response; to
compensate for ceiling obstructions such as beams and joists; and to compensate for ceiling heights greater than
15 ft (5 m). Proper location and use of heat detectors involves consideration of ceiling construction, the location of
partitions, the maximum normal room temperature, heat produced by the occupancy, and whether detector function
is to warn occupants or to automatically actuate protection equipment. Refer to Standard 72-1993 of the National Fire
Protection Association and design specifications published by jurisdictional authorities, as appropriate.
ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486
Fixed-Temperature Thermostat. Nos. 4218, B4218, 135°, 190°, 275°, 350°F (57°, 88°, 135°, 177°C). Normally open, self-restoring contacts
rated for 1 A at 125 V ac or 0.5 A at 24 V dc. Spacing guide: 135°F (57°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 190°F (88°C) rating, 25 by 25 ft
(8 by 8 m) max, 275° and 350°F (135° and 177°C) ratings, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Thermal Fire Detector. Cat. No. 475 285 is combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Cat. No. 475 290 is combination
fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C); Cat. No. 475 750 is fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Cat. No. 475 751 is fixed-temperature,
194°F (90°C); with plastic base; contacts rated 5.0 A at 28 V dc, 3.0 A at 120 V ac. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
AFA Protective Systems Inc, 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave, North Brunswick NJ 08902
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Alison Control Inc, 35 Daniel Rd, Fairfield NJ 07004
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd, 36 Brookside Rd, Havant Hampshire P09 1JR England
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Series 60A. P/N 55000-151, factory set to operate at 160°F (71°C); P/N 55000152, 210°F (99°C), P/N 55000-153, 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current of 30 to 45 µA. Spacing
guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, P/N 45681-220, two wire; and P/N 45681-227, for
two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (60A, P/N 55000-151, -152, -153) and its two-wire
bases (60A, P/N 45681-200, -220, -227): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Thorn Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500,
TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.
Brand-Rex Limited, West Bridgewater St, Leigh Lancashire WN7 4HB England
Line Type Heat Sensing Cable. Cable Type H8028 operates at 220°F (105°C); H8040 and H8040N operate at 145°-158°F (63°-70°C);
H8045 and H8045N operate at 180°F (82°C); H8069 operates at 350°F (177°C); and H9650 operates at 452°F (233°C). Each cable is a
continuous line type open circuit detector that shorts when in an alarm condition. Accessories for installing the cable include Thomas & Betts
Model TC5375 standoff support/cable ties, Model TC88 routing clamp, Model TC5345A or TC5347A mounting base plus cable ties and
Scotchlok Communication Model U1R cable connectors. Max rating for all cables is 1 A, 110 V dc. Spacing guide: parallel cable runs should
not be more than 20 ft (6 m) apart. Note: the Types H8069 and H9650 are intended for proximity detection only.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-2
Chemetronics, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721
Spot Fire Lowecator. Model B. Standard, explosionproof, weatherproof and moistureproof thermostats. Series 501, 502 are combination
rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 136° and 190°F (58° and 88°C) respectively; Series 503, 504 are fixed-temperature only, 136° and 190°F
(58° and 88°C). Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moistureproof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G
hazardous locations. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide:
Series 501 and 502, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; Series 503 and 504, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Spot Fire Lowecator. Model C. Series 601, 621 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Series 602, 622 are
combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Series 601, 621, 602, 622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Series
603, 623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Series 604, 624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6
by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,
1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Stargard Series 400 Models A, AT. Fixed-temperature. 135°, 155°, 200°F (57°, 68°, 93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 A
at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m);
for 155°, 200°F (68°, 93°C) detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).
Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal Ltd.,
Owen Sound, Ontario/Alarm Industry Products, Farmington, CT/Mirtone, Unit General Signal Ltd., Downsview, Ontario.) Units may bear the
name brands and model designations shown below.
Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C).
Edwards
281B
281BL
281C
291B
291C
EST
Mirtone
AIP
281B
281BL
281C
291B
291C
73340U
A1281B
73440
A1281C
73341U
A1282B
282C
292C
73341
A1282C
283B
283BL
283C
293B
293C
73342U
A1283B
73342
A1283C
284B
284BL
294B
73343U
A1284B
284C
294C
73344
A1284C
Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C).
282B
282BL
292B
282B
282BL
292B
Combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 197°F (92°C).
282C
292C
Fixed-temperature 135°F (57°C)
283B
283BL
283C
293B
293C
Fixed-temperature 194°F (90°C)
284B
284BL
294B
Fixed-temperature 197°F (92°C)
284C
294C
Models which bear an optional -P suffix are equipped with a plastic mounting plate. Spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Fixed Temperature Detector. Model EDWB402B, factory-set to operate at 190°F (88°C), 15 to 35 V dc with Models EDWB402B or
EDWB406B bases. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit.
Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max.
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 5451A, factory-set to operate at 135°F (57.2°C), 15 to 35 V dc. For use with
Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m)
max.
Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Model Nos. 9300, 9301. Fixed-temperature. Either model 135° or 200°F (57°or 93°C). Contacts rated for 0.3 A
at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide: 125°F (52°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 200°F
(93°C) rating, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detectors. Models 60-1029 and 60-1030 factory set to operate at 135°F (58°C) and 190°F
(88°C), respectively. Operating voltage range of 15 to 30 VDC. Spacing guide: 20 x 20 feet (6.1 x 6.1 m) max. To be used with 67-1036 and
67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.
Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Standard, explosionproof, weatherproof and moistureproof thermostats. Models 501, 502 are combination
rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 136° and 190°F (58° and 88°C) respectively; Models 503, 504 are fixed-temperature only, 136° and 190°F
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-3
(58° and 88°C). Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moistureproof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous
locations. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: Series
501 and 502, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; Series 503 and 504, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models 601, 621 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models 602, 622 are
combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Series 601, 621, 602, 622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models
603, 623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models 604, 624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6
by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,
1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models FL, FLD. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at
125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C) detectors,
15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).
Alarmline Heat Detection System. Line-type Sensing Cables P/N 73-117068-004, -007, -010, -013, -016, -019 with FC-72 control and FAL
interface. Cables consist of four 26 AWG solid copper conductors covered with a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by a
sheath of high temperature PVC or nylon. A protective coating of phosphor bronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasion
protection. Choice of standard or high resistance cables depends on length and ambient or alarm temperature requirements of the application.
Cable consists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at one end of the cable; the other end connects to the interface
module. Each cable is self-restoring, up to 390°F (200°C) depending on time of exposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is set
by a 12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. The suffix in the P/N indicates the following: -004, standard sensor in PVC sheath;
-007, standard sensor in nylon sheath; -010, standard sensor with phosphor bronze braid coating; -013, high resistance cable in PVC sheath;
-016, high resistance cable in nylon sheath; -019, high resistance cable with phosphor bronze braid coating. Max spacing between parallel
lengths of Alarmline cable should be 30 ft (9 m). (See FCI Model FC-72 listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Combination Rate-of-Rise Fixed-Temperature Detector. Models 51, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 52, 190°F (88°C). Operating
contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by
30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Fixed-Temperature Detector. Models 53, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 54, 190°F (58°C). Operating contacts normally open.
Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Model Nos. 45, 47. Fixed-temperature. Either Model, 135° or 200°F (57° or 93°C). Contacts rated for 0.3 A at
250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide: 135°F (57°C) rating, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 200°F
(93°C) rating, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max.
Thermal Fire Detector. Model HD-81, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model HD-82, combination fixed
temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C); Model HD-83, fixed temperature, 135°F (57°C); Model HD-84, fixed temperature, 194°F (90°C).
Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Heat Detector. Models HD-601, -602 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-602, -622 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models HD-601, -621, -602, -622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models
HD-603, -623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-604, -624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20
by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125
V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr, Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621
Spot Type Restorable Heat Detector. Models DCA-135, -190 are a combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature. Model DCA-135 has an
operating temperature of 135°F (57°C); Model DCA-190 has an operating temperature of 190°F (88°C). Each detector has normally open
contacts rated 24 V dc at 0.3 A. May be used with the Model HSB-100 base, HS-100, -X, -XL Series bases (where X = 2, 21, 22, 220, 221,
224 or 225), or Model HSC-XL Series bases (where X = 21, 220, 221, 224 or 225); the suffix L signifies the presence of a latching LED which
remains on even after the self-restoring detector has restored to normal. Resetting the control panel extinguishes the LED. Spacing guide:
30 × 30 ft (9 × 9 m) max.
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detectors. Models DCD-135 and DCD-190 factory set to operate at 135°F (58°C) and 190°F
(88°C), respectively. Operating voltage range of 15 to 30 V dc. Spacing guide: 20×20 ft (6.1×6.1 m) max. To be used with NS4-100, -220, -221,
and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220, -221, and -224 6 in. bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R.
Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types T487A1003, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); T487A1011, 190°F
(88°C). Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by
30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates
moistureproof assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and
G hazardous locations.
Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types T487B1002, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); T487B1010, 190°F (88°C). Operating contacts
normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5
by 5 m) max.
Fire Detector. Fixed-temperature Types T4057B1005, T4057B1021, 135°F (57°C); T4057B1013, T4057B1039, 200°F (93°C). Spacing
guide: 20 by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) FT units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) FT units. Combination rate-of-rise
and fixed-temperature Types T4057A1007, T4057A1023, 135°F (57°C); T4057A1015, T4057A1031, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30
ft (9 by 9 m) max for T4057A’s. Contacts for all types rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models T4010A-1003, -1011, T4010C-1009, -1017. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contacts
rated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0 A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft
(9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C) detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).
Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721
AlarmLine Heat Detection System. Line-type Sensing Cables P/N 73-117068-004, -007, -010, -013, -016, -019 with Fenwal’s 3210 control
and P/N 73-117068-001 interface or P/N 73-117068-046 heat detector unit. Cables consist of four 26 AWG solid copper conductors covered
with a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by a sheath of high temperature PVC or nylon. A protective coating of phosphor
bronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasion protection. Choice of standard or high resistance cables depends on length and
ambient or alarm temperature requirements of the application. Cable consists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at one
end of the cable; the other end connects to the interface module. Each cable is self-restoring, up to 390°F (200°C) depending on time of
exposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is set by a 12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. The suffix in the P/N
indicates the following: -004, standard sensor in PVC sheath; -007, standard sensor in nylon sheath; -010, standard sensor with phosphor
bronze braid coating; -013, high resistance cable in PVC sheath; -016, high resistance cable in nylon sheath; -019, high resistance cable with
phosphor bronze braid coating. Max spacing between parallel lengths of Alarmline cable should be 30 ft (9 m). Nylon sheathed cable is
recommended for low temperature installations (less than 0°F [-17°C]); however, installation and repair of the cable must be done at
14-4
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and higher. Each 73-117068-046 heat detector unit is suitable for indoor use and for a temperature range of -13°
to 122°F (-25° to 50°C), requires 24 V dc power and is equipped with alarm and trouble relay contacts for connection to the initiating device
circuit of the Approved local control panel. (See Fenwal Model 3210 listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Detect-A-Fire Detection Device. Series 27020, 27021, 27120, 27121, 28020, 28021. These devices are self-restoring heat-actuated
switches. Rate-compensated operation reduces thermal lag. Series 27020, 27120, 28020 have normally closed contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V,
60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc; these are suitable for installation where a fire signal, caused by a break in detection circuit wiring, is permitted. Series
27021, 27121, 28021 have normally open contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V, 60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 2 A at 24 V dc and 1 A at 48 V dc. Series
28041 is the same as Series 28021 except Series 28041 has a thicker outside shell. Specific models are listed below.
Line Type Heat Sensing Cable. Cable Type 73-200000-003 operates at 220°F (105°C); 73-200000-001 and 73-200000-011 operate at
145°-158°F (63°-70°C); 73-200000-012 and 73-200000-002 operate at 180°F (82°C); 73-200000-004 operates at 350°F (177°C); and
73-200000-005 operates at 452°F (233°C). Each cable is a continuous line type open circuit detector that shorts when in an alarm condition.
Max rating for all cables is 1 A, 110 V dc. Spacing guide: parallel cable runs should not be more than 20 ft (6 m) apart. Note: the Types
73-200000-004 and 73-200000-005 are intended for proximity detection only.
Models 27020-0, -1, -2, -9, 27021-0, -1, -2 are for horizontal mounting. Operating temperature available at 140°, 160°, 190°, 225°, 275° or
325°F (60°, 71°, 88°, 107°, 135° or 163°C). Models 27020-0 and 27021-0 are for horizontal flush mounting for concealed wiring. Model
27020-1 is limited to 30 V ac or dc when used with exposed wiring. Models 27021-1 and 27020-9 are limited to 5 A at 30 V ac, 2 A at 24 V dc
when used with exposed wiring.
Models 70-202006-020, -021, -030, -031, -040, -041. The -020, -030 and -040 units are rate-compensated 140°F (60°C) thermal detectors;
-021, -031 and -041 units are rate-compensated at 190°F (88°C) detectors. The -030, -031, -040 and -041 units are used with 70-20100-001,
-002, -004 and -101 smoke detector bases; -020 and -021 units are used with the 70-20100-001, -002 and -101 bases. The operating voltage
range is 10 to 40 V dc. The units have normally open contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 2 A at 24 V dc and 1 A at 48 V dc.
Models 27120-22, 27120-222, 27121-20, 28020-3, 28020-203, 28021-5 are suitable for Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups A, B, C and D
and Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations when installed according to the National Electrical Code®. Models
27120-0, 27120-200, 27121-0, 28021-0, 28021-11, -12 and -13 are suitable for Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D and Class II,
Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations when installed according to the National Electrical Code®. Operating temperatures
available at 140°, 160°, 190°, 210°, 225°, 275°, 325°, 360°, 450°, 500°, 600° or 725°F (60°, 71°, 88°, 99°, 107°, 135°, 163°, 182°, 232°, 260°,
316° or 385°C).
Models 27120-0, -200, -22, -222 and 27121-0, -20 with temperature settings of 140°, 160°, 190° and 225°F (60°, 71°, 88° and 107°C) are
suitable for outdoor use (NEMA 3 rating) when mounted on Killark outlet box VLJX-1, cover VJH-1 and gasket VBNB.
Spacing guide for all types: 25 by 25 ft (8 by 8 m) max.
Kidde Fire Protection Ltd, Belvue Rd, Northolt Middlesex UB5 5QW England
AlarmLine Heat Detection System. Consists of line type sensing cable and series 4 LHD interface module P/N K82194. Cables consist of
four 26 AWG solid copper conductors covered with a negative temperature coefficient material, insulated by a sheath of high temperature PVC
(‘‘Standard Sensor Cable’’ P/N K82017) or PVC with nylon jacket (‘‘Nylon Coated Sensor’’ P/N K82021). A version with a protective outer
weave of phosphor bronze braid is available for applications requiring abrasion protection (‘‘Bronze Braided Sensor’’ P/N K82078). Cable
consists of four copper conductors. Pairs of conductors are joined at one end of the cable; the other end connects to the interface module.
Each cable is self-restoring, up to 257°F (125°C), depending on time of exposure to high temperature. The alarm temperature is set by a
12-position alarm trip switch on the interface module. Nylon sheathed cable is recommended for low temperature installations (less than 0°F
[-17°C]); however, installation and repair of the cable must be done at temperatures of 32°F (0°C) and higher. Each K82194 interface module
is suitable for indoor use and for a temperature range of -13° to 122°F (-25° to 50°C), requires 24 V dc power, provide LEDs and a test switch
for alarm and fault and is equipped with alarm and trouble relay contacts for connection to the initiating device circuit of the Approved fire alarm
control panel. Maximum spacing for Alarmline cable for open area protection is 30 ft (9 m).
King-Fisher Co, 2350 Foster Ave, Wheeling IL 60090
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Mine Safety Appliances Co, Safety Products Div, Box 439, Pittsburgh PA 15230
Thermotect Fixed-Temperature Detector. P/N 459769, 133°F (56°C); P/N 459770, 190°F (88°C). Special purpose fire-detecting thermostats
designed for alarm signaling in coal mines. Designed to be snap-locked on No. 16 AWG insulated pair, twisted copper stranded wire. Operates
at fixed temperatures of 133° and 190°F (56° and 88°C). Normally open, self-restoring contacts rated for 6 A at 125 V ac, 1.0 A at 125 V dc,
and 3 A at 6-28 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Heat Detector. Models HD-601, -602 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-602, -622 are combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models HD-601, -621, -602, -622, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models
HD-603, -623 are fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Models HD-604, -624 are fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20
by 20 ft (6 by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at
6-125 V ac, 1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Protectowire Co, Box 200, Hanover MA 02339
Types P, WPP, WFR, EPC, EPN and EPR fixed temperature, heat-sensitive cable for area heat detection. Rated operating temperatures
are: regular, 155°F (68°C); intermediate, 190°F (88°C); high, 280°F (138°C). Types EPC, EPN and EPR also have an extra high, 356°F
(180°C) which is intended for proximity detection only. Rated for 30 V ac, 42 V dc. Spacing guide for all but the ‘‘extra high’’ cables: 25 × 25 ft
(7.6 × 7.6 m).
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
Fixed-Temperature Detector. Model DT-11, factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 27.0 V dc. Spacing
guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max. To be used with the following 2-wire bases and accessories: DB-11 and DB-3S (using Model DB-ADPT
adapter) bases, Models RLC-11 and RLW-11 remote alarm lamps, Models RSAC-11 and RSAW-11 remote sensitivity and alarm indicators
and Model RR-11 remote alarm relay with a set of contacts rated at 30.0 V dc, 2.5 A and 125 V ac, 2.5 A.
The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detector and its 2-wire bases: Siemens Building Technologies
Inc System 3, CP-400, SXL, IXL, MXL and CP-2ER.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.)
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
Cerberus® FibroLaser II linear heat detection system for road and railway tunnels. NOTE: This system may not comply with all
requirements of NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America.
The sensor consists of 8 mm (0.3 in) diameter fiber optic cable (standard), but can be 5 mm (0.2 in) diameter as an option. The maximum
length of the cable is 4,000 m (13,120 ft). The operating temperature of the cable is 58°C (136°F). An evaluation unit acts as the interface
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-5
between the sensor and a compatible Approved fire alarm control, from which it receives its operating power from the initiating device circuit.
The system operates from 22-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The FibroLaser II system is suitable for ceiling temperatures from -10° to 35°C (14°
to 95°F) for the cable, and ambient temperatures of 0°C (32°F) to 40°C (104°F) for the evaluation unit.
Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types 4255-1, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 4255-2, 190°F (88°C).
Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9
by 9 m) max. Prefix EPB indicates explosionproof assembly, prefix WPB indicates weatherproof assembly, suffix -M indicates moistureproof
assembly. EPB assembly is suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous
locations.
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector. Model IHC-160, factory set to operate at 160°F (71°C); Model IHC-210, 210°F
(99°C) and Model IHC-135, 135°F (57°C). Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current of 53 to 57 µA. Spacing guide:
30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. To be used with the following bases: Models IBC-350, IBC-351 two-wire and Model IBC-352 for two- and four-wire
installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc. The following two-wire controls are compatible with the
subject conventional detectors (IHC-160, -135, - 210) and its two-wire bases (IBC-350, -351, -352): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000,
Simplex Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500, TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000,
FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector, model 612H and Fixed Temperature models 622H and 632H. Models 612H and
622H factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Model 632H factory set to operate at 200°F (93°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc,
with the standby current of 60 to 150 µA. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max. To be used with the following bases: models 4B and
6B, either with or without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors:
Simplex TFX series -400, -500, and -800 controls.
Series 2098 Heat Detector. Model 2098-9433 is combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Model 2098-9444 is
combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: Models 2098-9443, -9444, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model
2098-9445 is fixed-temperature only, 135°F (57°C). Model 2098-9446 is fixed-temperature only, 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6
by 6 m) max for 135°F (57°C) units; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max for 200°F (93°C) units. Contacts for all models rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac,
1 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc.
Series 2098 Heat Detector. Model 2098-9495 is combination rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C). Spacing guide: Model
2098-9495, 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Heat Detector. Models 2098-9495, -9496, -9497, -9498.)
Series 4098 Heat Detector. Models 4098-9401, -9407 are fixed temperature 135°F (57°C). Models 4098-9403, -9409 are fixed temperature
200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 4098-9401, -9407, -9403, -9409; 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max. Models 4098-9402, -9408 are combination fixed
temperature and rate-of-rise 135°F (57°C). Models 4098-9404, -9410 are combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C).
Spacing guide: 4098-9402, -9408, -9404, -9410; 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models 4098-9401, -9402, 9403, -9404 are direct wire units:
Models 4098-9407, -9408, -9409, -9410 are used with Model 2098-9211 base. All 4098-94XX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
For use with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100 Series and 4020-8001.
Fire Detection Heat Detector. Model 2098-9438, combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9450, combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9451, combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise, 194°F (90°C);
Model 2098-9452, fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Model 2098-9453, fixed-temperature, 194°F (90°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9
m) max.
Fixed-Temperature Detector. Types 4255-3, factory-set to operate at 136°F (58°C); 4255-4, 190°F (88°C). Operating contacts normally
open. Contacts rated for 3 A at 6-125 V ac, 1.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m)
max.
Fire Detecting Thermostat. For use with Simplex Life Alarm Series 2001, 2120 alarm signaling systems. Cat. Nos. 2098-9468, -9470
rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 135°F (57°C); Cat. Nos. 2098-9469, -9471 rate-of-rise and fixed-temperature, 194°F (90°C). Electrical
ratings 3.0 A at 6-125 V ac; 1.0 A at 6-24 V dc; 0.3 A at 125 V dc; 0.1 A at 250 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m).
Fire-Detecting Thermostat. Models 4265, 4266. Fixed-temperature. 135°F (57°C) or 200°F (93°C). Contacts rated 0.3 A at 250 V dc, 1.0
A at 125 V dc, 3.0 A at 6-28 V dc, 6.0 A at 6-125 V ac. Spacing guide for 135°F (57°C) detectors is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m); for 200°F (93°C)
detectors, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m).
All 2098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
4098-96XX(E) Heat Detector. Models 4098-9612(E) fixed temperature 135°F (57°C), 4098-9614(E) fixed temperature 200°F (93°C).
Spacing guide: 4098-9612(E), -9614(E); 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m) max. Models 4098-9613(E) combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise
135°F (57°C), 4098-9615(E) combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 4098-9613(E), -9615(E); 30 by 30 ft
(9 by 9 m) max. Models 4098-9612(E), -9613(E), -9614(E), -9615(E) are used with Models 4098-9788(E), -9683(E), -9684(E) bases in 2-wire
circuits where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel or model 4098-9682(E) base in 4-wire circuits with separate power
(20.4-26.4V dc) and signaling connections. P/N 2098-9737 EOL relay must be used in 4-wire applications to supervise the power wiring.
Model 4098-9830 remote LED may be used with 4098-9684(E) base. All 4098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’ For 2-wire
use with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, 4004, 4005 and 4020-8001. (See Simplex installation instructions
for compatibility detail.)
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 5451, and 54-51A factory-set to operate at 135°F (57.2°C), 15 to 35 V dc,
Model 5451EIS, factory-set to operate at 140°F (60°C), 15 to 28 V dc used with Models B401 or B401B bases. For use with Approved
compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Model RA400Z remote annunciator available for remote alarm indication. See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in
separate Electrical Equipment volume.
Fixed Temperature Detector. Model 4451HT and 4451HTA, factory-set to operate at 190°F (88°C), 15 to 35 V dc with Models B401 or
B401B bases. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power to the detectors via the detection circuit. Spacing
guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) max. Model RA400Z remote annunciator available for remote alarm indication. The Model No. may be
followed by the suffix ‘‘A.’’
3 S Inc, 607 Redna Terrace, Cincinnati OH 45215
Fyr-Optic. Model S8600. Proximity type heat detector for indoor application. Consists of S8611 controller using Fyr-Optic hard clad silica
optical fiber with SMA connectors (P/N 455-0003) and bulkhead splice connectors (P/N 455-0005), S8621 power supply, S8631 two controller
terminal board, and S8641 interconnecting cables. The S8611 provides alarm, trouble and supervisory contacts for supervision by a
compatible Approved control panel. Secondary power for 24 hour standby may be provided by storage batteries (S8650 battery pack 6.5 60 AH) and S8621 power supply. Fusible fiber rated for operation at approximately 800°F (425°C).
Detector
Part No.
Length ft
(m)
455-0010
8
(2.4)
13.5
(4.0)
455-0017
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-6
Detector
Part No.
Length ft
(m)
455-0025
2
(0.6)
4
(1.2)
33
(10.0)
33
(10.0)
50
(15.2)
33
(10.0)
455-0026
455-0027
455-0028
455-0030
455-0031
Note: The fiber optic cable and detection circuits, when used with the S8611 controller, will not provide sufficient energy, either electrical or thermal, to cause ignition
and are, therefore, suitable for installation in Classes I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G hazardous locations, as intrinsically safe devices.
TEPG-US, 91 Technology Dr, Westminster MA 01441
430XXX Heat Detector. Models 430565 and 430699 combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 135°F (57°C), 430566 and 430700
combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 200°F (93°C). Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Models 430565, 430566, 430699,
and 430700 are used with models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703 bases in 2-wire circuits where the current is limited
by the fire alarm control panel. Model 430572 and 430704 remote LED may be used with Models 430570 and 430703 bases. For 2-wire use
with the following Approved controls: Ansul Autopulse Z-10 and Z-28, Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.
Thermotech Inc, 2900 N 1000 West, Ogden UT 84414
Series 302. Fixed temperature heat detectors with either 135° or 194°F (57° or 90°C) rating. Rate compensation feature reduces thermal
lag. Models 302, 302-ET, 302-AW for vertical mounting, 302-H for horizontal mounting. Operating contacts normally open. Contacts rated for
5 A at 6-125 V ac; 1 A at 6-25 V dc; 0.5 A at 125 V dc. Spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB England
Combination Rate-of-Rise, Fixed-Temperature Detector, Model 612H and Fixed Temperature Models 622H and 632H. Models 612H and
622H factory set to operate at 135°F (57°C). Model 632H factory set to operate at 200°F (93°C). Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc,
with the standby current of 60 to 150 µA. Spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max. To be used with the following bases: Models 4B and
6B, either with or without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors:
Grinnell TFX series -400, -500, and -800 controls.
The Viking Corp, 210 N Industrial Park Rd, Hastings MI 49058
Firecycle-OH Detector Model C. P/Ns 11723, 11724, 11725, 11726, 11727, 11728, 11729, and 11730. These devices are self-restoring
heat-actuated switches. Rate-compensated operation reduces thermal lag. All the models have normally closed contacts rated at 5 A at 125 V,
60 Hz, 0.5 A at 125 V dc; these are suitable for installation where a fire signal, caused by a break in detection circuit wiring, is permitted.
Operating temperature available at 140°, 160°, 190°, and 225°F (60°, 71°, 88°, and 107°C). Models 11723, 11724, 11725, and 11726 are flush
mount detectors for concealed wiring, while Models 11727, 11728, 11729, and 11730 are surface mount detectors limited to 30 V ac or dc
when used with exposed wiring.
Fire Detection, Smoke-Actuated
Approved smoke actuated devices respond to airborne particulate products of combustion.
The photoelectric principle is based on the change in current which accompanies a change in light intensity on a
photoelectric cell as a result of smoke entering the detector. The beam type version has the light source and
photoelectric cell separated in the protected area.
The ionization type detector ionizes the air in special chambers within the detector. Particles entering the exposed
chamber decrease the normal ionization current.
Air-sampling detectors have ambient air drawn from the protected area into a chamber containing the sensing
element.
Air duct smoke detectors are for the primary purpose of controlling blowers and dampers of air conditioning and
ventilating systems to prevent distribution of smoke and gaseous products; they should not be used as a substitute
for open area detection.
Unless otherwise indicated in the listing, the permissible air velocity range for duct type detectors is 250 to 1500
ft/min (75 to 455 m/min) and up to 300 ft/min (90 m/min) for open area detectors.
A ‘‘smoke switch’’ is fail-safe in that loss of power to the device causes the same switching operation as when
smoke is detected.
Average coverage should not exceed 900 ft2 (84 m2) per detector. Reduced coverage is recommended beneath
high ceilings and for high air flow areas such as computer rooms.
These devices are suitable for use in ambients of 32°-100°F (0°-38°C) unless otherwise indicated in the listing.
Installation, testing, and maintenance by trained personnel are recommended.
ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486
Model 3535 Beam-Type Smoke Detection System. Consists of transmitter Model 3535-001, receiver Model 3535-002, Unimode Model
4520-020 control module. For area coverage where beam length does not exceed 328 ft (100 m). Max lateral coverage beneath a ceiling is
30 ft (9 m) on either side of beam. System is installed with center line of the beam parallel to and not more than 20 in. (0.5 m) below the ceiling.
Min beam distance is 4.6 ft (1.4 m) for alarm at 4% ft (13.1% m) or less obscuration unless sensitivity is increased. Factory set sensitivity at
16% obscuration. The 4520-020 control module provides 12 V dc at 50 mA power to the receiver and transmitter via a supervised loop;
microprocessor-based circuitry provides self adjustment for environmental changes.
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 3516, powered by 120 V, 60 Hz; 3517, powered by 20-27 V dc. Model 3518 remote test/annunciator
station available as an accessory.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-7
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 3521-100, -200 powered by 10-30 V dc, 30 mA max alarm current via base assembly Models
3521-002, -012, -017. May be used with remote alarm indicator Model 3525-027.
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 3527-301, -401 powered by 10-30 V dc, 30 mA max alarm current. Model 3527-401 may be used with
remote test station Model 3529-002. Model 3527-301 may be used with remote alarm indicator Model 3525-027.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 3531-100, 24 V dc, 300 mA. Used with mounting base 3531-022 or -023. Model 3531-023 has relay
contacts rated for 0.25 A at 24 V dc. The detector and bases require an external 24 V dc power supply and are used with Approved control
units having detection circuits capable of providing power to the smoke detector.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 3525-027, Model 3534-xxxxx with the first x digit being either 2 (two wire) or 4 (four wire
detector). Additional suffix indications are as follows: A, operating voltage 6-15 V dc; C, operating voltage 10-30 V dc; CS, operating voltage
12-30 V dc; D, operating voltage 120 V ac; F, operating voltage 15-30 V dc; H, 135°F (57°C) isolated heat sensor; T, 135°F (57°C) integral
heat sensor; S, integral sounder; R, auxiliary Form C alarm contacts 2 A rated. A Model 3534-032 or -033 or -034 EOL power supervision relay
is required when using Model 3534-4xxxx detectors. The -032 is used with suffix A models, the -033 with suffix C or CS, and the -034 with
suffix D models.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. -034 with suffix D models. Models 3536-611, -611T have an operating range of 10-30 V dc and are
used with either Model 3536-601 or -602 detector bases. Model 3536-602 base has an auxiliary alarm relay with contacts rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
Ionization Type power to smoke detector. Model 3536-612 has an operating range of 10-30 V dc and is used with either Model 3536-601
or -602 detector bases. Model 3536-602 base has an auxiliary alarm relay with contacts rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.
AirSense Technology Limited, 1 Oak House, Knowl Piece, Wilbury Way, Hitchin, Hertfordshire, SG4 0TY England
Stratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board.
The Stratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with four
sampling pipe inlets. The master and slaves each have a housing, sampling fan, detector, and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. The
detector has a sensitivity range of 0.015%/ft to 0.6%/ft (0.05%/m to 2%/m). The Stratos HSSD MTC 4Q2 operates from 120 or 240 V ac
primary power and is provided with two 6 V, and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an
external power source. It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping
network must be installed.
Stratos QUADRA HSSD four area smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface
board. The Stratos QUADRA HSSD smoke detector consists of a controller, four internal detectors, a display and a power supply. There are
four sampling pipe inlets, one for each detector, and the max sampling pipe length is 200 m. The firmware version is 1.1. The available
sensitivity range is 0.25%/m to 10%/m (0.07%/ft to 3%/ft). The Stratos QUADRA HSSD operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and
is provided with two 6 V and up to 36 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source.
It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.
Stratos HSSD2 aspirating type high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relay
contacts on the terminal board of the detector. The system consists of a standard HSSD2 detector, or a network with a command module and
connected standard detectors. Each detector can accommodate up to four sampling pipe inlets. The firmware version is 1.4 for the command
module and 1.8 for the standard detector. The detector has a sensitivity range is 0.01%/ft (0.003 dB/m) to 4%/ft (1.2 dB). The Stratos HSSD2
operates from 120 V ac primary power supplied by the UPS-24 (Altronix AL300ULX) power supply. Secondary power is from two 12 V ac,
26 AH batteries for 24 hours. It is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C). A balanced sampling
piping network must be installed.
Stratos Micra aspirating type high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relay
contacts on the terminal board of the detector. Each detector is equipped with one sampling pipe inlet. The firmware version is 1.7. The
detector has a sensitivity range is 0.01%/ft (0.003 dB/m) to 4%/ft (1.2 dB). The Stratos Micra operates from 21.6 to 26.4 V dc supplied by the
UPS-24 (Altronix AL300ULX) power supply (120 V ac). Secondary power is from two 12 V dc, 26 AH batteries for 24 hours. It is suitable for
indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.
Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd, 36 Brookside Rd, Havant Hampshire P09 1JR England
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 60A, P/N 55000-350, -351. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current
from 30 to 45 µA. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from -5°F to 140°F (-20.5° to 60°C).
To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, -220, two-wire; P/N 45681-227, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay
with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Series 60A, P/N55000-250, -251. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from
30 to 45 µA. Temperature range 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). To be used with the following bases: P/N 45681-200, -220, two-wire; P/N
45681-227, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (60A, P/N 55000-250, -350) and its two-wire bases
(60A, P/N 45681-200, -220, -227): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Thorn Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500,
TFX-800, MP400, AP400, Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.
Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detector. Model P270-2000PL is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the
sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector
operates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The P270-2000PL contains three
relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @
250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).
Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. DS250, DS250TH, DS260 used with 2-wire mounting bases MB2W and MB2WL and 4-wire bases
MB4W, MB4WA and MB4WE; 2-wire bases are for 8.5 to 33 V dc operation and 4-wire models for 10 to 30 V dc operation. The combinations
of DS250 and DS250TH with 2-wire bases (MB2W or MB2WL) are compatible with the following Approved controls: Ademco 5140XM,
Faraday MPC2000, FCI FC-72, Fire-Lite MS424A, MS4824, Sensiscan 1000, First Alert FA1500C, Potter PFC-100R, PFC-2000R, PFC2000RC, Radionics D7112, D8112 and D9112.
Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models DS240, DS240-CAN, DS241 and DS241-CAN using software Rev. V2.53. The DS240 and DS240-CAN
detectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver draws 45 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The DS241 and
DS241-CAN detectors operate at 10.2 to 15 V dc; the receiver draws 50 mA in standby and 75 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA.
The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’ threshold
sensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in 10% increments with switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, the detectors
have an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to be greater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarm is
annunciated with switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is 5 sec. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas)
with temperatures from -22° to 130°F (-30° to 54°C). The beam length can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).
14-8
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Carrier Corp, Replacement Component Division, Building TR-2, Route 298, Syacuse NY 13221
Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model P270-2000PI is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensing
board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from
24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The P270-2000PI contains three relays: supervisory
or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay
(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optional
model SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.
CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443
Chemetronics IFD Incipient Fire Detector. Stock No. 7-010-0490. Continuously samples four zones: ten sampling heads (pick-ups) max per
zone. Air samples are sequentially conditioned by a cloud chamber which renders the particulate products of combustion visible for photoelectric detection. Alarm sensitivity adjustable from 0.2% (0.027 dB/M, 250,000 particles/ml) to 0.5%/ft (0.067 dB/M, 500,000 particles/ml)
obscuration depending on value of range resistor used. Detector must be supervised by an Approved compatible control panel; 120 V ac, 60
Hz, 60 watt primary and secondary power sources required. Secondary power may be provided by storage batteries with an inverter or by
emergency power generator(s).
CLASS High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits for
detector power and alarm signaling. This system includes one detector/housing configuration, Standard (0.0025 -1%/m), P/N 70101109. The
sensitivity ranges are divided into 20 settings. The Standard detectors are factory default set for a mid-range setting of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m).
The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running CCS software. The detector may include one LCD display module
P/N 70101110 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional Display Module
can provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS. The P/N
70101111 Self-Contained power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Two independent,
field selectable (via CCS) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set threshold
levels for alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common trouble
relay. The Chemetron SPEC program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separate
listing for SPEC). The Multi-Zone Power Supply Module (P/N 70101114) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and is housed in the
Multi-Zone Power Supply Enclosure (P/N 70101113) which provides space for two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power
for up to eight detectors (zones). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Chemetron SPEC Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in the smoke
detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineered system that is dynamically
balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components are selectable from a series of menus presented
by the software. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time
from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. The
piping network that is calculated by the SPEC program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the SPEC program
is not used, a balanced piping network must be installed.
Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. DS250, DS250TH, DS260 used with 2-wire mounting bases MB2W and MB2WL and 4-wire bases
MB4W, MB4WA and MB4WE; 2-wire bases are for 8.5 to 33 V dc operation and 4-wire models for 10 to 30 V dc operation. The combinations
of DS250 and DS250TH with 2-wire bases (MB2W or MB2WL) are compatible with the following Approved controls: Ademco 5140XM,
Faraday MPC2000, FCI FC-72, Fire-Lite MS424A, MS4824, Sensiscan 1000, First Alert FA1500C, Potter PFC-100R, PFC-2000R, PFC2000RC, Radionics D7112, D8112 and D9112.
Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models DS240, DS240-CAN, DS241 and DS241-CAN using software Rev. V2.53. The DS240 and DS240CAN detectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver draws 45 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The DS241
and DS241-CAN detectors operate at 10.2 to 15 V dc; the receiver draws 50 mA in standby and 75 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20
mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’
threshold sensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in 10% increments with switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7, the
detectors have an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to be greater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarm
is annunciated with switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is 5 sec. Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas)
with temperatures from -22° to 130°F (-30° to 54°C). The beam length can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).
Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT.) Units may bear the name brands and
model designations shown below.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Model 6249B/C and Mirtone Model 73494U with integral base. Edwards/EST Model
6250B/C used with one of the following bases: 6251B/C-001, -001A, 6249B/C-001, 6251B/C-003 or -004 with auxiliary relay. Mirtone Model
73495U used with either the Model 73486U base or 73487U base with auxiliary relay. Models 6249B, 6250B and Mirtone Models 73494U
and 73495U operating range 16-29 V dc. Models 6249C and 6250C operating range 16-26 V dc.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Models 6269B/C and 6269B/C-003; Edwards Models 2430B and 2432B; and Mirtone
Models 73575U and 73576U, all with integral base. Edwards/EST Models 6270B/C and 6270B/C-003 used with one of the following bases:
6251B/C-001, -001A, 6249B/C-001,6251B/C-003 or -004 with auxiliary relay. Mirtone Models 73595U and 73596U used with either the Model
73486U base or 73487U base with auxiliary relay. Models 6270B/C-003; 6269B/C-003; 2430B; 2432B; 73595U; 73596U; 73575U; and
73576U with 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. Models 6269B and 6270B; 2430B; 2432B; 73595U; 73596U; 73575U; and 73576U operating range
16-29 V dc. Models 6269C and 6270C operating range 16-26 V dc.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detectors. Models EDW2112/24AITRA are 4-wire photoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor. Voltage rating
10-35 V dc. Standby current 50 µA max, alarm current dependent on operating voltage. Must be used with Approved control panels providing
separate circuits for power and for alarm detection. Alarm contacts are rated 1.0 A @ 30 V dc on all models. Have supplemental 135°F (57°C)
heat sensors and an auxiliary Form C dry contact rated 1.0A @ 30 V dc; the auxiliary relay is activated by thermal alarm only.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2151A operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C).
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2400A operates at 12 or 24 V dc. Draws 120 µA standby current. The max alarm current
draw 100 mA; Must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. A set of Form A contacts
facilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW2451A operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).Ionization Type
Smoke Detector. Model EDW1151A operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc. Used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the
detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Model EDW1151A operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW1400A is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc; Model EDW1412A is a
four-wire type detector which operate at 12 V dc. Model EDW1400A draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarm and must be used with
Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Model EDW1412A must be used with Approved control panels
that provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts, rated at 2.0 A at 30 V dc/ac facilitate connection to the
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-9
alarm-initiating circuit. Model EDW1412A draws a max of 77 mA in alarm.Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model EDW1451A operates at 12
or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA.
Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Edwards/EST Model 6264B/C ionization smoke detector or 6266B/C photoelectric smoke detector used with
6260B/C, 6265B/C-001 or 6265B/C-002 air duct detector housing. 6264B/C operates in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (120-1220
m/min.). 6264C operates in air velocities from 30-2000 ft/min. (9-610 m/min.). 6266B/C operates in air velocities from 300-4000 ft/min.
(90-1210 m/min.). 6254B/C-001 optional power supply rated at 120 V ac input, 24 V dc output. 6256B/C smoke alarm indicator provides one
alarm LED (rated 15 mA/22 V dc). 6262B/C-001 alarm indicator/test station supplies one alarm LED (rated 15 mA/22 V dc) and a test/reset
switch (rated 100 mA/24 V dc). 6254B/C-003 fire alarm relay module supplies one Form C and one Form A relay contact rated 5 A/115 V ac,
28 V dc. Models 6264B and 6266B operating range 16-29 V dc. Models 6264C and 6266C operating range 16-26 V dc.
U.S. version (suffix ‘‘B’’) and Canadian version (suffix ‘‘C’’) differ in marking and sensitivity calibration.
Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 63-1007 detector used with 67-1010 or 67-1027 base. Rated voltage is 15-33 V dc.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 67-1016 detector used with 67-1017 or 67-1028 base. Detector operates on 15-33 V dc and must
be connected to Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit.
Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models 63-030 and 63-031. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities
from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). The detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.5 %/ft (0.2 to 0.5 dB/m)
obscuration.
Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models 67-029 and 67-030. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from
400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 63-032. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color. Model 63-032 used with Approved compatible control
panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Rated voltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The detector responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50 %/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. 63-1024 used with 67-1036 and 67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.
Rated voltage is 15 to 30 VDC. The 63-1024 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.20 %/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/m) obscuration.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. 67-1033 used with 67-1036 and 67-1037 4-inch bases, 67-1034, 67-1035, and 63-1012 6-inch bases.
Rated voltage is 15 to 30 VDC. The 67-1033 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.67 to 1.40 %/ft (0.09 to 0.20 dB/m) obscuration.
Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 301DH-2, 301DH-4. These detectors use either the Model 301P photoelectric or Model 301I-DH
ionization type smoke detector head. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 300 to 4000 ft/min. The Model 301DH-2
operates from 8.5 to 35 V dc and must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limits
the alarm current to 100 mA. The Model 301DH-4 unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 220/240 V ac. The alarm connections
of the Model 301DH-4 must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control. Model RTS451 test station is used to
conduct field testing of these detectors. The Model APA451 annunciator is used with the Model 301DH-4 for audible alarm annunciation when
a control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications). Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 301I. Two-wire device operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of
providing power via the detection circuit, and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Used with Model 301B, 301B4, 301B4AC bases. Model
D-RA remote annunciator can be used for supplemental visual annunciation of alarm.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7021 used with Nos. CPD-001, -002, -003, -005, -101 mounting base assemblies for 15-40
V dc operation. All bases suitable for use with Approved fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; base CPD-101 also suitable
for four-wire initiating circuit operation.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1101, -1102. Model SBS-1101 is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc;
Model SBS-1102 is a four-wire type detector which operates at 24 V dc. Model SBS-1101 draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarm and
must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Model SBS-1102 must be used with Approved
control panels that provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm-initiating
circuit. Model SBS-1102 draws a max of 40.6 mA in alarm.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 301P, 301PT. Two-wire devices which operate at 12 or 24 V dc are used with Approved control
panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit, and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F
(57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Model 301B, 301B4, 301B4AC bases. Model D-RA remote annunciator can be used for
supplemental visual annunciation of alarm.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1201, -1201T. Two-wire devices which operate at 12 or 24 V dc and draw 120 uA standby
current. The max alarm current draw of the detectors is 100 mA. These detectors must be used with Approved control panels capable of
providing power via the detection circuit. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SBS-1202, -1202T, -1202H/T, -1202H/IT. Four-wire devices which operate at 24 V dc and draw
120 uA standby current. The alarm current draw of the detectors is as follows: Models SBS-1202, -1202T draw 40.6 mA; Models SBS1202H/T, -1202H/IT draw 43 mA. These detectors must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and for
alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit. Suffix T indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat
detecting thermostat; suffix H indicates audible alarm indicator [rated 85 dBA at 10 ft (3.1 m)]; Model SBS-1202H/IT has separate alarm
contacts for thermal sensor.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7051 used with mounting base models 2WB, 2WRLT, 2WRB, and 4WRB. Models 2WB and
2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation. Model 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB, for 11.4 to 35
V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM relay module can
be installed in the 2WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB, for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicator
connections, test switch connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model
4WRM relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2WB, 2WRLT and 2WRB
suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wire initiating
circuit operation. Model MA-001 adapter for use with detector base for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used with
digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD7155 and PSD7156 used with mounting base models 2WB, 2WRLT, 2WRB and 4WRB.
Models 2WB and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation; 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB, for
11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM relay
module can be installed in the 2WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB, for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote
indicator connections, test switch connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device
circuit. Model 4WRM relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2WB, 2WRLT
and 2WRB suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for
four-wire initiating circuit operation. Model MA-001 adapter for use with detector base for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity
tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-51 used with Model CPD7051 ionization type smoke detector or Model PSD7155 photoelectric type
smoke detector. Operates at 12.5 to 33.5 V dc or 120 V ac, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection
circuit for 2 wire operation with power provided separate from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated for 2 A at 24 V dc
or 1 A at 120 V ac. Suitable for use in air velocities from 500-3500 ft/min. (152-1067 m/min.).
14-10
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CP71 with Model CP711, CP712, CP713, CP714, CP715 base assemblies for 15-40 V dc
operation. All bases suitable for use with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectors via the detection circuit. Base
CP711 also suitable for four-wire initiating circuit operation. Bases differ as to provisions for integral alarm relay and current-limiting resistor.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SD71, SD71T used with Model CP711, CP712, CP713, CP714 mounting base assemblies for
18-40 V dc (nominal 24 V dc) operation. Each base is suitable for use with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectors
via the detection circuit. Bases differ as to provision for integral alarm relay and current-limiting resistor. Model SD71T includes 135°F (57°C)
thermostat.
Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92821
VSD-8 Visual Smoke Detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the standard relay contacts on the VSD-8. The VSD
system consists of up to eight VSD-CAM-393 cameras and VSD-HSG-NHS enclosures, networked with the Pentium III Industrial Computer
(97021617 or 97020133) with integral 4-Channel Video Digitizer and 16 channel I/O card with dry contact outputs. VSD-8 operating system
software consists of MSDOS version 6.2 and VSD version 4.02. The VSD detector responds to visible smoke only. The VSD-8 PC operates
from 120/240 V ac primary power and the remote cameras operate from 12 V dc power from VSD-PSU-10/20A power supply. For NFPA 72
applications, both are required to be powered locally via an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with 24 hour stand-by capacity and power fail
and trouble contacts monitored by the existing local fire alarm control. The VSD-8 is suitable for 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C). This device is
intended for use as an automated early warning system and not that of primary protection method except where no other detection method
is suitable. The area monitored is required to be free from obstructions (within the cameras FOV) that would hinder detection capability and
of sufficient lighting for the protected area. Adequate lighting levels must be maintained at all times for proper detector operation. Performance
based detection scenarios protected by the VSD system will normally require full scale smoke testing in order to verify that the desired level
of protection has been met at each commissioning.
GE-Interlogix, 12345 SW Leveton Dr, Tualatin OR 97062
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 429, Models 429AT, 429C, 429CT, 429CRT and 429CST, suitable for use with compatible
Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating device circuit. Suffix A indicates an operating voltage of 6.5-20 V dc; C
indicates an operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc; T indicates integral 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector; R
indicates auxiliary relay with Form C contacts rated 2 A at 28 V dc or 120 Vac; S integral sounder. The Series 429 detectors are compatible
with the following Approved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520, Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, Faraday
MPC-2000, FAST IRC-3, Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000 8000, FCI FC-72, FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000,
Gamewell INS-2, Honeywell Deltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000, Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500,
SFP-400, AM2020, Potter Electric Signal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R, Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens Building
Technologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3, Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207, Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100,
Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200, KDR-1000.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Series 449, Models 449C, 449CT, 449CRT, 449CST, 449CSRT, 449CSST and 449CTE, for use with
Approved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Suffix T indicates
integral 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector; R indicates auxiliary relay with Form C contacts rated 2 A at 28 V dc
or 120 V ac; S integral sounder; SS indicates integral sounder with sensitivity monitoring which sounds to indicate that the detector has drifted
outside the nominal sensitivity window; E indicates built in end of line relay. These detectors are used with power supervision modules 204-6
V (operating voltage range of 5.1-15 V dc) and 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc); both have relay contacts rated 2 A at
26 V dc or 115 V ac. Models with suffix H have no system alarm signal initiating capability and are therefore not Approved.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series, Models 711U, 711UT, 721U, 721UT, 731U, DP721, DP721I, DP721R and DP721T
operating voltage 8.5-33 V dc, suitable for use with compatible Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating device
circuit. Models DP721, DP721I, DP721R and DP721T have an additional yellow LED indicating standby condition of the detector. Model
711UT has integral rate-of-rise heat detector, Models 721U and DP721I have remote test input and remote alarm/trouble LED output, 721UT
and DP721T have integral rate-of-rise heat detector and remote alarm/trouble output; 731U and DP721R have auxiliary relay contacts rated
30 V dc, 2 A, 120 V ac, 1 A. Detector base Models 702E and 702U used with all Models, 701E and 701U base used with 711U and DP721
detectors, 702RE and 702RU base used with 731U and DP721R detectors. The 700 Series detectors are compatible with the following
Approved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520, Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, Faraday MPC-2000, FAST IRC-3,
Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000, 8000, FCI FC-72, FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000, Gamewell INS-2, Honeywell
Deltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000, Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500, SFP-400, AM2020, Potter Electric
Signal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R, Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens Building Technologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3,
Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207, Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200,
KDR-1000.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series. Model 741U and 741UT have alarm relay contacts and remote alarm/trouble output,
for use with Approved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Model
741UT has integral rate-of-rise heat detector. Used with power supervision Module 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc) and
detector base Model 702E, 702U, 702RE or 702RU.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series, Models 712U, 722U, 732U, DI722, DI722I and DI722R operating voltage 8.5-33 V dc,
suitable for use with compatible Approved control units capable of providing power via the initiating device circuit. Models DI722, DI722I and
DI722R have an additional yellow LED indicating standby condition of the detector. Models 722U and DI722I have remote test input and
remote alarm/trouble LED output, 732U and DI722R have auxiliary relay contacts rated 30 V dc, 2 A, 120 V ac, 1 A. Detector base Models
702E and 702U used with all Models, 701E and 701U base used with 712U and DI722R detectors, 702RE and 702RU base used with 732U
and DI722R detectors. The 700 Series detectors are compatible with the following Approved controls: ADEMCO 5140XM, ADT 4519, 4520,
Alison A888-MXXX, Edwards 5721, 8500, 8570, Faraday MPC-2000, FAST IRC-3, Federal Signal FireLarm 4000, 6000, 8000, FCI FC-72,
FC-ID, Fire-Lite MS-424A, SENSISCAN 1000, 2000, Gamewell INS-2, Honeywell Deltanet, Johnson Controls Multiplex 5000, System 5000,
Mirtone 7200, 8000, 9200, Notifier System 500, SFP-400, AM2020, Potter Electric Signal PFC-100, PFC-100R, PFC-2000, PFC-2000R,
Protectowire ACR-1600, Siemens Building Technologies Inc CP-35, CP-400, IXL, XL-3, Radionics D7112, D8112, D9112, Silent Knight 5207,
Simplex 2001, 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, Spectronix 640, Thorn Firequest 100, 200, KDR-1000.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. ESL 700 Series. Model 742U has alarm relay contacts and remote alarm/trouble output, for use with
Approved controls providing separate circuits for power and alarm signaling have operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc. Used with power
supervision Module 204-12/24 V (operating voltage range of 8.5-33 V dc) and detector base Model 702E, 702U, 702RE or 702RU.
Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr, Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLG-24, -24F. Model SLG-24 is used with Model YBC-RL/4 (-1, -2, -3) mounting bases. Model
SLG-24F is used with HS-2, -21, -22, -220, -221, -224, -225 mounting bases (the HS Series designation may have an AL prefix or a D suffix).
15-30 V dc, 0.15 A. Used with Approved control units.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLK-835 and SLK-835H. Used with base models HSB-2(N), -21(N), -200(N), -220(N), -221(N),
-224(N) and -225(N). Rated voltage is 8-35 V dc for all base models. Detectors are current limited via all the bases except the 200N model.
For the detector/200N combination, alarm current must be limited by the control. Bases with the suffix ‘‘N’’ are polarity reversed. Compatible
with Fire Control Instruments FC-72 control.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-11
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLK-24F, -24FB, -24FBC, -24FH, -24FHC, -24FL and -24FLB. Used with base models HS-2D,
-21D, -22D, -220D, -221, -221C, -221D, -224D, -2RB, -21RB, -220RB, -221RB, -224RB and -2RB/4 or HSB-2, -21, -200, -221, -221S, -221SC,
-224, -225, YBA-M2, -M21, -M220, -M221, -M224. Rated voltage is 15-36.3 V dc for all base models except the HS-2RB/4 which is rated at
17.7-33.0 V dc. The HS-D Series are two wire bases, the HS-RB Series are two wire bases with one alarm relay and the HS-2RB/4 is a four
wire base with one alarm relay and one external relay for power supervision. The HS-D and -RB base models are suitable for use with control
units that provide power to the detector via the detection circuit. The HS-2RB/4 base is suitable for power supplied separately from the
detection circuit. All relay contacts are rated at 0.15 A at 24 V dc. Detectors are current limited via the base.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. SLR-24, SLR-24H, or SLR-24 V used with NS4-100, -220, -221 and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220,
-221 and -224 6 in. bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R bases. Rated voltage for the 2-wire detectors is 15 to 33 V dc.
Rated Voltage for the 4-wire detectors is 17.7 to 30.0 V dc. The SLR-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50%/ft (0.21
to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration. The SLR-24 V responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.20%/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/M) obscuration.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. SIJ-24 used with NS4-100, -220, -221 and -224 4 in. bases, NS6-100, -220, -221 and -224 6 in. bases,
HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R and HSC-4R bases. Rated voltage is 15 to 30 V dc. The SIJ-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding
to 0.67 to 1.40%/ft (0.09 to 0.20 dB/m) obscuration. Suffix H indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat; Suffix V indicates
for use in high velocity airflows (300 ft/m to 4400 ft/m) (91 m/min to 1341 m/min).
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SIF-24, -24F. Model SIF-24 is used with models YBC-RL/4 (-1, -2, -3) mounting bases. Model
SIF-24F is used with mounting bases HS-2, -21, -22, -220, -221, -224, -225 (the HS Series designation may have an AL prefix or a D suffix)
or HSB-2, -21, -200, -221, -221S, -224, -225. 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A, 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C) temperature range. Used with Approved control
units.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models SIH-24F, -24FC. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connected
to Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with
Models HS-2D, -22D, -2RB, -RB/4, -21D, -21RB, -200D, -220D, -220RB, -221, -221C, -221D, -221RB, -224D, -224RB, YBA-M2, -M21,
-M220, -M221, -M224 smoke detector bases. Model HS-200D base is not current limited and must be connected to a control which limits the
current to 150 mA max. Model HS-2RB/4 base must be connected to an Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and for
alarm detection.
Model SPA-24B Beam Type Smoke Detector. For area coverage where the beam length between emitter (transmitter) and receiver does
not exceed 328 ft (100 m). Max lateral spacing is 46 ft (14 m). User selectable sensitivity levels between 15 and 70% light obscuration
(reduction in beam intensity). The receiver is microprocessor controlled using Software Revision Level 171 and compensates for slow
changes in signal strength caused by dust build-up. The SPA-24B operates between 19.2 and 33 V dc (drawing 0.25 mA in standby, 40 mA
in alarm), and may be used with any Approved control panel capable of supplying power separately from the detection circuit. Alarm and
trouble relay contacts rated 24 V dc at 0.5 A.
Beam Type Smoke Detector. Model SPB-24 or SPB-24N. For area coverage where the beam length between the transmitter and receiver
is 33 to 330 ft (10 to 100 m). Max lateral spacing is 46 ft (14 m). The detector operates at 15 to 33 V dc; the supervisory current averages
250 µA and alarm current is 20 mA. The detector must be connected to an Approved control providing separate circuits for power and alarm
signaling. The alarm level is field selectable at 25%, 50% or 70% light obscuration. The detector has an inherent time delay which requires
the smoke density to be greater than the alarm setting for 20 sec before the alarm signal is annunciated. Suitable for indoor use where ambient
temperatures are between 14° and 122°F (-10° and 50°C). The receiver is microprocessor controlled using Software Ver. 2.0 and compensates for slow changes in signal strength caused by dust build-up. Alarm and trouble relay contacts are rated 0.5 A at 24 V dc.
Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models DH-98-P and DH-98-HVP. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air
velocities from 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The SLR-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.5 %/ft
(0.2 to 0.5 dB/m) obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models SLR-835, SLR-835H, SLR-835B-2, SLR-835BH-2, SLR- 835B-4, SLR-835BH-4. ‘‘W’’ suffix
indicates white color. Model SLR-835 and SLR-835H used with NS4-100, -220, -221, and -224 4-inch bases, NS6-100, -220, -221, and -224
6-inch bases, HSC-220R, HSC-224R, HSC-221R, and HSC-4R bases. Model SLR-835B-2 and SLR-835BH-2 used with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Rated voltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The SLR-835 and SLR-835H responds
to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50%/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration. Suffix h indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat
detecting thermostat.
Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models DH-98-I and DH-98-HVI. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities
from 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/min). The SIJ-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m)
obscuration
Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004
TC100A Duct-Mounted Smoke Detector. Models 14501569-001, powered by 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz; 14501569-002, powered by Approved
Honeywell W938 control unit or other Approved 24 V dc supervisory control.
TC100C Ionization Type Smoke Detector. May be used with Approved Honeywell control unit Models W938, W939, W940A, W940B,
FS20A. Accessories include base relay P/N 14503655-002 (DPDT) or 14503655-003 (SPDT); remote accessory relay Model R8407A; remote
alarm lamp P/N 14501388-001 (1 zone) or 14501388-002 (5 zones). Used with P/N 1450365-001 plug color-coded pigtail lead assembly. The
detector operates from regulated 24 V dc, and depending on the control unit used, can be configured for either 2-wire (Class B) or 4-wire
(Class A) operation.
TC100D Duct-Mounted Smoke Detector. Model 1000 powered by 120/240 V, 50/60 Hz; Model 1018 powered by Approved Honeywell
Model W938, W939, W940, FS20A or other Approved 24 V dc control panel.
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model 14506873-004. Uses either Model TC804C1001 photoelectric or TC805C1018 ionization type smoke
detector. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft per min (0.15 to 1.2 km/min) Model 14506873-004
operates from 19 to 32 V dc. Auxiliary alarm contacts rated 10A, 30 V dc or 250 V ac.
Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model 32002812-001 is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensing
board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 feet per min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from
24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The 32002812-001 contains three relays: supervisory
or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay
(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optional
model SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models TC803B-1004, -1012. Model TC803B-1012 includes 135°F (57°C) thermostat. Both models for
use with Approved control panels with combination initiating/power circuit for operation on 16-32 V dc filtered power supply.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models TC804C1001, -1019. Operates at 12 or 24 V dc used with Approved control panels capable
of providing power via the detection circuit and which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Model
TC804C1019 has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model TC805C1000. Operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit, and which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C).
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model TC804D1009 operates on 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved Honeywell FS90 Fire and Security
System providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-49°C). Used with base Models 14507370-001,
14507370-002 and 14506587-004.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model TC805D1008 operates on 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved Honeywell FS90 Fire and Security
System providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-49°C). Used with base Models 14507370-001,
14507370-002 and 14506587-004.
14-12
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-51, P/N 70-511002-000 used with Model CPD7051, P/N 70-510000-001 ionization type smoke
detector or Model PSD7155, P/N 71-550000-001 photoelectric type smoke detector. Operates at 12.5 to 33.5 V dc or 120 V ac, used with
Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit for 2 wire operation or 4 wire operation with power provided
separate from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated for 2 A at 24 V dc or 1 A at 120 V ac. Suitable for use in air velocities
from 500-3500 ft/min (152-1067 m/min).
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH-60 used with Model CPD7051D ionization type smoke detector (P/N 70-600000-051) or Model
PSD7155D photoelectric type smoke detector (P/N 70-600000-155). Operates at 20-29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, 220 V ac or 240 V ac. Alarm
initiation contacts rated for 2 A at 30 V ac/dc; trouble relay contacts rated for 0.75 A at 32 V dc or 0.5 A at 125 V ac; and form C alarm auxiliary
contacts rated 10 A at 30 V ac/dc, 10 A at 250 V ac, 1⁄8 HP at 120 V ac, or 1⁄4 HP at 240 V ac are provided. Remote indicators RA-911, -912,
913 may be used with the DH-60. The DH-60 is suitable for use in air velocities from 500-3500 ft/min (152-1067 m/min).
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7021, CPD7023 used with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 mounting
base assemblies and 70-200000-001 LED alarm indicator. Model CPD7021 with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 base
assemblies for 15-40 V dc operation from Fenwal P/N 30-191042-003 smoke detector interface modules. CPD7023 for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc
operation. All bases suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; base 70-201000-101
also suitable for four-wire initiating circuit operation. Bases differ as to provisions for integral alarm relay, current-limiting resistor and operation
of No. 70-200000-001 remote LED alarm indicator.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CPD7051, P/N 70-510000-001 used with mounting base models 2-Wire, P/N 70-501000-001,
2WRLT, P/N 70-501000-002, 2WRB, P/N 70-501000-005 and 4WRB, P/N 70-501000-101. Models 2-Wire and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc
operation, 2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB for 11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicator
connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM, P/N 70-500000-004 relay module can be installed in the
2-WRLT base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch
connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model 4WRM, P/N 70-500000102 relay module may be installed in the 2WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2-Wire, 2WRLT and 2WRB
suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wite initiating
circuit operation. Model MA-001, P/N 70-501000-003 adapter for use with detector base P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 for 11.4
to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot
obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-7121, -7122 used with Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -004, -005, -006, -101 mounting
base assemblies for 12-32 V dc. Model PSD-7122 is identical to PSD-7121 with the addition of a 135°F (57°C) heat detector. Each base is
suitable for use with Approved control units capable of providing power via detection circuit; base 70-201000-101 is suitable for use with
control units that provide separate circuits for power and detection. Bases differ as to provision for integral alarm relay, current limiting resistor
and operation of No. 70-200000-001 remote LED alarm indicator.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-7125, -7126, -7130, -7131, -7134, -7135, -7136, -7137 used with 70-201000-001, -002,
-003, -005, -101, -105 mounting base assemblies. PSD-7125, -7126, -7130, -7131 for 18-32 V dc operation. PSD-7134, -7135, -7136, -7137
for 11.4 to 33.5 V dc operation. All but bases 70-201000-101, -105 are suitable for use with control units that provide power to the detector
via the detection circuit. Base Nos. 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 are suitable for use with compatible Approved control unit, capable of
limiting the alarm current to the detectors to 100 mA max, e.g., Fenwal Models 2210, 2212, 3210. Since these detectors have an alarm
verification delay (max 23 sec for PSD-7125, -7126, -7136, -7137; max 47 sec for PSD-7130, -7131), it is recommended that they are not used
with control panels that also utilize alarm verification techniques. Models PSD-7126, -7131, -7135, -7137 have 135°F (57°C) heat sensors.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD7155, P/N 71-550000-001 and PSD7156, P/N 71-560000-001 used with mounting base
models 2-Wire, P/N 70-501000-001, 2WRLT, P/N 70-501000-002, 2WRB, P/N 70-501000-005 and 4WRB P/N 70-501000-101. Model
PSD7156 is identical to PSD7155 with the addition of a 135°F (57°C) heat detector. Models 2-Wire and 2WRLT for 10.2 to 36.8 V dc operation.
2WRLT includes remote indicator and test switch connections. Model 2WRB for 11.4 to 35 V dc operation, includes remote indicator
connections, test switch connections and Form C relay contacts. Model 2WRM, P/N 70-500000-004 relay module can be installed into 2WRLT
base to convert it to 2WRB operation. Model 4WRB for 16.8 to 30.8 V dc operation, includes remote indicator connections, test switch
connections, Form C relay contacts and normally open relay contacts for connection to initiating device circuit. Model 4WRM, P/N 70-500000102 relay module may be installed into 2-WRLT or 2WRB bases to convert them to 4WRB operation. Models 2-Wire, 2WRLT and 2WRB
suitable for use with Approved compatible fire alarm controls in two-wire initiating circuit operation; Model 4WRB suitable for four-wire initiating
circuit operation. Model MA-001, P/N 70-501000-003 adapter for use with detector base P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 for 11.4
to 33.5 V dc operation. Model ST-001 sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot
obscuration.
AnaLASER ESD High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) P/N 89-400002-001 for use within enclosed cabinets. When used to initiate a
fire alarm, it must be wired to an Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for detector power and alarm initiation. This system
has a sensitivity range of 0.00075 to 0.3 %/ft (0.0025 to 1%/m). The sensitivity range is divided into 20 settings. The detector is factory default
set for mid-range settings of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m). The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running LaserNET
software. Each detector is pre-programmed with two independent, field selectable alarm and pre-alarm set points. The detector has a relay
output for annunciation of each alarm level (N/O rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), pre-alarm level (N/O rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), and a common trouble
relay (Form C rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). For configuration, addressing, and setup of multiple AnaLASER ESD detectors, connection by means
of a supplemental Intelligent Interface Module (IIM) [P/N 89-300012-001 with software version AB], or [P/N 89-300013-001 with software
version AB] is allowed. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in
each branch line. (See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with modular control equipment. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls,
providing separate circuits for detector power and alarm signaling. The HSSD AnaLASER AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with
modular control equipment is available in one to four zone configurations (P/N 89-100058-001, -002, -003, -004, respectively). These systems
include the housing, a P/N 89-100050-001 Display Control Card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.01 for each zone, a P/N 89-100051-001
power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The P/N 89-100058-005 single zone unit is a single P/N 89-100050-001 DCC card
housed in a single zone enclosure and includes a P/N 89-100051-001 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. Where 24 hours
of 36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 89-100068-001 (without
backplate) or P/N 89-100068-002 (with backplate) DC/DC converter. AnaLASER High-sensitivity smoke detector with modular control
equipment uses one P/N 89-100000-010, -011, -012 or -013 HSSD detector assembly per zone. These detectors are factory set for a min
sensitivity of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively. Alternately, AnaLASER Highsensitivity smoke detector with modular control equipment may also use one P/N 89-100000-031, -032, -033 HSSD detector assembly per
zone. These detectors are factory set for a min sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively The
detector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The control card provides a continuous display of smoke
obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs
are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and there is a
general trouble relay output also. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each
branch line. (See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’.) Optional addressable contact input device module 70-407008-003 may be used with the
HSSD AnaLASER. The controller operates from 120 V ac primary power and is provided with two or four 12 V 33 AH batteries (P/N
89-100052-001) for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER.
Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C).
AnaLASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls. The AnaLASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly one zone is a high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing,
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-13
sampling fan, detector, display control card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.01 for the detector, power supply assembly and secondary
battery bank. Where 24 hours of 36-60 V dc emergency power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be
replaced by a DC/DC converter. The AnaLASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly detectors are available with
factory set min sensitivities of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assembly
provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10
segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold
levels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and one general trouble relay output. The
Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separate listing for
‘‘SNIFF’’.) ‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in the
smoke detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system which is dynamically balanced with equal
air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe dia. The
transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports
is 40. The piping network calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’
program is not used, a balanced piping network must be installed. The AnaLASER operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is
provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration
unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Optional
intelligent interface module (IIM) and RS232/485 converter module are available as supplemental equipment. AnaLASER Self-Contained
High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly P/N are as follows:
89-1VWX00-YZ0
V:
3
4
5
120 V ac version
240 V ac version
DC-DC converter version
W:
0
2
3
No optional modules
Optional RS232/485 converter module
Optional RS232/485 converter module and
Intelligent Interface Module (IIM)
X:
1
2
3
4
5
0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)
0.0015 to 0.015%/ft (0.005 to 0.05%/m)
YZ:
05
10
20
ANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly
ANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly
ANALASER Self-Contained High-Sensitivity Smoke Detector Assembly
ORION 5/10/20 High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD). For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls. The ORION 5/10/20
(HSSD) is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, display control card (DCC) with
firmware version KD1-0.0 for the detector, power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The ORION 5/10/20 detectors are available
with factory set minimum sensitivities of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assembly provides an
analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar
graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarm
annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and one general trouble relay output. The ‘‘SNIFF’’
program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.
‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with ORION 5/10/20. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system which is
dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from each
sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 seconds;
minimum suction pressure 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; maximum number of sampling ports is 40. The piping network calculated
by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, a
balanced piping network must be installed.
The ORION 5/10/20 operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) for
up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the ORION 5/10/20. Suitable for
indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). ORION 5/10/20 part numbers are as follows:
77-297001-000,
77-297002-000,
77-297003-000,
77-297004-000,
77-297005-000,
77-297006-000,
ORION
ORION
ORION
ORION
ORION
ORION
5, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
5, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
10, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
10, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
20, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)
20, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)
AnaLASER II High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits for
detector power and alarm signaling. These systems include two detector/housing configurations, Standard (0.0025 -1%/m), P/N 89-3000001001 and Ultra (0.0005-0.1 %/m), P/N 89-300002-001. Each of these sensitivity ranges is divided into 20 settings. The Standard and Ultra
detectors are factory default set for mid-range settings of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m), and 0.0091%/ft (0.03%/m), respectively. The sensitivity setting
may be field altered by means of a computer running LaserNET software. The detector may include one LCD display module
P/N 89-3000006-001 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional Display
Module can provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS. The
P/N 89-300008-001 single zone power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Where
24 hours of 36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 89-300025-001
(with one 89-100068-001 converter module), or P/N 89-300025-002 (two converter modules) DC/DC converter. Two independent, field
selectable (via LaserNET) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set threshold
levels for alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common trouble
relay. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.0 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See
separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) The Multi-Zone Power Supply (P/N 89-300020-001) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and is
provided with two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power for up to eight detectors (zones). Additional battery capacity
is provided with P/N 89-300020-002 (two 12 V 33 AH batteries). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F
(0° to 49°C).
14-14
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced
in the smoke detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineered
system that is dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components are
selectable from a series of menus presented by the software. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling
port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction
pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. The piping network that is calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’
program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, a balanced piping
network must be installed.
ORION XT High Sensitivity Smoke Detector (HSSD) for use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls providing separate circuits for
detector power and alarm signaling. This system includes one detector/housing configuration, Standard (0.0025-1%/m), P/N 297101. The
sensitivity ranges are divided into 20 settings. The Standard detectors are factory default set for a mid-range setting of 0.061%/ft (0.2%/m).
The sensitivity setting may be field altered by means of a computer running OCS software. The detector may include one LCD display module
P/N 297102 mounted either locally in the Detector enclosure, or remotely on a standard 2-gang electrical box. The optional Display Module
can provide a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels. Each detector is pre-programmed with firmware Version 101AS.The P/N
297104 single zone power supply and battery bank, providing 4 hours of back up, can be used as the primary supply. Two independent, field
selectable (via OCS) alarm set points, and two pre-alarm set points, indicated by the optional LCD Display, are used to set threshold levels
for alarm/pre-alarm annunciation. The Detector has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm/pre-alarm level and a common trouble relay.
The KIDDE ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1 program is used to set up the system-piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line. (See separate
listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ 3.1.) The Multi-Zone Power Supply Module (P/N 297106) operates from 120/240 V ac primary power and is housed in the
Multi-Zone Power Supply Enclosure (P/N 297107) which provides space for two 12 V, 33 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power
for up to eight detectors (zones). Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 3.1 Computer program for use with high sensitivity aspirating type smoke detection systems as referenced in the smoke
detection system listing. This program allows a designer to lay out, via a graphical interface, an engineered system that is dynamically
balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. Sampling pipe system components are selectable from a series of menus presented
by the software. The program calculates the transport time from each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time
from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 100. The
piping network that is calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program
is not used, a balanced piping network must be installed.
Macron Safety Systems (UK) Ltd, Great Yarmouth, Norfolk NR30 3PJ England
Hysense smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board. The Hysense
smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with four sampling pipe inlets. The
master and slave each have a housing, sampling fan, detector and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. The detector has a sensitivity
range of 0.015%/ft to 0.6%/ft (0.05%/m to 2%/m). The Hysense operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 6 V,
and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power supply. It is suitable for indoor
use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.
Hysense-4 four area smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board. The
Hysense-4 smoke detector consists of a controller, four internal detectors, a display and a power supply. There are four sampling pipe inlets,
one for each detector, and the maximum sampling pipe length is 200 m. The firmware version is 1.1. The available sensitivity range is
0.25%/m to 10%/m (0.07%/ft to 3%/ft). The Hysense-4 operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 6 V, and up
to 36 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. It is suitable for indoor use only
in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.
Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model CP-651 operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power
via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with base Models
B610LP, B612LP, B614LP, B616LP. The B614LP base operates 120 V dc, 60 Hz only.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model SD-651 operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C). Used with base Models
B610LP, B612LP, B614LP, B616LP. The B614LP base operates 120 V dc, 60 Hz only.
PROTEC Fire Detection (Export) Ltd, Protec House, Churchill Way, Nelson, Lancashire BB9 6RT England
Programmable Incipient Fire Detectors (IFD) Cirrus One, Two, Three and Four are one, two, three and four zone detectors using IFD Rev.
1.16 operating software. Air samples are conditioned in a cloud chamber which renders particles of combustion visible for photoelectric
detection. Used with a max of ten or min of two sampling heads per zone with the airflow balanced at 1.4 LPM (0.05 cubic ft/min) per sampling
head. The IFD detector has sensitivity range from 500,000 particles per ml (0.4%/ft obscuration) to 10,000 particles per ml (0.008%/ft
obscuration) and below. Alarm and trouble contacts are provided for supervision by an Approved control panel. Detector requires 1.2 A at 24
V dc in standby and 1.5 A in alarm; 24 hours of standby power is provided by the M88BC standby power with two 12 V, 70 AH batteries.
Temperature range: 0°-50°C (32°-122°F). Primary power input: 90-260 V ac, 50-60 Hz.
Potter Electric Signal Co, 2081 Craig Rd, Box 28480, Saint Louis MO 63146
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PSD-P224, P224T. Used with base models HS-2, -22D, -220D, -221, -221D, -224D, -2RB,
-21RB, -220RB, -221RB, -224RB and -2RB/4. Rated voltage is 15-36.3 V dc. The PSD-B2C and PSD-B2R are two wire bases, the PSD-B2
is a two wire base with one alarm relay. The HS-D and -RB base models are suitable for use with control units that provide power to the
detector via the detection circuit. All relay contacts are rated at 0.15 A at 24 V dc. Detectors are current limited via the base.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PSD-I224. Used with mounting bases PSD-B2C and PSD-B2. 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A, 14° to 140°F
(-10° to 60°C) temperature range. Used with Approved control units.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PSD-I224LP. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connected to
Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with Models
PSD-B2C, PSD-B2, PSD-B2R, PSD-B2D and PSD-B2E.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model BPS-2 and BPS-4. “W” suffix indicates white color. Model BPS-4 used with SB-150, -93, -46,
and -43 6-inch bases. Model BPS-2 used with Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Rated
voltage is 8 to 35 V dc. The detector responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.50 to 3.50 %/ft (0.21 to 0.49 dB/m) obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. PS-24 used with SB-150, -93, -46, and -43 6-inch bases. SB-81R, and SB4-43R bases. Rated voltage
is 15 to 30 V dc. The PS-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.2 %/ft (0.21 to 0.47 dB/m) obscuration.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. IS-24 used with SB-150, -93, -46, and -43 6-inch bases. SB-81R, and SB4-43R bases. Rated voltage is
15 to 30 V dc. The IS-24 responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Duct Smoke Detector models DSD-P. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000
ft/min. (122-1220 m/min). The PS-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 1.5 to 3.2 %/ft (0.2 to 0.5 dB/m) obscuration.
Ionization Type Duct Smoke Detector models DSD-I. Four-wire operation rated 24 V dc. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000
ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). The IS-24 detector head responds to smoke levels corresponding to 0.7 to 1.4 %/ft (0.1 to 0.2 dB/m) obscuration.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-15
Protectowire Co, Box 200, Hanover MA 02339
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model PRO-IC, 24 V dc, 0.25 A. Used with mounting bases YBA-RL/4, HA-L22, -L22A, -L22R. May be
used with Approved control panels capable of providing power to detectors via the detection circuit.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model PRO-PC, 30 V dc, 0.25 A max. Used with mounting bases YBA-RL/4, HA-L22, -L22A, -L22R.
Suitable for use with Approved control panels having a two-wire or four-wire initiating circuit operation.
Radionics, 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36, Salinas CA 97901
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models D281. Detector operates at 24 V dc, uses bases listed below and must be connected to Approved
control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with Models D261W
and D280 smoke detector bases.
Safe Fire Detection Inc, 105 Corporate Blvd, Indian Trail NC 28079
Stratos Laser high sensitivity smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the universal plug-in interface board.
The Stratos Laser smoke detector consists of a one-zone master and up to three optional one-zone slave detectors, each with four sampling
pipe inlets. The master and slaves each have a housing, sampling fan, detector and terminal board with firmware version 3.4. The detector
has a sensitivity range of 0.015% to 0.6%/ft (0.05% to 2%/m). The Stratos Laser operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided
with two 6 V, and up to 100 AH batteries for up to 24 hours of secondary power. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. It is suitable
for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). A balanced sampling piping network must be installed.
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708, Mannedorf Switzerland
Models AD1 and AD2 smoke detection systems. (Note: These smoke detection systems may not comply with all requirements of
NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with the
compatible Approved CS1140 System, from which they receive their operating power from the initiating device circuit. The AD1 smoke
detection system consists of one of the following smoke detectors: Model DO1103A, Model DO1133A, or Model DO1153A smoke detector,
with Models DB1101A, DB1131A, and DB1151A bases respectively, mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other control
equipment. The AD2 has two of these detector/base combinations installed. The AD1 system has a single sampling pipe inlet, while the AD2
has two inlets of which one or two can be used. The AD1 and AD2 systems operate from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of the
AD1 and AD2 systems depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the sensitivity settings. The DO1103A has a sensitivity
of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1133A detector has a sensitivity of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1153A has a sensitivity range of 0.09%/ft
(0.01 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). Both the AD1 and AD2 can have one or more optional MB2 detector boxes which contain one of the
detectors shown above. These MB2 boxes are installed between the AD1 or AD2 and the piping network. The AD1 and AD2 systems are
suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed on a
balanced system.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models R930 and R936. Model R930 is an addressable type smoke detector used with Models Z94I,
Z94MI and Z94SI mounting bases; the Cerberus tradename for the R930 with CZ10 controls is MS-9/Plus. Model R936 is used with Models
Z94, Z94B and Z94D mounting bases. Detectors and bases suitable for use in non-refrigerated areas having temperatures from -25° to 75°C
(-13 to 167°F).
Titanus 3000 smoke detection system. (Note: This smoke detection system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1999
which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with compatible Approved
fire alarm controls having separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The Titanus 3000 smoke detection system consists of one of
the following smoke detectors: Model DO1151A, Model DO1153A, or Model DO1161A smoke detector mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure
with air sampling and other control equipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. The Titanus 3000 system operates from 21-30
V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of the Titanus 3000 depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the mode and
sensitivity settings. The DO1151A has a sensitivity of 0.23%/ft (0.033 dB/m) to 0.91%/ft (0.13 dB/m). The DO1153A detector has a sensitivity
of 0.045%/ft (0.006 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1161A has a sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) to 0.24%/ft (0.03 dB/m). The
Titanus 3000 system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to 60°C). The sampling piping network
must be installed on a balanced system.
TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a air sampling smoke detection system. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls having separate
circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The software in the TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a processor is 0010.03.012. The TITANUS
SUPER .SENS/a smoke detection system consists of a detector head mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other control
equipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. Up to two remote display units, Type PAG3-TITANUS, can be connected to each
TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a. The TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a system operates from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The alarm sensitivity of the
TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a ranges from 0.008%/ft (0.000009 dB/m) to 0.06%/ft (0.008 dB/m). The TITANUS SUPER .SENS/a system is
suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed as a
symmetrical design as described in Section 4.2 of the Technical Manual.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
ASSD (Air Sampling Smoke Detection) AnaLASER. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls, providing separate circuits for
detector power and alarm signaling. The ASSD AnaLASER is available in one to four zone configurations (P/N 599-692914, -692915,
-692916, -692917, respectively). These systems include the housing, a P/N 500-692905 AnaLASER Control Card (ACC) for each zone, a P/N
500-692894 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. The P/N 599-692918 single zone unit is a single P/N 500-692905 ACC card
housed in a single zone enclosure and includes a P/N 500-692894 power supply assembly and secondary battery bank. Where 24 hours of
36-60 V dc power is available, the power supply assembly and secondary battery bank may be replaced by a P/N 500-692898 (without
backplate) or P/N 500-692899 (with backplate) DC/DC converter. The ASSD AnaLASER uses one P/N 500-692885 or -692886 ASSD detector
assembly per zone. These detectors are factory set for a min sensitivity of 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m) and 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m), respectively. The
detector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The control card provides a continuous display of smoke
obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs
are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The controller has a relay output for annunciation of each alarm level and there is a
general trouble relay output also. The ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch
line.
‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with ASSD AnaLASER. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system which
is dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from each
sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe dia. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120 sec; min
suction pressure is 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; max no. of sampling ports is 40. The piping network calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’
program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is not used, a balanced piping
network must be installed.
The controller operates from 120 V ac primary power and is provided with two or four 12 V 33 AH batteries (P/N 500-693238) for up to
24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 500-693239 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor use only
in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C).
14-16
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PE-3, -3T. Detectors operate from 16 to 27 V dc and must be connected to a compatible
FM Approved control panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. The supervisory current is 100 uA and the detector draws
250 uA every 7 sec for a duration of 0.8 sec. The max alarm current is 135 mA. Operating temperature is 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C). Model
PE-3T has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Model DB-3S base. Model TM-PE3 test module is used for
calibrated field testing of installed PE-3 detectors.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models PE-11 and PE-11T. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 26.6 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only
(unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from 32° to 102°F (0° to 39°C). To be used with the following 2-wire bases and
accessories: DB-11 and DB-3S (using Model DB-ADPT adapter) bases, Models RLC-11 and RLW-11 remote alarm lamps, Models RSAC-11
and RSAW-11 remote sensitivity and alarm indicators and Model RR-11 remote alarm relay with a set of contacts rated at 30.0 V dc, 2.5 A
and 125 V ac, 2.5 A.
The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detector and its 2-wire bases: Siemens Building Technologies
Inc System 3, CP-400, SXL, IXL, MXL and CP-2ER.
Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Beam Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9207A, -9207CA using software Rev V2.53. The detectors operate at 18 to 32 V dc; the receiver
draws 40 mA in standby and 60 mA in alarm; the transmitter draws 20 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved control providing
separate circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detectors’ threshold sensitivity is field selectable from 20 to 70% beam obscuration, in
10% increments. With switch settings at 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, the detectors have an inherent time delay which require the smoke level to be
greater than the threshold setting for 30 (+/-2 sec) before an alarm is annunciated. With switch settings at 0 and 1, the alarm response is at
5 sec. Suitable for indoor use (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) only with temperatures from -22°F to 130°F (-30°C to 54°C). The beam
length can be from 30 to 350 ft (10 to 110 m).
Beam Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9650. For area coverage where the beam length between emitter (transmitter) and receiver does
not exceed 328 ft (100 m). User selectable sensitivity levels between 15 and 70% light obscuration (reduction in beam intensity). The receiver
is microprocessor controlled using software revision level 171 and compensates for slow changes in signal strength over time, caused by dust
build-up. Model 2098-9650 operates between 19.2 and 33 V dc (drawing 0.25 mA in standby, 40 mA in alarm), and may be used with any
Approved control panel capable of supplying power separately from the detection circuit. Alarm and trouble relay contacts rated 24 V dc at
0.5 A.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9550. Used with Model 2098-9826 mounting base. Must be connected to Approved compatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Ionization Smoke Detector.
Model 2098-9550 with Model 2098-9826 Mounting Base.)
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9544. Used with Models 2098-9637, -9536(C) mounting bases; Model 2098-9649 duct
detector housing (suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min (122-1220 m/m). 15-32 V dc, 0.15 A. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C)
temperature range. For use with Approved control units having detection circuits capable of supplying power to the smoke detector.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9576, -9576C. Detectors operate at 24 V dc, use Model 2098-9637 base and must be
connected to Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9577. Two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc. The detector has a 750 ohm
current limiting resistor, draws 100 uA in standby and 100mA when in alarm. It must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2098-9212. Used with Model 2098-9826 mounting base. Must be connected to Approved
compatible control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. (IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG — 841-848/E. Photoelectric Smoke
Detector. Model 2098-9212 with Model 2098-9826 Mounting Base.)
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2098-9636, -9642, 15-30 V dc, 0.15 A. Models 2098-9201, -9201C, -9202, -9202C, -9203,
15-32 V dc, 0.15 A. Used with Models 2098-9211, -9637, -9536(C) mounting bases. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Models
2098-9642, -9202, -9202C include a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. For use with Approved control units having detection circuits capable of
supplying power to the smoke detector. Model 2098-9649 duct detector housing suitable for use with Models 2098-9201, -9201C Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.).
All 2098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 4098-9601, -9605, Model 4098-9602 with fixed temperature 135°F (57°C) thermal sensor.
Used with Models 4098-9788, -9683 bases in 2-wire circuits where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel or model 4098-9682
base in 4-wire circuits with separate power (15-32 V dc) and signaling connections. P/N 2098-9737 EOL relay must be used in 4-wire
applications to supervise the power wiring. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Model 4098-9830 remote LED may be used with
4098-9788, -9683 or -9682 bases. Model 4098-9681-9685, -9686 and -9688 duct detector housing suitable for use with Model 4098-9601
photoelectric type smoke detector in 2-wire or 4-wire circuits with separate power (18-32 V dc) and signaling connections. Operation with
2098-9747 (120 V ac) AC transformer for supplementary signaling only. 4098-9830, -9834, -9835 remote LED/test/power indicators available
for 4098-9681 and -9686. Suitable for use in air velocities from 400-4000 ft/min. (122-1220 m/min.). All 2098-9XXX and 4098-9XXX Model
Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’ For 2-wire use with the following Simplex Controls: Life Alarm 2120, 4001, 4002, 4100, 4004, 4005
and 4020-8001. (See Simplex installation instructions for compatibility detail.)
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model ISC-350P. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from 30 to 45 µA.
Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with temperatures from -5° to 140°F (-20.5° to 60°C). To be used with the
following bases: Model IBC-350, IBC-351, two-wire; Model IBC-352, for two- and four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of
contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model ISC-3501. Operating voltage range of 16 to 34 V dc, with the standby current from 30 to 45 µA.
Temperature range 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). To be used with the following bases: Model IBC-350, IBC-351, two-wire; IBC-352, for two- and
four-wire installations with an alarm relay with two sets of contacts both rated 1 A at 30 V dc.
The following two-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors (ISC-3501, - 350P) and its two-wire bases (IBC-350,
-351, -352): Gamewell Flex 300, Faraday MPC-2000, Simplex Autocall Firequest 200, Firequest 100-24, TFX-500, TFX-800, MP400, AP400,
Merlin MP400, Federal Signal FireLarm 2000, FireLarm 4000, FireLarm 6000 and FireLarm 8000.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 612P and 612HP. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from
70 to 80 µA. Sensitivity range is 1.16 to 2.68%/foot obscuration (0.15 to 0.35 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated
areas) with temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without
600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Simplex series TFX-400,
-500, and -800 controls.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 612I. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from 70 to 151 µA.
Sensitivity range is 0.63 to 1.17%/foot obscuration (0.08 to 0.15 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with
temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without 600RBA
Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Simplex TFX series -400, -500, and
-800 controls.
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 612PD and 612ID. Used with series 600/900D, 600DDC, and 600DAC Duct Smoke Detector Housings.
The duct detector housing is designed for use as one of the following basic models: 612PD — 912P photoelectric head with a conventional
panel; 612ID — 612I ionization head with a conventional panel. The 600/900D housing provides a basic 2-wire connection. The 600DDC and
600DAC provide 4-wire connections and contain two 10 A, 115 V ac form C alarm relays. Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54
to 20.3 m/sec). Duct application smoke sensitivity range is 1.16%/ft to 2%/ft obscuration (0.15 to 0.26 db/m) for model 612PD, and 0.6%/ft
to 0.96%/ft (0.08 to 0.12 db/m) for model 612ID. The operating voltage range for the 2-wire model (600/900D) is 16.0 to 32.0 V dc. The 4-wire
600DDC requires either 24 V dc or 24 V ac power to operate. The 600DAC, in addition to 24 V dc/ac, has a power connection for 115 V ac.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-17
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174
Beam Type Smoke Detector Model 6424(A). Consists of a transmitter and a receiver. The detector operates at 20 to 32 V dc; the
supervisory current averages 10 mA and alarm current is 28 mA. The detector must be connected to an Approved control providing separate
circuits for power and alarm signaling. The detector threshold sensitivity (the alarm level) is field selectable at 30%, or 55% total beam
obscuration. The detector has an inherent time delay which requires the smoke density to be greater than the alarm setting for 15 seconds
before the alarm signal is annunciated. Suitable for indoor use where ambient temperatures are between -22°F and 131°F (-30°C to 55°C).
The beam length can be from 30 to 330 ft (9 to 100 m). Alarm and trouble relay contacts are rated 0.5 A at 24 V dc.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2100S(A) (two wire) and 2112/24S(A) (four wire), voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, alarm contacts
rated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. Two wire models 2100TS(A) and four wire Models 2112/24TS(A) have supplemental 135°F (57°C) thermal
sensors. For use with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detectors. Models 2100TR(A) and 2100AT(A) 2-wire photoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor; Model
2112/24R 4-wire photoelectric smoke detectors; Models 2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), 2112ATL and 2112/24AITR(A) 4-wire
photoelectric smoke detectors with heat sensor. Models 2100TR(A) and 2100AT(A) with voltage rating of 8.5-35 VDC. Model 2112ATL with
voltage rating of 9.5-15 VDC. Models 2112/24R(A), 2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) with voltage rating
of 10-35 VDC. All models with standby current of 50 µA max, alarm current dependent on model and operating voltage. Models 2100TR(A)
and 2100AT(A) must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Models 2112ATL, 2112/
24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for
power and for alarm detection; Alarm contacts are rated 1.0 A 30 VDC on all models. Models 2100TR(A), 2100AT(A), 2112ATL, 2112/24TR(A),
2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) have supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat sensors. Models 2100TR(A), 2112/24R(A),
2112/24TR(A), 2112/24AT(A), 2112/24ATR(A), and 2112/24AITR(A) also have an auxiliary Form C dry contact rated 1.0A @ 30 VDC;
although, for Model 2112/24AITR(A), the auxiliary relay is activated by thermal alarm only. Model 2112ATL has a sounder circuitry that is
electrically isolated from the rest of the detector.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2100RFADT with built in wireless transmitter rated 6 V dc provided by two 3 V lithium batteries.
Compatible with the following Approved controls Alarm Device Manufacturing Company (ADEMCO) VISTA-128FB, -32FB, when equipped
with a 5881 EH radio receiver.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Model 2151(A) operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-122°F (0°-50°C). Used with base Models
B401, B110LP, B110RLP, B110RLP750, B112LP, B114LP and B116LP. The B114LP base operates 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model MOD400R
sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity in percent per foot obscuration.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2312/24B and 2312/24TB, voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, standby current 0.12 mA max, alarm
current 50 mA max; alarm contacts rated at 2.0 A, 30 V ac/dc. Model 2312/24TB has supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat sensors. For use with
Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2400(A), 2400TH, 2400AT, 2400AIT operate at 12 or 24 V dc; Models 2412(A), 2412TH,
2412AT operate at 12 V dc; Models 2424, 2424TH, 2424AT, 2424AIT operate at 24 V dc. All detectors draw 120 uA standby current, except
Models 2400AT, 2400AIT which draw 100 uA standby. The max alarm current draw of the detectors is as follows: Models 2400(A), 2400TH
draw 100 mA; Models 2400AT, 2400AIT draw 48 mA; Models 2412(A), 2412TH draw 77 mA; Models 2424, 2424TH draw 40.6 mA; Model
2412AT draws 51 mA; Models 2424AT, 2424AIT draw 43 mA. 2400 Series must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing
power via the detection circuit. 2412(A) and 2424 Series must be used with Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and
for alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts facilitate connection to the alarm initiating circuit. Suffix T or TH indicate supplemental 135°F
(57°C) heat detecting thermostat; suffix A indicates audible alarm indicator (rated 85 dBA at 10 ft (3.1 m)); suffix IT indicates separate alarm
contacts for thermal sensor.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2451(A), 2451TH operate at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of
providing power via the detection circuit and which limit the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Suffix TH
indicates supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Used with Models 401B, B401, B401BR(A), B401R, B401BR-750, B401R750, B402B(A), B404B, B406B(A) bases. The B404B base operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model RA400, RA400Z, RA400A, RA400ZA
remote annunciator can be used for supplemental visible annunciation of alarm. Model RMK400 kit used for recessed mounting.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2W-B and 2WT-B (two wire) used with Approved compatible control panels capable of
providing power via the detection circuit. Models 4W-B and 4WT-B (four wire) for use with Approved control panels providing separate circuits
for power and alarm initiation. Rated voltage 8.5-35.0 V dc. Models 2W-B, 2WT-B, 4W-B, and 4WT-B respond to smoke levels corresponding
to 1.0 to 4.0%/ft (0.13 to 0.52 db/m) obscuration. Relay contacts rated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. Models 2WT-B and 4WT-B have supplemental
135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Optional model 2W-MOD Loop Test/Maintenance module available for use with Models 2W-B and
2WT-B only.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B (two wire) used with Approved compatible control panels capable of
providing power via the detection circuit. Models 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B (four wire) for use with Approved control
panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation. Rated voltage 8.5-35.0 V dc for 2W models, and 10.0-35 V dc for 4W models.
Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B, 4WTR-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B respond to smoke levels corresponding to 1.0 to 3.62%/ft (0.13 to
0.47 db/m) obscuration. Models 2WTR-B, 4WTR-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B have a Form C relay. Relay contacts rated at 2.0 A, 30 V ac/dc.
Models 2WTA-B, 4WTA-B, 4WTAR-B, and 4WITAR-B contain a piezoelectric horn to generate a temporal pattern in alarm condition. All
models have supplemental 135°F (57°C) heat detecting thermostat. Optional model 2W-MOD2 Loop Test/Maintenance module available for
use with Models 2WTR-B, 2WTA-B, 2W-B and 2WT-B.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1151(A) operates at 8.5 to 35 V dc; Model 1151EIS operates at 8.5 to 28 V dc, used with Approved
control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Model 1151(A) operating
temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C), Model 1151EIS operating temperature 14°-140°F (-10°-60°C). Model 1151(A) used with base Models
B401, B110LP, B110RLP, B110RLP750, B112LP, B114LP and B116LP. Model 1151EIS used with base Models B401 and B401B. The B114LP
base operates 120 V ac, 60 Hz only. Model MOD400R sensitivity tester used with digital volt meter to provide display of detector sensitivity
in percent per foot obscuration. See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1400(A) is a two-wire type device which operates at 12 or 24 V dc; Models 1412(A) and 1424 are
four-wire type detectors which operate at 12 V dc and 24 V dc, respectively. Model 1400(A) draws 100 uA standby, 100 mA when in alarm
and must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Models 1412(A) and 1424 must be used
with Approved control panels that provide separate circuits for power and alarm detection; a set of Form A contacts, rated at 2.0 A at 30 V
dc/ac facilitate connection to the alarm-initiating circuit. Model 1412(A) draws a max of 77 mA in alarm; Model 1424 draws a max of 40.6 mA
in alarm. Model 1400R-750 has a 750 ohm current limiting resistor.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1451(A) operates at 12 or 24 V dc, used with Approved control panels capable of providing power
via the detection circuit which limits the alarm current to 100 mA. Operating temperature 32°-120°F (0°-49°C). Used with Models 401B, B401,
B401BR(A), B401R, B401BR-750, B401R-750, B402B(A), B404B, B406B(A) bases. The B404B base operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz only.
Model RA400, RA400Z, RA400A, RA400ZA remote annunciator can be used for supplemental visible annunciation of alarm. Model RMK400
kit used for recessed mounting.
Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model DH100P is a 2-wire and Model DH100ACDCP is a 4-wire detector. The detector head
is housed permanently on the sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.5 to 20.3
m/sec). The 2-wire unit operates with 12 to 24 V dc input of a FM Approved compatible fire alarm control Notifier System 500. The 4-wire
detector operates off 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 240 V ac power supply with FM Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCP contains
three relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A at 30 V dc) and 10 A
at 250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).
14-18
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model DH100LP is a 2-wire and Model DH100ACDCLP is a 4-wire detector. The detector head
is housed permanently on the sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to
20.3 m/sec). The 2-wire unit operates with 12 or 24 V dc input of an Approved compatible fire alarm control (Notifier System 500). The 4-wire
detector operates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCLP contains
three relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A
@ 250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models DH400, DH400ACDC. These detectors use either the Model 2451A photoelectric or 1451DH ionization
type smoke detector head. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 300 to 4000 feet per min. The Model DH400 operates
from 8.5 to 35 V dc and must be used with Approved control panels capable of providing power via the detection circuit, and which limit the
alarm current to 100 mA. The Model DH400ACDC unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or 220/240 V ac. The alarm connections
of the DH400ACDC must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control. The Model RTS451 or Model
RTS451KEY(A) remote test stations can be used to provide functional testing and visual alarm annunciation of these detectors
(RTS451KEY[A]) with key operated control). The RTS451 or RTS451KEY(A) can also be used to reset the DH400ACDC. The Model APA451
annunciator is used with the DH400ACDC for audible alarm annunciation when a control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications).
Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Model DH400ACDCIHT. This detector uses the Model 1451DHHT ionization type smoke detector head. For
use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 ft/min. The unit operates from 20 to 29 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac or
220/240 V ac. The alarm connections of the DH400ACDCIHT must be connected to the initiating circuit of an Approved compatible control.
The Model RTS451 or Model RTS451KEY(A) remote test stations can be used to provide functional testing and visual alarm annunciation
of the detector (RTS451KEY[A]) with key operated control). The Model APA451 annunciator is used with the DH400ACDCIHT for audible
alarm annunciation when a control panel is not used (for NFPA 90A applications). Operating temperature of the detectors is 32° to 158°F (0° to
70°C).
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 1112/24B, voltage rating 8.5-35.0 V dc, alarm contacts rated at 0.5 A, 30 V ac/dc. For use with
Approved control panels providing separate circuits for power and alarm initiation.
Duct Type Photoelectric Smoke Detectors. Model EDH100ACDCLP is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the
sensing board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 100 to 4000 feet per min (0.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The 4-wire detector
operates from 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The EDH100ACDCLP contains three
relays: supervisory or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @
250 V ac), and alarm relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detectors is 23° to 131°F (-5° to 55°C).
Duct Type Iodization Smoke Detector. Model DH100ACDCI is a 4-wire detector. The detector head is housed permanently on the sensing
board. For use in air handling systems experiencing air velocities of 500 to 4000 feet per min (2.5 to 20.3 m/sec). The detector operates from
24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, or 240 V ac power supply with Approved fire alarm controls. The DH100ACDCI contains three relays: supervisory
or trouble relay (form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc), alarm auxiliary relay (2 form ‘‘C’’ rated 10 A @ 30 V dc and 10 A @ 250 V ac), and alarm relay
(form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A @ 30 V dc). Operating temperature of the detector is 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The detector can be used with an optional
model SSK451 multi-signaling accessory module with or without an optional PS24LO (or PS24LOW) strobe attachment.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 430559, 430562, 430695; Models 430560 and 430696 with fixed temperature 135°F (57°C)
thermal sensor. Used with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, 430702 in 2-wire circuits where the current is limited by the fire alarm
control panel. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Model 430572 and 430704 remote LED may be used with Models 430569 and
430702 bases. For 2-wire use with the following Approved controls: Ansul Autopulse Z-10 and Z-28, Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.
TEPG-US, 91 Technology Drive, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Ionization Type Smoke Detectors. Model 430561 and 430697 used with base Models 430567, 430569, 430701, 430702 in 2-wire circuits
where the current is limited by the fire alarm control panel. 32° to 100°F (0° to 38°C) temperature range. Models 430572 and 430704 remote
LED may be used with Models 430569 and 430702 bases. For 2-wire use with the following Approved controls: Ansul Autpulse Z-10 and Z-28,
Pyro-Chem Triton RP and RPA.
Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB England
Duct Type Smoke Detector. Models 612PD and 612ID. Used with series 600/900D, 600DDC, and 600DAC Duct Smoke Detector Housings.
The duct detector housing is designed for use as one of the following basic models: 612PD — 912P photoelectric head with a conventional
panel; 612ID – 612I ionization head with a conventional panel. The 600/900D housing provides a basic 2-wire connection. The 600DDC and
600DAC provide 4 – wire connections and contain two 10 A, 115 V ac form C alarm relays. Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min
(2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). Duct application smoke sensitivity range is 1.16%/ft to 2%/ft obscuration (0.15 to 0.26 db/m) for model 612PD, and
0.6%/ft to 0.96%/ft (0.08 to 0.12 db/m) for model 612ID. The operating voltage range for the 2-wire model (600/900D) is 16.0 to 32.0 V dc.
The 4-wire 600DDC requires either 24 V dc or 24 V ac power to operate. The 600DAC, in addition to 24 V dc/ac, has a power connection for
115 V ac.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Model 612I. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from 70 to 151 µA.
Sensitivity range is 0.63 to 1.17%/foot obscuration (0.08 to 0.15 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not refrigerated areas) with
temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with or without 600RBA
Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Grinnell TFX series -400, -500, and
-800 controls.
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Models 612P and 612HP. Operating voltage range of 16.0 to 32.0 V dc, with the standby current from
70 to 80 µA. Sensitivity range is 1.16 to 2.68%/foot obscuration (0.15 to 0.35 db/m). Suitable for indoor use only (unheated, but not
refrigerated areas) with temperatures from 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). To be used with the following bases: models 4B and 6B, either with
or without 600RBA Relay Base Adapter. The following 2-wire controls are compatible with the subject conventional detectors: Grinnell series
TFX-400, -500, and -800 controls.
Vijay Industries and Projects Ltd, Plot No EL 205 MIDC, TTC Area Mahape Navi Mumbai, 400 709, India
Photoelectric Type Smoke Detector. Vijay Autronica Model BH-20 detector head with BWA-40A base. Operating voltage range is 18 to
30 V dc with 24 V dc nominal; standby current is 0.5 mA, and alarm current is 50 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved
compatible control panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range is 0° to 60°C (32° to 140°F). See
also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.
Ionization Type Smoke Detector. Vijay Autronica Model BJ-20 detector head wth BWA-40A base. Operating voltage range is 18 to 30 V dc
with 24 V dc nominal; standby current is 0.5 mA, and alarm current is 50-70 mA. The detectors must be connected to an Approved compatible
control panel capable of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range is 0° to 60°C (32° to 140°F). See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for this manufacturer.
Vision Systems Inc, 35 Pond Park Rd, Hingham MA 02043
MARK III VESDA (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus) installations. This sampling type detector is a very sensitive photoelectric
detector that uses a pulsed Xenon lamp to detect light scattered by airborne particles. The particles pass through a filter to the detection
chamber. The detector assembly produces an analog output proportional to the smoke density. The control card provides an LED bargraph
display of the smoke density and three independently programmable, alarm set points. Each alarm level is indicated by a flashing LED and
relay output. Other LEDs indicate trouble and power on. There are six Form C relay outputs (test, air flow failure, detector failure, Alarm 1,
Alarm 2, Alarm 3); contacts are rated 1A at 28 V dc. Each alarm has an adjustable 0-60 sec delay. An adjustment is provided to compensate
for surrounding air contaminates. Each detector assembly should be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling
branch line. MARK III VESDA consists of either a 1 or 4 zone controller (E700-CE-1 or E700-CE-4), E700-CCP or -DC control card(s) for each
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-19
zone, and detector(s). The E700-DC control card may be equipped with an E700-COMM communication card. The E700-DE1, -DE2, -DE5
detectors have sensitivity ranges 0.002-0.03%/ft (0.0003-0.004 dB/M), 0.006-0.06%/ft (0.0008-0.008 dB/M) and 0.015-0.15%/ft (0.002-0.021
dB/M), respectively. Single zone units with integral controller E700-DE-SC-1, E700-DE-SC-2, E700-DE-SC-5 are available with the three
sensitivity ranges. E-700-CE-4/48, E700-DE1-SC/48, E700-DE2-SC/48 and E700-DE5-SC/48 units are for use with a 48 V dc uninterruptable
power source having a min 24 hours of standby capacity. Required 24 hour standby power provided by E700-PS-2-37 (2 amps) or
E700-PS-4-37 (4 amps). The E700-PS-2-37 supply requires two 32 AH batteries (E700-BAT-32) connected in series, the E700-PS-4-37
requires four 32 AH batteries and E700-BC-37 battery cabinet. Single zone MARK III units with integral 120 V power supply/battery charger
and two 15 AH batteries provide 24 hours of standby power. All equipment suitable for indoor use in ambient temperature from 32° to 122°F
(0° to 50°C).
VESDA E70-D (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIB
to a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a VESDA detector, an aspirator,
an in-line filter, VESDA controls, and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to the
controller, detector, and aspirator. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, an in-line filter and
VESDA controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-PIC-x/48 is a self-contained VESDA unit which houses
a detector, an aspirator, a Kepco 48 V dc/24 V dc power supply, an in-line filter and VESDA controls. It accepts a 48 V dc uninterruptible power
supply on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. The VESDA detector head is available in the
following full-scale sensitivities: 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) which is indicated by a 1 in the model number; 0.06%/ft (0.009 dB/m) indicated by a
2 in the model number; and 0.15%/ft (0.02dB/m) indicated by a 5 in the model number. Max coverage per detector is 20,000 sq ft (1860 sq
m). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling branch line. The required 24 hour
standby power is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15) connected in series. Suitable for indoor use at temperatures between
32° and 130°F (0° and 55°C). Firmware for the Model No. E70-D is Version 1.6. This version is distributed in the Western Hemisphere only.
VESDA Scanner (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIB,
to a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a VESDA Scanner detector, an
aspirator, an in-line filter, VESDA Scanner controls, and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides
24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator,
an in-line filter, and VESDA Scanner controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-SCAN-x/48 is a
self-contained VESDA Scanner unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, an in-line filter, and VESDA Scanner controls. It accepts a 48 V dc
uninterruptible power supply on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc to the controller, detector, and aspirator. The VESDA Scanner detector
head is available in the following full-scale sensitivities: 0.03%/ft (0.004 dB/m) which is indicated by a 1 in the Model No.; 0.06%/ft
(0.009 dB/m) indicated by a 2 in the Model No.; and 0.15% (0.02 dB/m) indicated by a 5 in the Model No. Max coverage per detector is
20,000 ft2 (1,860 m2). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling branch line.
The required 24 hour standby power is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15) connected in series. Suitable for indoor use at
temperatures between 32° and 130°F (0° and 55°C). Firmware for the VESDA Scanner is Version 1.51.
MiniVESDA-50 (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus). This apparatus must be connected, via an auxiliary interface board P/N E70-RIB
to a compatible Approved control panel. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/120 is a self-contained unit which houses a MiniVESDA detector, an
aspirator, a filter, MiniVESDA controls and a 120 V ac power supply. The unit accepts 120 V ac on its input terminal and provides 24 V dc
to the controller, detector and aspirator. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/24 is a self-contained unit which houses a detector, an aspirator, a filter
and MiniVESDA controls. It accepts 24 V dc from an external power source. Model No. DESC-MINI-50-5/48 is a self-contained unit which
houses a detector, an aspirator, a filter and MiniVESDA controls. It accepts 48 V dc uninterruptible power supply on its input terminal and
provides 24 V dc to the controller, detector and aspirator. The MiniVESDA detector head has a sensitivity of 0.5%/m (0.15%/ft). Max coverage
per detector is 5000 sq ft (465 sq m). Each detector assembly must be connected to balanced piping to assure equal suction in each sampling
branch line. The required 24 hour standby power for the single-zone DESC-MINI-50 is provided by two 12 V, 15 AH batteries (E700-BAT-15)
connected in series. Suitable for indoor use at temperatures between 32° and 122°F (0° and 50°C). Firmware for the MiniVESDA-50 is
Version 4.0.
VESDA LaserPLUS smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector head
termination board or remote termination board. The VESDA LaserPLUS system consists of a smoke detector with up to four sampling pipe
inlets. Additionally, the system may include a local or remote display, programmer and VESDAnet socket. The software version is 2.19.00.
The VESDA LaserPLUS system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA LaserPLUS power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from
120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a max of three detectors for up to
24 hours of secondary power. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacity exists
(refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the Model VPS-100US power supply is not
required. A high level interface (HLI) may be used to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programming
and diagnostics. The detector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015%/ft to 6%/ft (0.005%/m to 20%/m), but is limited to 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) by
programming when ‘‘UL’’ is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA LaserPLUS system is suitable for indoor use only
in ambient temperatures of 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program,
Version 3.09.02.
VESDA VLS Scanner smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector head
termination board or remote termination board. The VESDA VLS Scanner system consists of a smoke detector with up to four sampling pipe
inlets. Additionally, the system may include a local or remote display, programmer, and VESDAnet socket. The software version is 3.08.03.
The VESDA VLS Scanner system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from
120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a maximum of three detectors for
up to 24 hours of secondary power. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacity
exists (refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the Model VPS-100US power supply is not
required. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-400US-48, is used in telecommunications applications and converts 48 V dc to 24 V dc. A
high level interface (HLI) may be used to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programming and
diagnostics. The detector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015% to 6%/ft (0.005% to 20%/m), but is limited to 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) by programming
when “UL” is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA VLS scanner system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient
temperatures of 14° to 120°F (-10° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program, Version 3.09.02.
If ASPIRE Version 3.09.02 is not used, a balanced sampling pipe network must be installed.
VESDA LaserCompact smoke detector. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm controls via the relay contacts on the detector head
termination board. The VESDA LaserCompact system consists of a smoke detector with a single sampling pipe inlet. The software version
is 3.07.04. When connected into an Approved fire alarm control, the configuration is limited to one detector per zone maximum. The VESDA
LaserCompact system components operate on 24 V dc. The VESDA LaserPLUS power supply, Model VPS-100US operates from
120 V ac/60 Hz primary power and is provided with two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries for each detector up to a maximum of three detectors for
up to 24 hours of secondary power. For locations with a 24 V dc supply having at least a 24 hour standby capacity (refineries, power plants,
gas processing distribution networks, telephone exchanges, etc.), the detector may be connected to this supply with permission of the
authority having jurisdiction. The VESDA power supply, Model VPS-400US-48 which converts 48 V dc to 24 V dc, may be used in
telecommunications applications where a 48 V dc uninterruptible power supply exists. A high level interface (HLI) may be used to connect an
IBM compatible personal computer to the system for all remote programming and diagnostics on model VLC-505. A direct serial link may be
used to connect an IBM compatible personal computer to VESDA LaserCompact model VLC-500 for all programming and diagnostics. The
detector has a sensitivity range of 0.0015%/ft to 6%/ft (0.005%/m to 20%/m), but is limited to the required 4.0%/ft (13.20%/m) by programming
when ‘‘UL’’ is selected from the menu of the LCD programmer. The VESDA LaserCompact system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient
temperatures of 14° to 120°F (-10° to 49°C). The sampling piping network is designed by the ASPIRE computer program, Version 3.09.02.
14-20
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
ASPIRE Version 3.09.02 Computer program for Windows. This program is designed to run on IBM-compatible personal computers (PC’s)
and is used to develop sampling pipe layouts for VESDA (Very Early Smoke Detection Apparatus) smoke detectors. It develops the number
of pipes; lengths of pipes; positions, sizes, and spacings of sampling holes; and effects of fittings on the network. Transit time from the most
remote sampling hole is 120 seconds or less. The piping network designed by ASPIRE version 3.09.02 is not necessarily structurally
symmetrical. If ASPIRE, version 3.09.02, is not used, a balanced sampling pipe network must be installed.
Wagner Alarm-und Sicherungssysteme GmbH, Schleswigstrasse 5, D-30853 Langenhagen Germany
Models AD1 and AD2 smoke detection systems. (Note: These smoke detection systems may not comply with all requirements of
NFPA 72-1999 which would be applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America). For use with the
compatible Approved CS1140 System, from which they receive their operating power from the initiating device circuit. The AD1 smoke
detection system consists of one of the following smoke detectors: Model DO1103A, Model DO1133A, or Model DO1153A smoke detector,
with Models DB1101A, DB1131A, and DB1151A bases respectively, mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other control
equipment. The AD2 has two of these detector/base combinations installed. The AD1 system has a single sampling pipe inlet, while the AD2
has two inlets of which one or two can be used. The AD1 and AD2 systems operate from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The sensitivity of the
AD1 and AD2 systems depends on the detector model which is installed as well as the sensitivity settings. The DO1103A has a sensitivity
of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1133A detector has a sensitivity of 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). The DO1153A has a sensitivity range of 0.09%/ft
(0.01 dB/m) to 0.30%/ft (0.04 dB/m). Both the AD1 and AD2 can have one or more optional MB2 detector boxes which contain one of the
detectors shown above. These MB2 boxes are installed between the AD1 or AD2 and the piping network. The AD1 and AD2 systems are
suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed on a
balanced system.
TITANUS SUPER-SENS air sampling smoke detection system. Versions rev. a, a/G, and /X. For use with compatible Approved fire alarm
controls having separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The software in the TITANUS SUPER-SENS processor is 0010.03.012
for the rev. a and a/G versions and 0010.04.013 for the /X. The TITANUS SUPER-SENS smoke detection system consists of a detector head
mounted in an ABS plastic enclosure with air sampling and other control equipment. The system has a single sampling pipe inlet. Up to two
remote display units, Type PAG3-TITANUS, can be connected to each TITANUS SUPER-SENS. The TITANUS SUPER-SENS system
operates from 14-30 V dc (24 V dc nominal). The alarm sensitivity of the TITANUS SUPER-SENS ranges from 0.008 %/ft (0.000009 dB/m)
to 0.06 %/ft (0.008 dB/m). The TITANUS SUPER-SENS system is suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures of -4°F to 140°F (-20°C
to 60°C). The sampling piping network must be installed as a symmetrical design as described in Section 4.2 of the manufacturer’s Technical
Manual.
Smoke Detector Testing and Calibration Devices
These devices are specifically designed to verify the proper operation of a smoke detector. If acceptable to the
smoke detector’s manufacturer, they are suitable for use with either ionization or photoelectric type smoke detectors.
Calibrated testing devices are used to verify that a smoke detector will respond at a predetermined level of smoke
density measured in % obscuration per ft (dB/m). Uncalibrated testing devices are only suitable as a functional test
of smoke detector operation.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
Aerosol Type Smoke Detector Test Gas P/N 315-282747. Suitable for testing installed ionization and photoelectric type smoke detectors
for proper functioning; the tester is not a calibrated source. The aerosol container should be used at a min distance of 3 ft (0.9 m) and a max
of 8 ft (2 m) at a frequency not greater than once per month. The aerosol spray should be aimed at the detector so that aerosol particles can
enter the smoke detection chamber. This 2.5 oz (83 ml) aerosol can contains approximately 150 one-sec sprays. The aerosol container should
be stored and used within the temperature range of 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Smoke Detector Guards
These guards are designed to protect wall- or ceiling-mounted smoke detectors from mechanical injury or
tampering without adverse effect on detector performance.
Safety Technology International Inc, 2306 Airport Rd, Waterford MI 48327
Model STI 8100. Made of clear Lexan plastic. Used to cover Approved ionization and photoelectric type smoke detectors. Dia. is 91⁄4 in.
(235 mm), 4 in. (102 mm) deep. The guard contains 15 in.2 (97 cm2) of openings for smoke, leaving 77% of the surface obstructed. Mounted
by four 10 x 11⁄2 in. (38 mm) screws, which when loosened, enable the guard to be removed for detector maintenance.
Fire Detection, Flame-Actuated
Flame-actuated detectors respond to a radiant energy of flame, sparks or glowing embers. Response may be in
milliseconds; however, alarm initiation may be time-delayed up to 30 seconds, as indicated.
Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7005, Trondheim Norway
Flame Detector. Autroflame Models 20/20L ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and 20/20U ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20
to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detector
operating temperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Both models may be field tested using the 20/20-509 fire simulator. Detectors and fire
simulator are explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous
(classified) locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.
Autroflame Flame Detector. Autroflame Model 20/20LB ultraviolet-infrared flame detector. Autroflame Model 20/20UB ultraviolet flame
detector. Each operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm
signaling and for power. Autroflame Model 20/20-509 fire simulator is used for field testing of these detectors. Detectors are rated NEMA Type
6P and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use
in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Flame Detector. Autroflame Model 20/20I infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for
indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-21
Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438
Model X2200 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) UV flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Option
dash numbers: 001, 003, 005, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, Arc Rejection, Standard are factory set. Operates from 18 to 30 V dc
via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. Fuels tested
for response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor
use. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5); and Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division
2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F & G (T3) hazardous (classified) locations.
Dual Spectrum® PM-5MP+ (Part No. 420737-xxy) Infrared (IR) flame detector. For 9 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits. Optional, integral end-of-line resistor (EOL) value indicated
by part number suffix; value must match EOL specified for control; suffix ‘‘-000’’ indicates standard version without EOL. Operating temperature range of 32° to 158°F (0° to 70°C); enclosure rated for IP 67. Detectors are suitable for use in certain hazardous locations as
described in the listing under Hazardous Locations Electrical Equipment.
Model X3301 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 14, 15, 21) A (or W) 1 (or 2) Multispectrum IR flame detector (Firmware 007278-001 Rev. C).
Programming Option dash numbers: 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 034, 035. Approved for use at Very High and Medium sensitivity settings
(factory set). Operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and
latching initiating device circuits. LON version (‘‘14’’ in model designation) can be used with controls with which it is listed based upon
verification of compatibility. Pulse Output version (‘‘15’’ in model designation) can be used with Approved R7404B & R7494B Controllers.
Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Diesel, Methanol, Natural Gas, JP-5, Office paper, Corrugated panel. Automotive/
Quick mode response in less than 0.5 sec. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for
use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C &
D; Class II, Division 1 , Groups E, F, & G; & Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B,C &D (T3C);
Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G (T3C) hazardous (classified) locations.
Model X5200 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) UV/IR flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Option
dash numbers: 001, 002, 003, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, UV: Arc Rejection, Standard; IR: Time Domain Signal Analysis, Quick
Fire (High Speed) are factory set. Operates from 18 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate
power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas. The detector
enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F
to +167°F (-40°C to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5);
and Class III, Division 1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups
F & G (T3) hazardous (classified) locations.
Model X9800 A (or S) 4M (or 4N) 11 (or 13, 15) A (or U, W) 1 (or 2) IR flame detector (Firmware 007429-001 Rev. C). Software Option dash
numbers: 001, 002, 005, 006. Sensitivity and processing modes, Time Domain Signal Analysis, Quick Fire (High Speed) are factory set.
Operates from 18 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating
device circuits. Fuels tested for response include the following: Heptane, Natural Gas, Black Powder, Pyrodex. The detector enclosure is rated
NEMA 4X and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use. Suitable for use over ambient operating temperature range of -40°F to +167°F (-40°C
to +75°C). Suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D (T5); Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G (T5); and Class III, Division
1 locations. Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C & D (T3); Suitable for Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F & G (T3) hazardous
(classified) locations.
Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92821
Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. Model SS2-WT ‘‘SuperSentry II’’ flame sensor. For 12 to 24 V dc operation via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model SS2-WT suitable for indoor or outdoor use in
ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F); enclosure rated NEMA Type 3 and Type 4.
Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. FS2000 flame detection system, using software Version 2.01. Consists of programmable FS2000 Model
CM1-A controller, Models SS2-A and -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’; SS3-A and -AN multi-spectrum; and SS3-AB and -ABN UV flame sensors; and
Model TS2-A COPi test source. A max of 30 devices can be connected to the ‘‘FireBus’’ signaling line circuit. The FS2000 CM1-A controller
must be connected to the initiating device circuit of an Approved control panel. SS2-A, -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’ sensors and TS2-A COPi test
source are suitable for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA types 3 and 4) in ambient temperatures from -40° to 194°F (-40° to 85°C); Models SS3-A,
-AN, -AB and ABN are suitable for indoor use in ambient temperatures from 32° to 170°F (0° to 77°C); Models SS2-A, -AH ‘‘SuperSentry II’’
and TS2-A COPi test source are rated explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division I, Groups E, F and G and
Class III hazardous locations; FS2000 CM1-A controller suitable for indoor use (NEMA 5); Internal (7 AH) battery provides a min of 4 hours
standby operation on a fully loaded system.
Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. Models SS2-A, -AM flame detector. For 24 V dc operation via connection to a compatible Approved
control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; suitable for indoor and outdoor use in (NEMA Type 3 and 4 enclosure)
ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); rated explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G and Class III hazardous locations.
Models SS3-A and SS3-AN multi-spectrum and SS3-AB and SS3-ABN UV flame detectors. The detectors operate from 12 to 28 V dc via
connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and power. The firmware version for the
Models SS3-A, -AN, -AB and -ABN is designated 3701-0510. The detector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 1 and is suitable for indoor use in
ambient temperatures form 0° to 77°C (32° to 170°F).
Models SS4-A; -A-2; -AS; -AS-2; -AUV; -AUV-2 flame detectors. -A and -AS version models are available with stainless steel housing. Suffix
-2 on each model is non-latching LED version. SS4-A is multispectrum detector. SS4-AS version has been optimized for special applications.
SS4-AUV is an ultraviolet flame detector. These detectors operate from 20.4 to 34 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved fire alarm
control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version for the Model SS4-A flame detector is Rev. C. The
firmware for the -A2, -AS, and -AUV is 2107-9001. The -AS is further defined as parameter setting 2110-0502; and the -AUV is further defined
as parameter setting 2110-0503. In addition to relay outputs, rated at 1 Amp at 24 V dc for alarm and fault the Model SS4-A type flame detector
can also have an optional module MA420-4 which is a 4-20 mA output current source. The detector enclosure is suitable for NEMA Type 3
and Type 4 and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F). Suitable for use in Class
I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D and for Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G and Class III hazardous (classified) locations.
FS System 7 Flame Detector and Controller. Consists of the Model FS7-130-SX (2) controller module, the S7-2173-C flame detector using
firmware version 3720-0009, Rev. A (4 ft sensitivity), the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware version 3720-1001 (8 ft sensitivity) and the
Model JB-4 junction box. A max of 12 detectors can be connected to each controller module. The FS7-130-SX (2) controller module operates
from 20.4 to 26.4 V dc at 410 mA max via connection to a compatible FM Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm
signaling and power. When the FS7-130-SX (2) controller module is installed inside the enclosure of an Approved fire alarm control,
compatibility testing is required for each manufacturer and model of fire alarm control. The detector and controller module are suitable for
indoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.
Models FS7-2173-RP and FS7-2173-2RP multi-spectral flame detectors. The detectors operate from 16 V dc to 28 V dc via connection to
a compatible Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version is 5724-004,
Rev. A. The detector housing provides IP 67 degree of protection, and the detector is suitable for indoor use only.
14-22
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
FS System 10 Flame Detector and Card Controller. Consists of the Option 2xx Series FS10 card controller, the FS System 10 flame detector
using firmware version 3716-0004, and the CCBPMA1-1, -2 or -4 backplane mounting assembly. One detector is connected to each card
controller which in turn must be connected to the initiating device circuit of an Approved control panel. The detector and card controller are
suitable for indoor use, the card controller in ambient temperatures from 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) and the detector in ambient temperatures
from -40° to +85°C (-40° to +185°F). The detector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 3 and Type 4. The detector is suitable for use in Class I,
Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G; and Class III hazardous (classified) locations. This
detector reacts to the presence of flame within one-half second.
Model FS10-R and FS10-A multi-spectral flame detectors. The detectors operate from 18 V dc to 28 V dc via connection to a compatible
Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware is version 5723-006 for the 15 ft
detector, 5723-106 for the 30 ft detector and 5723-207 for the 45 ft detector. In addition to relay outputs, rated at 1 A at 24 V dc, for alert, alarm
and fault, the Model FS10-A flame detector also has a 4-20 mA output current source capable of driving a max load impedance of 330 Ohms.
The Model FS10-R has relay outputs only. The detector housing is suitable for NEMA 3 and 4, and for indoor use only. The detector is suitable
for use in Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G; and Class III hazardous (classified)
locations. Operating temperature is from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C). This detector reacts to the presence of flame within one-half second.
FS-22 TIR Plus™ Flame Detector, P/N 4041-0-01 and 4041-0-02. The detector operates from 18 V dc to 32 V dc via connection to the
initiating device circuit of a compatible Approved fire alarm control providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware
version is 5725-005A. The detector is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to +85°C (-40° to +185°F). The
detector is rated NEMA Type 3 and 4, IP66 (indoors and outdoors). The detector is Approved as Explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups
B, C, and D; Dust-ignitionproof for Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G; and Class III T4A Ta = 85°C hazardous (classified) locations.
General Monitors Inc 26776 Simpatica Circle Lake Forest CA 92630
UV/IR Flame Detector. Model FL-801 or FL-201 (P/N 70200-1 or 70000-1) controller and Type VI (P/N 70116) flame sensor. The FL-801
controller and FL-201 controller are suitable for applications in temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). The Type VI sensor powered by
4 V ac from the controllers is suitable for indoor and outdoor applications in temperatures from -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). (See also
HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
UV Flame Detector. Consists of Model FL-801 or FL-201 (P/N 70200-1 or 70000-1) controller and Type V (P/N 70100-2) flame sensor.
FL-801, -201 controllers are suitable for applications in temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). Type V sensor is powered by 4 V ac
from the controller and is suitable for indoor and outdoor applications in temperatures from -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Welding or other
activities which produce substantial amounts of UV radiation should be prohibited within the viewing area of the Type V detector to avoid false
alarms. (See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
Flame Detector. Model FL3000 Series. Includes Models FL3000 (P/N 70550-1, -2 and -3) ultraviolet-infrared flame detectors, Model
FL3001 (P/N 70585-1, -2 and -3) ultraviolet flame detectors and Model FL3002 (P/N 70520-1 and -2) enhanced (dual) infrared flame
detectors. Detectors with -1 and -2 Model Nos. suffixes operate from 20 to 35 V dc; -3 version detectors operate from 23 to 35 V dc. The Model
FL802 multi-channel flame detection readout/relay module monitors the 4-20 mA output of up to eight FL3000 Series flame detectors. The
FL802 interfaces to the initiating device circuit of a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for
power. Detectors with a -1 or -3 suffix P/N have separate alarm, warning and fault relays and can connect directly to an Approved control which
provides separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model FL802 requires P/N 10284-19, Rev. C firmware. Models 70550 and 70585
with -1 or -2 suffix use P/N 10284-26, Rev. C firmware; -3 suffix use P/N 10284-59, Rev. A firmware. All versions of the Model FL3002 use
P/N 10284-29, Rev. B firmware. The Model TL100 UV test lamp is used for field testing of the FL3001 detectors and the Model TL102 test
lamp is used for field testing of the FL3000 and FL3002 detectors. Detectors are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, rated NEMA Type 4.
All detectors have a min operating temperature of -40°C (-40°F). The max operating temperature for the models with -1 suffix is 60°C (140°F),
the -2 suffix models is 70°C (158°F) and the -3 suffix models is 90°C (194°F). The Model FL802 module has an operating temperature range
of -18° to 70°C (0° to 158°F). Detectors are suitable for use in hazardous (classified) locations and rated explosionproof for use in Class I,
Division 1, Groups B, C and D; and dust-ignitionproof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G.
Models FL3100 (UV/IR), FL3101 (UV) and FL3102 (IR) flame detectors. Models FL3100 and FL3101 use firmware 71240, Rev. N, and
Model FL3102 uses firmware 71241, Rev. H. The detectors operate from 20 to 36 V dc (24 V dc nominal) via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The detector enclosure is rated Type 4X for
use in indoor and outdoor locations, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C) for the Models FL3100 and FL3101 and -40°
to 176°F (-40° to 80°C) for the Model FL3102. Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups B, C and D; and
dust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II/III, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Kidde Dual Spectrum 163 Aero Camino Goleta CA 93117
Dual Spectrum® Model PM-3M Infrared (IR) flame detector P/N 420010. For use with the 413410 Protection Panel control, P/N 413410,
and optional 413411 Expansion Module, P/N 413411. Intended for vehicle (mobile industrial equipment) mounting. For 9 to 32 V dc operation
powered by vehicle battery. Detector operating temperature range of -40° to 257°F (-40° to 125°C); control and expansion module operating
temperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Control mounts in operator compartment.
Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Kidde Fire Systems Model IR-1 Infrared (IR) flame detector, P/N 83-132001-001. For use with the Model KVS 2020 control, P/N 83-132002001, and optional Model EM-1 expansion module, P/N 83-132003-001. Intended for vehicle (mobile industrial equipment) mounting. For 9 to
32 V dc operation powered by vehicle battery. Detector operating temperature range of -40° to 257°F (-40° to 125°C); control and expansion
module operating temperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). Control mounts in operator compartment.
Micropack (Engineering) Ltd Fire Training Centre Schoolhill Portlethen Aberdeen AB12 4RR Scotland UK
Model FDS-101 Imaging Based Flame Detector. Software version is 1.44. Operates on 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible
Approved control providing separate circuits for power and signaling. Operating temperature range of -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C). The
heaters must be activated for operation at or below 32°F (0°C). The detector is rated NEMA Type 4 (indoors and outdoors).
Mine Safety Appliances Co, Safety Products Div Box 439 Pittsburgh PA 15230
Models 805400, 805401 (UV) and 805402, 805403 (UV-IR) flame detectors. The detectors operate from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to
a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. The firmware version is S83401 (6/96). The
detector enclosure is rated NEMA Type 6P and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to
158°F). The temperature can be extended to 85°C (185°F) by additional testing during manufacture. Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class
I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Flame Detector. Model 805399 infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved
control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C
and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-23
Nordson Corp 555 Jackson St Box 151 Amherst OH 44001
Multi-Spectrum Flame Detection. NFS 1000 flame detection system, software Version 2.01. Consists of a programmable Model 124439
controller, Model 124440 flame sensor and Model 124441 test source. A max of 30 devices can be connected to the controller signaling line
circuit. The NFS 1000 124439 controller must be connected to the initiating device circuit of a compatible Approved control panel. All system
components suitable for use in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). Models 124440 sensor for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA
Types 3 and 4); Model 124439 controller suitable for indoor use (NEMA Type 5), Model 124441 test source for indoor use only. Model 124439
controller must be provided with an external 24 hour, 120 V ac, 0.5 A, secondary power supply.
Pyrotector (See Detector Electronics Corp listing in this category.)
Scott/Bacharach Instruments LLC 251 Welsh Pool Rd Exton PA 19341
Flame Detector. Model FV-30-1 infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved
control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C
and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Flame Detector. Models FV-20-1 ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and FV-10-1 ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20 to 32 V dc
via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detector operating
temperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Detectors and fire simulator are explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and
D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and are
suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.
Flame Detector. Model FV-20-2 ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and Model FV-10-2 ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 18 to
32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are
rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof,
suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
DF1192, P/N 516662 GE, WaveRex (IR) flame detector. Includes DFB1190 base. For use with Approved compatible control panels capable
of providing power via the detection circuit. Operating temperature range of -31° to 158°F (-35° to 70°C); enclosure rated for IP67.
Sierra Monitor Corp 1991 Tarob Court Milpitas CA 95035
3100-01, -02, -03, -04, -05 Multi Spectrum Flame Detectors (Firmware P/N 8000-002). For 15 to 32 V dc operation via connection to a
compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; NEMA 4X enclosure for indoor or outdoor use
in ambient temperatures from -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Explosion proof detector housing is suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1 and 2,
Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations. (See also HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED)
LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
3200-01, -02 Multi spectrum (UV/IR) flame detectors (Firmware P/N 8001-0001). For 12 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; operating temperature range of 32° to 167°F (0° to 75°C);
enclosure rated for IP67.
Sierra Safety Technology Box 816 Minden NV 89423
DCR1-S (-T) 1 (3) Multi spectrum (UV/IR) flame detectors (Firmware P/N 8001-0001). For 12 to 30 V dc operation via connection to a
compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; operating temperature range of 32° to 167°F
(0 to 75°C); enclosure rated for IP67.
RED-1ST (and ST-E1 through E4) Multi Spectrum Flame Detectors (Firmware P/N 8000-0002). For 15 to 32 V dc operation via connection
to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for power and initiating circuits; NEMA 4X enclosure for indoor or outdoor
use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); Explosion proof detector housing is suitable for use in Class I, Divisions 1
and 2, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations. (See also HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED)
LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
Series S200f+ Dual IR flame detectors. These detectors use V1.1 firmware. The S262f+ detector operates from 15 to 28 V dc via connection
to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The S232f+ is a conventional
two-wire detector which connects to any of the Simplex TFX-400, 500 and 800 series control panels via the IXA-500DM, IXA- 500DMA or
MDM-521 detector monitor module. The S252f+ is an analog addressable version of the detector which also connects to any of the Simplex
TFX-400, 500 and 800 series control panels via the analog loop. The detector enclosure is rated IP 66/67 and is suitable for indoor and
outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 176°F (-40° to 80°C). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C,
and D; and dust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II and III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Spectrex Inc Peckman Industrial Park 218 Little Falls Rd Cedar Grove NJ 07009
Flame Detector. Model 20/20I SharpEye infrared flame detector. The detector operates from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for
indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Flame Detector. Models 20/20L ultraviolet-infrared flame detector and 20/20U ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates from 20 to 32 V dc
via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Detector operating
temperature is -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Both models may be field tested using the 20/20-509 fire simulator. Detectors and fire simulator
are explosionproof for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)
locations. Detectors and fire simulator are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.
Flame Detector. Models 20/20LB and 20/20LA ultraviolet-infrared flame detector. Model 20/20UB ultraviolet flame detector. Each operates
from 18 to 32 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Model
20/20-509 fire simulator is used for field testing of these detectors. Detectors are rated NEMA Type 6P and are suitable for indoor and outdoor
use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F). Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D;
Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Thorn Security Ltd, Security House, The Summit, Hanworth Rd, Sunbury-on-Thames TW16 5DB England
Series S262f+ Triple IR flame detector. This detector uses V1.4 software. The S262f+ detector operates from 15 to 31.5 V dc via connection
to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate power circuits and latching initiating device circuits. The detector enclosure is rated
IP 66/67 and is suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 176°F (-40° to 80°C). Explosionproof, suitable for
use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D; and dust-ignitionproof, suitable for use in Class II and III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G
hazardous (classified) locations, temperature identification T5.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-24
Total Walther GmbH, Feuerschutz und Sicherheit, Waltherstrasse 51, 51069 Köln, Germany
Infrared Flame Detector. Type IR 3 LF with Models LFX 1-4 or LFX 5-10 amplifiers. Responds to infrared radiation in the 0.75 to 1.2 micron
range. The detector is adjustable to provide for optimum flame detection in dark areas and in areas with daylight conditions or artificial lighting
such as mercury-vapor or fluorescent. The detector is compatible with control panels capable of supplying a nominal 24 V dc to the detector
and with at least one trouble and one alarm input circuit. The standby and alarm currents are in the range of 95 and 104 mA, respectively,
for Model LFX 1-4 F. Model LFX 5-10 draws 60-175 mA standby current and 100-210 mA alarm current. LFX amplifier enclosures provide
IP-65 degree of protection against solid and foreign bodies according to DIN Standard 40050/7.80.
Vibro-Meter Inc, 10 Ammon Dr, Manchester NH 03103
Flame Detector. Omniguard Models 660-0XXXX ultraviolet flame detectors. For 20-32 V dc operation via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Firmware is defined by document 1231121 Rev. C.
Detectors are rated NEMA Type 4 and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F).
Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)
locations. Models 660-1XXXX are high temperature versions which are used in ambient temperatures from -40° to 125°C (-40° to 257°F). The
firmware for the 660-1XXXX is defined by document 1231122 Rev. C.
Flame Detector. Omniguard Models 860-0XXXX and — 1XXXX ultraviolet-infrared flame detectors. Models 860-1XXXX are equipped with
a dual pass IR filter which allows response to specified non-hydrocarbon fires. For 20-32 V dc operation via connection to a compatible
Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and for power. Firmware is defined by document 1231120 Rev. C.
Detectors are rated NEMA Type 4 and are suitable for indoor and outdoor use, in ambient temperatures from -40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F).
Explosionproof, suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified)
locations.
Sprinkler Waterflow, Pressure-Actuated
These waterflow alarm switches and switch-actuated transmitters are pressure activated and are used with
waterflow alarm check valves, dry pipe valves or automatic water control valves. See also WATERFLOW ALARM
VALVES and WATERFLOW DETECTORS, VANE TYPE. Unless otherwise noted in the listing, these devices have
175 psi (1205 kPa) rated working pressure.
Barksdale Inc 3211 Fruitland Ave Los Angeles CA 90058
Waterflow Alarm Switch for excess pressure wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Models E1H-B15-P6-PLS-U, -M15-P6-PLS-U, -B90-P6PLS-U, -M90-P6-PLS-U, -B250-P6-PLS-U, -M250-P6-PLS-U, -B15-P6-F2-UC, -M15-P6-F2-UC, -B90-P6-F2-UC, -M90-P6-F2-UC, -B250P6-F2-UC, -M250-P6-F2-UC. Working ranges: Models -B15 and -M15, 0.5-15 psi (5-147 kPa); Models -B90 and -M90, 3-90 psi (21-621 kPa);
Models -B250 and -M250, 10-250 psi (69-1730 kPa). These adjustable switches are factory set as follows: Models -B15 and -M15, 8 psi
(78 kPa); Models -B90 and -M90, 45 psi (311 kPa); Models -B250 and -M250, 125 psi (863 kPa). Contact ratings are as follows: All models
with the letter ‘‘B’’, 15.0 A at 125/250/480 V ac, 2.0 A at 600 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc; all models with the letter ‘‘M’’, 15.0 A
at 125/250/480 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
CHEMETRON Fire Systems 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor Matteson IL 60443
Switch.
Switch.
Switch.
Switch.
Model
Model
Model
Model
86-100.
86-120.
86-150.
86-460.
15 A at
10 A at
10 A at
10 A at
125, 250, 480 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
125 V dc.
125, 250, 480 V ac, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.15 A at 250 V dc.
125, 250 V ac, 0.3 A at 125 V dc, 0.15 A at 250 V dc.
The Gamewell Co 60 Pleasant St Ashland MA 01721
Switch. Model 49971. 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.25 A at 125 V dc, 0.1 A at 240 V dc.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp 4077 Air Park Dr Standish MI 48658
Switch. Model H. 10 A at 125/250 V ac.
Switch. Model G-1. 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe Germany
Switch. Model PM 71 6388 93. 10 A at 500 V ac.
Pressure Switch. Model PMA-3 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Factory adjusted to operate between 7.3 and 8 psi (0.5 and 0.55 bar)
on rising pressure. Switch contacts are rated for 6 A at 250 V ac, 5 A at 24 V dc.
Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2
Pressure Switch. Model WFS-5 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This nonadjustable switch is factory set at 5 psi (34.5 kPa). Switch
contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at
30 V ac/dc.
Pressure Switch. Models PSS-10, -40, -120 for excess pressure sprinkler systems. These adjustable switches are factory set at 10, 30 and
110 psi (69.0, 206.9 and 758.5 kPa) for the PSS-10, -40 and -120, respectively. PSS-10 adjustable range is from 5 to 30 psi (34.5 to
206.5 kPa). Adjustable range of the PSS-40 and -120 is from 25 to 175 psi (172.4 to 1206.7 kPa). Switch contacts rated for 15 A at
125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at 30 V ac/dc.
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
Pressure Switch. Model WFS-5 for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This nonadjustable switch is factory set at 5 psi (34.5 kPa). Switch
contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.0 A at 30 V dc, 0.4 A at 125 V dc, 0.2 A at 250 V dc. Optional tamper switch rated 2.0 A at
30 V ac/dc.
Switch. Model WFSB. For supervising a dry pipe system when connected to intermediate chamber of a dry sprinkler system alarm check
valve. A retard must be provided in the connected transmitter or control unit for wet pipe system installations.
Switch. Model WFSPDB. Pressure-actuated. For supervising operation of an excess pressure wet system.
Pressure Switch. Model PS10-EX. For wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. This adjustable switch has an operating pressure range of 4 to
20 psi (28 to 138 kPa). Switch contacts are rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. Pressure switch is rated NEMA Type 4, suitable
for indoor/outdoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Pressure switch is explosionproof for Class I,
Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.
Pressure Switch. Model PS40-EX. For wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS40-EX switch has an adjustable operating pressure range
of 10 to 175 psi (69 to 1203 kPa). Switch contacts are rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. Pressure switch is rated NEMA Type
4, suitable for indoor/outdoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Pressure switch is explosionproof for
Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous (classified) locations.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-25
Switch. Model WFSR-F. A pressure operated switch with an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard to prevent false alarms due to
water pressure variation. The switch is connected into the alarm port of a wet sprinkler system alarm check valve. Factory adjusted to operate
between 4 and 8 psi (28 and 55 kPa) on rising pressure. Contact ratings: two sets of SPDT; 10 A at 125/250 V ac; 2 A at 0-30 V dc resistive.
Suitable for temperatures between 40° and 120°F (4° and 49°C). NEMA 1 classification.
Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models PS10-1A, -2A, PS100-2A. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS10A switch has
an adjustable operating pressure range of 0-20 psi (0 to 138 kPa) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 4-8 psi (28-55
kPa). -1A or -2A suffix indicates number of internal switches. Model PS100-2A switch is used for excess pressure sprinkler systems. Two
internal switches are factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 90 psi (621 kPa). Switch contacts for all models are rated 15 A at
125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 0090134, is available, contacts rated 5 A at 125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12
or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA
Type 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.
Pressure Switch Model QRS for dry pipe sprinkler systems. This microprocessor based pressure switch has a high/low air pressure
indicator. Preset pressure settings set by a 10 position rotary switch for system pressure increase or decrease beyond a given point. Pressure
range from 10 to 100 psi (69 kPa to 690 kPa). Alarm contacts rated for 5 A at 30 V dc will close if the pressure drops at a rate of 0.1 psi (0.7
kPa) per second or greater or if the pressure drops to 5.5 psi (37.95 kPa). For indoor use with an operating temperature range of -40° to 140°F
(-40° to 60°C).
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174
Switch. Models WPS10-1,-2, WPS40-1,-2. For excess pressure wet pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges are 10-100 psi (70-690 kPa)
for Models WPS40-1, -2 and 2-15 psi (14-140 kPa) for Models WPS10-1,-2. Contact ratings are 15A at 125/250 V ac, 10A at 12 V dc, 0.5A
at 125 V dc and 0.25A at 250 V dc.
Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models EPS10-1, -2. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Suffix indicates the number of internal
switches. The EPS10 switches have an adjustable operating pressure range of 4 to 20 psi (28 to 138 kPA) and are factory set to operate
when pressure increases from 4 to 8 psi (28 to 55 kPa). The max service pressure of these switches is 250 psi (1725 kPa). Switch contacts
are rated 10A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 160°F (-40° to
71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomas and Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N 5262
seal ring. Models EPSA10-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24
V dc.
Model 546-8000. Cover tamper switch available for Models EPS10-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.
Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch, Explosion Proof. Model EPS10EXP. Identical to the regular atmosphere EPS10-2 model. Enclosure is
rated Class I, Groups B, C, D, Division 1; Class II, Groups E, F, G, Division 1, and Class III, Division 1.
United Electric Controls Co 180 Dexter Ave Watertown MA 02172
Switch. Model 5835. Types J7X, J33AX, J54, J54A, J120X, or H122P. Models 8300, 8305, Type J54, Type J54A. Model 8295. Type J54
or J54A. Model 5355, Types J7X, J33AX, J88X, J120X, or H122P. Model 8762, Type J54. For excess pressure wet or dry pipe sprinkler
systems. Working ranges are Model 5835, 10 to 130 psi (70 to 900 kPa); Model 8300, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 8305, 20 to 200
psi (140 to 1400 kPa); Models 8295, J7X-5355, J33AX-5355, J88X-5355, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa). Models J120X-5355 and H122P-5355,
2 tp 20 psi (14 to 140 kPa), Model 8762, 10 to 180 psi (69 to 1242 kPa). Contact ratings are 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A
at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Contact ratings of the microswitch Type 2HB25-5, used with Model 8762, are 20 A at 120/250 V ac, 10 A
at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V ac, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Models J120X-5835, -5355 and H122P-5355, -5835 are suitable for use in Class I, Division
1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G and Class III, Division 1 hazardous locations.
The Viking Corp 210 N Industrial Park Rd Hastings MI 49058
Switch. Model A-1. P/N 03922-A. 10 A at 125/250 V ac.
Switch. Models 07756, 07757, 07758, 07759, 07821 and 07822. For excess pressure wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges
are Models 07756 and 07758, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa); Models 07757 and 07759, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Models 07821 and 07822,
20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa). Contact ratings are 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models 9470, 9471. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. Models 9470, 9471 have a switch with
an adjustable operating pressure range of 4-20 psi (28 to 138 kPA) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases from 4 to 8 psi (28
to 55 kPa). Switch contacts for both models are rated 15A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 9601, is
available. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type
4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.
Waterflow Detection and Excess Pressure Maintenance
These devices maintain an excess water pressure above an alarm check valve in a sprinkler system. The excess
pressure is intended to minimize false alarms due to supply surges. Pressure switches are also included to initiate
waterflow alarms.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Waterflow Detector No. B6121. Consists of excess-pressure pump and control panel. To be used with an alarm check valve against which
excess pressure can be maintained without excessive pumping. May be auxiliarized by using suitable master box and supervisory panel.
Electrical protective signaling systems are configurations of components used to produce alarm signals indicative
Manual Stations
Manually operated fire alarm boxes may be added to an otherwise automatically actuated system and should be
located to be readily accessible. They may initiate coded or noncoded signals. Some are combined with watchman
tour stations with separate distinguishable signals produced.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Noncode Manual Station. Model ADT-BG-12L for fire alarm. Contacts rated for 0.25 A at 30 V ac/dc.
14-26
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model MPS-5.
Ansul Incorporated One Stanton St Marinette WI 54143
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type. Models MS-2 (P/N 78420) and MS-2-D (P/N 78101). Contacts rated 6A at 30 V dc.
CHEMETRON Fire Systems 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor Matteson IL 60443
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models 2-010-0139-3, -0140-1, -0141-9, -0142-7, -0145-0. Each rated for 1 A, 0.6 PF, at
28 V dc service.
Digital Monitoring Products Inc 2500 N Partnership Blvd Springfield MO 65803
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 850S and 850D. All models are Approved for indoor use with the 850-SB surface back
box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model 850-WP cast back box and supplied gaskets, rated
NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal Ltd.,
Owen Sound, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shown
below.
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Edwards/EST Model 270 GAO. Contacts rated 3A at 30 V ac/60 V dc. Indoor use only.
Manual Coded Alarm Stations. Edwards/EST Models 1251-FM, -0-FM, 1253-FM, -0-FM.
Edwards/EST Models 279A, 279TC, 279T, 279P, 279L. Contacts rated for 3 A at 30 V ac. Edwards/EST Model 279BB surface back box.
Edwards/EST. Models MS-2, -2D, -2H, -2P, -2L. Contacts rated at 6 A at 30 V dc.
Fire Alarm & Systems Technology/FAST/EST Models MS-2, -2D, -2H, -2P, -2L. Contacts rated at 6 A at 30 V dc.
Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park Westwood MA 02090
Noncode Fire Alarm Station. Model MS-WS.
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models MS-1, -1-D, -2, -2H, -2L, -2P, -2-D, -2H-D, -2L-D, -2P-D. Contacts rated for 6 A at
30 V dc service.
Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Noncoding type. Models MS-6 and MS-6T. Mounted on a Model BB-2 surface mount backbox. Contacts are
rated 0.5 A at 30 V dc service.
Noncoded Manual Station. Models MS -7, -7S, -7SP, -7LOB. The MS-7 series relay contacts are rated .25 A at 30 V. Backbox Models WBB
or WP-10.
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Noncode Manual Station. Models BG-6, -6A, -6N, -6P, -6T, -10, -10A, -10L, -10P, -10T, -10WP for fire alarm. Models HR-10, -10A for Halon
extinguishing system release. Model BG-10WP is suitable for outdoor use. Each rated for 3A at 30 V ac service. Backbox Model SB-10.
Noncode Manual Station. Models UT-PS2 BG-12, -12L, -12LSP, -12S, -12LO, -12LOB and -12LA for fire alarm. Models BG-12LR and
-12LRA for agent release. All contacts rated for 0.25 A at 30 V ac/dc.
First Alert Professional Security Systems 175 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Noncoded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model FA5140MPS-1. This model is Approved for indoor use with the FA5140MPS-BB sheet metal
back box. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Station has an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
Harrington Signal Inc 2519 4th Ave Box 590 Moline IL 61265
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52. Each rated 6 A, 30 V ac or 6 A, 60 V dc service. Coding type. Models FA-23,
-27. Master Fire Alarm Station. Coding type. Models FA-22, -22G.
Hochiki America Corp 7051 Village Dr Suite 100 Buena Park CA 90621
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.
Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S Minneapolis MN 55408
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.
Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Types S464A, B, D, E; S465A, B, D, E.
Models with A suffix have SPST switch with contacts rated 3 A, 28 V dc or 3 MA, 5 V dc. Models with B suffix have DPST switch with contacts
rated 3 A, 28 V dc or 3 MA, 5 V dc. Models with D suffix have SPST switch with contacts rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V dc max. Models
with E suffix have DPST switch with contacts rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V ac max.
Models S465A, B also have an SPST key operated switch for general alarm rated 3 A, 28 V dc. Models S465D, E also have an SPST key
operated switch for general alarm rated 15 VA, 30 V ac max or 42 V dc max.
All models have an optional 910 ohm resistor for style C and E initiating device circuit wiring. Stations are suitable for indoor applications;
operating temperature range of -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C),
Johnson Controls Inc 507 E Michigan St Milwaukee WI 53201
Noncode Manual Station. Model JBG-12L for fire alarm. Contacts rated for 0.25A at 30 V ac/dc.
KAC Alarm Company Ltd, 15-19 Trescott Road, Trafford Park, Smallwood Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 7AH UK
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. WRPS-ST1P (Single Action, Tool Release, Single Pole), WRPS-ST2P (Single Action,
Tool Release, Double Pole), WRPS-DT1P (Double Action, Tool Release, Single Pole), WRPS-DT2P (Double Action, Tool Release, Double
Pole), and Models WRPS-SK1P, WRPS-SK2P, WRPS-DK1P, and WRPS-DK2P (same as above but with Key Release). Models are Approved
for indoor use with a standard 2in electrical metal back box. The contacts are rated 2 A at 120 V ac. Stations have an operating temperature
range of 32° to 131°F (0° to 55°C)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-27
Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models 29-320000-280 through -287. Contacts rated for 6 A at 125 V, 3 A at 250 V. Models
29-320000-282 and -283 have a supplementary key switch rated for 3 A at 125 V, 1 A at 250 V.
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. B10 and B11. Both models are Approved for indoor use with the SGB-32S sheet metal
back box. Both models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and
rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 30-195000-001, -002, -003 and -004. All models are Approved for indoor use with the
SGB-32S sheet metal back box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and
supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F
(-40° to 66°C).
MirCom Technologies 8111 Jane Street Concord Ontario L4K 4L7 Canada
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. MS-601U and MS-610U. Both models are Approved for indoor use. Both models may
be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts
rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. BG-1, -1-2W, BRG, BNG.
Noncode Manual Station. Models NBG-10, -10A, -10L, -10P, -10T, -10WP, -12, -12S, -12L, -12LSP. Models NBG-12LO, -12LOB and -12LA.
Models NBG-12LR and -LRA. Model NHR-10 for Halon extinguishing system release. Models NBG-12LR and -12LRA for agent release.
Model NBG-10WP and NBG-12LOB are suitable for outdoor use. The NBG-10 series relay contacts rated for 3 A at 125 V ac, the NBG-12
Series relay contacts are rated .25 A at 30 V. The NBG-12LA pull station has an auxiliary contact rated 3 Amps @ 30 V ac or dc. Backbox
Model NSB-10, WBB or WP-10.
Non-coded Manual Station. Models S464F1008 and S464F1016. Relay contacts for both models are rated .25 A at 30 V. Mount on a back
box Model SB-10.
Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Cat. Nos. BG-50, -50W. Rated for 3 A at 30 V dc service.
RSG Inc 3300 East 59th St Long Beach CA 90805
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. RMS-1T, -2T, -3T, -6T, -WP, -EXWP with or without suffixes DAH, KL, KS, LP, KO. All
models are Approved for indoor use with a standard 2 in electrical metal back box. Models RMS-XX-WP-XX may be used in outdoor
applications when installed with the Model EXBB cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 4X. Models RMS-EXWP-6T-DAH/
KL/KO/LP (Double Pole Double Throw options only) are rated as explosion proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; dust-ignitionproof
for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class III hazardous (classified) locations and NEMA 4X. The contacts rated 10 A at 120 V ac.
Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C); and suitable for indoor/outdoor applications (NEMA 4X
enclosure).
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
Noncoded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Type ATAN 50 (P/N 361 428). Device activated by manually breaking glass on housing front cover.
Contacts rated 16-24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. Enclosure rated NEMA Type 3, watertight and dust-proof.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. SG-32AX, SG-32B, SG-32S, SG-32PS, SG-33AX, SG-33B, SG-33S, SG-33PS,
SG-34AX, SG-34B, SG-34S and SG-34PS, followed by H or K, followed by 1 or 2. Model SGB-32S sheet metal back box is used for indoor
surface mount installations. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and
supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F
(-40° to 66°C). The Models SGX-32, SGX-33 and SGX-34 are rated as explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D;
dust-ignitionproof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous (classified) locations; and suitable for indoor/outdoor applications
(NEMA 4X enclosure). The contacts are rated 10 A at 120 V ac, 1 A at 30 V dc.
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type Nos. 2099-8001, -8002, -9101, -9102, -9103, -9104, -9105, -9106, -9107, -9108, -9209, -9217,
-9225, -9232, -9239, -9246, -9253, -9260, -9267, -9288, -9296, -9336, -9371, -9754, -9755, -9756, -9757, -9758, -9759, -9760, -9761, -9762,
-9792, -9793, -9794, -9795, -9796, -9797. All stations have contacts rated 3 A at 30 V dc.
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding Type Nos. 2099-9765, -9766, -9767, -9799. (See also HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical volume for Intrinsically Safe application.)
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 2099-9138, -9139, -9140, -9141, -9142, NM-9143, -9147, -9148, -9149, -9152,
2975-9211 and 2975-9212. All models are Approved for indoor use. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the
Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and are rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an
operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504
Manual Fire Alarm Station. Noncoding type. Models FA-50, -52.
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. SG-32BK1, SG-32BK2, SG-32SK1, SG-32SK2, SG-32AXK1, SG-32AXK2 and
SG-32PSK. All models are Approved for indoor use. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C
cast back box and supplied gaskets and are rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature
range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
TEPG-US, 91 Technology Drive, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Stations. Model Nos. 2099-9147, -9148, -9149, and -9152. All models are Approved for indoor use. All
models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model SGB-32C cast back box and supplied gaskets and rated NEMA
3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C).
14-28
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Wheelock Inc 273 Branchport Ave Long Branch NJ 07740
Non-coded Manual Fire Alarm Station. Model Nos. MPS-100, MPS-200, and MPS-300. All models are Approved for indoor use with the
MPS-ISB sheet metal back box. All models may be used in outdoor applications when installed with the Model MPS-WP cast back box and
supplied gaskets and rated NEMA 3R. Contacts rated 1 A at 30 V ac, 30 V dc. Stations have an operating temperature range of -40° to 150°F
(-40° to 66°C).
Protective Covers for Manual Fire Alarm Stations
These covers are designed to shield the front of a wall-mounted fire alarm station from impact and to produce a
local audible signal when that cover has been opened.
Safety Technology International Inc 2306 Airport Rd Waterford MI 48327
Stopper II Fire Alarm Pull Station Protector. Model STI-1100. A clear plastic frame and cover for interior wall mounting installation over
flush-mounted stations up to 51⁄2 in. wide by 63⁄4 in. high (140 by 171 mm). A plastic spacer is available which adds 2 in. (51 mm) to the depth
for use with surface or semiflush-mounted stations. Lifting of cover produces an audible signal from a 9 V dc battery-operated horn with a
sound level of 86 dBA at 10 ft (3 m).
SUPERVISORY SIGNAL INITIATING DEVICES
Supervisory signals indicate non-alarm conditions affecting important parts of a protection system or timed
watchman tours. Normal/abnormal functions are monitored by these switches and switch-actuated transmitters.
Beam-Type Supervisory Devices
Beam-type supervisory devices are designed to send a signal if the beam should be broken for any reason.
Safe Roof Systems Inc 13 Industrial Dr Mattapoisett MA 02739
Senteck DMD-1000. The Approval is limited to the electrical signaling aspects of the device and its operation of an alarm system when the
beam is broken. The device’s effectiveness as a deflection monitor is a function of many factors such as settlement, how the receiver and
emitter are supported, etc. Therefore, use of this device as a deflection monitor is the sole responsibility of the end user. The device consists
of at least one SMA30SEL emitter, SM30SRL receiver, SMB30S swivel mounts, MR-210/T relay module and DMT 1000 flag assembly. The
system operates from 12 to 30 V dc via connection to a compatible Approved control panel providing separate circuits for alarm signaling and
for power. When connected to a fire alarm system, the Senteck DMD-1000 must be set to operate a ‘‘supervisory’’ alarm, and not a ‘‘fire
alarm’’. The device is suitable for indoor use only, in ambient temperatures from -40° to +70°C (-40° to +158°F).
Note: Site specific engineering is required for each application of this device. The structural loads must be calculated based on the building design.
Sprinkler System Supervision
Examples of sprinkler supervisory functions are control valve position, tank pressure, tank level, tank temperature,
air pressure, fire pump power and fire pump operation.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Post Indicator Valve Position Supervisory Switch. Type No. B611 with switch unit PA28809 or PA28809-0.
High and Low Air Pressure Switch. Types C66, C66-L (waterproof); B66-X, -XL (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II,
Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising the air pressure in a dry pipe sprinkler system or in a sprinkler system
pressure tank.
Low Pressure Switch. Types C67, C67-L (waterproof); B67-X, -XL (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division
1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising supply pressures such as water main pressure and a wet-riser pressure in a
booster pump system.
Water Level Supervisory Switch. Type 6143-W.
Water Level and Temperature Supervisory Switch. Type 6143-T.
Supervisory Switch. Type No. B613 with switch unit PA28809 or PA28809-0, C613-X, -XO (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and
D and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations). For supervising the open position of OS&Y valves 21⁄2 in. (64 mm) and
larger.
Supervisory Switch. For Henry Pratt Co valves. No. B6148-009 for supervising the open position of Pratt Type FM-1 valve; No. B6148-016
for supervising the open position of Pratt Type FM-3 valve.
Gate Valve Supervisory Switch. Type Nos. 6131, 6131-X (suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D and Class II, Division 1, Groups
E, F and G hazardous locations) for shut-in-winter valve service only; B6129-L or -R for gate valve boxes.
Supervised Gate Valve. Type No. B6132. 1⁄2 in. NPS (13 mm). For sprinkler testing.
Gate Valve Supervisory Transmitter. Type 6130.
Pressure Tank Float Switch. Type No. C6109. For supervising water level in sprinkler system pressure tank. Tank pressure not to exceed
125 psi (860 kPa).
Air Pressure Supervisory Switch. Type No. 6119. For supervising dry pipe sprinkler pressure wherein pressure is normally maintained in
the 12-16 psi (85-110 kPa) range.
Air Pressure Supervisory Switch. Type No. 6126. For supervising dry pipe sprinkler air pressure wherein pressure is normally maintained
in the 20-90 psi (140-620 kPa) range.
Low Pressure Switch. Type E668. For supervisory air pressure of a rate-of-rise deluge or preaction sprinkler system. The adjustable switch
contacts open on system pressure loss to 0.5 psi (5 kPa). Max working pressure 200 psi (1380 kPa). Suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups
C and D, and Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G hazardous location use.
Water Level Supervisory Switch. Type 6149.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-29
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models NIP, PIV. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve. Model PIV can be installed on valves
subject to flooding.
Gate Valve Switch. Models NGV, SGV. For supervising open position of a gate valve. Model SGV can be installed on valves subject to
flooding.
Kennedy Valve, Div McWane Inc 1021 E Water St Elmira NY 14902
Butterfly Valve Supervisory Switch. Figure SWPIVS (P/N 1-065614) and Figure SWPIVD (P/N 1-065615). Factory installed for valve
position supervision of the Kennedy Valve Figure 82M and Figure 83M grooved end butterfly valves. Figure SWPIVS has an SPDT switch;
Figure SWPIVD has a DPDT switch. Switches rated 3W, 5VA, 28 V ac, 0.25 A. Metallic conduit with electrically conductive sealant maust be
used. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMA Type 4X, Type 6 and Type 6P.
OS&Y Valve Supervisory Switch. Item 1-065612 and Item 1-065613. For valve position supervision of the Approved ITT Kennedy Valve
Fig. 68, 21⁄2 through 12 in. NPS (64 through 305 mm) and Fig. 1068, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 in. NPS (76, 102, 152, 203, 254, 305 mm) OS&Y valves.
Item 1-065612 uses an SPDT valve position switch, Item 1-065613 uses a DPDT valve position switch; both have an SPST tamper switch.
Contacts rated 3W, 5VA, 28 V dc, 120 V ac, 0.25 A. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMA Type 4X and Type 6.
Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2
Post indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVSU-A1, -A2.
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PCVS-1, -2. For monitoring the open position of post indicator and butterfly valves. Contacts are rated
for 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).
Gate Valve Switch. Models OSYSU-1, -2. For supervising open position of an OS&Y type gate valve. Contacts are rated for 15 A at 125/250
V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).
Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Models PTS-B, PMS. For supervising the open position of valves located in pits subject to flooding. These
switches may be used for temporary supervision of non-indicating type valves where other Approved devices cannot be used because of
physical clearances or design features.
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
High and Low Temperature Switch. Models TTS-S, -W. For use with Approved alarm transmitter (such as Type PJ) to supervise the water
temperature in gravity sprinkler system supply tanks.
Electric Supervisory Transmitter. Models EST-1S, -2, -3. Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Model PTS-C for supervising the open position of
valves located in pits subject to flooding. This switch may be used for supervision of non-indicating type valves where other Approved devices
cannot be used because of physical clearances or design features. SPDT Plug contacts are rated 100 mA @ 28 V dc/ac or 250 mA @12
V dc/ac. Cover tamper contacts are rated 250 mA @ 28 V dc/ac.
High-Low Switch. Model HLSB. For supervising air pressure in a dry pipe system or in a sprinkler system air pressure tank.
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVSU-A1, -A2.
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIVS-B, PCVS-1, -2. For monitoring the open position of post indicator and butterfly valves. Contacts
are rated for 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40°
to 60°C).
Gate Valve Switch. Models OSYS-B, OSYSU-1, OSYSU-2. For supervising open position of an OS&Y type gate valve. Contacts are rated
for 15 A at 125/250 V ac and 2.5 A at 0-30 V dc. For indoor or outdoor (NEMA 4) use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).
Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. PS40-1A/-2A, PS120-1A/-2A. Suffix indicates the no. of internal switches. These units have an
adjustable working range of 10-175 psi (69-1208 kPa) for air or water pressure supervision of automatic sprinkler system. Model PS40-1A
is factory set to operate when presure decreases to 30 psi (207 kPa); Model PS40-2A has a second internal switch which is factory set to
operate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Model PS120-1A is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 110 psi (759
kPa); Model PS120-2A has a second internal switch which operates when pressure increases to 130 psi (897 kPa). Switch contacts for all
models are rated 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover tamper switch, P/N 5420248, is available, contacts rated 5 A at
125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch
enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.
High Low Switch. Model HLSB. For supervising air pressure in a dry pipe system or in a sprinkler system air pressure tank.
Pressure Actuated Alarm Switch. Models PS10-1A, -2A. Used for wet and dry pipe sprinkler systems. The PS10A switch has an adjustable
operating pressure range of 0-20 psi (0 to 138 kPa) and is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 4-8 psi (28-55 kPa). -1A or -2A
suffix indicates number of internal switches. Switch contacts for all models are rated 15 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 30 V dc. An optional cover
tamper switch, P/N 0090134, is available, contacts rated 5 A at 125 V ac, 2.5 A at 6, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in
ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a NEMA Type 4 conduit
hub.
Retrofit Ball Valve Supervisory Switch. Model RBVS for monitoring the fully open position of a ball valve installed in a sprinkler system. The
switch operates if the ball valve is moved from its open position. When the handle is moved from the open position, this switch button extends
to the tripped position, and the RBVS contacts change their status and that of the supervisory circuit they are wired to. SPDT contacts are
rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac or 2 A at 30 V dc. Cover tamper contacts are rated 3 A at 250 V ac.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co Inc 525 N MacQuesten Pkwy Box 449 Mount Vernon NY 10552
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Model PIV. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve; may be installed on valves subject to
flooding.
Gate Valve Switch. Model SGV. For supervising open position of a gate valve; may be installed on valves subject to flooding.
Star Sprinkler Inc 7071 S 13th St Suite 103 Oak Creek WI 53154
Sprinkler Valve Supervisory Switch. Model VSS-1. For supervising open position of OS&Y gate valve and Approved Milwaukee butterfly
valve Model BBSC, sizes 1, 11⁄4, 11⁄2, 2 in. (25, 32, 38, 51 mm). Available in the following assemblies: OS&Y installation with one miniature
switch, P/N 1745; OS&Y installation with two miniature switches, P/N 1744; Milwaukee valve installation with one miniature switch, P/N 1700;
Milwaukee valve installation with two miniature switches, P/N 1701. The switch assemblies are not weatherproof.
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Models PIBV2, PIBV2A. For supervising open position of a post indicator valve. Model PIBV2A is labeled for
Canadian market and has factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-7000 cover tamper
switch available for Model PIBV2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.
Gate Valve Switch. Models OSY2, OSY2A. For supervising open position of a gate valve. Model OSY2A is labeled for Canadian market
and has factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-7000 cover tamper switch available
for Model OSY2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.
Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models EPS40-1, -2. Suffix indicates the number of internal switches. These units have an
adjustable working range of 10 to 100 psi (69 to 689 kPa). Model EPS40-1 is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 30 psi
(207 kPa); Model EPS40-2 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Switch
contacts are rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 160°F
14-30
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
(-40° to 71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomas and Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N
5262 seal ring. Models EPSA40-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factory installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A
at 24 V dc. Model 546-8000 cover tamper switch available for Model EPS40-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.
Plug Type Gate Valve Switch. Models PSP1 and PSP1A. Model PSP1A is for Canadian distribution. For supervising the open position of
valves located in pits subject to flooding. These switches may be used for temporary supervision of nonindicating type valves where other
Approved devices cannot be used because of physical clearances or design features. Contacts rated for 250 mA at 6/12/24 V ac/dc. Factory
installed cover tamper switch is rated for 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; enclosure rated NEMA
Type 3.
Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch, Explosion Proof. Models EPS40EXP and EPS120EXP. Identical to the regular atmosphere
EPS40-2 and EPS120-2 models. Enclosures are rated Class I, Groups B, C, D, Division 1; Class II, Groups E, F, G, Division 1, and Class III,
Division 1.
Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models EPS120-1, -2. Canadian models EPSA120-1, -2. Suffix indicates the number of internal
switches. These units have an adjustable working range of 10 to 200 psi (69 to 1,380 kPa). Model EPS120-1 is factory set to operate when
pressure decreases to 101.5 psi (700 kPa); Model EPS120-2 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressure
increases to 117.5-128.5 psi (810-886 kPa). Switch contacts are rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 6/12/24 V dc. Suitable for indoor and
outdoor use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 160°F (-40° to 71°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with a Thomas
and Betts’ P/N 5332, P/N 5352 conduit coupling and P/N 5262 seal ring. Models EPSA120-1, -2 for Canadian distribution have factory
installed cover tamper switch rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc. Model 546-8000 cover tamper switch available for
Model EPS120-1, -2 rated for 5 A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5 A at 24 V dc.
United Electric Controls Co 180 Dexter Ave Watertown MA 02172
Switch Model 5835, Types J7X, 733AX, J120X, H122P. Model 8300, Type J54. Model 8305, Type J54, Model 8762, Type J54, for water
pressure supervision in wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges are Model 5835, 10 to 130 psi (70 to 900 kPa); Model 8300, 10
to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 8305, 20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa), Model 8762, 10 to 180 psi (69 to 1242 kPa). Contact ratings are
15A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Contact ratings of the microswitch Type 2HB 25-5, used with
Model 8762, are 20 A at 125/250/480 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V ac, 0.25 A at 250 V dc. Models J120X-5835, -5355 and H122P-5355
are suitable for use in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III, Division 1 hazardous
locations.
Victaulic Co of America Box 31 Easton PA 18044
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Style 737-P with 2 SPDT switches used for supervision of butterfly valves. Style 737-0 used for supervision
of OS&Y gate valves. Switch contacts rated 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, and 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
The Viking Corp 210 N Industrial Park Rd Hastings MI 49058
Switch. Model A-1. P/N 04702-A for air pressure supervision in dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working range from 2 to 103 psi (15 to 710 kPa).
The adjustable switch is factory set at 30 psi (205 kPa) decreasing pressure. Contact rating 10 A at 125/250 V ac, 6.5 A at 12 V dc, 1.5 A at
24 V dc, 0.33 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
Switch. Models 07756, 07757 and 07821. For water pressure supervision in wet or dry pipe sprinkler systems. Working ranges: Model
07756, 2 to 15 psi (15 to 105 kPa); Model 07757, 10 to 100 psi (70 to 690 kPa); Model 07821, 20 to 200 psi (140 to 1400 kPa). Contact ratings
are 15 A at 120/240 V ac, 10 A at 12 V dc, 0.5 A at 125 V dc, 0.25 A at 250 V dc.
Gate Valve Switch. Model OSYS-B.
Post Indicator Valve Switch. Model PIVS-B.
Pressure Actuated Supervisory Switch. Models 9472, 9473. Switches have an adjustable working range of 10-175 psi (69-1208 kPa) for
air or water pressure supervision of automatic sprinkler systems. Model 9472 is factory set to operate when pressure decreases to 25 psi
(173 kPa); Model 9473 has a second internal switch which is factory set to operate when pressure increases to 50 psi (345 kPa). Switch
contacts for both models are rated 15A at 125/250 V ac, 2.5A at 30 V dc. Optional cover tamper switch kit, P/N 9601, is available. Suitable
for indoor and outdoor use in ambient temperatures of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Switch enclosure rated NEMA Type 4 when installed with
a NEMA Type 4 conduit hub.
Watchman Supervision
Signals indicating when a watchman’s station is operated, or for ‘‘exception reporting’’ when a station is not
operated within a prespecified time interval, are initiated from stations distributed throughout a protected premises.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Watchman Supervisory System. There are two types. One is the combined system in which each station is a combination watchman’s and
fire alarm box. The other is the compulsory tour watchman’s system. The signals at the beginning and end of each are transmitted to a central
station. All intermediate stations must be visited in proper order; otherwise, the key which the watchman uses at all stations cannot be inserted
in the signal transmitter at the last station.
Watchman Tour Recorders and Clocks
Watchman tour recorders and clocks provide a permanent record of watchman tours. They are not part of a
signaling system, but are included here because they constitute a form of supervision and may be needed to
supplement property protection when a signaling system is temporarily impaired.
The portable clock or recorder is carried to each station where the watchman can initiate a recording of the station
number and the time visited. When the recorder or clock is opened or closed for any purpose, this is indicated on
the record so that tampering is readily detected.
Detex Corp 302 Detex Dr New Braunfels TX 78130
Newman Dial Model.
Guardsman Wide Tape Model.
Morse Watchmans Inc 2 Morse Rd Oxford CT 06478
Computerized Guard Tour System. Model DR 50-4-A data recorder (including Model DR 30-4 data recorder station) is intrinsically safe for
Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D indoor/outdoor (NEMA 3R) hazardous locations. Model DR 50-4 or DR 50-4-A data recorder with
Model DR 30-4 data recorder station suitable for indoor/outdoor (NEMA 3R) nonhazardous locations and Model DR-40-4 data recorder
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-31
charger/interface unit for indoor nonhazardous locations. A Model TI 703 data terminal or an IBM compatible computer is used to generate
tour reports. The IBM compatible computer may be used to archive information to a floppy or hard disk. The software version covered by this
Approval is Version 3.6.
2000 Series Guard Tour System. Data recorder Models 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003; -A suffix designates models suitable for use in Class
I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations. Interface/charger Models 4000, 4002 and 4005; charger Models 4001, 4003 and
4004. Used with tour stations 30-4 and 70-4 and software 60-4, Version 1.7. Interfaces with IBM compatible computer used to generate tour
reports and archive information. Auto report station 95-4-2000 used to print reports directly from the interface/charger to a serial printer. Data
recorder suitable for outdoor use rated NEMA 3. Models 2000 and 2001 for use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C),
Models 2002 and 2003 (equipped with LCD) for use in ambient temperatures from -20° to 140°F (-29° to 60°C). Interface/charger for use in
ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 38°C).
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
These audible and visual signaling devices are used to indicate alarms, supervisory signals and equipment trouble
conditions. Audible devices take the form of bells, horns, electronic tone generators, buzzers and chimes. Speakers
for emergency voice communication also are often included in signaling systems. Because distinctive signals are
necessary, more than one type of device may be needed in a system, or devices capable of producing coded signals
may be used. Visual signals may be produced by lamp type or target type annunciators. Printers, code registers and
CRT displays also are often included in signaling systems. See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Single Stroke Bell. Models 3211-012, -013, (12, 24 V dc polarized). 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Electric Horn. Models 3407-012, -024, (12, 24 V dc), B3407-024 (4-250 V dc).
Signal Annunciator. Type 4507. Consists of Type 4507 lamp annunciator with one or more B4507-218 lamp modules, -212 loop supervisory
module, 4507-201 common alarm module, plus B2637-24 rectifier/charger power set and 2618-24 battery.
Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Electric Horn. Model UFH-24 (24 V dc).
Horn/Strobe. Model UFS-12, -24 (12, 24 V dc). For combined audible/visible signaling.
Sounder HN1224. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Low volume settings,
with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and sound power output.
Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The HN1224 is not intended for use on coded power supplies. May be used with SBS or MP/S
or MP/D mounting plates.
Strobes SB12/24 Series. SB1215, SB121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; SB2415, SB2475, SB24110, SB241575 are rated 20.0 to
30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of SBS or MP/S
or MP/D mounting plates.
Sounder/Strobe HS12/24 Series. HS1215, HS121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; HS2415, HS2475, HS24110, HS241575 are rated 20.0
to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output.
The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power
supplies. Mounting requires use of SBS or MP/S or MP/D mounting plates.
Synchronization Module SM12(W). Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3 A
max device load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible HN12/24 sounders, SB12/24 series strobes or HS12/24
series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-coded sounders.
Multiple SM12(W) modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. Strobes are not permitted when the
SM12(W) is being used to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with an Approved fire alarm
control panel which provides non-coded power for, and supervision of, notification appliance circuits.
American Security Equipment Co 228 E Star of India Lane Carson CA 90746
Vibrating Bell EXB. For 120 V ac, 12 V dc, 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model BBX-4 weatherproof
backbox required for outdoor use.
Motor Driven Bell MBA. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 in. (152 mm) – Model MBA-6, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model
MBA-8 and 10 in. (254 mm) – Models MBA-10 gong size. All models have an aluminum gong.
Motor Driven Bell MBF. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 in. (152 mm) – Model MBF-6WA, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model
MBF-8WA and 10 in. (254 mm) – Models MBF-10WA and MBF-10WAL gong size. Models with suffix -WA have a cold rolled steel gong;
models with suffix -WAL [10 in. (254 mm) models only] have an aluminum gong.
Motor Driven Bell MSB. For 12 V dc or 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -T have
terminal strip wiring. Available in aluminum or plastic motor housing. Model BBX-4 weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.
Motor Driven Bell PBA. Wall mount, indoor use only. For 24 V ac (with a suffix x24) and 120 Vac (with a suffix x120) operation, with 6 in.
(152 mm) – Model PBA-6, 8 in. (203 mm) – Model PBA-8, and 10 in. (254 mm) – Model PBA-10, gong size. All models have an aluminum
gong.
Horn. Model BZ-54VL, 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use in ambient temperature from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). For indoor
use only when used with SL-3 strobe. Mounted on BBX-1 for outdoor use.
Strobe Light. Models SL-1L, -3, -5; 12 or 24 V dc. SL-1, -1L, -5 stand alone units. SL-3 used as stand alone or mounted on BZ-54VL horn
for audible/visual signaling. Suitable for indoor use only. SL-1, -1L, -5 temperature range is 14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C). SL-3 temperature
range is -4° to 140°F (-20° to 60°C).
Horn. Model HW-24, 16 to 33 V dc. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) only. Utilizes two field selectable tones: 3000 Hz
interrupted, or electro-mechanical. Temporal, or non-temporal, high or low dBA outputs can also be selected. Mounted on 4 in square back
box. Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24W housing.
Strobe Light. Model SLW24-153075, 16 to 33 V dc. Wall or ceiling mount. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) only. Utilizes
two field selectable settings: 15/75 cd or 30/120 cd. Mounted on 4 in square back box. Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24W
housing. Horn and Strobe Combination. Model SHW24-153075, 16 to 33 V dc. Wall or ceiling mount. Suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F
(0° to 49°C) only. Horn utilizes two field selectable tones: 3000 Hz interrupted, or electro-mechanical. Temporal, or non-temporal, high or low
dBA outputs can also be selected. Strobe utilizes two field selectable settings: 15/75 cd or 30/120 cd. Mounted on 4 in square back box.
Available in red — HW-24R, or white — HW-24W housing.
Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143
Motor Bell. Series 417805 and 417806 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Wheelock’s WBB backbox (identified as
Ansul PN 24747) rated NEMA Type 3R.
14-32
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450
Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. Model D448 for 9-15.6 V dc. Model D452 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. Models D449, D453 and D453A for
18-31 V dc. For indoor use only.
Motor Bell. Models D440 and D442 for 9-15.6 V dc. Models D441 and D443 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB
backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
Electronic Horn. D448W for 9-15.6 V dc. D449W for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only. Model D457 for 9 V dc to15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31 V dc,
respectively. Model D457 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on D402 backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R). Backbox. Weatherproof
mounting box Model D400.
Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount 12 V models: D575S (15 cd intensity) and D576S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds
75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module or DSM-12 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D570S
(15 cd intensity), D571S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D573S (30 cd intensity), D574S
(75 cd intensity) and D572S (110 cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Electronic Strobe Minihorn. D429AW for 20-31 V dc.
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series D432A, D422A, D424A, D423A for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series D475A for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803
Electronic Horn. Model 801 for 9.6-14.4 V dc for 9-15.6 V dc. For indoor use only.
Electronic Horn. Model 802 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V, respectively. Model 802 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox (rated
NEMA Type 3R).
Audible Horn. Model 803 for 10.5 V dc to 31 V dc. Appliances can be field set to provide either High or Low dBA sound output and may
be used with synchronization module Model 831 or 832 to produce temporal signal. Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.
Motor Bell and Motor Bell Strobe. Series 806 for 9-15.6 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type
3R).
Audible Strobe Model 821 and 822. Wall mount 12 V model with 15/75 cd intensity; (where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near
horizontal axis) with 831 sync module, or 832 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc.
Audible Strobe Signal Wall mount options only. Model 823 is a 12 V, 2-wire strobe with 15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds
75 cd only near horizontal axis.
Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Mirtone, Unit General Signal Ltd.,
Downsview, Ontario.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shown below.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 325. For ac series operation. 4 in. (102 mm), 3 V; 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm), 6 V.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 326. For ac parallel operation. 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm). Standard voltages to 250.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Model 327. 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm), 20 V dc.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 340, 340-T (cow gong). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm). Up to 240 V ac.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 343, 4 in. (102 mm), cow gong, 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm); 561, 6, 10 in. (152, 254 mm). Up to 125 V dc.
Vibrating Bell. Mirtone Model 74303. 24 V dc operation. 6 in. (152 mm) gong size.
Vibrating Bell. Edwards/EST Models 438D-6N5, -8N5, -10N5, -6N5C, -8N5C, -10N5C rated 120 V ac. 439D-6AW, -8AW, -10AW, -6AWC,
-8AWC, -10AWC rated 24 V dc. 439D-6RAU, -8RAU, -10RAU rated 12 V dc. All devices come in 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong
size. Suffix ‘‘C’’ denotes dual language Canadian version. Suitable for indoor use only.
Buzzer. Edwards/EST Model 340-A, up to 240 V ac; 343-A, 327-A, up to 125 V dc.
Electric Horn. Edwards/EST 860 Series for series connected fire alarm use at 6 and 12 V ac. Adaptahorn Models 870, 870P, 871, 872, 873,
874, 875, 876 and 877 for 12-250 V dc or 24-240 V ac. The 876 and 877 have NEMA 3R backbox suitable for outdoor use.
Electronic Horn-Siren Combination. Edwards/EST Model 5520. For operation at 12 V ac/dc, 24 V ac/dc, 120 V ac, 125 V dc.
Electronic Horn. Edwards/EST Model 5521. 250 V dc.
Vibrating Horn. Edwards/EST Model 874-M horn mechanism used with 870-B, -P, 872-PO, 874-C, 847 mounts. For ac operation at 6, 12,
24, 120 and 240 V.
Electrically Supervised Manual Reset Annunciator. Edwards/EST Models 806, 809, 815.
Horn Series G1X-P. Include Model G1-P horn White, and Horn Model G1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For indoor
use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Horn Series EG1X-P. Include Model EG1-P horn White, and Horn Model EG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For
indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Horn Series MG1X-P. Include Model MG1-P horn White, and Horn Model MG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. For
indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series 202; Models 202-3A-T(W)-R/W, -5A-T(W)-R/W, -6A-T(W)-R/W, -7A-T(W)-R/W, -8A-T(W)-R/W; 202-15PST(W)-R/W, and 202-75PS-T(W)-R/W with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20 to 27 V fwr. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one
flash per second. Suffix – 3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and ceiling mount. Suffix – 5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and
ceiling mount. Suffix – 6A indicates 60 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mount. Suffix – 7A indicates 15/75 cd intensity for wall and ceiling
mounting. Suffix – 8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mount. PS suffix indicates power saver strobe, W suffix indicates white
while the R suffix indicates Red. All strobes are for indoor mounting.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series 405; Models 405-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate is
synchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates
15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60 cd intensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A
indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. All
strobes are for indoor mounting on a 4 in. sq electrical box.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series 403; Models 403-3A, -5A, -7A, -8A with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate is
synchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates
15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for
wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, Series 403 strobes flush mount on a single or double gang electrical box with Series
439D fire alarm bells.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series G1X-VXX; Models G1-V15, 15cd, White; G1R-V15, 15cd, Red; G1F-V15, 15 cd, White; G1RF-V15, 15 cd,
Red; G1-V30, 30 cd, White; G1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; G1F-V30, 30 cd, White; G1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and G1-V60, 60 cd, White; G1R-V60,
60 cd, Red; G1F-V60, 60 cd, White; G1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red G1-V75, 75 cd, White; G1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; G1F-V75, 75 cd, White; G1RF-V75,
75 cd, Red; G1-V110, 110 cd, White; G1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; G1F-V110, 110 cd, White; G1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of
20-31 V dc or 20-27 fwr. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RM
interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount
only.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series EG1X-VXX; Models EG1-V15, 15 cd, White; EG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; EG1F-V15, 15 cd, White; EG1RF-V15,
15 cd, Red; EG1-V30, 30 cd, White; EG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; EG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; EG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and EG1-V60, 60 cd, White;
EG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; EG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; EG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red EG1-V75, 75 cd, White; EG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; EG1F-V75,
75 cd, White; EG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;EG1-V110, 110 cd, White; EG1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; EG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; EG1RF-V110, 110
Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model
EG1M or EG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For
indoor use, wall mount only.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-33
Synchronizing Strobe. Series MG1X-VXX; Models MG1-V15, 15 cd, White; MG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; MG1F-V15, 15 cd, White; MG1RFV15, 15 cd, Red; MG1-V30, 30 cd, White; MG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; MG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; MG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red and MG1-V60, 60 cd,
White; MG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; MG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; MG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red MG1-V75, 75 cd, White; MG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red;
MG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; MG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red; MG1-V110, 110 cd, White; MG1R-V110, 110 cd, Red; MG1F-V110, 110 cd, White;
MG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light
pattern. Use of Model MG1M or MG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or
4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.
Temporal Horn Model 757 and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series 757. Models include 757 horn and 757-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A horn/strobes
each with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Suffix -3A indicates
30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60 cd
intensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A
indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn
has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.
Temporal Horn Series G1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series G1X-HVXX. Include Model G1-H horn White, and Model G1R-H Red, and
the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: G1-HV15, 15cd, White; G1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; G1-HV30, 30cd, White; G1R-HV30, 30cd,
Red; G1-HV60, 60cd, White; G1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; G1-HV75, 75cd, White; and G1R-HV75, 75cd, Red G1-HV110, 110cd, White; G1RHV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 fwr. Strobe flash rate and horn audible
output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured
for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be
synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous
or temporal signals.
Temporal Horn Series EG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series EG1X-HVXX. Include Model EG1-H horn White, and Model EG1R-H Red,
and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: EG1-HV15, 15cd, White; EG1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; EG1-HV30, 30cd, White; EG1RHV30, 30cd, Red; EG1-HV60, 60cd, White; EG1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; EG1-HV75, 75cd, White; and EG1R-HV75, 75cd, Red EG1-HV110,
110cd, White; EG1R-HV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn
audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Can be
configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model EG1M or EG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes
to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for
continuous or temporal signals.
Temporal Horn Series MG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series MG1X-HVXX. Include Model MG1-H horn White, and Model MG1R-H
Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: MG1-HV15, 15cd, White; MG1R-HV15, 15cd, Red; MG1-HV30, 30cd, White;
MG1R-HV30, 30cd, Red; MG1-HV60, 60cd, White; MG1R-HV60, 60cd, Red; MG1-HV75, 75cd, White; and MG1R-HV75, 75cd, Red MG1HV110, 110cd, White; MG1R-HV110, 110cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate
and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern.
Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model MG1M or MG1M-RM interface module allows
the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two
settings for continuous or temporal signals.
Series 692 Mini-horn/Strobe include 682 mini-horn and 202 Series strobes. Models include 692-3A, -5A, -7A, -8A mini-horn/strobes each
with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for
wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall
and ceiling mounting. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, the units mount on
a single gang masonry box.
Series Model 757 Chime and Series 757 Chime/Strobes. Models include 757 chime and 757-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A, -8A chime/strobes each
with operating voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Strobe flash rate are synchronized automatically at one flash per second. Suffix -3A indicates
30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -5A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall mount only. Suffix -6A indicates 60
cd intensity for wall mounting and 30 cd intensity for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd intensity for wall and ceiling mounting. Suffix
-8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling mount. For indoor use, all units mount on a single gang 4 in. sq electrical
box.
High dB Horns. Models G1-HO, G1R-HO, G1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage range of
20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models G1-HOV15, G1R-HOV15, G1F-HOV15, G1RF-HOV15, G1-HOV30, G1R-HOV30, G1F-HOV30, G1RF-HOV30,
G1-HOV60, G1R-HOV60, G1F-HOV60, G1RF-HOV60, G1-HOV75, G1R-HOV75, G1F-HOV75, G1RF-HOV75, G1-HOV110, G1R-HOV110,
G1F-HOV110, and G1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc
or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to
G1M or G1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Light output
ratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
High dB Horns. Models EG1-HO, EG1R-HO, EG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage range of
20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models EG1-HOV15, EG1R-HOV15, EG1F-HOV15, EG1RF-HOV15, EG1-HOV30, EG1R-HOV30, EG1F-HOV30, EG1RFHOV30, EG1-HOV60, EG1R-HOV60, EG1F-HOV60, EG1RF-HOV60, EG1-HOV75, EG1R-HOV75, EG1F-HOV75, EG1RF-HOV75, EG1HOV110, EG1R-HOV110, EG1F-HOV110, and EG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC
voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when
devices are connected to EG1M or EG1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and
20-24 V fwr. Light output ratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’
inscription on trim
High dB Horns. Models MG1-HO, MG1R-HO, MG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage range
of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models MG1-HOV15, MG1R-HOV15, MG1F-HOV15, MG1RF-HOV15, MG1-HOV30, MG1R-HOV30, MG1F-HOV30,
MG1RF-HOV30, MG1-HOV60, MG1R-HOV60, MG1F-HOV60, MG1RF-HOV60, MG1-HOV75, MG1R-HOV75, MG1F-HOV75, MG1RFHOV75, MG1-HOV110, MG1R-HOV110, MG1F-HOV110, and MG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually
providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation
is achieved when devices are connected to MG1M or MG1M-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited
to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Light output ratings are 15cd, 30cd, 60cd, 75 cd, and 110cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure.
F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7, G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectable
taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designation
is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers. Models EG4-S2, EG4F-S2, EG4R-S2 and EG4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), EG4-S7, EG4F-S7 , EG4R-S7 and EG4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with
selectable taps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with EG4B or EG4RB wall mount boxes.
R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers. Models MG4-S2, MG4F-S2, MG4R-S2 and MG4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), MG4-S7, MG4F-S7 , MG4R-S7 and MG4RF-S7 (70 Vrms)
with selectable taps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with MG4B or MG4RB wall mount
boxes. R designation is for Red color enclosure.
14-34
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM, G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM, G4R-S7VM and
G4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltage
range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to G1M or G1-RM synchronization
modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output is selectable with slide
switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers/strobes. Models EG4-S2VM,EG4F-S2VM, EG4R-S2VM and EG4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), EG4-S7VM, EG4F-S7VM ,EG4R-S7VM
and EG4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input
voltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to EG1M or EG1-RM
synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multi-candela strobe output is
selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers/strobes. Models MG4-S2VM,MG4F-S2VM, MG4R-S2VM and MG4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), MG4-S7VM, MG4F-S7VM ,MG4RS7VM and MG4RF-S7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1.4W = 81 dBA, 1.2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe
input voltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to MG1M or
MG1-RM synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multi-candela strobe
output is selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Faraday LLC 805 S Maumee St Tecumseh MI 49286
The following equipment is marketed under the Faraday label and under the Faraday trademark, FOS.
Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. 3434, 4 in. (102 mm); 3436, 6 in. (152 mm); 3438, 8 in. (203 mm); 3431, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V ac, and
for ac series use at 1.5 A or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3444, 4 in. (102 mm); 3446, 6 in. (152 mm); 3448, 8 in. (203 mm); 3441, 10 in. (254 mm); for
6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3464, 4 in. (102 mm); 3466, 6 in. (152 mm); 3468, 8 in. (203 mm); 3461, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 and 24 V dc. Cat.
No. 4060, for 12 V dc and 24-28 V dc.
Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. 4464, 4764, 4 in. (102 mm); 4466, 4766, 6 in. (152 mm); 4468, 4768, 8 in. (203 mm); 4461, 4761, 10 in. (254 mm);
for 12, 21-30 V dc. Cat. Nos. 4444, 4 in. (102 mm); 4446, 6 in. (152 mm); 4448, 8 in. (203 mm); 4441, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6-240 V dc. Cat.
Nos. 4434, 4 in. (102 mm); 4436, 6 in. (152 mm); 4438, 8 in. (203 mm); 4431, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. Cat. Nos. 4494, 4 in. (102 mm);
4496, 6 in. (152 mm); 4498, 8 in. (203 mm); 4491, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6-240 V ac. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped
with backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R. The 4430 and 4440 Series of bells are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications.
Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. Nos. 3414, 4 in. (102 mm); 3416, 6 in. (152 mm); 3418, 8 in. (203 mm); 3411, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V ac,
and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3424, 4 in. (102 mm); 3426, 6 in. (152 mm); 3428, 8 in. (203 mm); 3421, 10 in. (254 mm);
for 6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3426, 3421, for dc series use at 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3474, 4 in. (102 mm); 3476, 6 in. (152 mm); 3478, 8 in. (203 mm);
3471, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 and 24 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3620, 3670, for 6, 12, 24 V dc and for 12, 24 V dc bell mechanisms, respectively, and
for use with any of the following bell kits: Nos. 3004, 4 in. (102 mm); 3006, 6 in. (152 mm); 3008, 8 in. (203 mm); 3010, 10 in. (254 mm). Cat.
Nos. 3920, for dc series circuit use at 1.5 or 2.5 A; 4070, for 12 V dc and 24-28 V dc.
Single-Stroke Bell. Cat Nos. 4414, 4 in. (102 mm); 4416, 6 in. (152 mm); 4418, 8 in. (203 mm); 4411, 10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V ac general
signaling and for AC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling. Cat. Nos. 4424, 4 in. (102 mm); 4426, 6 in. (152 mm); 4428, 8 in.
(203 mm); 4421, 10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V dc general signaling and for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling. Cat. Nos. 4454,
4 in. (102 mm); 4456, 6 in. (152 mm); 4458, 8 in. (203 mm); 4451, 10 in. (254 mm) for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling.
Cat. Nos. 4484, 4 in. (102 mm); 4486, 6 in. (152 mm); 4488, 8 in. (203 mm); 4481, 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac. Cat Nos. 4774, 4 in. (102 mm);
4776, 6 in. (152 mm); 4778, 8 in. (203 mm); 4771, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped
with backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R.
Chime. Cat. No. 3415; for 6 to 240 V ac and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A. Cat. Nos. 3425, 3445; for 6 to 240 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3465, 3475;
for 12 or 24 V dc. Cat. Nos. 3620, 3670, for 6, 12, 24 V dc and for 12, 24 V dc bell mechanisms, respectively; for use with No. 3015 chime
kit.
Chime. Cat. Nos. 4415 for 6-240 V ac general alarm signaling and for AC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling; 4425 for 6-240
V dc general alarm signaling and for DC series at 1.5 or 2.5 A for fire alarm signaling; 4435 for 6-240 V ac for general signaling; 4445 for 6-240
V dc; 4455 for DC series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A; 4465 and 4765 for 12, 21-30 V dc; 4485 for 120 V ac; 4495 for 20-24, 120 V ac; 4775 for 12,
21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 3014 rated NEMA Type 3R. The 4430 and 4440 Series of
chimes are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications.
Electric Horn. Cat. Nos. 140, for 24, 120 V ac; 141, for 24 V dc. Models 6110 for 4.5, 6.0, 7.0, 12, 24, 48, 120 and 240 V ac; 6120 and 6140
for 21-30 V dc; 6130 for 6.0, 12 and 21-30 V dc. The 6120, 6130 and 6140 horns with a voltage range of 21-30 V dc are suitable for
applications requiring voltages of 85-110% of this range. Models 6110, 6120, 6130 and 6140 are suitable for mounting on Model 3014
weatherproof box.
Series 5330, 5340, 5350, 5360 Electronic Horn. Series 5330 (Models 5333, 5334, 5335, 5336, 5337, 5338) and Series 5350 (Models 5353,
5354, 5355, 5356, 5357, 5358) multi-tone signal; Series 5340 (Models 5343, 5344, 5345, 5346, 5347, 5348) and Series 5360 (Models 5363,
5364, 5365, 5366, 5367, 5368) single-tone signal. Flush grille, surface or ceiling mounted, 12 or 21-32 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only.
Temperature range from 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C).
Electric Horn. 6220 Series for 12 and 21-30 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Model 3014 or 3015 weatherproof box (NEMA
3R rated). Cat. Nos. 6223, 6224 and 6225 are models which are mounted on 5003 standard flush mount, 5004 standard surface mount and
5005 standard ceiling mount, respectively. Cat. Nos. 6226, 6227 and 6228 are models which are mounted on 5511 strobe flush mount, 5512
strobe surface mount and 5518 strobe ceiling mount, respectively.
Strobe. Series 5508 through 5518, 5521 and 5522. For indoor visual signaling. Input voltages 12 V dc with 76 mA current rating for low and
extra high intensity versions and 150 mA for high and ultra high intensity versions; 21-30 V dc with 38 mA current rating for low and extra high
intensity versions and 75 mA current rating for high and ultra high intensity versions. Temperature rating of 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Strobe
lenses are available in white, red, amber or blue. Flash rate is 1.0-1.5 flashes per sec.
Visual Signaling Device. Series 5548 through 5553 and 5556 through 5558. Incandescent lamps for indoor signaling. Input voltages 12 V
dc with 160 mA current rating and 24 V dc with 80 mA current rating. Available in both flashing and non-flashing configurations. Flash rate
is 0.5-2.0 flashes per sec. Lens colors are available in white, red, amber or blue.
Visible Appliance. Series 55XX-N, -W, -D, -S where XX = 08, 09, 21 and 22 for a strobe without connections for Approved audible signals,
or XX = 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18 and 19 for a strobe with connections for Approved audible signals. Available operating voltage ranges for
strobes are 12-14 V dc and 21-32 V dc with flash rate of 1 flash per sec. The nominal intensity of the strobe 55XX-N = 15 cd, -D = 75 cd,
-S = 110 cd, and -W = 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. The 55XX-D and -S strobes are designed for wall mount only. The 55XX-N and -W strobes
are suitable for wall or ceiling mount. All strobes are suitable for indoor use only.
Audible/Visible Appliance. Models 5336-X, 5337-X, 5338-X, 5346-X, 5347-X, 5348-X, 6226-X, 6227-X and 6228-X where -X = -N, -W, -D,
-S indicates 12-14 V dc or 21-32 V dc strobe/horn combination. The nominal intensity of strobes with the suffix -N = 15 cd, -D = 75 cd, -S
= 110 cd, and -W = 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. For indoor use only.
Audible Appliance. Series 538X where X is 3 for flush mount, 4 for surface mount and 5 for ceiling mount. Suitable for use at nominal 12
or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current draw and sound power output. Suitable for indoor
use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Audible/Visual Appliance. Series 538X-N, -W, -D, -S where X is 6 for flush mount, 7 for surface mount and 8 for ceiling mount. Suitable for
use at nominal 12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current draw and sound power output.
The nominal intensity of strobes with the suffix -N is 15cd, -D is 75cd, -S is 110cd, -W is 15 cd with 75cd on 0° axis. The -D and -S strobes
are designed for wall mount only. Suitable for indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-35
Federal Signal Corp Signal Div 2645 Federal Signal Dr University Park IL 60466
Vibrating Bells. Vibratone Models 500, 504WB, 506WB, and 510WB for 24, 120, or 240 V ac (50/60 Hz) with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102,
152, or 254 mm) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available:
Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.
Vibrating Bells. Vibratone Models 600, 604WB, 606WB, and 610WB for 6, 12, or 24 V dc with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102, 152, or 254 mm)
for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherpoof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL,
SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.
Single-Stroke Bells. Vibratone Models 700, 704WB, 706WB, and 710WB for 24 or 120 V ac (50/60 Hz) with 4, 6, or 10 in. gongs (102, 152,
or 254 mm) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models
NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.
Resonating Horns. Model 55 for 24 or 120 V ac (50/60 Hz) and Model 56 for 12 or 24 V dc for indoor or Outdoor use (NEMA 3R).
Vibrating Horn. Model 350, or 350WB for 12, 24,120, or 240 V ac (50/60 Hz) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with
weatherproof mounting back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.
Vibrating Horn. Model 450 for 12, 24, 125, or 250 V dc for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R) when used with weatherproof mounting
back-box Model WB. Accessories available: Models NB, NBL, SF, CC, WB, FB, FBL, FG, and TP.
Electric Siren. Model A for 120 V ac (25-60 Hz) for indoor or outdoor use (NEMA 3R).
Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp 704 S 10th St Blue Springs MO 64015
Electric Horn. Model 20-051 for 4-250 V dc.
Strobe. Model 20-1055. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input voltage 18-31 V dc; requires 33 mA for the low power and 100 mA
for the high power. Temperature rating is -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C).
Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park Westwood MA 02090
Vibrating Bell. Model BMVAC. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm), 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac operation, and for ac series use at 1.5 or 2.5 A.
Single Stroke Bell. Model BMSAC. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm), 10 in. (254 mm) for 120 V ac operation, and for ac series use at 1.5 or
2.5 A. Model BMSP. 6 in. (152 mm), 8 in. (203 mm) or 10 in. (254 mm) for 24-28 V dc operation.
Electric Horn. Model HMV-AC (P/N 130-4002F) for 120 V ac. Model HMVP (P/N 130-3105F) for 24 V dc.
Electric Horn. Model HMV-AC for 120 V ac operation. Suitable for mounting on Model WBR weatherproof box.
Electric Horn. Models HP-1302113B, 9-15.6 V dc, 0.125 A; HP-1303115B, 18-31.2 V dc, 0.035 A; HP-1303111B, 18-31.2 V dc, 0.063 A;
HV-1301014B, 4.4-9 V dc, 0.25 A; HVA-1304012A, 120 V ac, 0.18 A.
Electric Horn. Model IHP-24B-W (white face plate), Model IHP-24B-R (red face plate) for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only.
Strobe. Model FSL. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input voltage 18-31 V dc or 120 V ac. Available in either low or high power
versions. These units differ only in the current ratings: 120 V ac units require 19 mA for the low power and 30 mA for the high; 18-31 V dc
units require 33 mA for the low power and 100 mA for the high. The higher current ratings correspond to greater light intensity emitted. A low
power, 9-15.6 V dc version, with a current rating of 75 mA is also available. Temperature rating is -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).
Strobe. Models SL, SL-H, HSC/SL, HSC/SL-H, HFC/SL, HFC/SL-H, B/SL, SSC/SL, SFC/SL, HSL, B/HSL, SFC/HSL, SSL/HSL, HFC/HSL,
HSC/HSL for indoor visual signaling. Voltage range 21-30 V dc rated at 38 mA. Temperature rating 32°-125°F (0°-52°C). Strobe lenses are
available with either a ‘‘HALON’’ or ‘‘FIRE’’ legend. Flash rate is 1.0-1.5 flashes per sec.
Vibrating Bell. Models BLV-6, 6 in. (152 mm); BLV-10, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc. Models BLV-6/120, 6 in. (152 mm); BLV-10/120,
10 in. (254 mm) for 6-240 V ac.
Single-Stroke Bell. Models BLS-6, 6 in. (152 mm); BLS-10, 10 in. (254 mm) for 12, 21-30 V dc.
Chime. Models BLV-CH and BLS-CH for 12, 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
Electric Horn. HM Series for 12 and 21-30 V dc.
Electric Horn. Series HEF (Model HES) multi-tone signal and Series HE1F (Model HE1S) single-tone signal. Flush grille, surface or ceiing
mounted, 12 or 21-32 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range from 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C).
Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit (SNAC) Panel. Provides two notification appliance circuits, each activated by an Approved
control panel. Each of the SNAC notification appliance circuits is rated 3 A. Standby batteries (7 AH) are available to sustain at 24 and 60
hours emergency operation.
Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit (SNAC-4) Panel. Provides four notification appliance circuits each activated by an Approved
control panel. The notification appliance circuits meet the criteria for Style Z when configured for Class A operation (up to four circuits) and
Style Y when wired for Class B operation (up to four circuits). Each of the SNAC-4 notification appliance circuits is rated 1.5 A if all four circuits
are engaged and 3 A when only two circuits of four are engaged. Standby batteries (7 AH) are available to sustain 24 hours of emergency
operation when used in local protective systems and 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems.
For indoor use only.
Visible Appliances. Models STW/4F, STS/4F, STW/4S, STS/4S, STW/1G, STS/1G are stand alone strobes without connections for
Approved audible signals. Available operating voltage ranges are 12-14 V dc and 21-32 V dc with flash rate of 1 flash per sec. The nominal
intensity of the STW strobe, designed for wall or ceiling mount, is 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. Nominal intensity of the STS strobe, designed
for wall mount only, is 110 cd. Suitable for indoor use only.
Audible Appliances. Series HE-8X where X is F for flush mount, S for surface mount, and C for ceiling mount. Suitable for use at nominal
12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. Tone selected determines current draw and sound power output. Suitable for indoor use
only.
Audible/Visual Appliances. Series HE-8X/STW, HE-8X/STD, HE-8X/STS where X is F for flush mount, S for surface mount, and C for ceiling
mount. Suitable for use at nominal 12 or 24 V dc. Eight different tones can be obtained. Tone selected determines the current draw and sound
power output. Nominal intensity of the STW strobe is 15 cd with 75 cd on 0° axis. Nominal intensity of the STS strobe is 110 cd. Nominal
intensity of the STD strobe is 75 cd. THe STS and STD strobes are designed for wall mount only. Suitable for indoor use only.
Synchronization Module MDL(W)-FC. Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3
A max device load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible H12/24-FC sounders, S12/24-FC series strobes or
P12/24-FC series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-coded
sounders. Multiple MDL(W)-FC modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. Strobes are not permitted
when the MDL(W)-FC is being used to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with an
Approved fire alarm control panel which provides non-coded power for, and supervision of, notification appliance circuits. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates
white color instead of red.
Sounder H12/24-FC and HC12/24-FC. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Low
volume settings, with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and sound
power output. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The H12/24-FC is not intended for use on coded power supplies. The HC12/24-FC
may be used on coded power supplies. May be used with D-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.
Strobes S12/24-FC Series. S1215-FC, S121575-FC are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; S2415-FC, S2475-FC, S24110-FC, S241575-FC are rated
20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of
D-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.
Sounder/Strobe P12/24-FC Series. P1215-FC, P121575-FC are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; P2415-FC, P2475-FC, P24110-FC, P241575-FC
are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound
14-36
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use
on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of D-MP-FC mounting plate. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’ suffix units
have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’.
Sounder/Strobe P2430-FC, P2430W-FC, P241575EV-FC, P241575AG-FC are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can
be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently
from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS,
S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’
units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’.
Strobes S2430-FC, S2430W-FC, S241575EV-FC, S241575AG-FC, S241575F-FC are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Indoor use only, 32° to
120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix
indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of
‘‘FIRE’’.
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Vibrating Bell. Models BA-4, -6, -8, -10; for 6-32 V ac, 110 V ac, 220 V dc. Models BD-4, -6, -8, -10; for 6-32 V dc, 110 V dc, 220 V dc.
Single-Stroke Bell. Models BA-4S, -6S, -8S, -10S, for 6-32 V ac, 110 V ac, 220 V ac. Models BD-4S, -6S, -8S, -10S, for 6-32 V dc, 110
V dc, 220 V dc.
Electric Horn. Models 350 for 6 to 250 V ac; 450 for 6 to 250 V dc.
Vibrating Bell Mechanism. Models BDP-6D, -12D, -24D, for 6-12, 12, 24 V dc operation respectively. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152,
203, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Horn/Strobe. Models STH-71-12 (12 V dc), -71-24 (24 V dc), -72-12 (12 V dc), -72-24 (24 V dc) and -74-115 (115 V, 60 Hz).
GE-Interlogix 1510 Tate Blvd SE Hickory NC 28603
Raucous Sounder. Models AE-912, 12 V dc; AE-924, 24 V dc. Electronic sounding device suitable for indoor use only. In alarm, Model
AE-912 draws 28 mA; AE-924 draws 32 mA.
Gentex Corportion 10985 Chicago Dr Zeeland MI 49464
HS Series Visible and/or Audible Signaling Appliances. Models HS24-15, HS24-15/75, HS24-30, HS24-60, HS24-75, HS24-110 for
operating voltage range of 20-31 Vdc. Model name is followed by these options: WW (Wall mounted, off-white faceplate); WR (Wall mounted,
red faceplate); PW (Plain, no text on bezel, off white); PR (Plain, no text on bezel, red faceplate). Mounting of the appliances can be on a
standard single gang, or 4 in. square electrical box, 2-gang masonry boxes or non-metallic 2-gang switch boxes. For indoor use only. Optional
synchronization module Model AVS44 may be used with these appliances.
GEC, GES and GEH Visible and/or Audible Signaling Appliances. Models GEH24 horn; GES24-15, GES24-15/75, GES24-30, GES24-60,
GES24-75, GES24-110 strobe; GEC24-15, GEC24-15/75, GEC24-30, GEC24-60, GEC24-75, GEC24-110 horn/strobe for operating voltage
range of 20-31 Vdc. Model name is followed by these options: WW (Wall mounted, off-white faceplate); WR (Wall mounted, red faceplate);
PW (Plain, no text on bezel, off white); PR (Plain, no text on bezel, red faceplate). Mounting of the appliances can be on a standard single
gang, or 4 in. square electrical box, 2-gang masonry boxes or non-metallic 2-gang switch boxes. For indoor use only. Optional synchronization
module Model AVS44 may be used with these appliances.
Hochiki America Corp 7051 Village Dr Suite 100 Buena Park CA 90621
Vibrating Bell. Series AL-VB for 120 V ac, 24 V dc, 12 V dc operation with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.
Motor Driven Bell. Series AL-MB for 24 V dc or 12 V dc operation with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.
Motor Driven Bell. Model AL-MTRSL-62414, 24 V dc with 6 in. (152 mm) gong. Varistor element in motor for noise suppression. Model
AL-MTR-62414 equipped with strobe for audible/visible signaling. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range is -35° to 66°C (-26° to
151°F).
Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004
Single-Stroke Bell. Model SC808D. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm) gongs or chime bar. For 12, 24, 120 V ac or 24 V dc.
Vibrating Bell. Model SC808C. Used with 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm) gongs. For 12, 24, 120 V ac or 24 V dc.
Buzzer. Model SC808B. For 24 or 120 V ac.
Lamp Type Zone Annunciator. Models W649A, W649B, W649C.
Horn Series XLSG1X-P. Include Model XLSG1-P horn White, and Horn Model XLSG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V
dc. For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series XLSG1X-VXX; Models XLSG1-V15, 15 cd, White; XLSG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V15, 15 cd, White;
XLSG1RF-V15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1-V30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red
and XLSG1-V60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red XLSG1-V75, 75 cd,
White; XLSG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;XLSG1-V110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1R-V110,
110 cd, Red; XLSG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model XLSG1M or XLSG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be
synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.
Temporal Horn Series XLSG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series XLSG1X-HVXX. Include Model XLSG1-H horn White, and Model
XLSG1R-H Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: XLSG1-HV15, 15 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV15, 15 cd, Red; XLSG1HV30, 30 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV30, 30 cd, Red; XLSG1-HV60, 60 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV60, 60 cd, Red; XLSG1-HV75, 75 cd, White; and
XLSG1R-HV75, 75 cd, Red XLSG1-HV110, 110 cd, White; XLSG1R-HV110, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage
range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash
per second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model XLSG1M
or XLSG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or
4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.
High dB Horns. Models XLSG1-HO, XLSG1R-HO, XLSG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage
range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models XLSG1-HOV15, XLSG1R-HOV15, XLSG1F-HOV15, XLSG1RF-HOV15, XLSG1-HOV30, XLSG1R-HOV30,
XLSG1F-HOV30, XLSG1RF-HOV30, XLSG1-HOV60, XLSG1R-HOV60, XLSG1F-HOV60, XLSG1RF-HOV60, XLSG1-HOV75, XLSG1RHOV75, XLSG1F-HOV75, XLSG1RF-HOV75, XLSG1-HOV110, XLSG1R-HOV110, XLSG1F-HOV110, and XLSG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation
in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to XLSG1M or XLSG1M-RM synchronization
modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,
and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7 , G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectable
taps (1.4 W = 81 dBA, 1.2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designation
is for Red color enclosure.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-37
Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM,G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM ,G4R-S7VM and G4RFS7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltage
range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to XLSG1M or XLSG1-RM
synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output is
selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
The W L Jenkins Co Electronics Div 1445 Whipple Rd SW Box 80429 Canton OH 44710
Vibrating Bell. Cat. No. Series 1000, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2000, 6 in. (152 mm); 3000, 8 in. (203 mm); 4000, 10 in. (254 mm); for 3 to 240 V
ac. Cat. No. Series 1200, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2200, 6 in. (152 mm); 3200, 8 in. (203 mm); 4200, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to 240 V dc.
Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. No. Series 1100, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2100, 6 in. (152 mm); 3100, 8 in. (203 mm); 4100, 10 in. (254 mm); for 12 to
240 V ac.
Single-Stroke Bell. Cat. No. Series 1300, 41⁄4 in. (108 mm); 2300, 6 in. (152 mm); 3300, 8 in. (203 mm); 4300, 10 in. (254 mm); for 6 to
240 V dc.
Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721
Electric Horn Model No. 219926. For 4-250 V dc operation strobe. Models 220414, 220415. For indoor and outdoor visual signaling. Input
voltage 18-31 V dc or 120 V ac. Temperature rating is -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).
Vibrating Bell. Models 294938 and 294939. For 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size.
King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090
KFANN remote annunciator includes mother board (P/N 16711) and up to 10 zone cards (P/N 16712). 24 V dc power is provided from either
a local fire alarm panel or from KFUPS power supply and 5 to 80 AH battery.
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Motor Driven Bell KMS. For 24 V dc operation, with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size.
Vibrating Bell SSV120-XCH. For 120 V ac operation with 6, 8, or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model WBB weatherproof backbox
required for outdoor use.
Motor Driven Bell SSM24-XCH. For 120 V dc operation with 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Model WBB weatherproof
backbox required for outdoor use.
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
Vibrating Bell PB for 120 V ac, 12 V dc, 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152 or 203 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -W equipped with
a backbox are suitable for outdoor use.
Vibrating Bell. PBD126, PBD128, PBD1210 for 12 V dc operation; PBD246, PBD248, PBD2410 for 24 V dc operation; PBA246, PBA248,
PBA2410 for 24 V ac operation; PBA1206, PBA1208, PBA12010 for 120 V ac operation. The dc versions have operating voltage ranges of
10.2 - 15.6 V dc (12 V dc version) and 20.4 - 31.1 V dc (24 V dc version) and were tested at 85 - 110% of their rated range, 8.7 - 17.2 and
17.3 - 34.3 V dc, respectively. Nominally rated 24 V ac and 120 V ac versions were tested at 20.4 - 26.4 and 102 - 132 V ac, respectively.
All bells are available in 6, 8 or 10 in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong sizes. Suitable for use in ambient temperatures from -40° to 150°F (-40°
to 66°C). All models equipped with a weatherproof backbox BBK-1 are suitable for outdoor use. Both aluminum and plastic type coil
enclosures are available. The aluminum enclosure is designated by the suffix A.
Motor Driven Bell PSB for 12 V dc or 24 V dc operation, with 6 or 8 in. (152, 203 mm) gong size. Models with suffix -W equipped with a
backbox are suitable for outdoor use.
Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339
Vibrating Bell. Model UD. 4, 6, 8, 10 in. (102, 152, 203, 254 mm). For 6, 9, 12, 24 V ac, dc.
Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901
Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. Model D448 for 9-15.6 V dc. Model D452 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. Models D449, D453 and D453A for 18-31
V dc. For indoor use only.
Motor Bell. Models D440 and D442 for 9-15.6 V dc. Models D441 and D443 for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB
backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
Electronic Horn. D448W for 9-15.6 V dc. D449W for 18-31 V dc. For indoor use only. Model D457 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31
V dc, respectively. Model D457 is suitable for outdoor use when mounted on D402 backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
Backbox. Weatherproof mounting box Model D400.
Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount 12 V models: D575S (15 cd intensity) and D576S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds
75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module or DSM-12 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D570S
(15 cd intensity), D571S (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D573S (30 cd intensity), D574S
(75 cd intensity) and D572S (110 cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Electronic Strobe Minihorn. D451A, D421A, D429A, D429AW, D419A, D455A and D455AW for 20-31 V dc.
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series D432A, D422A, D424A, D423A for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series D475A for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Audible Strobe Signals. Wall mount options only. 12 V models: D560S (15 cd intensity), D562S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity
exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. 24 V models: D561S (15 cd
intensity), D559S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) and D558S (75 cd intensity) with D411
sync module or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Audible Horn. Models D539S and D542S for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc and D543S and D541S for 20.0 V dc to 31 V dc. All units produce a steady
tone with low, medium or high setting and may be used with synchronization module Model D411LC or D412LC to produce ‘‘Code-3’’ temporal
signal.
Audible Strobes. Wall mount 12 V models: D549S (15 cd intensity), D551S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only
near horizontal axis) with D411 sync module or D412 dual sync module for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: D544S and D555S
(15 cd intensity), D545S and D556S (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), D546S and
D577SS (30 cd intensity), D547S and D557S (75 cd intensity) and D548S and D554S (110 cd intensity) with D411 sync module or D412 dual
sync module for 20 to 31 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models: D552S (15 cd intensity) and D553S (100 cd intensity) with D411 sync module
or D412 dual sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
Horn Series G1X-P-LG. Include Model G1-P-LG horn White, and Horn Model G1R-P-LG Red. Horn operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc.
For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series G1X-VXX-LG; Models G1-V15-LG, 15 cd, White; G1R-V15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1F-V15-LG, 15 cd, White;
G1RF-V15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1-V30-LG, 30 cd, White; G1R-V30-LG, 30 cd, Red; G1F-V30-LG, 30 cd, White; G1RF-V30-LG, 30 cd, Red and
G1-V60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1R-V60-LG, 60 cd, Red; G1F-V60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1RF-V60-LG, 60 cd, Red G1-V75-LG, 75 cd, White;
G1R-V75-LG, 75 cd, Red; G1F-V75-LG, 75 cd, White; G1RF-V75-LG, 75 cd, Red;G1-V110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1R-V110-LG, 110 cd, Red;
14-38
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
G1F-V110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1RF-V110-LG, 110 Red Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash
per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model G1M or G1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized. All units mount
on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.
Temporal Horn Series G1X-H-LG and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series G1X-HVXX-LG. Include Model G1-H-LG horn White, and Model
G1R-H-LG Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: G1-HV15-LG, 15 cd, White; G1R-HV15-LG, 15 cd, Red; G1-HV30-LG,
30 cd, White; G1R-HV30-LG, 30 cd, Red; G1-HV60-LG, 60 cd, White; G1R-HV60-LG, 60 cd, Red; G1-HV75-LG, 75 cd, White; and G1RHV75-LG, 75 cd, Red G1-HV110-LG, 110 cd, White; G1R-HV110-LG, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage range
of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per
second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model G1M-LG or
G1M-RM-LG interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in.
sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.
High dB Horns. Models G1-HO-LG, G1R-HO-LG, G1F-HO-LG for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage
range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models G1-HOV15-LG, G1R-HOV15-LG, G1F-HOV15-LG, G1RF-HOV15-LG, G1-HOV30-LG, G1R-HOV30-LG, G1FHOV30-LG, G1RF-HOV30-LG, G1-HOV60-LG, G1R-HOV60-LG, G1F-HOV60-LG, G1RF-HOV60-LG, G1-HOV75-LG, G1R-HOV75-LG,
G1F-HOV75-LG, G1RF-HOV75-LG, G1-HOV110-LG, G1R-HOV110-LG, G1F-HOV110-LG, and G1RF-HOV110v for connection to an
Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation in
standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to G1M-LG or G1M-RM-LG synchronization
modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,
and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Speakers. Models G4-S2-LG, G4F-S2-LG, G4R-S2-LG and G4RF-S2-LG (25 V rms), G4-S7-LG, G4F-S7-LG , G4R-S7-LG and G4RFS7-LG
(70 V rms) with selectable taps (1 .4 W = 81 dBA, 1 .2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall
mount boxes. R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM-LG,G4F-S2VM-LG, G4R-S2VM-LG and G4RF-S2VM-LG (25 V rms), G4-S7VM-LG, G4F-S7VM-LG
,G4R-S7VM-LG and G4RF-S7VM-LG (70 V rms) with selectable taps (1 .4 W = 81 dBA, 1 .2 W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90 dBA).
Standalone strobe input voltage range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected
to G1M-LG or G1-RM-LG synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 V fwr. Multicandela strobe output is selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listings that include equipment in this category.
Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Strobe. Models 4903-9101, -9104, -9151, -9154, 4904-9101, -9102, -9103, -9151, -9152 and -9153. For indoor visual signaling. Input
voltage 24 V dc with 45 mA current rating and 120 V ac with 150 mA current rating. 24 V dc version has a flash rate of 45 per min. 120 V
ac version has a flash rate of 1 per sec. Temperature rating of 32°F (0°C) to 125°F (52°C).
Vibrating Bell. Models 2901-9001, 4 in. (102 mm); -9002, 6 in. (152 mm); -9003, 10 in. (254 mm); for ac series use at 1.5 A; 2901-9040,
4 in. (102 mm); -9041, 6 in. (152 mm); -9042, 10 in. (254 mm); for 24 V ac; 2901-9060, 4 in. (102 mm); -9061, 6 in. (152 mm); -9062, 10 in.
(254 mm); for 120 V ac; 2901-9302, -9305, 6 in. (152 mm); for 12 V dc; 2901-9320, 4 in. (102 mm); -9321, 6 in. (152 mm); -9322, 10 in. (254
mm); for 24-28 V dc.
Vibrating Bell. Models 2901-9331, 4 in. (102 mm); -9332, 6 in. (152 mm); -9333, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc. Models 2901-9046, -9047,
-9048; for 24 V ac. Models 2901-9066, 4 in. (102 mm); -9067, 6 in. (152 mm); -9068, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. The 2901-9046, -9047,
-9048, -9066, -9067, -9068 bells are not Approved for fire alarm signaling applications. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped
with backbox 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.
Electric Horn. Model 626-203 for 21-30 V dc operation. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on Model 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009
(red) weatherproof box (NEMA 3R rated). Cat Nos. 2901-9847 (red) and 2901-9848 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard flush
mounts, and 2901-9849 (red) and 2901-9850 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard surface mounts.
Electric Horn. Cat. Nos. 2901-9847 (red) and 2901-9848 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard flush mounts, and 2901-9849
(red) and 2901-9850 (beige) are models which are mounted on standard surface mounts. All are for 21-30 V dc operation and are suitable
for outdoor use when mounted on Cat. No. 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red) weatherproof box (NEMA 3R rated).
Cat. Nos. 4901-9805 (red) and 4901-9806 (off-white) have plastic grilles. Cat. Nos. 4901-9805H (red) and 4901-9806H (off-white) have
plastic grilles and internal gasket for high humidity, indoor applications. All are for 23.5 to 29 V dc operation.
Electric Horn. Models 2901-9554 for 4.5 V ac operation; 2901-9553 for 6 V ac operation 2901-9549 through -9552 for 120 V ac operation.
Product I.D. Nos. 2901-9806, -9838 through -9841 for 24 V dc operation; 2901-9838 for 12 or 21-28 V dc operation, -9839, -9840, -9841 for
21-28 V dc; 2901-9845 and -9846 for 21-30 V dc operation. All are suitable for mounting on Model 2975-9008 (beige) or 2975-9009 (red)
weatherproof box.
Chime. Models 2902-9060; for ac series use at 2.5 A; 2902-9236, red; for dc series use at 2.5 A; 2902-9234; for 24-28 V dc.
Chime Models 2902-9701, -9072; for series AC series use at 2.5 A. Cat No. 2902-9052; for 120 V ac. Cat. No. 2902-9241; for DC series
use at 2.5 A. Cat Nos. 2902-9207, -9240; for 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 2975-9008
(beige) or 2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.
Fire Alarm Annunciator. Types 4305, 4306, 4308, 4309, 4315 and 4316, with optional A, B, D, G auxiliary insert panels. A lamp test switch
is required on Types 4305, 4308 and 4315 annunciators.
Single-Stroke Bell. Models 2901-9081, -9085, 6 in. (152 mm); -9082, -9806, 10 in. (254 mm); for ac series use at 2.5 A; 2901-9341, 4 in.
(102 mm) red; -9342, 6 in. (152 mm) red; -9343, 6 in. (152 mm); -9344, 10 in. (254 mm) red; -9345, 10 in. (254 mm); for dc series use at 2.5
A; 2901-9361, 6 in. (152 mm); -9362, 10 in. (254 mm); for 24-28 V dc.
Single-Stroke Bell. Models 2901-9351, 6 in. (152 mm); -9352, 10 in. (254 mm); for dc series use at 2.5 A. Models 2901-9365, 6 in. (152
mm); -9366, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use; models equipped with backbox 2975-9008 (beige) or
2975-9009 (red) rated NEMA Type 3R.
Vibrating Chime. Models 2902-9042; for ac series use at 1.5 A; 2902-9047; for 120 V ac.
Visual Fire Alarm Indicating Device. Models 4903-9001, -9102, -9051, -9152, 4904-9001, -9002, -9003, -9051, -9052, -9053. Incandescent
lamps for indoor use. Models 4903-9051, -9152, 4904-9051, -9052, -9053 for 120 V ac operation; Models 4903-9001, -9102, 4904-9001,
-9002, -9003 for 24 V dc operation; 80 mA current rating.
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Series 4903 -9252, -9253, -9254, 9255, -9256, -9257, and -9258 free running synchronized selectable with
optional 4905-9914 (Class B), 4905-9922 (Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules, for 16 to 33 V dc, no full-wave
rectified dc, with a strobe flash rate of 60 per min. The strobes have nominal 15, 30 and 110 cd intensity ratings.
Visible Appliances. 4904 -9174, -9175, -9176, -9177, -9178, -9179, -9180, -9181, -9182, -9183, -9184, -9185, -9345, -9346 free running
synchronized selectable with optional 4905-9914(Class B), 4905-9922(Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules for 16 to
33 V dc, no full-wave rectified dc, with a flash rate of 60 per min. The strobes have nominal 15, 30 and 110 cd intensity ratings.
Electronic Horn. Series 4901-98XX, for 23.5 to 29.0 V dc.
All 4901-9XXX, 4903-9XXX, 4904-9XXX, 2901-9XXX and 2902-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
Electronic Horn. Model 4901-9820 for 16 to 33 V dc operation. Mounting can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang,
double gang, or 4 in. square electrical box.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-39
Visible Appliances. Models 4904-9168, -9169, -9170, -9171, -9172, and -9173 strobes for 16 to 33 V dc. The strobes have nominal 15, 75,
and 110 cd intensity ratings.
Synchronized Visible Appliances. Models 4904-9331, -9332, -9333, -9342, -9343, and -9344 strobes with 4905-9938 synchronizing module,
for 16 to 33 V dc. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings.
DirecTone Voice-Tone Alarm Option. For use with Autocall fire alarm systems. Option consists of signal generator, amplifier, communication
and power supply modules.
TrueAlert Non-Addressable Models 4903-9196, -9197, -9198, -9359, -9360, -9361 Speaker and Strobe free running/synchronized selectable with optional 4905-9938 synchronizing module for 16 to 33 V dc operation, no full-wave rectified dc. 25 or 70.7 V rms speaker circuits
can drive speakers at 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 W power. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. See Simplex 4100 listing under
Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication.
Audible/ Visible Models 4903-9148, -9149, -9150, -9153, -9193, -9194, and -9195 Speaker and Strobe free running synchronized selectable
with optional 4905-9914(Class B), 4905-9922(Class A) and 4905-9938(SmartSync) synchronizing modules for 16 to 33 V dc operation, no
full-wave rectified dc. 25 or 70.7 V rms speaker circuits can drive speakers at 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 W power. The strobes have nominal 15, 30, and
110 cd intensity ratings. See Simplex 4100 listing Under Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication.
Spectronics Corp, 4645 Hartley, Lincoln NE 68504
Vibrating Bell. Models 43T (12, 24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz), 45L (6 V dc), 46T (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Single Stroke Bell. Model 42PT (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Electric Horn. Models 32PT and 34T (12, 24 V dc); 31T and 35T (12, 24, 115 V, 60 Hz).
Accessories available for above products with indoor or outdoor use: weatherproof mounting box Model WBB; single and twin projectors
Models SP or TP.
Definition of suffixes and prefixes for above models: T = terminal type connections, P = polarized, L = leads exit from sides.
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174
Selectable output strobe Model S1224MC. Rated 12/24 V dc or FWR: range for 12 volt operations from 9.5 to 17.5 V dc/FWR and for 24
volt operations from 16 to 33 V dc/FWR; Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting
requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘A’’ suffix indicates a Canadian model.
‘‘B’’ suffix indicates BI-lingual (French or English) documentation. ‘‘F’’ suffix indicates only French documentation.
Sounder/Strobe combination model P1224MC. Rated 12/24 V dc or FWR: range for 12 volt operations from 9.5 to 17.5 V dc/FWR and for
24 volt operations from 16 to 33 V dc/FWR; Four different audible signals can be obtained at either high or low volume. The tone and volume
selected determine the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor
use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting
plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘A’’ suffix indicates a Canadian model. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates BI-lingual (French or English)
documentation. ‘‘F’’ suffix indicates only French documentation.
Sounder MA12/24D. Suitable for use at 8.5 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the
current drawn and sound power output. Suitable for outdoor use -31° to 151°F (-35° to 66°C) with Model WBB weatherproof backbox (NEMA
3R). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
Strobes SS12/24ADA Series. SS1215ADA is rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; SS121575ADA; SS2415ADA, SS2475ADA, SS24110ADA,
SS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units
for Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’
Sounder/Strobe MASS12/24ADA Series. MASS1215ADA, MASS121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; MASS2415ADA, MASS2475ADA,
MASS24110ADA, MASS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines
the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F
(0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for
‘‘FIRE.’’
Strobe. SS12LO, 12M, SS24LO, 24M. Wall or ceiling mounted. SS12LO, SS12M suitable for use at nominal 12 V dc; SS24LO, SS24M
suitable for use at nominal 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for
Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’
Sounder/Strobe MASS12LO, 12M; MASS24LO, 24M. The suffix indicates operating voltage and light output. Eight different audible signals
can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current drawn and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from
the sounder. Suitable for indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian
distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’
Vibrating Bell. Cat. Nos. KMS-6, -24, 6 in. (152 mm); KMS-8, -24, 8 in. (203 mm); KMS-10-24, 10 in. (254 mm); for 21-30 V dc: Cat. Nos.
KBS-6-120, 6 in. (152 mm); KBS-8-120, 8 in. (203 mm); KBS-10-120, 10 in. (254 mm); for 120 V ac. Suitable for outdoor use when mounted
on WBBF weatherproof backbox (rated NEMA 3R).
Sounder and Strobe. Models PS12LO, PS12M, PS24LO and PS24M. Represents ‘‘LO’’ and ‘‘M’’ Series strobes that mount to the PA400
Sounder. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range: 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color.
Sounder. Model PA400. 12 or 24 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range: 14° to 140°F (-10° to 60°C). ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates
white color. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’.
Vibrating Bell SSV120. For 120 V ac operation with 6(A), 8(A) or 10(A) in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Suffix ‘A’ for models
manufactured for Canada. Model WBB weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.
Motor Driven Bell SSM24. For 120 V dc operation with 6(A), 8(A) or 10(A) in. (152, 203 or 254 mm) gong size. Suffix ‘A’ for models
manufactured for Canada. Model WBB weatherproof backbox required for outdoor use.
Sounder MA 12/24EH. Suitable for use at 8.5 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the
current drawn and sound power output. Suitable for outdoor use -31° to 151°F (-35° to 66°C) with Model WBB weatherproof backbox (NEMA
3R). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
Sounder/Strobe MAEH12LO, 12M; MAEH24LO, 24M. The suffix indicates operating voltage and light output. Eight different sudible signals
can be obtained. The tone selected determines the current drawn and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from
the sounder. Suitable for indoor use only. Temperature range 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘B’’
suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘Fire.’’
Sounder/Strobe MAEH12/24ADA Series. MAEH1215ADA, MAEH121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; MAEH2415ADA,
MAEH2475ADA, MAEH24110ADA, MAEH241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone
selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor
use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color. ‘‘A’’ suffix denotes units for Canadian distribution. ‘‘LA’’ suffix units have
Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE.’’
Synchronized Strobe SS24ADAS Series. SS2415ADAS, SS241575ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to
49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
Sounder/Synchronized Strobe MASS24ADAS Series. MASS2415ADAS, MASS2475ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible
signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated
independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
Sounder/Synchronized Strobe MAEH24ADAS Series. MAEH2415ADAS, MAEH2475ADAS are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Eight different audible
signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound power output. The strobe can be operated
independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
14-40
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Sounder/Strobe PS12/24 Series. Single tone sounder with integral strobe. PS1215ADA, PS121575ADA are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc;
PS2415ADA, PS2475ADA, PS24110ADA and PS241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. Indoor use only 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). ‘‘W’’ suffix
indicates white color. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige color.
Retrofit Strobe RP12/24 Series. Wall plate with strobe will accept MA12/24D, MA12/24EH sounder or similar audible notification appliance
intended for mounting on a 4 in. sq electrical box. RP1215ADA, RP121575ADA strobes are rated 8.5 to 18.7 V dc; RP2415ADA, RP2475ADA,
RP24110ADA and RP241575ADA are rated 16 to 33 V dc. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only 32°
to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Sounder H12/24 and HC12/24. Suitable for use at 10.5 to 30.0 V dc. Two different audible signals can be obtained, with HI and Low volume
settings, with or without temporal pattern. The signal, volume and temporal option selected determines the current drawn and sound power
output. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The H12/24 is not intended for use on coded power supplies. The HC12/24 may be used
on coded power supplies. May be used with BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.
Strobes S12/24 Series. S1215, S121575, are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; S2415, S2430, S2475, S24110, S241575 are rated 20.0 to 30.0 V
dc. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP
mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’ suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘B’’ suffix indicates beige
color. ‘‘R’’ suffix indicates red color. ‘‘F’’ suffix units have ‘‘Fire’’ wording. Suffix ‘‘P’’ indicates models with plain housings.
Sounder/Strobe P12/24 Series. P1215, P121575 are rated 10.5 to 17.0 V dc; P2415, P2430, P2475, P24110, P241575, P241575EV are
rated 20.0 to 30.0 V dc. Eight different audible signals can be obtained. The tone selected determines the sounder current draw and sound
power output. The strobe can be operated independently from the sounder. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Not intended for use
on coded power supplies. Mounting requires use of BBS, S-MP or D-MP mounting plates. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red. ‘‘F’’
suffix units have Spanish wording for ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘EV’’ suffix units have ‘‘EVAC’’ wording instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. ‘‘AG’’ units have ‘‘AGENT’’ wording
instead of ‘‘FIRE’’. Suffix ‘‘P’’ indicates models with plain housings.
Synchronization Module MDL(W). Suitable for use at 11.0 to 17.0 V dc for 12 V operation and 21.0 to 30.0 V dc for 24 V operation, 3 A max
device load. Two channels (Class B) or one channel (Class A) of compatible H12/24 or HC12/24 sounders, S12/24 series strobes or P12/24
series sounder/strobes can be connected to each module. Provides synchronization of the strobe pulses and temporal-coded sounders.
Multiple MDL(W) modules may be interconnected to increase the number of synchronized devices. May also be used in single module
configuration with MA12/24D, MA12/24EH sounders (set for continuous tone only) or PA400 sounders to provide two channels (Class B) or
one channel (Class A) of synchronized sounders with temporal-coded sound pattern. Strobes are not permitted when the MDL(W) is being
used to produce the temporal pattern. Indoor use only, 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Must be used with an Approved fire alarm control panel which
provides noncoded power for and supervision of notification appliance circuits. ‘‘W’’ suffix indicates white color instead of red.
Visual And Audible/Visual Signaling Appliances. Models SC2415, SC2415W, SC241575, SC241575W, SC2430, SC2430W, SC2475,
SC2475W, SC2495, SC2495W, SC24115, SC24115W, SC24177, SC24177W strobes; and models PC2415, PC2415W, PC241575,
PC241575W, PC2430, PC2430W, PC2475, PC2475W, PC2495, PC2495W, PC24115, PC24115W, PC24177, PC24177W horn/strobes for
operating voltage range of 16 to 33 V dc as standalones and 17 to 33 V dc when connected to the MDL synchronization module. For indoor
use only. Suffix ‘‘W’’ indicating color white (otherwise it is red). May be followed with suffix ‘‘P’’ indicating models with plain plastic housing.
May be followed with suffix ‘‘A’’ denoting units intended for Canadian distribution. For indoor use on the wall or ceiling using models BBS,
BBSC, or BBSCW backbox.
The Viking Corp, 210 N Industrial Park Rd, Hastings MI 49058
Vibrating Bell. P/N 03115-B, 6 in. (152 mm); 03116-B, 8 in. (203 mm); 03117-B, 10 in. (254 mm); 3 through 120 V ac. P/N 03917-B, 6 in.
(152 mm); 03918-B, 8 in. (203 mm); 03919-B, 10 in. (254 mm); 3 through 120 V dc.
Wheelock Inc, 273 Branchport Ave, Long Branch NJ 07740
Single Stroke Bell. Model 42PT (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Vibrating Bell. Models 43T (12, 24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz), 45L (6 V dc), 46T (12, 24 V dc). 4, 6, 10 in. (102, 152, 254 mm) gong sizes.
Mechanical Horn. Series 32PT, 34T (12, 24 V dc); 31T, 35T (12, 24, 115 V, 60 Hz). Series 34T horns were tested at voltage ranges of 9-15.6
V dc and 18-31.2 V dc.
Strobe. Model WST (24 V dc; 115 V, 60 Hz).
Horn/Strobe. Connections with two terminals, Models 7001T, V7001T (indoor use only), 7002T (12, 24 V dc) consist of Model 34T with WS
horn/strobe combination. Model 7004T (115 V, 60 Hz) consists of Model 31T with WS horn/strobe combination. Connections with four
terminals are Models 34T with WS and 32PT with WS (12, 24 V dc) and Models 31T with WS and 35T with WS (115 V, 60 Hz) horn/strobe
combinations.
Accessories available for products with indoor or outdoor use: weatherproof mounting box Model WBB; single and twin projectors Models
SP or TP.
Definition of suffixes and prefixes for above models: T = terminal type connections, P = polarized, L = leads exit from sides.
Electronic Signal. Series AES-DL1-WS-24, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. Series AES-DL2-WS-12, -EL2, -WH for 9.6-14.4 V dc, models
without strobe for 9-15.6 V dc (W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber).
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use: -EL1, -EL2 models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.
Electronic Horn and Electronic Strobe Horn. Series EH-DL1, -EL1 for 9-31 V dc. Series EHS-DL1, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. Series
EH-DL1-WS-24, -EL1, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V dc. EHS-DL2-WH, -EL2 for 9.6-14.4 V dc. EH-DL2-WS-12, -EL2, -WH for 9.6-14.4 V dc (W in
strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for indoor and outdoor use:
-EL1, -EL2 models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.
Motor Bell and Motor Bell Strobe. Series MB-G6-12, -G10 for 9-15.6 V dc. Series MB-G6-24 for 18-31 V dc. Series MBS-G6-12, -G10, -WH
for 9.6-14.4 V dc. Series MBS-G6-24-WH, -G10 for 18-31 V dc (W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red,
B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
Electronic Horn and Strobe Horn. MIZ-12-WS for 9.6-14.4 V dc model without strobe for 9-15.6 V dc. MIZ-24-WS, -WH, -WM for 18-31 V
dc ((W in strobe designation is variable and indicates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). For indoor use only.
Visual Signaling Device, Incandescent Lamp. Series VL-24, VL1-24 and VLP-24 followed by one letter for lens color (W=white, R=red,
B=blue, G=green, A=amber) rated for 18-31 V dc. Suitable for indoor use only.
Strobe. Series VLPS, VLPH and VLPM (VLPM available in -24 model only), -12 for 9.6-14.4 V dc, -24 for 18-31 V dc, -115 for 102-132 V
ac, followed by one letter for lens color (W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber). Suitable for indoor use only.
Strobe. Series WST, WHT, WS1T, WH1T, WS3T, WH3T, -12 for 9.6-14.4 V dc, -24 for 18-31 V dc, -115 for 102-132 V ac. WMT, WM1T,
WM3T, -24 for 18-31 V dc (first letter of Model No. is variable and designates lens color, W=white, R=red, B=blue, G=green, A=amber. The
first letter may be preceded by one letter indicating lens orientation: C = ceiling, V = vertical or no letter if the lens orientation is horizontal.)
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use: WS3T, WH3T and WM3T models mounted on WBB backbox are rated NEMA Type 3R.
LSM Series Strobes. LSM-24, LS1M-24, LS3M-24, LSPM-24 for 20-31 V dc and LSM-12, LSM1-12, LSM3-12, LSPM-12 for 10.5-15.6 V
dc (LSM in strobe designation indicates 15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). Suitable for
indoor use.
IS Series Strobes. IS-24, IS1-24, IS3-24 and ISP-24 for 20-31 V dc (IS in strobe designation indicates 75 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor
use.
SL Series Strobes. SL-24, SL1-24, SL3-24, SLP-24 with SCM-24 sync module, and SL-24L, SL1-24L, SL3-24L, SLP-24L with SCM-24L,
SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SL in strobe designation indicates 15 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.
SLM Series Strobe. SLM-24, SL1M, SL1M-24, SL3M-24 and SLPM-24 with SCM-24 sync module for 20-31 V dc (SLM in strobe designation
indicates 15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis).
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-41
Audible Strobe Signals (AS Series). AS-1215 (15 cd intensity), AS-121575 (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only
near horizontal axis), and AS-1230 (30 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. AS-2415
(15 cd intensity), AS-241575 (15/75 cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), AS-2430 (30 cd intensity),
AS-2475 (75 cd intensity), and AS-24110 (110 cd intensty) for wall and ceiling mount with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync
module for 16 to 33 V dc.
Wall mount 12 V models: AS-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), AS-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only
near horizontal axis) with SM-12 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: AS-2415W-FX
(15 cd intensity), AS-241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), AS-2430W-FX (30
cd intensity), AS-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and AS-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync module
for 20 to 31 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models: AS-2415C-FX (15 cd intensity), AS-2430C-FR (30 cd intensity), AS-2475C-FX (75 cd intensity),
and AS-24100C-FX (100 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc. X represents product
color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).
SHW Series Strobes. SHW-24, SH2W-24, SHPW-24 with SCM-24 sync module, and SHW-24L, SH2W-24L, SHPW-24L with SCM-24L,
SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SH in strobe designation indicates 110 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.
SR Series Strobes. SR-2415 and SRP-2415 with SM-12/24 synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual-synchronization module (15 cd
intensity); SR-241575 and SRP-241575 with SM-12/24 synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual synchronization module (15/75 cd
intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis); SR-2475 and SRP-2475 for wall or ceiling mount with SM-12/24
synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual-synchronization module (75 cd intensity); SRP-24110 and SRP-24110 with SM-12/24 synchronization module or DSM-12/24 dual synchronization module (110 cd intensity) for wall or ceiling mount. All models for 20 to 31 V dc.
SLM Series Strobes. SLM-24, SL1M-24, SL3M-24 and SLPM-24 with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc (SLM in
strobe designation indicates 15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis).
Electronic Sync Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24-(SL, SLM, SHW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20-31 V dc.
Electronic Horn and Sync Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4 -24-(SL, SLM or SHPW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20
to 31 V dc.
Multitone Sync Strobe Series. AMT/AMT4-24-(SL, SLM, SHPW) with SCM-24, SM-24 or DSM-24 sync modules for 20 to 31 V dc.
LS Series Strobes. LS-24, LS1-24, LS2-24, LS3-24, LSP-24, LS-24L, LS1-24L, LS2-24L, LS3-24L and LSP-24L for 20-31 V dc and LS-12,
LS1-12, LS2-12, LS3-12 and LSP-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc (LS in strobe designation indicates 15 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.
MS Series Strobes. MS-12L, MS1-12L, MS2-12L, MS3-12L, MSP-12, MS-12, MS1-12, MS2-12, MS3-12 and MSP-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc
and MS-24, MS1-24, MS2-24, MS3-24, MSP-24, MS-24L, MS1-24L, MS2-24L, MS3-24L and MSP-24L for 20-31 V dc (MS in strobe
designation indicates 30 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.
Multitone Series AMT-12 and AMT4-12 for 10.5-15.6 V dc; AMT-24 and AMT4-24 for 20-31 V dc.
Multitone Strobe Series. AMT-12-LS, -12-LSM, -MS, -WH, AMT4-12-LS, -LSM and -MS for 10.5-15.6 V dc; AMT-24-LS, -LSM, -MS, -IS,
-HSPW, -WM, -WH, AMT4-24-LS, -LSM, -MS, -HSPW, -WM, -WH and -IS for 20-31 V dc. AMT 12/24 Series are suitable for outdoor use when
mounted on IOB backbox and AMT4-12/24 models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
HS Series Strobes. HSW-24, HS1W-24, HS2W-24, HS3W-24, HSPW-24, HSW-24L, HS1W-24L, HS2W-24L, HS3W-24L, HSPW-24L for
20-31 V dc (HS in strobe designation indicates 110 cd intensity). Suitable for indoor use.
Electronic Horn. Model MT-12/24, MT4-12/24 for 9 V dc to 15.6 V dc/18 V dc to 31 V dc, respectively. Models MT-12/24 are suitable for
outdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox and MT4-12/24 models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB backbox (rated
NEMA Type 3R).
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Models MT-241575W, MT-2475W, and MTWP-2475W for 16-33 V dc, and Model MT-121575W for
8-17 V dc. The MT-241575W and MT-121575W models have 15/75 cd intensity, where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near
axis. The MT-2475W and MTWP-2475 models have 75 cd intensity. The MTWP-2475W is rated NEMA Type 3R.
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Models MT-12-WS, MT4-12-WS, MT-12-WH, MT4-12-WH for 9-15.6 V dc, MT-24-WS, MT4-24-WS,
MT-24-WM, MT4-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT4-24-WH for 18-31 V dc; MT-115, MT4-115, MT-115-WH and MT4-115-WH for 96 to 132 V ac. The
S, H or M designation indicates strobe intensity where S=1.5 cd, H=15 cd and M=117 cd. MT-24-WS, MT-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT-12-WS and
MT-12-WH are suitable for outdoor when mounted on IOB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R). MT4-24-WS, MT4-24-WM, MT4-24-WH,
MT4-12-WS and MT4-12-WH are suitable for outdoor when mounted on WBB backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R).
MT-24-WS, MT-24-WM, MT-24-WH, MT-12-WS and MT-12-WH are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on IOB backbox (rated NEMA
Type 3R). MT4-24-WS, MT4-24-WM, MT4-24-WH, MT4-12-WS and MT4-12-WH are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB
backbox (rated NEMA Type 3R)
Electronic Strobe Signal. Series AES-DLI or ELI- (LS-24, MS-24, HSWP-24, IS-24 or LSM-24 Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Series
AES-DL2 or EL2- (LS-12 or LSM-12 Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Electronic Strobe Horn. Series EH or EHS-DLI or ELI- (LS-24, MS-24, HSWP-24, IS-24 or LSM-24 Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Series
EH or EHS-DL2 or EL2- (LS-12 or LSM-12 Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Electronic Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24 (-LS, -MS, -IS, -HSWP or -LSM Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Series MIZ-12 (-LS or LSM Series
Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Electronic Sync Strobe Minihorn. Series MIZ-24-(SL, SLM, SHW) with SCM-24 sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Motor Bell Strobe. Series MBS-G6 or -G10-24 (-LS, -MS, -IS, -HSWP or -LSM Series Strobes for 20-31 V dc. Series MBS-G6 or -G10 -12
(-LS or -LSM Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
Electronic Horn and Sync Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4-(SL, SLM or SHPW) with SCM-24 sync module for 20 to 31 V dc.
Electronic Horn and Strobe. Multitone Series MT/MT4 -24- (LS, LSM, MS, IS or HSWP Series Strobes) for 20-31 V dc. Multitone Series
MT/MT4-12- (LS or LSM Series Strobes) for 10.5-15.6 V dc.
RS Series Strobe. RS-1215 and RSP-1215 (15 cd intensity). RS-121575 and RSP-121575 (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the
strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). RS-1230 and RSP-1230 (30 cd intensity) for 10.5-15 V dc.
RS-2415 and RSP-2415 (15 cd intensity). RS-241575 and RSP-241575 (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds
75 cd only near axis). RS-2430 and RSP-2430 (30 cd intensity). RS-2475 and RSP-2475 (75 cd intensity). RS-24110 and RSP-24110 (110
cd intensity) for wall and ceiling mount. All models for 20 to 31 V dc. Wall mount only. RS-2415W-FX and RSP-2415W-FX, 24 V, 15 cd
intensity. RS-241575W-FX and RSP-241575W-FX (15/75 cd intensity where the light output of the strobe exceeds 75 cd only near axis). The
models are for non-sync application only. Voltage ranges from 20 to 31 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray,
X=special).
Strobes (RSS and RSSP Series). Wall mount 12 V models: RSS-1215W-FX and RSSP-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), RSS-121575W-FX and
RSSP-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis) with SM-12/24 sync module, or
DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. Wall mount 24 V models: RSS-2415W-FX and RSSP-2415W-FX (15 cd intensity),
RSS-241575W-FX and RSSP-241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), RSS2430W-FX and RSSP-2430W-FX (30 cd intensity), RSS-2475W-FX and RSSP-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and RSS-24110W-FX and
RSSP-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc. Ceiling mount 24 V models:
RSS-2415C(R)-FX (15 cd intensity), RSSP-2430C(R)-FX and RSSP-2430C-FX (30 cd intensity), RSS-2475C(R)-FX and RSSP-2475C-FX
(75 cd intensity), and RSS-24100C(R)-FX and RSSP-24100C-FX (100 cd intensity) with SM-24 sync module, or DSM-24 dual sync module
for 16 to 33 V dc. ‘‘R’’ - round grille RSS ceiling strobes. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).
RSSWP-2475W-FX weatherproof (Rated NEMA 3R) strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire strobe appliance that provides a continuous strobe
signal when connected directly to a control panel, or provides a synchronized strobe signal when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM sync
module. The strobe has a 75 cd intensity. The unit operates over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc/Vrms and is designed to be mounted
on a standard 4 in. or 2 in. single gang electrical box. For outdoor application the RSSWP-2475W must be wall mounted to the weatherproof
(NEMA-3R rating) back box (WPSBB). X represents product color (R = red, W = white, S = silver/gray, X = special).
14-42
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Audible Horn. Models AH-12-X for 10.5 to 15.6 V dc and AH-24-X for 20.0 to 31.0 V dc where X represents product color. The AH-12WP-X
and AH-24WP-X models are suitable for outdoor use when mounted on WBB back box (rated NEMA Type 3R). All units produce a steady
tone with low, medium or high setting and may be used with synchronization module Model SM(X)-12/24 or DSM(X)-12/24 to produce
‘‘Code-3’’ temporal signal. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount.
Audible Strobe Signals (NS and NS4 Series). Wall mount options only. Series NS are 2-wire and series NS4 are 4-wire. 12 V models:
NS(4)-1215W-FX (15 cd intensity), NS(4)-121575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis),
with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 8 to 17.5 V dc. 24 V models: NS(4)-2415W-FX (15 cd intensity), NS(4)241575W-FX (15/75) cd intensity; where the light intensity exceeds 75 cd only near horizontal axis), and NS(4)-2430W-FX (30 cd intensity),
NS(4)-2475W-FX (75 cd intensity), and NS(4)-24110W-FX (110 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module
for 16 to 33 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special).
Audible Horn. Model NH-12/24-X for 10.5 V dc to 31 V dc. Appliances can be field set to provide either High or Low dBA sound output and
may be used with synchronization module Model SM(X)-12/24 or DSM(X)-12/24 to produce temporal signal. X in the end represents product
color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.
RSS-24MCW and RSSP-24MCW multi-candela strobes, wall mounted. These provide four selectable light output intensities in one unit:
15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, and 110 cd. Units operate over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc. Both the RSS-24MCW and RSSP-24MCW
multi-candela strobes are designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box.
AS-24MCW multi-candela audible strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire horn-strobe appliance that provides four selectable light output intensities
(15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, and 110 cd). Functions with a continuous or code 3 horn tone and continuous strobe when connected directly to a control
panel, or provide a synchronized code 3 horn tone and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM sync module. The
unit operates over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc and is designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box.
ASWP-2475W weatherproof (Rated NEMA 3R) audible strobe is a wall mounted 2-wire horn-strobe appliance that provides a selectable
continuous or code 3 horn tone and continuous strobe when connected directly to a control panel, or provides a synchronized code 3 horn
tone and synchronized strobe when used in conjunction with a SM or DSM sync module. The strobe has a 75 cd intensity. The unit operates
over a voltage range of 16.0 to 33.0 V dc and is designed to be mounted on a standard 4 in or 2 in single gang electrical box. For outdoor
application the ASWP must be wall mounted to the weatherproof (NEMA-3 rating) backbox (WPBB).
MIZ-TC12 and MIZ-TC24 mini horns. Selectable continuous or temporal tones. The 12 V model, MIZ-TC12 has voltage range from 8 to
17 V dc, the 24 V model, MIZ-TC24 has voltage range from 16 to 33 V dc. Suffix X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray,
X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indoor use only.
Models AMT-241575W and AMT-2475W signal/strobe combinations. Wall mount models only. Model AMT-241575W has a 15 cd strobe and
meets 75 cd on axis. AMT-2475W has a 75 cd strobe. Voltage range from 16 to 33 V dc/Vrms. A Suffix (-NYC) indicates a signal portion being
preset for New York City Applications. Indoor use only.
High Intensity Strobes (RSS Series). 24 V models only: wall mount RSS-24185W (185 cd intensity), and ceiling mount RSS-24150C(R)
(150 cd intensity) and RSS-24177C(R) (177 cd intensity) with SM-12/24 sync module, or DSM-12/24 dual sync module for 16 to 33 V dc.
‘‘R’’ –- round grille strobes. Indoor use only.
Portman MIZ-TC12X and MIZ-TC24X mini horns. Letter ‘‘P’’ on the rating label designates that unit being manufactured at Portman Ltd.
Selectable continuous temporal tones. The 12 V model, MIZ-TC12X has voltage range from 8 to 17 V dc, the 24 V model, MIZ-TC24X has
voltage range from 16 to 33 V dc. X represents product color (R=red, W=white, S=silver/gray, X=special). Flush or surface mount. For indoor
use only.
Auxiliary Power Supplies, Battery Chargers and Notification Appliance
Circuit Boosters for Fire Protective Signaling Systems
These devices are intended to extend a conventional fire alarm panel’s signaling capacity. Devices listed in this
category interface the booster power supply through dry contact interface to the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP).
Devices that can only communicate via signal line circuit are listed with the Approved controls.
Altronix Corp, 140 58th St, Brooklyn NY 11220
Models AL400ULX(R), AL600ULX(R), and AL1024ULX(R) auxiliary power supplies/battery charges. The AL400ULX(R) has a selectable
12 V dc or 24 V dc power limited output rated at 4 amps when 12 V dc output is selected and at 3 amps when 24 V dc output is selected.
Maximum battery charge current is 0.7 amps. The AL600ULX(R) has a selectable 12 V dc or 24 V dc non-power limited output rated at
6 amps. Maximum battery charge current at 0.7 amps. The AL1024ULX has a 24 V dc non-power limited output rated at 10 amps during an
alarm and at 8 amps at standby. Maximum battery charge current 0.7 amps. Each power supply accommodates two 12 AH batteries within
the enclosure. Maximum size of the batteries is 40 AH for AL400ULX(R) and AL600ULX(R) units, and 65 AH for AL1024ULX(R). Suffix ‘‘R’’
depicts red color of the power supply cabinet. Each power supply has two form C trouble relays rated 2 amps at 120 V ac/28 V dc.
Models AL602-UL-ADA, AL642UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, AL842UL-ADA, AL1002UL-ADA, and AL1042UL-ADA notification appliance
boosters/battery chargers with two input circuits rated 9-30 V dc (5.0 mA minimum per input) connecting to an FM Approved fire alarm control
to extend the control’s signaling capacity: to 6.5 A with one separate 1.0A auxiliary output for AL602-UL-ADA; to 6.5 A with two separate 1 A
auxiliary outputs for AL642UL-ADA; to 8A with one separate 1.0A auxiliary output for AL802UL-ADA; to 8 A with two separate 1A auxiliary
outputs for AL842UL-ADA; to 10A with one separate 1A auxiliary output for AL1002UL-ADA, and to 10A with two separate 1A auxiliary outputs
for AL1042UL-ADA. Each booster power supply requires 120 V ac primary power with a 24 V dc secondary power provided by two 12 V
batteries with up to 12 AH capacity (for the models AL602-UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, and AL1002UL-ADA), and two 12V batteries with up to
36 AH capacity (for the models AL642UL-ADA, AL842UL-ADA, and AL1042UL-ADA), charged by a 0.7 A maximum internal current. The
AL602-UL-ADA, AL802UL-ADA, and AL1002UL-ADA each have either a combination of four Class B, Style Y notification appliance circuits
(NAC) which may be wired for two (Class A), Style Z circuits, or two (Class B) Style Y circuits and one (Class A) Style Z circuit. Similarly the
models AL642UL-ADA and AL842UL-ADA each have four (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits (NAC) which may be wired for four
(Class A) Style Z circuits, or two (Class B) Style Y circuits in addition to two (Class A) Style Z circuits. Each power supply has two form C
trouble relays rated 2 amps at 250 V ac/28 V dc.
Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243
BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models 10,
10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be usedtoextend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with
120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah capacity, charged by a 1.0 A
maximum internal circuit. Each booster power supply has four (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. Each circuit is rated 3 A with
total output limited to 6.5 A or 10 A based on model. The four output circuits may be configured for two (Class A), Style Z wiring performance.
Two output circuits may be configured as 24 V dc auxiliary outputs. Each of the two input circuits (SENSE inputs); with an input range of
10 V dc, (3 mA dc minimum), to 45 V dc, (12 mA dc minimum) or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr; connect with an Approved fire alarm control to drive
the output circuits. The booster power supplies have a form C trouble relay rated 8A at 24 V dc.
MIRBPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models
10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with
120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-43
capable of charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing
6 mA @ 24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies.
Each of the four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be
utilized in place of two NACs.
EBPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models 10,
10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with
120V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24Vdc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capable
of charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10Vdc to 45Vdc or 14V fwr to 32V fwr capable of sourcing 6mA @ 24Vdc,
3mA @12Vdc or 12 mA at 45Vdc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each of the four output
circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized in place of two NACs.
See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING
Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004
XLS-BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models
10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with
120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capable
of charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14 V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing 6 mA @
24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each of
the four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized in
place of two NACs.
Notifier, A Pittway Co, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
FCPS-24 and FCPS-24E booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 4 A. Model FCPS-24 is compatible
with 120V ac power, and model FCPS-24E is compatible with 240V ac power with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of to
7 Ah capacity, charged by a 250 mA maximum internal current. Each booster power supply has four Style Y notification appliance circuits,
two of which can be wired for Stule Z applications. Each circuit is rated 3 A with total output limited to 4 A. All output circuits may be configured
as 24 V dc auxiliary outputs. Each of the two input circuits with an input range of 9 V dc, (1.0 mA dc minimum), to 32 V dc, (2 mA dc minimum)
connects with an Approved fire alarm control to drive the output circuits. The booster power supplies have a form C trouble relay rated 5A
at 24 V dc.
Models FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 booster power supplies with two input circuits rated 9 V dc (1.0 mA minimum per input) to 32 V
dc (2 mA minimum per input) connecting to an FM Approved fire alarm control to extend the control’s signaling capacity to 6 A (FCPS-24FS6)
and 8 A (FCPS-24FS8). Both booster power supply models require 120 V ac primary power with a 24 V dc secondary power provided by two
12 V batteries up to 18 Ah capacity, charged by a 1.5 A maximum internal current. The FCPS-24FS6 and FCPS-24FS8 each have four Class
B, Style Y notification appliance circuits (NAC) which may be wired for Class A, Style Z performance using optional ZNAC-4 Class A converter
module. Each NAC circuit is rated 3 A, although the total system output for the FCPS-24FS6 is 4 A continuous/6 A short term (less than one
hour), and for the FCPS-24FS8 is 6 A continuous/8 A short term (less than one hour). All the output circuits may be configured as 24 V dc
auxiliary outputs. Each booster power supply has a form C trouble relay rated 5 amps at 24 V dc or 5 amps at 30 V ac.
Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated
12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation.
AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT
The function of a release system is to cause, mechanically or electrically, a desired operation to be performed in
case of fire. The releases listed are actuated automatically by FM Approved fire detection devices. If electrically
operated for extinguishing system release, provision for at least 24 hours of standby power is required and means
for manual operation should also be provided.
Approved releases are also used to operate fire protection equipment such as fire doors, ventilation and blower
systems, hatches, dip tank covers and drain valves, motor stops, dampers and valves controlling hazardous liquids
See Chapter 1 for AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.
ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486
Unimode 4-16 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,
CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 provides
two indicating circuits, one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective
signaling. Requires TC-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmable for either
cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
Unimode II. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,
-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4
or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits, one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal
tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable
of operating throughout the entire voltage range. Unimode II requires TCM-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmware
revision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide
24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of ADTCPU-300 or ADT-CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/
releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm.
Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
Alison Control Inc, 35 Daniel Rd, Fairfield NJ 07004
Fire Detection Extinguishing System Control. Series A888, A971. Consists of detection-input and actuation-output panels. Provides for
actuation of Approved extinguishing systems by use of normally de-energized solenoids rated 24 V dc, 833 mA max. Detection panel A888-D
is suitable for use with Approved 24 V dc smoke detectors that are powered via the detection circuit and draw less than 100 mA supervisory
and 200 mA alarm current per circuit. Detection panels A888-A, -C are Approved for use with Alison 9090 Series (9090-12, -13, -18, -19, -20,
14-44
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
-21, -100, -104, -108) heat sensors. Detection panel P/N A888-E is suitable for use with Approved normally open contact devices having less
than 80 mA supervisory current per circuit. The Series A971 control is identical to the A888 control. The suffix designations for the A971 Series
detection panels are the same as for the A888 detection panels. Standby power (20 AH for 24 hours) included.
Model A888-MXXX Detection System. For extinguishing equipment release applications. (Each X is a numeral; the -M400, for example,
identifies only one of many possible system configurations.) An ‘‘H’’ suffix is used to differentiate between plug-in boards having the
HI-GJ2K-4730-109L relays and those which do not. System configurations for extinguishing equipment release may contain the following
plug-in circuit boards and modules: P/N 108800 reporting switchboard used to monitor the status of remote normally open or normally closed
detectors and initiating switches, thermostats, or 24 V dc smoke detectors; P/N 108800-2 reporting switchboard for use with 24 V dc smoke
detectors with high standby currents (3.0 mA); P/N 108801 solenoid control board used with 24 V dc solenoid valves; P/N 108802 timer board
with programmable time delay; P/N 108803 UV detection board; P/N 108804 thermal detector board for use with the Alison 9090 Series
(9090-12, -13, -18, -19, -20, -21, -104, -108) thermistor cables; P/N 108805 logic-satisfied board used to indicate an alarm response when
at least one actuation on each of the input circuits has occurred; P/N 108806 internal relay board provides two Form C relay contacts and
may be used to provide output contacts for an alarm or trouble indication or to perform internal logic functions; P/N 108807 external relay
board performs alarm and trouble functions via input circuits originating from other circuit boards within the system; P/N 108809 alarm board
controls internal audible alarm and trouble signals; P/N 108810 audible alarm control board supervises external audible indicating circuits; P/N
108811 rate-of-rise board, used with P/N 108804 thermal detection board to initiate an alarm response when the temperature increase of a
9090 Series thermistor cable exceeds a preset rate; sensor cable terminators 9090E-50M1, 9090K-50M1, 9090E-51A, 9090K-51A and
9090H-51A; junction boxes 2003K-SSM1, 2003E-SSM1, 2002K-SSM1 and 2002E-SSM1; P/N 108812 T-to-I board optional plug-in used with
the P/N 108804 thermal detection board to provide an output current or voltage proportional to the temperature of a 9090 Series thermistor
cable; P/N 108813 battery charger module; P/N 108816 hot spot board, optional plug-in used to identify the location of a heated section along
a 9090 Series thermistor cable; P/N 108817 smoke detector board for use with 24 V dc smoke detectors; P/N 108818 terminator diode board
used to provide Class A (four-wire) detection circuits; P/N 108819 latching indicator board. The A888-MXXX may also include the Signature
System printed circuit cards (P/N 108409, 108417-1 to -7, 108426) which are also used with the Alison Control FPE Series modular control.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) The FPE Series modular controls use the A888-MXXX control output functions and the
Signature System’s active multiplex initiating device input circuits. Primary power is 120 V ac or 90-140 V dc. Standby batteries are contained
in P/N 883184, 883209, 883214 or 883157 battery packs with respective battery capacities of 24 AH, 48 AH, 72 AH and 96 AH. Up to 192
AH of battery capacity is possible with two P/N 883157 packs in parallel for 24 hours of emergency operation. Operating temperature ranges
from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The A888-MXXX system and FPE modular control may also include the following: P/N 108270-NN dual
zone 9090, 108271-NN detector/extinguisher, 108272-N dual zone Class A, 108454 Class A annunciator cards; 108244-NN diode/auxiliary
audible, 108269-1 internal audible alarm control, 108388-N internal fire/trouble audible, 108223-1 master indicator, 108400-1 resistor assembly boards, 108253 groundfault, 108403-2 timer modules, 790010, 120 V ac/24 V dc, 12 A power supply, RM302024 740010 alarm/status
relays, 446033 bell, 446034 horn modification (diodes added). P/N 108271-NN detector/extinguisher cards used with the following dc solenoid
valves: Skinner Model LV2LBX25, ASCO Model WPX 8223A3E and Autocall P/N 32097.
Allestec Corp, 810 Russell Palmer Rd, Kingwood TX 77339
Allestec 800 Fire Alarm Control. System operates from 24 V dc. It is for use only in applications where two reliable and independent means
of 24 V dc power are available (oil refineries, power plants, hangars, etc.). The min required system configuration for automatic release
includes Model 800-1440 input module, Model 800-1441 manual pull module, Model 800-1442 alarm module, Model 800-1443 release
module and Model 800-1444 fault module. Optional Models 800-1436, -1437 abort modules. Initiating device and indicating appliance circuits
provide from 20 to 28 V dc; therefore, all Approved compatible devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range.
Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143
Automan and Automan IIC Releasing Devices. When electrically or mechanically actuated, a nitrogen or carbon dioxide cartridge is
punctured. Pressure from the cartridge is used to operate Ansul fire extinguishing systems. Electrical actuation would be from a FM Approved
control.
Proper operation of the Automan IIC can be expected between the temperature limits of -20° and 130°F (-29° and 54°C). The temperature
limits for the Automan are 32° and 130°F (0° and 54°C).
CV-90 and CV-98 Electrical Actuators used in conjunction with the current limiter module P/N 427737 is Approved when used with the
control panels listed below.
Fire Alarm Control. Autopulse IQ-301 Analog Fire Panel (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control uses
firmware revision level 2. Contains signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to
12 AH) provide 24 hours standby power.
AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System. Programmable fire alarm panel (P/N 415412) using software No. APFour V2A0E XXXX. 24 V dc
panel operable on two primary voltage ratings 120 V ac or 240 V ac. Also available for releasing applications are P/N 76494 Abort Switch
(surface mount); P/N 76495 Abort Switch (flush mount); P/N 76496 Key Operated Selector Switch (surface mount); P/N 76497 Key Operated
Selector Switch (flush mount); P/N 76498 Key Operated Maintenance Switch (surface mount); P/N 76499 Key Operated Maintenance Switch
(flush mount). (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Autopulse 442R with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes LED Interface Module (4XLMF); Zone Relay Module (4XZMF);
Remote Annunciator (RZA-4XF). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.
Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition, one regulated and one
unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to
exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure battery packs
(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hours standby operation.
AUTOPULSE IQ-396X Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-400 module and
MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc
2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)
provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Series Autopulse Z-10 control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 430525 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating
device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A Adapter
Module. The initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional type smoke and/or
heat detectors and normally open contact closure devices. The Autopulse Z-10 is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector,
TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke
detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and
430702. Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil
supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids.
The Autopulse Z-10 is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rated 3 A
@ 30 V dc. The Autopulse Z-10 may be used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, or 430529 Auxiliary Relay
Module. Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Autopulse Z-10 charging capability for a
standby battery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power. (See Control Panel Description under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Series Autopulse Z-28 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 using programmed Notification
Appliance Circuits N3 or N4 on the Autopulse Z-28 SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. SLCNet signaling
line circuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dc
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-45
solenoid valves or actuation devices. Optional TEPG-US Model 430657 or 431193 Suppression Release Peripheral connects to the SLCNet
circuit and to a notification appliance circuit from either the Autopulse Z-28 fire alarm control panel, or from the Autopulse Z-28 EXT Notification
Appliance Circuit Extender. This peripheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing
appliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible
24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids. 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours of
emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must
be used. (See Control Panel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Argus Fire Control, 2301 Distribution St, Charlotte NC 28203
Argus IV Fire Alarm Control with Model 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors. Up to 4 zones with provision for cross-zone detector
operation. Separate Argus battery and charger unit provides for 24-hour standby power and supervision of ac power. Battery charger is Globe
Model GRC24200, 24 V, 1.4 A for use with Globe Gel/Cel batteries up to 20 AH capacity. Control has supervised 24 V dc audible signaling
and solenoid (0.5 A) extinguishing system release circuits. Models 242 and 243 detector is for use with materials such as coal, cotton or wood
moved on conveyor belts or airborne in pneumatic ducts. Detectors respond to infrared radiation of wave lengths between 0.75 and 1.25
microns. For detection of 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) dia. embers, two detectors provide coverage for round ducts up to 12 in. (305 mm) in dia., three
detectors for round or rectangular ducts having 12 to 24 in. (305 to 610 mm) dia. or diagonal dimension. For detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia.
embers, four to six detectors provide coverage for ducts from 24 to 48 in. (610 to 1219 mm); for detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, two
detectors mounted 30 in. (762 mm) above a conveyor belt, and mounted a max of 18 in. (457 mm) apart, provide coverage for conveyor belts
up to 36 in. (914 mm) in width.
Models DDZ-2 and XTRA control panels for use with Model 242 or 243 spark/ember detector, Hochiki SIH-24F, SLK-24F smoke detectors
and Kidde-Fenwal Series 27000 heat detectors. An end of line (EOL) module (ARGD00015) is required on each initiating zone to provide
proper supervision. Model DDZ-2 provides two zones; each provides a supervised 24 V dc (2 A) extinguishing system release, auxiliary relay,
alarm indicating and trouble outputs. It is available in either 120 V ac (ARGZ00001) or 240 V ac (ARGZ00004). Model XTRA panels can be
configured for up to 20 zones (ARGPX00001 through 20); min configuration requires a power supply card (ARGPX0021), alarm/monitor card
(ARGPX0022) and one or more zone card (ARGPX0023 or ARGPX0024). ARGPX0023 zone cards are provided with a 0 to 20 sec time delay
for the release, the ARGPX0024 has no time delay. A 24 V dc auxiliary relay (ARGP00047) for machinery shut down is provided for each zone
of the XTRA. Release circuits are rated 2 A at 24 V dc and for use with extinguishing system releases that disconnect from the circuit after
actuation. Required 24 hour standby provided by two 12 V series connected batteries up to 20AH. ARGPX0052 enclosure is required for
standby batteries.
Argus Odyssey Addressable Fire Alarm Control with Model 343 spark and ember detector or 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors with
add on addressing module (programmable integrated circuit PIC) ARG-ODP1. Provision to power and supervise one (or two, for zones one
and six only) 24 V (fused 2 A) solenoid release per zone for extinguishing system actuation. Up to 75-zones of detectors operation with
provision for up to 16 addressable detectors each. Separate Odyssey monitor module cabinet provides for standby power and supervision
of ac power which can be equipped with two power supplies can recharge Gel/Cell batteries up to 155 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power.
Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7483, Trondheim Norway
AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System alternate configuration BS-320/PB200 based system differs from the primary configuration by using:
software designated 1.15.0; a P/N 4550-010.5900 uninterruptible power supply provides 16 A dc at 27 V dc from 120 V ac primary power
provided by a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA70 articles 700, 701 and 702. The BNB-300/01
module provides the electronic circuitry for the manual call points. The network interface BSD-320 allows connection of initiating devices to
the AutroSafe through Autronica’s AUTROFIELDLON Circuit. The BSD-320 connects to Micropack FDS-101 Flame detector through Micropack iHUB48516 Hub and Kidde-Fenwal HSSD smoke detector via an RS-485 interface. The BN-221-02 Interface unit provides 6 A dc at
27 V dc to drive notification appliances. The EAU-330/2 board Ethernet board provides the unit the capability to interface with computer set
up as a remote panel for the purpose of indication and control. The EAU-330/2 Ethernet board, within the fire alarm control panel, must
connect to the supplemental computer control interface located with the same room via a cable no longer than 20 ft (6 m) installed in conduit.
The computer equipment that is required for the supplemental computer control interface is not included in this Approval. See also Local
Protective Signaling listing.
Buckeye Fire Equipment Co, 110 Kings Road, King Mountain NC 28086
Shield-SZ DipSwitch Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware; P/Ns SZ-120-2R (110 V ac) and SZ-240-2R
(240 V ac). The system may include SZ120-0c (110 V ac) or SZ250-0c (208 or 240 V ac) enclosures with transformer, SZ200-07 or SZ200-17
(7 or 17 AH) battery assemblies, SZ101 controller, SZ400 Class A Input Module, and SZ440 Relay module. In the Suppression mode, the
SZ101 Controller Card provides two initiating device circuits (capable of cross-zone, sequential alarm or single detector release) for fire
detection, one manual release circuit, and one abort circuit, all of which are Class B Style A. In addition, the controller provides thee notification
circuits (all Class B, Style Y); one alarm relay (non-programmable); one trouble relay (non-programmable), and one releasing circuit for
activation of up to six HA500-M Agent Release Modules. Initiating device circuits can be converted to Class A Style D with optional Class A
input module SZ400. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. (For sprinkler system operation, see
description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443
Micro 1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including a zone relay module. Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual
release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. In addition, one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one
alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip
switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24
hour standby operation.
Mechanical Control Release. Models 80-100, -130, -400, -600, -610, -620, -630, -640 and -1000; max load 50 lb (23 kg). Model 59-100-1,
min load 50 lb (23 kg), max load 300 lb (136 kg). A mechanical control release system consists of one or more heat-responsive rate-of-rise
thermostats connected to a release by air tubing in which there is a vent to compensate for normal temperature variations. The release is
usually operated by an air filled metal bulb which acts as a heat detector. An abnormal rate-of-rise of temperature, as from fire, causes the
air in the bulb to expand, creating pressure which is transmitted through a small copper tube and acts on a diaphragm in such a way that a
system of levers unlocks an arm that supports a weight. The dropping of the weight then operates the protective equipment. The release may
be equipped with a manual trip. It may also be operated by a remote-control station.
Derby Electric Release. Open or closed circuit. An electric tripping mechanism used for releasing a suspended weight when a supervisory
circuit is energized. The release is operated by manual break-glass boxes, or by fixed-temperature or rate-of-rise thermostats. An energized
electromagnet moves its armature to release a lever system and free the weight-supporting arm. The release may be used in series with other
devices on 240 V or less, ac or dc. Max load on weight hook 50 lb (23 kg). Wiring circuit should be according to manufacturer’s directions.
Where the release is installed on a closed circuit, the supervisory current should not exceed 50 mA.
Class ‘‘B’’ Fire System Control. Models 1-010-0521, -0545. Used with Approved two-wire smoke detectors, heat detectors and solenoid type
releasing devices. Control consists of power module, zone modules (2), timer module, audible signal module and a battery charger module.
Provision for two Approved solenoid valves rated 24 V dc, 625 mA each. 24 hour standby from 4.5 AH batteries; 72 hour standby from 9.0 AH
batteries. Model 1-010-0521 provides cross-zone operation. Model 1-010-0545 provides single-zone operation.
14-46
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Micro 1-EV Extinguishing System Release. Micro 1-EV consisting of enclosure 7-010-0447 or 7-010-0448, CPU 7-010-0450 or 7-010-0557,
120 V ac power supply 7-010-0449 or an optional 220 V ac power supply 7-010-0502. An optional Class ‘‘A’’ board module may be used. The
fire alarm control may be using 7-010-0450 [Version 3.91, checksum 8101 software] for actuation of high pressure carbon dioxide or Halon
1301 extinguishing systems and 7-010-0557 [Version 4.41, checksum 1DC5 software] for actuation of low pressure carbon dioxide systems.
Both panels use programmable logic array (PLA) Version 1.1. Fire alarm functions are input through a keypad programmable microprocessor
only. Provides two detection zones capable of single, cross-zone, sequential verification and cross-zone sequential verification modes; two
24 V dc auxiliary input zones, two 24 V dc notification appliance circuits, three 24 V dc solenoid releasing circuits, each capable of providing
up to 400 mA to actuate FM Approved compatible extinguishing systems; manual release and abort circuits. A 0 to 60 seconds discharge time
delay can be programmed. Two 6.5 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire Alarm Control. Micro-200I Analog Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Contains
a signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 24 hours standby
power.
Micro-300I or Micro-400I Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400
module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated
at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up
to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
MicroLT Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in two primary
voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/Ns 70100977 and 70100979) or 240 V ac (P/Ns 70100978 and 70100980. Basic MicroLT provides for two initiating
device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit, all
circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. MicroLT also provides
for two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each. Standby batteries are available in 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 70100981)
to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438
Eagle Quantum System. Programmable flame detection release and signaling control. The EQ2100LCU Local Control Unit incorporates
the EQ2100LC Logic Controller, EQ2100CG Communication Gateway and EQ2100IM Isolation Module and is suitable for Class I, Division
2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations in temperatures of 0° to +60°C. When the LCU and field device electronics are mounted in a
Killark EXB-122412 enclosure the rating is Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G and Class III. An
optional Q4004 Mounting Rack is available for multi-controller field wiring applications with up to four Logic Controllers, four Communication
Gateways and one Isolation Module. The operating temperature range is 0° to +60°C. The EQ2100LC firmware is 006128-003 (Revision G)
and the EQ2100CG firmware is 006128-002 (Revision D). The EQ2100CG provides, as optional equipment, dual electrically isolated serial
links for communication with an Operator Interface Station (OIS). EQ2110PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36F-10-24V-ABD1), EQ2130PS
Power Supply (LaMarche A36F-30-24V-ABD1), and EQ2175PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36F-75-24V-ABD1) provide the system with 24
V dc power derived from 120/240 V ac, 60/50 Hz input power in temperatures of 0° to +50°C. Where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a
secondary (standby) supply having at least a 24 hour capacity exists (refineries, power plants, gas processing distribution networks, etc.), the
power supply is not provided. EQ2100LCUPS provides 24 or 90 hour standby battery supervision using batteries ranging from 40 AH to 80
AH. The EQ2110PS, EQ2130PS and EQ2175PS provides 24 or 90 hour standby battery supervision via the EQ2100PSM Power Supply
Module using batteries ranging from 100 AH to 750 AH. EQ2100LIOU Local Input/Output Unit incorporates a max of six FENWALNET 2000
release modules (74-200001-001), relay modules (74-200004-001) and/or signal modules (74-200003-001) with output circuits that will
actuate 24 V dc devices including solenoids, horns, etc. at temperatures of 0° to +50°C. The EQ2100PSM Power Supply Module, EQ2200IDC
Initiating Device Circuit, EQ2200IDCGF Initiating Device Circuit Ground Fault, EQ2500ARM Agent Release Module, EQ2500SAM Signal
Audible Module, EQ2200UVIR Flame Detector and EQ2200UV Ultraviolet Flame Detector communicate with the EQ2100LCU via the local
operating network (LON). The EQ2200IDC and EQ2200IDCGF firmware is 006662-008 (Revision C), EQ2500ARM firmware is 006662-010
(Revision B), EQ2500SAM firmware is 006662- 011 (Revision B), EQ2200UVIR firmware is 006662-012 (Revision B), EQ2200UV and
EQ2200 UV HT firmware is 006662-009 (Revision B), EQ2100PSM firmware is 006662-013 (Revision B) EQ24xxRSU firmware is 102985001 (Revision C) and EQ2400NE firmware is 102985-001 (Revision C). EQ2200IDC provides two super-vised digital inputs for contact closure
type devices for fire alarm signaling and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class
III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use
(NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2200IDCGF provides one ground fault monitor and one supervised digital input for
contact closure type devices for fire alarm signaling and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups
E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and
indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2500ARM provides one supervised solenoid actuation output for
agent release and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division
2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in
temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ2500SAM provides two supervised notification appliance circuit outputs for actuating horns, strobes, etc.
and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups
A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of
-40° to +75°C. The EQ2200UV flame detector is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F and
G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous locations and indoor/outdoor
use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures from -40° to +75°C. The EQ2200UVHT/C7050B continuous duty high temperature UV Flame Electronics Module/Detector is for use in high temperature applications. The EQ2200UVHT is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and
D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous
(classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40°C to +75°C. The Model C7050B is suitable for Class
I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II and III Division 1, Groups E, F and G (T4) hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use
(NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40°C to +125°C. The EQ2200UVIR is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II,
Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous
locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures from -40° to +75°C. EQ2400NE Network Extender provides system
capability for a max of 250 nodes on the local operating network (LON) and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D, Class II,
Division 1, Groups E, F and G, Class III and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous
locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -40° to +75°C. EQ24xxRSU Reflection Suppression Unit acts as a signal
repeater on network segments and is suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, and D, Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G, Class III
and Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D; Class II and III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor
use (NEMA Type 4X) in temperatures of -10 to 75°C. The EQ22EMIDC, EQ22EMIDCGF, EQ22EM UV HT, EQ25EMARM, EQ25EMSAM,
EQ24EMNE are suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D hazardous locations and are housed in a suitable NRTL
labeled NEMA rated enclosure. (For description of EQ2200DCU and EQ2200DCUEX Digital Communication Units see COMBUSTIBLE GAS
DETECTORS, FIXED.)
FDRS Programmable System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS.)
Eagle Quantum Premier System. Programmable flame detection release and signaling control. Consists of EQ300X Series Controller (Main
Applic. Firmware 007376-001 Rev. A) with signaling line circuit, Class A (Style 7), {referred to as local operating network (LON)} for up to 60
devices; Approved versions: EQ300 0 (5) N (D, P) N (C) N A (W); operates on 18 to 30 V dc; operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40°
to 85°C). Signaling line circuit uses following addressable devices: X3301xxx14xx Multispectrum IR Flame Detector LON Output version
(Firmware 007278-001 Rev. C) (see separate listing of X3301 under Fire Detection, Flame-Actuated for acceptable options), operates on 18
to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ3700 N (D, P) A (W) Direct Current Input/Output (DCIO) Module
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-47
(Firmware 007377-001 Rev. B), operates on 18 to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C); EQ22xxIDC Initiating Device
Circuit, operates on nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ22xxIDCGF Initiating Device Circuit Ground
Fault, operates on nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ25xxARM Agent Release Module, operates
on nominal 24 V dc, operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ25xxSAM Signal Audible Module, operates on nominal 24 V dc,
operating temperature of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C); EQ24xxNE Network Extender operates on 18 to 30 V dc, operating temperature of -40°
to 167°F (-40° to 75°C);. EQ3700 DCIO provides 8 input/output circuits that can be configured for Class B (Style B, or C) initiating device
circuits, Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits, or releasing operation. Approved versions of EQ25 a b NE, EQ25 a b ARM c, EQ25
a b SAM c, EQ22 a b IDC, EQ22 a b IDCGF signaling line circuit devices have following identifiers: a: 0, 1, 5, 6; b: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9; c: blank, S. System operates on EQ2110PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36D-10-24V-ABD1), EQ2130PS Power Supply (LaMarche
A36D-30-24V-ABD1), EQ2175PS Power Supply (LaMarche A36D-75-24V-ABD1) provide the system with 24 V dc power derived from
120/240 V ac, 60/50 Hz input power. The EQ2110PS, EQ2130PS and EQ2175PS provide 24 or 90 hour standby battery using batteries of
maximum capacities of 100, 300, and 750 AH, respectively, with supervision via the EQ2100PSM Power Supply Module. The EQ3800 Power
Distribution Module (PDM), Approved versions: EQ3800 N A (W), provides 24 V dc power when supplied by two independent nominal 24 V
dc power sources. PDM rated input and output voltage range is 18 to 30 V dc; operating temperature of -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C). The
EQ300X and EQ3700 are suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T4 Ta = 85°C; Class I, Zone 2 IIC; T4 Ta = 85°C
hazardous (classified) indoor locations. The EQ3800 is suitable for installation in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T3A Ta = 85°C;
Class I, Zone 2 IIC; T3 Ta = 85°C hazardous (classified) indoor locations. The EQ300X, EQ3700, and EQ3800 can be installed within the
EQ3900E and EQ3900N enclosures. The EQ3900E enclosures have been evaluated for suitability for Class I, Div. 1 locations and the
EQ3900N enclosures have been evaluated for suitability for Class I, Div. 2 locations. For further EQ3900E (N) details see the Eagle Quantum
Premier listing under COMBUSTIBLE GAS DETECTORS, Fixed. The EQ22xxIDC, EQ22xxIDCGF, EQ25xxARM, EQ25xxSAM, and
EQ24xxNE, are suitable for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups
A, B, C and D; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X) in
temperatures of -40° to 167°F (-40° to 75°C). The X3301xxx14xx is suitable for installation in Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C and D; Class
II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F and G; Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D; T3C Ta = 75°C; Class II/III, Division 2, Groups F and G; T3C
Ta = 75°C hazardous (classified) locations and indoor/outdoor use (NEMA Type 4X).
Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243
Automatic Release. EST2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via SIGA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarized end
of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model 276A-REL
or 278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in up to 24 AH
capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Automatic Release. EST3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via SIGA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarized end
of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model 276A-REL
or 278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in up to 65 AH
capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Automatic Release. MIR-2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via GSA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL
polarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
M276A-REL or M278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in
up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Automatic Release. MIR-3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via GSA-REL releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL
polarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
M276A-REL or M278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available in
up to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015
Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench Model 10-042 control panel with -1267 agent release module, auxiliary switches
(-1638 manual release, -1639 system abort, -1640 main/reserve and -1643, -1644, -1646, -1649 combination switches). 20-040 and -046
digital aborts (which display time in sec before agent discharge). Detection circuit wired in Class B (two-wire) configuration. Actuation of a
single detector causes an audible alarm device to energize; when a second detector actuates, a predischarge audible signal is produced and
after a preset time delay (0-60 sec) has elapsed, Halon discharge occurs. FM Approvals recommends that this time delay be set at zero. The
control unit is intended to actuate Fike’s FiQuench Halon 1301 extinguishing system. Up to twenty 10-1267 agent release modules may be
wired in parallel on the Class B circuit. Two 12 V, 6.5 AH batteries connected in series provide the required 24 hours of standby power. Control
panel is suitable for use at temperatures of 10° to 122°F (-12° to 50°C).
Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench IN10-014 control panel with modules -1123, -1126, -1129, -1133, -1128, -1168, -1167,
-1139, -1144; IN20-017 auxiliary contact panel; IN10-1163 agent release module. Control can be used with IN10-002 remote lamp unit;
IN20-003 switch unit; -005 remote abort switch, Approved heat and smoke detectors, alarm bells and noncode manual alarm station. Provide
for actuation of Fike’s FiQuench Halon 1301 system. Standby power (24 hours) included.
Extinguishing System Release. Model 1N10-101 multizone control panel. Consists of Model 10-1390A central control module (PC Board
Nos. 02-2397, -2398), one or more 10-1400A area control modules (PC Board Nos. 02-2396, -2403), 10-1426A relay control modules (PC
Board No. 02-2400), 10-1591 detection modules (PC Board Nos. 02-2315, -2311), 10-1267 agent release modules, 10-1555, -1556, -1562,
-1662, -1663, -1664 power supplies and initiating and indicating devices. Provides for actuation of FiQuench Halon 1301 system. Required
24 hours standby power (6.5, 20 or 28 AH battery) included.
Extinguishing System Release. Consists of FiQuench Models IN10-038, 10-039, -10-043, or -10-044 control panel and -1267 agent release
module. All controls may be used with IN10-002 remote lamp unit, IN02-003 switch unit, Approved fire detectors, alarm bells and noncoded
manual alarm stations. The control unit is intended to actuate Fike’s FiQuench halon 1301 extinguishing system. Detection circuits may be
wired in either a Class A (four-wire) or Class B (two-wire) configuration. Up to twenty FiQuench agent storage containers may be wired in
parallel in either Class A or Class B circuit configurations. Actuation of a single detector causes an audible alarm device to energize; when
a second detector actuates, a predischarge audible signal is produced. Control panel is suitable for use at temperatures of 10° to 120°F (-12°
to 49°C). The max supervisory load during standby operation is 155 mA.
INTELLA-SCAN II. Model 10-201-E1, -E2, -E4, programmable fire alarm control panel with enhanced control unit (10-2111) using Version
1.3 firmware. Provides for actuation of Fike Halon 1301 and Fike Clean Agent suppression systems including FM200 when used with agent
release module (10-1832). Provides for activation of Fike CO2 suppression systems when used with 55-007 adressable solenoid output
module. Analog communications module (10-2101) provides Class A initiating circuit for connection of up to 127 addressable initiating
devices. Addressable solenoid output module (55-007) provides a supervised 24 V dc output rated at one amp; the solenoid output activation
time should be set for no less than one min. Two 15 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING
listing for min configuration requirements and optional module designations.) Equipment suitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 122°F (0°
to 50°C) except where otherwise indicated.
Rhino Programmable Control. Includes (DCM) detection and control module P/N 10-2141 (110 V ac) or 10-2144 (220 V ac) and Fike
ARM-III (P/N 10-1832) agent release module (10 max/circuit) 24 V dc batteries rated 7-33 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency
operation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
14-48
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Model C10-006 Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D alarm signal initiating device circuit, one Style B
nonlatching supervisory signal initiating device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one
voltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency
operation (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
SHP Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using version 1.00 firmware. The SHP system is designated P/N 10-051-C-P, where C is
either R (red cabinet) or G (gray cabinet), and P is 1=120 V ac; 2=208 V ac or 240 V ac. Also available with 2-bay and 3-bay modular
enclosures. System includes 10-2175-C-P series of enclosures with transformer, the 10-2190-b 7 or 17 AH battery, and the 10-2171 controller
card with 10-2189 firmware. Provides for up to two initiating device circuits (capable of cross-zone, sequential alarm or single detector release)
for fire detection, one manual release circuit, and one abort circuit, all of which are Class B Style A. A supervisory initiating circuit can also
be programmed. Initiating device circuits can be converted to Class A Style D with optional Class A input module, P/N 10-2172. One alarm
and one trouble relay output. Optional SRM4 module, P/N 10-2176, provides four additional relay outputs. There is also one releasing circuit
which will actuate up to six ARM-III agent release modules, P/N 10-1832, and one reeasing circuit which will actuate 12 V and 24 V solenoids.
When connected to the releasing circuit, optional A.R.M. Disconnect Switch P/N 10-2296 may be used to disable all the ARM-III modules. Two
12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hr. standby power. Compatible with the following two-wire initiating devices: Hochiki detector
Models SLK-24F, -24FH, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135, -190 for use with Hochiki base Models HS-221D, HSB-220, -224, YBA-M220, -M224; System
Sensor detector Models 1151 and 2151 for use with System Sensor base Model B110RLP; System Sensor detector Models 1451, 2451,
2451TH, and 5451 for use with System Sensor base Models B401B and B401BR; System Sensor detector Models 1400, 2400, and 2400TH
for use with 0 Ohm bases.
Cheetah Addressable Control System with Software Revision Level 4.2 control panel using solenoid releasing module P/N 55-022 (Hochiki
America Corp DCP-SRM). For Approved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to the Automatic Water Control Valve listings
that follow. 24 V dc batteries rated 7-65 AH are available to provide 90 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090
Model FC-72 with FFM-2, -2A, -2B firing cards for extinguishing system release. Releasing circuits are for use with Kidde-Fenwal valve P/N
31-19411200XX and initiator P/N 31-199932-004 and control heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630 and 897494. The panel may also include
other modules (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide a regulated output of 24 V dc, 4.0 A.
Required 24 hours standby power provided by 4.5, 6.0, 12.0 or 14 AH batteries.
FC-ID Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System with Model RZST-1 or RZST-2 remote zone signaling transponder and up to 5 RZB
remote zone boards (each providing an addressable initiating circuit and a programmable set of dry contacts) or RSB remote signal boards
(each providing one releasing or indicating circuit or programmable set of dry contacts). RZST-1 must have 24 V dc power supplied externally,
RZST-2 includes internal PS-6, 24 V dc, 4 A power supply. RSM remote signaling module provides the same functions as RSB. Other
functional modules can be selected as dictated by the needs of a particular installation (see listing for the FC-ID system under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Release device circuits are rated at 1.75 A. Release devices must be capable of operation over a voltage range
of 18 to 32 V dc if powered by FC-ID control and 24 to 26.4 V dc if powered by RZST-2 transponder. Standby batteries from 6 to 31 AH are
available to provide 24 hour emergency power.
FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses FCP 7200 field configuration program, Version 5.2. Uses optional Releasing Device Unit (RDU)
and Abort Timer Switch (ATU). 24 V dc batteries rated 6 to 31 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description
under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
FCI 7200 Micro Fire Alarm Control. Uses FCP 7200 field configuration program, Version 4.1. 24 V dc batteries rated 6 to 31 AH are available
to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Extinguishing System Release. Miniscan Models MS-424, MS-424A. Provide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using
releasing devices requiring up to 1 A continuous or 2 A momentary current nominally rated at 24 V dc. Typical control configuration includes
MCB-104 master control (MS-424), DZC-2 double zone card (MS-424), CZM-1 cross zone, (MS-424), INC-9 indicator card, BCM-2 bell circuit,
PSB-24 power supply and battery charger. Battery for up to 60 hours of standby power. MS-424A utilizes the MCB-104A master control,
ANC-2B double zone card (enables either Class A or B initiating circuit operation) and cross-zone module CZM-1 or CZM-3.
Extinguishing System Release. Sensiscan 1000. Provides for actuation of a single 18-30 V dc releasing device requiring a max of 1 A
continuous or 2 A momentary current when control is equipped with cross-zone module CZM-1 or CZM-3 (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING).
MRP-4424 with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes LED Interface Module (4XLMF); Zone Relay Module (4XZMF); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4XF). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.
Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one
unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to
exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure battery packs
(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hours standby operation.
Sensiscan 2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2F, -B2F,
-A3F or -B3F enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24F or -24BF power supply, and an initiating module IZ-4F or -8F. CPU-2000
provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary
protective signaling. Requires TC-2F or -4F time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmable
for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 15AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
Fire Sentry Corp, 593 Apollo St, Brea CA 92621
FS System 7. Consists of the S7-2175 single-zone controller, using Firmware Version 3721-0013 Rev. B, or S7-2175-2 using two-zone
firmware version 3721-1001 Rev. A; the S7-2177 (-1, -2) battery panel, using Firmware Version 3722-0003, Rev. A; the S7-2173-C flame
detector using Firmware Version 3720-0007, Rev. A (4 ft sensitivity); the FS7-2173 flame detector using Firmware Version 5724-002 Rev. A
(8 ft sensitivity); the S7-2178 power module; and the FS7-2179 (JB-4) junction box. A max of 18 detectors can be connected to each controller
via the junction boxes. A second initiating device circuit can accommodate up to two manual pull stations. S7-2175 has two releasing circuits
and two notification appliance circuits. S7-2175-2 has two releasing circuits for each zone (total of 4). Releasing circuits can actuate one 24
V dc or two 12 V dc solenoids each. Up to 16 of the S7-2178 power modules to control equipment power can be installed on a separate circuit.
There is no ground fault protection; this equipment is designed to be installed within wet benches or other enclosed equipment and tools. The
S7-2175 controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied by the S7-2177 (-1, -2) battery panel which in turn operates from 120 V to 240 V ac or
from two 12 V dc standby batteries with 12 AH rating, S7-2177-1 (up to 12 detectors), or 17.2 AH rating, S7-2177-2 (up to 18 detectors), for
24 hours. The detectors, controller module and battery panel are suitable for indoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to
131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.
Model FSWB. Consists of the controller, using firmware version 5721-005, Rev. A; the FS7-2173 flame detector using firmware version
3720-1001 (8 ft sensitivity); the S7-2178 power module; and the FS7-2179 (JB-4) junction box. A maximum of nine flame detectors can be
connected to each controller directly or via the junction boxes. This total would consist of a maximum of two relay type detectors (FS72173-RP or FS7-2173-2RP), and the remaining detectors would be FS7-2173 up to a maximum of nine total detectors. A second initiating
device circuit can accommodate up to two manual pull stations. These initiating device circuits are Class B, Style C. Two releasing circuits
can actuate one 24 V dc or two 12 V dc solenoids each. Up to 16 of the S7-2178 power modules to control equipment power can be installed
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-49
on a separate circuit. There are two notification appliance circuits. The controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied from 120 V ac or from two
12 V dc standby batteries with 7 AH rating (up to 9 detectors) for 24 hours. The detectors and controller are suitable for indoor use, in ambient
temperatures from 0° to 55°C (32° to 131°F). The flame detector housing provides IP-67 degree of protection.
Flamex Inc, 4365 Federal Drive, Greensboro NC 27410
The FMZ4100 GAB36S Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41EGB32X, P/N 902657. Control consists of Mainboard LE (P/N
801015), redundant CPU cards ZKR (P/N 895465), zone cards LK and LKA (P/N 802551 and P/N 805424), anl. adr. Loop card (P/N 902026),
relay interface card IF2 (P/N 802538), 8 relay cards RK8 and RK8TQ (P/N 802587 and P/N 800843), line termination cards (P/N 802563 and
P/N 806477), solenoid valve termination cards MVA4F (P/N 853507), loop connection card (P/N 800255), 24V/6amp power supply
USVI-SE-210 (P/N 835193) or 24V/2amp power supply (P/N 852412). Front panel/8x40 character LCD display (P/N 801215), LED panels
(P/N 837189) and (P/N 851973), ground fault card (P/N 800096). Provides up to 24 detection zones. Standby batteries 24V, 12 AH provide
24 hours of emergency supply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
The Gamewell Co, 60 Pleasant St, Ashland MA 01721
IdentiFlex 610 programmable analog control panel with operating system Version 7.0. Requires analog addressable module RSM-95 wired
to solenoid interface module SID. Compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves identified in the Automatic Water Control Valve listings. 24 V dc
batteries rated 7-28 AH are available to provided 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
IdentiFlex 630 and 650 programmable control panels, using Version 1.1 operating system (capable of cross-zone operation). Requires
SCE-95 supervised control module (configured for releasing service) and SID solenoid interface module. Compatible with 24 V solenoid
valves. 24 V dc standby batteries rated (5-50 AH) are available for IdentiFlex control to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See
description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Hatsuta Seisakusho Co Ltd, 3-5 Shodai-Tajika, Hirakata, Osaka 573-1132 Japan
Cabinex-WT (Model CPX-WT). Consists of the controller, using firmware version YHA-0160-1; the SX1C-F sensor controller; and the
SX-5000 (Model HIR-5000) infrared flame detector. A max of eight detectors can be connected to each controller via two Class B, Style A
initiating device circuits. Two releasing circuits can actuate one 24 V dc solenoid rated 1.5 A or less, for each circuit. There is one Class B,
Style W notification appliance circuit. The controller operates at 24 V dc as supplied from 120 V ac-240 V ac or from two 12 V dc standby
batteries with 16 AH or 24 AH rating for 24 hours. The detectors and controller are suitable for indoor use, in ambient temperatures from 0°
to 52°C (32° to 125°F).
Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004
DELTANET FS90 Fire and Security System, including P/N 14505110, BF two zone two wire, two relay indicating board or P/N 14505126,
two zone four wire indicating board which can provide up to 2 A at 24 V dc to actuate Approved extinguishing systems. See description under
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.
Automatic Release. XLS-100 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via XLS-REL releasing module. Can be used with model XLS-BPS6 or XLS-BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL
polarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
XLS276A-REL or XLS278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are
available in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Automatic Release. XLS-1000 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits
are via XLS-REL releasing module. Can be used with model XLS-BPS6 or XLS-BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL
polarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
XLS276A-REL or XLS278A-REL manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are
available in up to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53201-5211
Fire Alarm Control. IFC-200 Analog Fire Panel (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control uses firmware revision
level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide
24 hours standby power.
FC 2000 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2, -D2,
-A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4 or
-8. CPU-2000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal
tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable
of operating throughout the entire voltage range. FC-2000 requires TCM-2 or TCM-4 time control modules with operating system firmware
revision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide
24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
IFC-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power
supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three
24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or
60 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
IFC1010 Fire Alarm Control Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH)
provide 90 hour standby operation.
IFC2020 Fire Alarm Control Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH)
provide 90 hour standby operation.
Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721
Control Panel. Models 2210, P/N 30-221000-000; 2212, P/N 30-221000-201 (two Model 2210 zone modules in one cabinet). All models
provide power and control Approved Series 7000 photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors, other Approved 24 V dc fire detectors,
audible signaling devices and extinguishing release circuits; two supervised alarm initiating circuits for either Class A or Class B operation;
three alarm indicating circuits. Model 2210 has one supervised extinguishing system releasing circuit; Model 2212 has two supervised
extinguishing system releasing circuits. Releasing circuits are for use with valve P/N 31-19411200XX and initiator P/N 31-199932-004 or
control heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630, 897494 may be cascaded up to a max of ten. Power supplies operate on 120 V ac, 1.5 A to
provide regulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A. Built-in battery charger for two 12 V, 6 AH, sealed, lead-acid batteries. Standby battery power capacity is
24 hours. Each alarm-indicating circuit and releasing circuit must not draw more than 0.75 A for Models 2210, 2212. Models 2210, 2212 have
an optional keyswitch to disable release circuits.
Model 2220, P/N 30-222000-001. For use with signal initiating and indicating devices connected to two Class B initiating circuits and one
24 V dc audible indicating circuit. Provides one extinguishing release circuit which will actuate one P/N 31-194135-001 or 31-194135-002
actuator, one control head P/N 486500 or 890181 or 895630 or 897494, or two explosive initiators P/N 31-199932-004. Two Powersonic,
Model PS-1212, 12 V, 1.2 AH batteries provide the required 24 hour standby power. Current available for alarm indicating circuit is 200 mA.
Model 2320 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235818-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in two
primary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 30-232000-101, -201) or 240 V ac (P/N 30-232000-103, -203). Basic Model 2320 provides for two
initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit,
14-50
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. Model 2320 also
provides for two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001 or P/N 890181; or up to 10 electroexplosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004 ; up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N
93-191001-001. Optional front panels are available to add manual release and abort switches (P/N 30-232001-102), or manual release and
abort switches plus mounting for a notification appliance (P/N 30-232001-101) to the cover of Model 2320. Standby batteries are available
in 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 30-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved detectors are: Model
CPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB,
2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with the following bases
2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.
Model 3210, P/N 30-321000-0XX Control Panel. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Uses modules which can
be combined according to the specific needs of an installation and provides for up to 72 zones (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
Typical configuration includes P/N 30-321000-160 basic master fire card, -172 power supply, -182 zone module, -157 bell card, -147, -148
and -149 firing cards to be used with extinguishing system initiators 31-199932-004 or control heads P/N 486500, 890181, 895630, 897494.
May be cascaded up to a max of ten. Standby batteries (24 hours) included. If used with HSSD AnaLASER smoke detector (see listing under
FIRE DETECTION, Smoke Actuated), HSSD AnaLASER is powered by P/N 89-100051-001 power supply/charger and P/N 89-100052-001
12 V, 33 AH batteries to provide for up to 24 hours of standby power.
Models KCSD-100 System. Consists of a KCSD-100 control, with P/N 805550 through 805566 and 805581 through 805597 line type
(thermistor) heat detectors, plus Approved 24 V dc or 120 V ac polarized audible notification appliances and two nominally rated 24 V dc
(14.4 W max) solenoid valves for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems.
Either 33 AH or 45 AH batteries are used to provide for 24 hours of emergency operation. Heat detectors have operating temperatures that
are adjustable at the KCSD-100 control panel from 135°F (57°C) to 1200°F (649°C); max spacing 30 ft (9 m).
GEMINI Control System. For extinguishing system release, 24 V dc solenoid operated devices actuated by control equipped with suppression control board, P/N 295006; optional slave control board, P/N 295007; digital display board, P/N 295028. Contains integral 24 V dc
power supply/battery charger. Release circuit nominally rated at 24 V dc, 2 A max; audible output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1.5 A max. (See listing
under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Panel equipped with the appropriately sized battery (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) supply to provide
required 24 hours of emergency power.
Extinguishing System Release. KPS-100R control, P/N 220061; expansion board, P/N 220060; RM releasing module, P/N 263013; Class
A input zone module, P/N 263001. Two polarized signaling device circuits are rated 1.5 A, 24 V dc. Single releasing device circuit is rated 1 A
continuous current, 2 A momentary, 24 V dc. Total current available for releasing and polarized signaling devices is limited to 2 A. Standby
batteries (10 AH, 15 AH) are available to provide 24 hours of emergency power.
One Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel. Mercury (P/N 295100). Consists of control motherboard (P/N 295105), Class A module (P/N 295109)
and releasing module (P/N 295102). Integral power supply rated 1.5 A max. Releasing circuit rated 2 A momentary, up to 1 A continuous
current depending on overall system load. Two 12 V dc batteries (6.5 to 15 AH) used to supply 24 hours of standby power. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
SCORPIO Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in two
primary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 84-232000-102, -202) or 240 V ac (P/N 84-232000-104, -204). Basic SCORPIO provides for two
initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit,
all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. SCORPIO also
provides for two releasing circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 OR 899175. Standby
batteries are available in 1.2 AH capacity (P/N 06-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved
detectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the following
bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with
the following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.
Fire Alarm System. KPS-1000. Contains major fire alarm and agent release functions in panels and modules which can be combined as
a system according to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the systems can be
configured for local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Approved function panels are PCP, IZP, OZP, RP, BCP, MRP, APP, MIP. Approved circuit
modules are AOZ, BOZ, CBM, PAM, MTMU, TLC, BZM, AIZ, BIZ-1, BIZ-2, BCZ, DZM, AWZ, AOZ, BOZ, RM. Standby power (24 or 60 hours)
provided.
FENWALNET 1000 Programmable Fire Alarm System with solenoid release module 74-100015-001 which will actuate one 24 V dc control
head, P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181; up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004; up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N
31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 17
or 40 AH) supply 24 hours of standby power. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
FenwalNET 2000 and FenwalNET 2000 ML programmable analog controls. The FenwalNET 2000 is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N
74-200008-701) Rev. CCMF81.0SL; while the FenwalNET 2000 ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 74-200008-800) Rev.
CCMF81.0ML). OPTIONAL agent release module (P/N 74-200001-001) Rev. AD, and power supply module (P/N 74-200009-010) Rev. AA
(configured for releasing service). The CCM and release module each have one releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head,
P/N 48650001, P/N 890181, P/N 895630, P/N 897494, P/N 486500 or P/N 899175; the release module can also actuate up to 10 electroexplosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-002, -004; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. The panel is also compatible with
24 V dc solenoid valves. 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description under
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
PEGAsys and PEGAsys ML programmable analog controls. The PEGAsys is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 76-100008-701) Rev.
CCMP81.0SL; while the PEGAsys ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 76-100008-800) Rev. CCMP81.0ML), optional agent release
module (P/N 76-100001-001) Rev.AD, and power supply module (P/N 76-100009-010) Rev. AA (configured for releasing service). The CCM
and release module each have one releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181, P/N 895630,
P/N 897494, P/N 486500 or P/N 899175. The panel is also compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves. 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH are
available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module. The AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector
with suppression control module is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, and
display control card (DCC) with firmware Version FD3-2.0 for the detector; with integral programmable fire alarm/suppression control module
using software no. 06-235251-001 XXXX-AB, and optional addressable contact input device module 70-407008-003. The AnaLASER TFP
High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module provides for two initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for
fire detection (one of which may be connected to the high sensitivity smoke detector), one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one
abort circuit, all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs; one
releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 or P/N 899175; or up to 10 electro-explosive
initiators, P/N 31-199932-004; or up to 8 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-012; or up to 6 electro-explosive initiators, P/N
93-191001-001; power supply and battery charger. Compatible Approved smoke detectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smoke
detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003,
-005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.
High sensitivity smoke detectors are available with factory set min sensitivities of 0.015%/ft (0.05%/m), 0.03%/ft (0.1%/m), 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m)
and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m), respectively. The detector assembly provides an analog output proportional to smoke obscuration. The DCC provides
a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three independent, field selectable alarm set points
and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The Fenwal ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the
system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.
(See separate listing for ‘‘SNIFF’’ under FIRE DETECTION—SMOKE ACTUATED.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-51
The AnaLASER operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047) for up to
24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the AnaLASER. Suitable for indoor use
only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Optional intelligent interface module (IIM) and RS232/485 converter module are
available as supplemental equipment. AnaLASER TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control modules are as follows:
89-1VWX00-YZ0
V:
1
2
120 V ac
240 V ac
W:
0
2
3
No optional modules
Optional RS232/485 converter module
Optional RS232/485 converter module and
Intelligent Interface Module (IIM)
X:
1
2
3
4
5
0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
0.003 to 0.03%/ft (0.01 to 0.1%/m)
0.0015 to 0.015%/ft (0.005 to 0.05%/m)
YZ:
05
10
20
TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module
TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module
TFP High-Sensitivity smoke detector with suppression control module
ORION 5RP/10RP [High Sensitivity Smoke Detector(HSSD)/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel]. The ORION 5RP/10RP is a one zone
high sensitivity smoke detection system including the housing, sampling fan, detector, and display control card (DCC) with firmware version
KD1-0.0 for the detector; with integral Programmable fire alarm/suppression control module using software number 06-235252-003
XXXX-AA. The ORION 5RP/10RP fire alarm/suppression module provides for two initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for
fire detection (one of which may be connected to the high sensitivity smoke detector), one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one
abort circuit, all circuits are Class B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs; one
releasing circuit which will actuate one 24 V dc control head, P/N 48650001, P/N 890181 or P/N 899175; power supply and battery charger.
Compatible, Approved smoke detectors are: Model CPD 7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke
detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat
detector with bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT, and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005. High sensitivity smoke detectors are available with factory
set minimum sensitivities of 0.06%/ft (0.2%/m) and 0.12%/ft (0.4%/m). The detector assembly provides an analog output proportional to
smoke obscuration. The DCC provides a continuous display of smoke obscuration levels via a 10 segment bar graph display. Three
independent, field selectable alarm set points and corresponding alarm LEDs are used to set threshold levels for alarm annunciation. The
‘‘SNIFF’’ program is used to set up the system piping network to assure equal sampling in each branch line.
‘‘SNIFF’’ Version 2.0 for use with the ORION 5RP/10RP. This program allows a designer to lay out an engineered system
which is dynamically balanced with equal air intake from each sampling inlet. The program calculates the transport time from
each sampling port and optimizes sampling pipe diameter. The transit time from the farthest sampling port is limited to 120
seconds; minimum suction pressure 0.05 in. (1.3 mm) W.G.; maximum number of sampling ports is 40. The piping network
calculated by the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program does not have to be structurally symmetrical to be balanced. If the ‘‘SNIFF’’ program is
not used, a balanced piping network must be installed.
The ORION 5RP/10RP operates from 120 or 240 V ac primary power and is provided with two 12 V 12 AH batteries (P/N 06-115915-047)
for up to 24 hours of secondary power. The P/N 89-100030-001 field calibration unit is used for field testing of the ORION 5RP/10RP. Suitable
for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). ORION 5RP/10RP part numbers are as follows:
77-297010-000, ORION 5RP, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
77-297011-000, ORION 5RP, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.012 to 0.12%/ft (0.04 to 0.4%/m)
77-297012-000, ORION 10RP, 120 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
77-297013-000, ORION 10RP, 240 V ac, Sensitivity 0.006 to 0.06%/ft (0.02 to 0.2%/m)
SCORPIO 24 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. Supplied with 24 V dc power by
a dedicated branch circuit of an emergency or optional standby system in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 700,
701, or 702. No AC power supply or battery backup is provided with this system. Basic SCORPIO 24 provides for two initiating device circuits
(capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, one manual release circuit, one supervisory circuit, one abort circuit, all circuits are Class
B Style B; one Class B Style Y notification appliance circuit; two alarm and one trouble relay outputs. SCORPIO also provides for two releasing
circuits which will actuate one 24 V dc control head each, P/N 48650001, or P/N 890181 OR 899175. Standby batteries are available in
1.2 AH capacity (P/N 06-115915-020) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved detectors are: Model CPD
7051 ionization type smoke detector and Model PSD 7155 photoelectric type smoke detector with the following bases 2WIRE, 2-WRB,
2WRLT, DH-51 and 70-201000-001 -002, -003, -005; Model PSD 7156 photoelectric type smoke/heat detector with the following bases
2WIRE, 2-WRB, 2WRLT and 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005.
Gemini II Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote
Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software and Optional Relay Board
(ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signaling
performance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (capable of being
cross-zoned) for fire detection, one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type
smoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. Two release circuits and a stop valve output are provided for agent release which
will actuate one 24 V dc control head P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire
smoke detectors: CPD 7051, - 7051D, PSD-7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT,
or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHU are also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The
MCP is also provided with three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output
circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular
system is provided with a standby battery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
Fenwal 3220 Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software,
Remote Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software and Optional Relay
Board (ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signaling
performance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (capable of being
cross-zoned) for fire detection, one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type
smoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. Two release circuits are provided for agent release which will actuate one
14-52
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
24 V dc control head P/N 48650001, 899175 or 890181; or up to 10 electro-explosive initiators, P/N 31-199932-004; or up to 6 electroexplosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051,
-7051D, PSD- 7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60 (2W). The MCP and
the RHU are also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with three
Form C relay output circuits rated 3 A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3 A @ 30 Vdc/120
V ac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standby
battery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090
DACS I Detection, Actuation and Control System. Consists of Model KF-24-DS fire control (single zone) or -24-DS with optional Model
-24-AN zone annunciator (up to 8 zones), integral 24 V dc power supply/battery charger. May be used with Kepco 110 V dc power supply
Model RMD 24-B-110. Class A type initiating (detection) circuits for connection of Approved normally-open alarm contact heat detectors or
manual stations. Supervised releasing circuits for use with 24 V dc Skinner Model LV2LBX-25 solenoid valve. DACS equipped with 5 to 80
AH batteries to provide up to 90 hours of emergency power.
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Models KFRTI-20, -52. Provide up to 20 and 52 alarm zones respectively, through the selection of the following
subassemblies: 66115 power supply board, 66150 CPU board (software version IRII-6), 66156 alarm control board, 66165 dual zone ‘‘Class
A’’ input board, 66167 single zone ‘‘Class A’’ input with release, 66163 4-zone input board, 66099 main motherboard, 66107 zone motherboard; 66111 switch panel assembly. The single zone input with release is rated for 24 V dc, 1.3 A. The total current available for release and
signaling devices is limited to 2 A. The following batteries are available to provide 24 hours of standby power: 17014 (5 AH), 17012 (12.5 AH),
17015 (25 AH).
Meggitt Safety Systems Inc 1915 Voyager Ave Simi Valley CA 93063
901C programmable control panel using P/N 902565-01 operating program (version 01). Consists of control panel, P/N 902360 (English
version) or 902466 (Spanish version) and power supply, P/N 902666 which can accept either 120 V ac or 240 V ac, 50/60 Hz. For selected
occupancies where a 24 V dc primary supply plus a secondary (standyby) supply having 24 hour capacity exist (power plants or oil refineries
for example), the power supply P/N 902666 is not provided. Has up to 18 Class B initiating device circuits, eight 4-20 mA inputs, and 24
programmable outputs of which 6 outputs can be supervised. The supervised output circuits will actuate 24 V devices including solenoids,
horns and strobes. Up to three pairs of 12 V dc, 24 AH batteries P/N 40-40018, connected in parallel, provide 24 hour standby power.
Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe Germany
FMZ 4100 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware version 9L.O7E. Consists of CPU card (P/N 802514), line card
rack (P/N 802599), interface card (P/N 802538), zone card (P/N 802551), line termination card (P/N 802563), programmable output/release
card (P/N 853507), logic power supply 5 V dc/2 A (P/N 837104), logic power supply 15 V dc/2 A (P/N 837116), main power supply 24 V dc/6 A
(P/N 835193), voltage distribution card (P/N 809569), relay cards (P/N 809399 and 802587), battery temperature card (P/N 809508). Standby
batteries 24 V 16 AH provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
The FMZ 4100 GAB 6 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41GB06FM, P/N 800513. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 896445),
8 relay card (P/N 802587), power supply (P/N 800042), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2x16 character LCD display (P/N 800414), and a
cabinet (P/N 800310). Provides up to 4 detection zones. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergency supply. (See also
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
The FMZ 4100 GAB 24 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level GAB24E00. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 890819), subsystem
card (P/N 892142), detector identification card (P/N 802605), detector identification connection card (P/N 802617), 8 relay card (P/N 802587),
power supply (P/N 852412), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2 x 16 character LCD display and a cabinet (P/N 892518). Provides up to 16
(extended version with the subsystem card only) detection zones of protection. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergency
supply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-600 module and MPS-6 power supply. 120/240 V ac
primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs from the MPS-6 rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A. Release circuit
requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M
Transponders. Total MPS-6 power output is 6 A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 90 hour standby operation. See
control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.
RP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated
24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25
A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc,
6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.
System 500 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,
CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 provides
two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective
signaling. Requires TC-2 or -4 time control modules with operating system firmware revision level 2. Modules are programmable for either
cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide 24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
System 5000 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,
-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4
or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal
tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable
of operating throughout the entire voltage range. System 5000 requires TCM-2 or TCM-4 time control modules with operating system firmware
revision level 2. Modules are programmable for either cross zone or dual zone operation. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide
24 hour standby operation. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing for other Approved modules.)
Fire Alarm Control. AM2020 Fire Panel. (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Programmable control. Release circuit is
via FCM-1, CMX-1, LIB-200, LIB-200A or LIB-400 modules and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to
55 AH) provide 90 hours standby power.
Fire Alarm Control. AFP1010 Fire Panel. (See LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Programmable control. Release circuit is via FCM-1,
CMX-1, LIB-200, LIB-200A or LIB-400 modules and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Contains up to two output circuits. Standby battery
packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 90 hours standby power.
Fire Alarm Control. AFP-200 Analog Fire Panel. Programmable control (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Contains a
signaling line circuit with cross-zone capability and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1
module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. For deluge and preaction sprinkler system release, compatible solenoid valves include
ASCO Models R8210A107, T8210A107, 8210A107, Skinner Model LV2LBX25, and solenoid for Star Sprinkler Model D deluge valve. For
Approved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES. Standby battery packs
(24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 90 hours standby operation.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-53
AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400
module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs from
the MPS-400 rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can be provided
via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. Total MPS-400 power output is 6A in alarm. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)
provides 90 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of the CPU-640 module with internal power supply. 120 V ac primary system
provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total
power output is 6 A in alarm, 3 A in standby. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Release circuit can be
provided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and XP5-M Transponders. For deluge and preaction sprinkler system release, compatible solenoid
valves include ASCO Models R8210A107, T8210A107, 8210A107 and Skinner Model LV2LBX25. For Approved combinations of solenoid and
water control valves refer to AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES. Transmitter Module (TM-4) provides a local energy municipal tie for
auxiliary protective signaling. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 90 hour standby operation. See control panel description under
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.
NFS-3030 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-3030ND or CPU-3030D, AMPS-24/-24E Power
Supply, 120/240 V ac primary system is an addressable power supply and battery charger with two outputs rated at 24 V dc, 1.0 A, and
24 V dc 4.5 A. It operates in FlashScan® or CLIP mode. Release circuit requires REL 2.2K end-of-line device for supervision. Standby battery
(24 V dc up to 60 AH) provides 24 hour standby operation. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
Pem-All Fire Extinguisher Corp, Div Pem Systems Inc 39A Myrtle St Cranford NJ 07016
PEM-2002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated
24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25
A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc,
6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
PFC Series 100R Fire Control Panel provides one Style B or Style D initiating circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y indicating circuit rated
24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide
24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Model PFC-100RC Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D initiating device circuit, one Style B non-latching
supervisory signal initiating device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage
reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Two battery packs are available (6.5 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
PFC Series 2000RC Fire Control Panel. Extinguishing system release (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Uses Firmware
Version 1.1 with release circuit discharge times selectable (2 min. or continuous). Contains two signal initiating device circuits (field
programmable for Style B or D operation), two signal indicating circuits, one manual releasing circuit, and one polarized releasing device
circuit (24 V dc, 1 A continuous, 3 A momentary). Combined load of all external devices including signaling devices not to exceed 3 A. In the
event of primary power failure, standby battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 8, 10, 12, or 15 AH) are available for 24 hours of emergency power.
Model PFC-4410 and PFC 4410A Programmable Fire Control Panel using software Rev. 3.5. Provides four Class B (Style B) alarm signal
initiating device circuits, one Class B (Style B) supervisory signal initiating device circuit, four voltage reversing Class B (Style Y) programmable output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1 A, and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 150 mA with 7AH standby batteries or 200 mA
with 8 AH standby batteries. Two battery packs are available (7 AH and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339
Series ACR-1600, -1600HD, -1600LTI control panel for extinguishing system release. Consists of Module CP-1041-S, -M and built-in
24 V dc PS-1 power supply/battery charger (7.7-50 AH batteries for 24 hour standby power), at least one ZM-2200 or -2201 Class A/Class
B zone module, at least one SM-1000 or -1001 release module and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of a specific installation
(see listing of other functional modules under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). A Power-One Model HC28-2-A 2 A power supply is
required for installations using 15.3-50 AH standby batteries. The control may be configured to provide supervision for a max of 50 detection
zones. Suitable for use with releasing devices nominally rated 24 V dc, 1 A. Detection circuit suitability for Classes I, II, III, Division 1, Groups
A, B, C, D, E, F and G hazardous locations via Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10.
FS-2000 Series Modular Fire Control Panel for extinguishing system release. Release module (RS-91 or RM-91) compatible with Skinner
LV2LBX25, and ASCO Model 8210A107 solenoids (with or without R or T suffix), RS-91D compatible with Star Model D deluge valve. Suitable
for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable. Detection circuits are capable of cross zone
applications. 24 V dc batteries for 24 hours of standby power are available in 4.5-55 AH capacities. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
FireSystem-2600HD Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Release module (RM-2) compatible with Skinner LV2LBX25, and ASCO
Model 210A107 solenoids (with or without R or T suffix), (fused appropriately), Star Model D deluge; ASCO 8210G207; Skinner
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2; Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2; Skinner 71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2; and Viking HV-274-060-001;
solenoid valves. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable. Detection circuits are
capable of cross zone applications 24 V dc batteries for 90 hours of standby power are available in 7.0-60 AH capacities. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Pyrene Corp, 130 Esna Park Dr, Markham Ontario L3R 1E3
Extinguishing System Release. Series 3000. Provides for actuation of up to three Chubb Halo-Pac Halon 1301 extinguishing systems.
Typical control configuration includes 300-1002 main control (extinguishing) module; -1003 small extender board or -1004 large extender
board; -3001 extinguishment module which fires the P/N 94429 discharge plug(s); -5001 low voltage cutoff switch; 4.5 or 8 AH battery for
24 hours of standby power.
Fire Alarm and Extinguishment Control Panel Series 4000. The 40-3002 extinguishment module provides a solenoid release output rated
at 24 V dc, 3 A for 10 sec or 2 A continuously. Standby batteries from 6.5 to 16 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency power (see
also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
Pyro-Chem Inc, One Station Street, Marinette WI 54143
PCR-100 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated
24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A.
Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5,
12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.
14-54
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Fire Alarm Control. PCR-400IP Analog Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Contains
a signaling line circuit and four indicating appliance/release circuits. Release circuit can be provided via FCM-1 module and/or XP5-C and
XP5-M Transponders. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 12 AH) provide 24 hours standby power.
Fire Alarm Control. PCR-400IP Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses software
no. #AFP2R2.42. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuits
as described in NFPA72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable peripheral
equipment is also available: Models CPX-551, CPX-751 and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; SDX-551, SDX-751,
and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors;
SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551, FST-751 (CLIP mode only), and
FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); FSD-751P and FSD-51RP duct detectors;
and; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751P detectors; Model NBG- 12LX, -12LRA
addressable pull station; Models MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FMM- 101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only)
monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, System Sensor
B524BI and B224BI isolator detector bases. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, PC-LCD-80. Model RA400Z remote annunciator available
for remote alarm indication. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation. Optional: ACPS-2406
auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply
consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz)
are used to provide 24 V dc power to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two
12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. APS-6R cabinet-mounted 150W Auxiliary Power Supply, CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be used
with 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG-120 requires the use of monitor module connected to
internal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the PCR-400IP.
Series Triton RP control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 551450 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating device
circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A Adapter Module. The
initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional type smoke and/or heat
detectors and normally open contact closure devices. The Triton RP is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US
Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector,
TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702.
Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil
supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator or solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids.
The Triton RP is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @
30 V dc. The Triton RP may be used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, or 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module.
Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Triton RP charging capability for a standby battery
bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power. (See Control Panel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
Series Triton RPA Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 using programmed Notification
Appliance Circuits N3 or N4 on the Triton RPA SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. SLCNet signaling line
circuits can be configured for either (Class B), Style 4 or (Class A), Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dc
solenoid valves or actuation devices. Optional TEPG-US Model 430657 or 431193 Suppression Release Peripheral connects to the SLCNet
circuit and to a notification appliance circuit from either the Triton RPA fire alarm control panel, or from the Triton EXT Notification Appliance
Circuit Extender. This peripheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuit
must connect to a TEPG-US Model 430687 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to either one compatible 24 V dc actuator or
solenoid, or two 12 V dc actuators or solenoids. 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must be used. (See Control
Panel Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Securiplex Inc, 549 Meloche Ave, Dorval Quebec H9P 2W2 Canada
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 1010. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-05900-XX (-01, 110 V ac; -05, 220 V ac) uses firmware
version MEM-03690-01 Rev. (B); P/N PNL-12485-XX (-00 110 V ac English version, -01 220 V ac English version, -02 110 V ac French
version, -03 220 V ac French version) using firmware MEM-03690-06 Rev. (F) for Fire Scope 2000 Water Mist System. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and FIRE-SCOPE 2000 listing under WATER MIST SYSTEMS.)
PROPAK Fire Alarm Control. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as the Protectowire heat-sensitive cable.
Detection circuits are capable of cross-zone applications. Two 12 V dc, 12 AH batteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. (See
also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
ALGORex Fire Detection System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be
applicable to FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable fire alarm panel (CS1140). 24 V dc
panel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. (See CS1140 system description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Extinguishing system control requires optional E3G080 control module ‘‘extinguishing’’ (Firmware E3G080/3120/LON002.01 and E3G080/CS1140/
V4.0) which provides two release outputs rated at 24 V dc at 2 A max, alarm horn and illuminated warning panel outputs rated at 24 V dc at
2 A max, five monitored detection lines for manual actuation, stop or blocking button (abort), signal contact ‘‘loss of extinguishing agent’’,
signal contact ‘‘extinguishing blocked’’ and signal contact ‘‘extinguishing actuated’’. Additionally, there is a LON interface (Class B signaling
line circuit) for connection to the B3Q440 operating unit ‘‘extinguishing’’ (Firmware B3Q440/27C256-LON/V1.01). The B3Q440 provides
indications and controls for a single extinguishing system. It may be located in the CS1140 enclosure or remotely mounted in a separate
enclosure. Indications are provided for alarm, extinguishing command, extinguishing activated, trouble, power on, automatic actuation of
extinguishing blocked and manual actuation of extinguishing blocked. Controls provided, in addition to a key switch to inhibit their operation,
are: automatic actuation of extinguishing blocked, manual actuation of extinguishing blocked, switch off alarm horn and switch off illuminated
warning panel. The B3Q440 also requires a 24 V dc supply from the control unit.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
Automatic Release. ALS2 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via SIGA-REL-LG releasing module. Can be used with model BPS6 or BPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL polarized
end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
276A-REL-LG or 278A-REL-LG manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available
in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
Automatic Release. ALS3 Fire Panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Programmable control. Release circuits are
via SIGA-REL-LG releasing module. Can be used with model MIRBPS6 or MIRBPS10 booster power supply. Used with model RELA-EOL
polarized end of line resistor. Any one of the following manual releases, service disconnect switches, and abort stations must be used: model
276A-REL-LG or 278A-REL-LG manual release, RELA-SRV service disconnect, and RELA-ABT abort station. Standby batteries are available
in up to 65 AH capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-55
XLS-BPS Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 250 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 6.5 A. Models
10, 10C, and 10220, 375 W booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity to 10 A. All models are compatible with
120 V or 240 V ac power primary with a 24 V dc secondary provided by two 12 V batteries of up to 10 Ah charged by an internal circuit capable
of charging at 1.0 A maximum. An input (SENSE) voltage range of 10 V dc to 45 V dc or 14V fwr to 32 V fwr capable of sourcing 6 mA @
24 V dc, 3 mA @ 12 V dc or 12 mA at 45 V dc is needed to drive each of the two inputs of the Notification circuit booster supplies. Each of
the four output circuits can drive up to 3.0 A, total output is limited by booster supply model. Two auxiliary output circuits may be utilized in
place of two NACs.
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
System 3 Universal Alarm Control. Consists of CP-35 control panel, HC-35 extinguishing control module, or one or more HC-30U, RM-30U
or RM-30RU output control (release) modules and other functional modules if dictated by the needs of the particular installation (see listing
of functional modules under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Approved releasing device load configurations for HC-30U, RM-30U,
RM-30RU and HC-35 modules are as follows: one 24 V dc 1⁄2 in. Skinner No. LV2LBX25 or other nominally rated 24 V dc or 120 V ac solenoid
or relay; or one 24 V dc electric detonator. Additionally, the HC-30U, RM-30RU and HC-35 modules (by jumper options) are capable of
operating up to four 6-V dc solenoids or relays. The releasing device circuit is rated at 3 A max. Standby batteries (4.5 AH-55 AH) are available
to provide 24 hours emergency power.
Dual Zone Releasing Device Control. Models CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR, -2ER. Models CP-2H and -2HA have two Class B initiating circuits.
Models CP-2HR and -2ER have two Class A initiating circuits. Models CP-2HA, -2HR and -2ER produce an audible alarm signal when either
of two initiating circuits is in alarm. A general audible alarm signal is produced when either of the two initiating circuits is in alarm. All models
actuate a single releasing circuit when both initiating circuits are in alarm (cross-zone operation). For Models CP-2H, -2HA and -2HR, the
releasing device circuit is rated at 1.5 A at 24 V dc. For Model CP-2ER, the releasing device circuit is rated at 2 A at 24 V dc. Total current
available for polarized releasing and audible signaling devices from the CP-2H, -2HA,-2HR and -2ER dc power supply is limited to 4.0 A.
Battery back-up (5 to 10 AH) is available to sustain operation for up to 60 hours. The CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR and -2ER control is compatible with
the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DI-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3, -B3H,
-4, -4A, -4H, -6, PEC-3, -3T, PE-3 and -3T. The CP-2ER control is compatible with the following Approved two-wire heat detection devices:
Siemens Building Technologies Inc DT-3P. DT-3P heat detector spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max.
MXL Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 10.06 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version
10.03 (capable of cross-zone operation). Requires CSM-4 signal module (configured for releasing service) compatible with, Skinner Model
LV2LBX25 and ASCO Models 8210A107 (with R or T suffixes) and Alarm-Saf Model AS/PS5-BFS-24-UL power supply. 24 V dc standby
batteries rated (15-55 AH) are available for MXL control and Alarm-Saf power supply (31 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
(See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
MXL-IQ Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 6.06 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version
10.03 (capable of cross-zone operation). Requires CSM-4 signal module (configured for releasing service) compatible with, Skinner Model
LV2LBX25 and ASCO Models 8210A107 (with R or T suffixes) and Alarm-Saf Model AS/PS5-BFS-24-UL power supply. 24 V dc standby
batteries rated (15-55 AH) are available for MXL-IQ control and Alarm-Saf power supply (31 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
(See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
Series 2088 Relay Unit. Master and auxiliary control relays for fan shutdown and fire door release. These relay units are for use with
compatible Simplex controls with 24 V dc signaling circuit.
4002 Control. Configured with Model 2081-9032 coil supervision module, Model 4002-4101 dual-signal module, Model 4002-0111 auxiliary
power supply and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of the installation (see listing for the 4002 Control under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules). Extinguishing release applications utilize Model 4002-7001 CPU Class B (NFPA
72A, Style B) module. A selection of the following modules may also be included: Models 4002-5003 or -5004 Class A (NFPA 72, Style D)
initiating zone modules or Models 4002-5001 or -5002 Class B (NFPA 72, Style B) initiating zone modules. The control must be loaded per
field wiring diagram 841-669. Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 33 AH are available to provide 24 hours
emergency power.
4010 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.01 using programmed Notification Appliance
Circuits N3 or N4 on the 4010 SFI/O card. One releasing circuit will actuate one 24 V dc control head. IDNet signaling line circuits must be
configured for Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. The panel is compatible with 24 V dc solenoid valves. Optional 4090-9005 and -9006
Suppression Release Peripherals connect to the notification appliance circuit (NAC 3 or 4) from the 4010 fire alarm control panel. This
peripheral monitors the output releasing appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a
2081-9046 coil supervision module which in turn is connected to a compatible 24 and 12 V dc actuator or solenoid. 24 V dc batteries rated
25-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to 4081-9304
external battery charger must be used. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Model 4100 Control. Configured with Models 4100-4001, -4002, -4321 or -4322 signal modules, Model 4100-0129 Limiter Module, Model
2081-9032 coil supervision module, Models 4100-5011, -5012 or -5014 Class A eight zone monitor assemblies and other functional modules
as dictated by the needs of the installation (see listing for the 4100 Control under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional
modules). Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. The 4100 control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-731 for proper valve
operation. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency power.
4100U Addressable Control System. Programmable control panel with Software Revision Level 11.02.01. IDNet signaling line circuits must
be configured for Class A, Style 6 wiring for this application. Models 4090-9005 and -9006 Suppression Release Peripherals with Software
Rev. 1.01 connect to the notification appliance circuit from the 4100U fire alarm control panel. These peripherals monitor the output releasing
appliance circuit wiring for opens and shorts. Each releasing appliance circuit must connect to a 2081-9046 coil supervision module which
in turn is connected to a compatible 24 V dc solenoid. For Approved combinations of solenoid and water control valves, refer to the Automatic
Water Control Valve listings that follow. 24 V dc batteries rated up to 125 AH are available to provide 90 hours of emergency operation. (See
description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
4020-8001 Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control System. Configured with Model 2081-9032 coil supervision module, 565-317
agent discharge power supply regulator and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of a particular installation (see listing for the
4020-8001 Control under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules). Release device circuits are rated at 2A. The
4020-8001 control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-842 for proper valve operation. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are
available to provide 24 hours emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
4120 Network Control. Configured with Models 4120-4001, -4321 signal modules, 4120-0129 limiter module, Model 2081-9032 coil
supervision module, Model 4120-5014 Class A eight zone monitor assembly and other functional modules as dictated by the needs of the
particular installation (see listing for the 4120 Network System under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other functional modules).
Release device circuits are rated at 2 A. The 4120 network control must be loaded per field wiring diagram 841-731 for proper valve operation.
Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Series 4004R control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Models 4004-9301 (beige enclosure) and -9302 (red enclosure) are each provided with
4 (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to 4004-9864 Class
A Adapter Module. The initiating device circuits (capable of being cross-zoned) for fire detection, are used to connect to conventional type
smoke detectors and normally open contact closure devices. The 4004R is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: 4098-9612,
14-56
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
-9613(E), -9614(E), and -9615(E) with base models 4098- 9788(E), 9683(E), and -9684(E); detector models 4098-9601, -9602, 9603, and
-9605 with base models 4098-9788(E), and -9683(E). Two release circuits are provided for agent release. Each releasing appliance circuit
must connect to a 2081-9046 coil supervision modules which in turn is connected to a compatible 24 and 12 V dc actuators or solenoid. The
4004R is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits and three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc.
The 4004R control may be used with optional 4001-9811 Battery Meter Module, or 4004-9860 Auxiliary Relay Module. Optional Models
4081-9301, -9302, -9303, and -9304 External Battery Chargers provide the 4004R charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AH
in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
Extinguishing System Release. KDR-1000 control with RP releasing panel or RM releasing module. Provides for actuation of Approved
extinguishing systems using releasing devices requiring up to 1 A continuous or 2 A momentary current. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
AutoPulse Control. With capacity for 3, 6, 12 or 18 functional modules. For 120 V ac operation with P/N 24993 power supply module, 24988
master module, and combinations of the following extender modules: 24290 dual output, 24390 dual input, 24385 timed release, 24295 dual
relay. Standby power (24 hours) included. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances and
provide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using any of the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid
(12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc), 45531 electric discharge plug, Automan IIC. Controls may be used with P/N 25988 momentary type abort
switch.
Autopulse Dual Zone Control. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, for 120 V ac operation; Nos. 56303, 56305 for 240 V ac. Standby power (24 hours)
included. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances and provide for actuation of Approved
extinguishing systems using any of the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid (12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc),
45531 electric discharge plug, Automan IIC. Controls may be used with P/N 25988 momentary type abort switch.
Alarm/Extinguishing Modular Control. Model FE2003A. For 24 V dc operation with facilities module P/N 56000, voter module P/N 56006,
twin zone module P/N 56012, system text module P/N 56016, halon (release) control module P/N 56020, executive line module P/N 56024,
output relay module P/N 56028, signal relay module P/N 56032 and display control module P/N 56040. Used with Approved fire detectors and
manual stations; each output circuit is limited to either a single 24 V dc solenoid release or 24 V dc audible signaling device, drawing no more
than 1 A each.
Autopulse Single Zone Control. P/N 68204 for 120 V ac operation with standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included. Used with Approved
fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances to provide for actuation of Approved extinguishing systems using any
of the following Approved Ansul release devices: P/N 32353 solenoid (12 V dc), 32097 solenoid (24 V dc), Automan IIC.
The Autocall TFX-400, TFX-500, and TFX-800 series fire alarm control with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0), either
RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply and standby battery capacity from 7 to 110 AH for 24 hours included. Includes the releasing stations in
either of two configurations: GAR-1 Releasing Station (P/N 976381) or GARA-1 Releasing Station with Abort Switch (P/N 976376). The fire
suppression agent releasing stations use normally-open contacts and operate with extinguishing system based on Autocall TFX controls and
in conjunction with 505/506SDA notification appliance module, Multizone Detection Module MDM521 (P/N 976375), IXA-501CM mini contact
module, OXA- 502RM addressable relay module (for GARA-1 installations only), and either RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply (if required)
to power 505/506SDA and/or OXA-502RM modules and connected solenoids. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504
Extinguishing System Release. Model 640 or 641 control panel using 640/641-A2 output card or 641-COM A control card for operation of
Approved extinguishing systems using releasing devices rated up to 3 A continuous/24 V dc. Standby battery pack (5, 8, 20 AH/24 V dc)
provide 24 hours of emergency power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Extinguishing System Release. Specnet 5 panel using ADS-01B(H) or ADS-01B output cards for operation of Approved extinguishing
systems using releasing devices rated up to 3 A continuous/24 V dc for ADS-01B(H) and releasing devices rated up to 1 A continuous/24 V
dc for ADS-01B. Standby battery pack (5, 8 or 20 AH/24 V dc for PS3-F, or 20, or 60 AH/24 V dc for PS3-RC) provide 24 hours of emergency
power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell 3825 Ohio Ave Saint Charles IL 60174
PDRP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits.
Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one
unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to
exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs
(24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING
Local systems produce alarm and/or supervisory signals within the protected property, which may not be
constantly attended. The systems are electrically supervised, may include standby power and often are primarily for
the purpose of providing occupant evacuation signals. Some local systems also provide for signaling to a constantly
attended remote location.
The heart of a signaling system consists of a control unit to which are connected the initiating and signal indicating
circuits. The control unit is usually in a separate enclosure, provides power to its external circuits, and often is of
modular design to enable flexibility in obtaining multiple functions. In a coded signaling system, transmitters may be
either separate from or integral to a control; they transmit to the control or from a control to remote receiving
equipment. The equipment listed below, in conjunction with peripheral devices, may be used to form a complete
system or a portion of a multizone system.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Alarm/Supervisory Transmitter Panel. Types C2130-001, C2132-001, 2135-001. For use with Approved, normally open contact alarm
devices and/or normally closed contact supervisory devices.
Supervisory Transmitter Panel. Types C2131-019, 2136-019. For use with Approved supervisory devices having normally closed contacts.
Model 4520 Unimode Control. Consists of a 4520-138, -538, -838, B4520-138, -538, -838 common control unit; 4520-903, -810, -812,
B4520-812 (120 V ac, 60 Hz), 4520-913, -811 (240 V ac, 50 Hz), B4520-813 (220/240 V ac, 50 Hz) power supply unit; 4520-912 power
extender module; 4520-605, -608, -615, -624, -638 battery pack; various functional modules including 4520-229, -329, -130, -230, -319, -330,
-529 alarm receiving module; -331, -431, -634 through -934 combination receiving/signal control; -132 municipal tie; -133 remote station
transmission module; -136 extinguishment control; -173 extender (interface); -320 dual zone coded module; B4520-321 coding module;
4520-037 central station coding module; -043 lamp drive; -235, -335 auxiliary relay; -139 auxiliary relay with disconnect switch; -039 program
module; -140 annunciator interface; -701, -702 signal module; -901, -902 power extender; -904 power transfer module; -905 power distribution
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-57
module; -042, -142 alarm annunciators; -145, -245 remote trouble units; -064 central processor module version BFFO; -080 addressable zone
module; -081 addressable relay terminal; -157 timing module, -435 switch module; -053, -054 end-of-line devices; B4520-321 multiple zone
coded module version 0A58; 5060-AD interface board. 4520-083 status/control center; B4520-183, -283, -303 annunciator modules; 4520483 LCD display module; -082 addressable signal module; -419 supervisory module; -229, -329, -130, -230, -319, -330 and -529 alarm/
receiving modules are compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Models 3521-100, -200 with -017, -012, -002 bases; Models
3527-301, -401 duct detectors, Model 3531-100 with -022, -023 bases; Fenwal Model CPD-7021 with P/N 70-201000-001, -002, -003 bases.
4520-064 central processor module is compatible with the following two-wire addressable smoke detectors: ADT Models 3536-611AD,
-611TAD, -612AD detectors with Model 601UA base. Standby battery packs (5-38 AH) provide 24 to 60 hours of emergency operation.
Unimode 4-16 programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,
CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or -8. CPU-500 provides
two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective
signaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4, IZ-8, IZE-A, IZ-4A, IC-4, CR-4L,
ICR-4L, ICE-4, CR-4 and CRE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3
A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.
Unimode II. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,
-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4
or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal
tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable
of operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules:
IZM-4, IZM-8, IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators may
be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual
power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide
the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.
(See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT and AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
Unimode 200 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software no. 73612. The basic Unimode 200 panel
provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules;
two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay output. ADT-DP-9200 dead-front dress panel is required
for user protection. Compatible addressable devices are: 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and SD300 photoelectric smoke detectors,
1951ADT and CP300 ionization smoke detector, BG-10LX and ADT-BG-12LX manual pull station, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor
module, M302 monitor module (see below), C300 control module, C304 control module, 1300 loop isolator module. Optional modules for the
Unimode 200 are: ZDM-16F 16 zone LED module; PIM-24 printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relay transmitter module for additional
programmable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFTM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF, AFM-16AF, AFM-32AF. Optional XRM-24 transformer
assembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds 3.6 A (max load with XRM-24 is 6.0 A). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17
AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17F battery
box. M302 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible 2-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8 to 28.0 V
dc input power from the Unimode 200 panel. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B
base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC;
Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.
Type 4510 Alarm or Supervisory Signaling Annunciator Control. Includes up to nine 4510-218 Class A or -219 Class B zone alarm or
supervisory plug-in modules and one 4510-201 common alarm-supervisory plug-in module for each panel (one or two panels per control); a
No. 2637-24 rectifier-charger power set with No. 2618-24 emergency standby 24 V battery; power failure transformer-relay 7132-020 and
ground detector relay GD-10K.
Control Unit. Type G799 with C2637-012 power set. Used with Approved circuit-closing devices to form a supervised signaling system. For
waterflow supervision, terminals 23 and 24 must be internally connected.
Model 4519 Unimode. Consists of Types 4519-103, -113 (120 V ac, 60 Hz/12 V dc), Types 4519-003, -013 (120 V ac, 60 Hz/24 V dc), Type
4519-313 (240 V ac, 50 Hz/24 V dc) control units. All types feature one 2-wire and one 4-wire (field configurable to 2-wire) initiating device
circuit and one 2-wire audible and visual alarm indicating circuit. Types 4519-003, -103 have ground detection capability. Used with 4519-053,
-153 end-of-line devices, 4520-045 remote trouble indicator, P-43817 protective cover. Requires 12 V 2.5 AH battery pack per ADT MS-B2-2
(2 required for 24 V dc units) for 24 hour standby power.
Fire Alarm and Supervisory Transmitter for Central Station Signaling Service. Model 2140 with Model 880445 Transformer or P/N SCN
443251 external Class 2 plug-in transformer with optional Model 2655 (P/N SCN 443266) transformer housing. Provides for two fire alarm
or waterflow and four supervisory alarm signal initiating device circuits. For use with Approved normally-open contact alarm and normallyclosed contact supervisory devices. Equipped with 7.5 AH 12 V battery pack to provide 24 hour standby operation. Software operating
program designation is 2140 14A6 Rev. 1.
ADT FOCUS 48 System. Consists of microprocessor based control units 7182-103 (US version), -113 (Dutch/Belgium version), -123
(French/Belgium version) and up to 48 signaling devices including 7187-061 daytime annunciator (see also separate ADT initiating and
indicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos.
7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028 or -039. The max load for all signaling devices in a FOCUS 48 system is limited to 1 A at 12 V dc. When
standby power is required, a 7187-002 battery enclosure having 25 AH battery supply (ADT 804497) provides 24 hours of emergency
operation.
FOCUS 75 Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration software 3036 (Revision Level 4). Consists of 472407 unit, up to five 472406 remote
consoles, 472404 transformer with enclosure, 472401 eight zone remote point module, 472408 relay module, and 472403 indicator module.
Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the FOCUS 75.
Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries.
FOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK, FOCUS 100B, 100D Systems. Includes a microprocessor based control unit 7182-203, -303 (Lot 2) for
FOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK or (Lot 3) for FOCUS 100B (SCN 472341 or 472342) for 100D, consisting of a control motherboard (SCN
246834) and cabinet, a PROM (SCN 244940) for (Lot 2) or EPROM (SCN 147280) for (Lot 3) firmware Version 5.0 for 100D (SCN 148176,
148177 and 838941), up to ten 7182-204 or -206 remote operating panels, a transformer (SCN 443218) or a 7187-220 transformer unit, and
up to three 871058 plug-in relays. System monitors up to 47 points of protection using Approved ADT signaling devices including 7187-061
daytime annunciator, 100D monitors up to 62 points of protection, uses up to four (SCN 471200) operating panels connected to the control
unit or a max of 16 if external power is provided (see also separate ADT initiating and indicating device listings). Each signaling device is
connected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos. 7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -106.
For 100D optional switch interface unit (SCN 471715) and remote keyswitch (SCN 471998), printer interface (SCN 471997). Without
supplemental 7187-040 (Lot 2) power supply units, max trunk load for all signaling devices is limited to 1.4 A at 12 V dc. Standby batteries
(8 AH or 25 AH) are provided for 24 hours of emergency operation. Separate enclosure (7187-202) required to house 25 AH batteries.
ADT FOCUS 256 System. Consists of control units 7184-001 or -101 (US version), 7184-111 or -011 (Dutch/Belgium version), and
7184-121 or -021 (French/Belgium versions) and up to 256 signaling devices including 7187-061 daytime annunciator; -053 map matrix (see
also separate ADT initiating and indicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated point
interface device (PID), Model Nos. 7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -046. The max current drawn by all signaling devices in
a FOCUS 256 System should not exceed 11 A at 12 V dc. Control unit is powered from external La Marche rectifier/battery charger (chargers
available rated 6-30 A). Externally mounted batteries (25-900 AH) provide for 24 hours of standby power.
14-58
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Aero System. Employs heat-detecting equipment operating primarily on the rate-of-rise principle. Auxiliary components may be used to
permit fixed-temperature operations. Although one system would not necessarily utilize all components, the following are applicable: Aero
detector transmitter D4202, -A, -AM, -G, -GS, -GSM, -D, -DM, -M, -MF, -AMF, -DMF, -GSMF; Aero detectors 774-M, -C, -MC, D774-MF; Aero
tubing 790, 790-M, -V, -MV; Aero rosette B4103; transmitter panels C2130-001, C2132-001, 2135-001; fixed-temperature attachments B4113,
136°, 203°F (58°, 95°C); Aero annunciators D780, -F, -R, -RF (4, 8, 12 or 16 target drops); power set C2637-012 or 2643-27. Max spacing
between adjacent tubing runs should be 30 ft (9 m); max tubing length should be 1000 ft (305 m).
Teletherm System 4221. Operates on temperature rate-of-rise principle and uses compensated thermocouple junctions as heat-detecting
elements. The following equipment is applicable (keys, test kits, etc., not included): controls 4221-028, -029 (Lots 1 and 2), -031, -316;
detectors 4221-020, -030, -040, -060, -080, -120, -180, -240. Max spacing: -020, 20 x 20 ft (6 × 6 m); -030, 25 × 25 ft (8 × 8 m); -040 through
-240, 30 × 30 ft (9 × 9 m). Power supplied by power set C2637-012 with 2618-12 standby batteries. The 4221-029 control can also be powered
by power supply 2649-160 or 2643-27 in conjunction with a 12 V battery 2647-120. These controls (except 4221-029) are supervised by
control unit G-799 or alarm transmitter C2130-001; the 4221-029 has an integral transmitter.
Beam Type Smoke Detection System. Model 3506. Consists of transmitter 3506-012, Lot 1; receiver 3506-018, Lot 3; control cabinet
3506-03; beam control panels 3506-27, Lot 3. The transmitter may be located up to 300 ft (91 m) from the receiver. The transmitter produces
a beam of infrared light; obscuration of this beam by smoke causes an alarm signal. For use with power set C-2637-012 and Approved
signaling apparatus.
Noncode System. Consists of control panels 539-A1, -A2, -AP1, -AP2; station B5009 or B5009-010; alarm bell 3206; trouble bell B575C-110.
Coded Fire Alarm General and Presignal System. Type B4607. Consists of control panels B4607-C, -A; supervisory transmitter C2131-019;
alarm stations series C1046-GS; alarm bells and horns Types 134, B518. Signal recorders are optional.
ADT FOCUS 300 System. Consists of 7184-201 control unit, which is a control unit (SCN 246397) with PROM IC (SCN 866855) Firmware
Issue 4 plus separate operating panel (SCN 246398) with Firmware Issue I, power supplies and up to 256 signaling devices including
7187-061 daytime annunciator, -053 map matrix and -067 watchdog module with Firmware Issue 1 (see also separate ADT initiating and
indicating device listings). Each signaling device is connected to the control unit via a dedicated point interface device (PID), Model Nos.
7187-006, -007, -011, -012, -015, -028, -039 or -046. External power supply is 7187-040 (Lot 2), 120 V ac, 60 Hz or 7187-063 (Lot 2), 220
V ac/50 Hz. Max current drawn by the system including all signaling devices should not exceed 4 A at 12 V dc. Additional 7187-040 or -063
power supply units with 7187-015 quad repeaters can be used to increase the loading capacity by 4 A each. A max of 8 external batteries
6 V dc, 25 AH housed in 7187-040 and -066 battery enclosures provide up to 100 AH for 24 hours of standby power.
472303 FOCUS SSWF-Series control unit (firmware Version 1-48204). Programmable control unit includes 247621 control-communicator
board providing 11 Class B (Style A) initiating circuits for connection of normally open dry contact type devices, 11 open collector outputs used
to control 12 V dc power, and 247730 SSWF display board. Optional modules include 248035 Class A loop module for conversion of
control-communication board Class B initiating circuits to Class A (Style D) operation, 247650 4W/2W smoke detector interface module for
connection of two wire smoke detectors or heat detectors that are powered by the initiating circuit, 248026 SPDT and 248028 DPDT relay
board. Powered by 120 V ac with 12 V 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient
temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Control panel also has digital alarm communicator transmitter and AC multiplex communicator
(see also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS).
ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/
addressable devices. Operational software 3-STU, Rev. 1.4 Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists
of wall-mounted enclosures FACP CAB5/7/14/21(R) and FACP RCC7/14/21(R); 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and
3-XMEM memory expansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail
modules; optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx
LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A and 3-RS485B RS-485 network
communication cards; 3-FIB and 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including
3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN,
6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and
3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards
6250 Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with the
following: SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C)
combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/[3×3 m]); SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P,
-278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA
detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS
trim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters
telephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with
757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interface
card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers, 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60
hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING
SYSTEM listings.)
472362B FOCUS 200B Quantum System. Programmable system. Consists of 472362B control unit using firmware Version 8, a 443219
or 472364B transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways or 248239
PID Gateways. Optional modules include up to three 871058 relays, up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430
RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 points of protection using Approved ADT signaling
devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472388 Horn/Strobe SIM, 472370 FA Pull
Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and 471966 micro PID,
471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime annunciator, 471881
retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 commandable output PID (Lot 2).
Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. #ADT4R3.52. Basic
system consists of a combination of ADT-CPU-300 or ADT-CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system
provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs.
Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4,
ARM-4, ADT-UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling
connection. Unimode-300, -400 are capable of operating with the Notifier XP series transponders. Unimode-300 provides a single signaling
line circuit capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Unimode-400 provides two signaling line circuits
each capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles
4, 6 or 7. ADT-NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 control with Unimode-II controls.
The following System Sensor addressable initiating device and control equipment are also available: Models 1951ADT, 1551 and 1251
ionization; 2551 photoelectric, 2251 photoelectric used with base Models B210LP and B501B; H2351 photoelectric used with base B710HD,
DH500ACDC and DH500 duct housings can be used with models 1551 and 2551 detectors; 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2551TH
photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 30 ft [9 9 m] max); 5551R 135 F (57
C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’), Heat
detectors: 5251B (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and 5251RB (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6
m) maximum spacing. Models DH300P and DN300RP duct smoke detectors, Models M500M and M501M monitor, M300DADT dual monitor,
M500X fault isolation, M500CH control module. Model ADT-BGX-101L addressable pull station. When required, the following remote
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-59
annunciators may be used: ADT-ACM-8R, ADT-ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A, AEM-32A, ADT-AFM-16AT, ADT-AFM-32A, ADTLDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, ADT-LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also
EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)
472462 FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462 control unit using firmware Version 9.1, a 443219, 472364B
or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways, 248239 PID
Gateways, 472490A RF Gateways or Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430
RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 input/output points of protection using Approved
ADT signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/Strobe SIM,
472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and
471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime
annunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command able
output PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
472462A FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462A control unit using firmware Version 3.2, a 443219,
472364B or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways,
248239 PID Gateways, 472490 RF Gateways. Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two
472430 RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 points of protection using Approved ADT
input/output signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/Strobe
SIM, 472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941
and 471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime
annunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command able
output PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
472514/472511 FOCUS CADET System. Programmable system. Consists of CADET control unit using firmware Version 1.1, a 443219,
472364B or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to eight 471210 operating panels, and one on board SIM Loop. Optional modules include up
to one RF Gateway, up to four 472270 access control interface units, up to thirty-one 472430 RS485 repeaters and one 471715 Printer
Interface Unit. System monitors up to 64 points of protection using Approved ADT input/output signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be
connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472388 Horn/Strobe SIM, 472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be
connected to the on-board SIM including, 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime annunciator), 471855
supervised bell control unit. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
Model Unimode-9600 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Fire alarm panel using software #M9600 V1.0. The basic Unimode-9600 panel
provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 318 total addressable devices (159 detectors and 159 modules); two notification
appliance circuits; three form C relays are provided that are default programmed for alarm, trouble, and supervisory relay outputs. Model
SLC-2 signal line circuit module is available as optional equipment. The SLC-2 loop is also capable of supporting 318 additional addressable
devices, 159 detectors and 159 modules. DP-9600 dead-front dress panel is required. Compatible addressable devices are: 2351ADT, SD300
and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors, 2951ADT, 2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2351TADT, SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smoke
detectors with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, 1951ADT, 1351ADT, CP300 and CP350 ionization smoke detectors, 5351ADT and H350 135°F
(57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, spacing guide (for the H350): 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; 5351RADT and H350R 135°F (57°C) fixed
temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, spacing guide (for the H350R): 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Detectors used with B350LP base. Heat
detectors: 5251B (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and 5251RB (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6
m) maximum spacing. ADT-BG-10LX and ADT-BG-12LX manual pull stations, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitor
module (see below), MMF-300 monitor module, MDF- 300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 (see below) 2-Wire detector
monitor module, M300MADT monitor module, M301MADT mini monitor module, M302MADT interface module, M300CADT supervised
control module, M300RADT relay control module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300 control module, C300 control module, C304 control
module, I300 loop isolator module, RA400Z remote annunciator. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ADT-ACM16AT, ADT-AFM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A. ADT-LCD-80F and the ADT-LDM-32F lamp driver modules. The Unimode-9600 motherboard includes
a charger designed for 24VDC lead-acid, gel cell batteries, with a capacity range of between 7 Ah and 25 Ah. The secondary source of power
may be either a dedicated battery or battery back-up source of 24VDC. The Unimode-9600 cabinet can house up to a 12 amp hour battery
capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Model ADT-CHG-120 requires the use of monitor module (see above)
connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide required trouble monitoring by the Unimode-9600. M302/MMF-302 monitor module has
a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor
Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH,
2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal M1odels PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003,
-005 bases.
Unimode-640(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #NFS6V1.0. Basic system consists of a combination of
ADT-CPU-640 Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, ADT-NCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. The
power supply is an integral part of the ADT-CPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit
outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3A in standby. Optional
modules are: LEM-320 Loop Expander Module, ADT-APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply,
ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK, CRE-4, and ARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (See separate listing). TM-4 transmitter module
required for auxiliary signaling connection. Unimode-640 is capable of operating with the ADT-XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits
can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. Unimode-640 supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-FONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-F Network Control Modules, ADT-NCA Network Control Annunciator for use with Unimode-640
and/or Unimode300/400 fire alarm control panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models
2351TMADT photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detectors 135°F (57°C), 1951ADT and 1351ADT ionization smoke detectors; 2951ADT,
2951TADT, 2951TMADT, and 2351ADT photoelectric smoke detectors, 2351TADT, combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C)
fixed temperature sensor, Thermal detectors: 5951ADT (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, 5951RADT (135°F
(57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, 5351ADT Thermistor type smoke sensor, and 5351RADT Thermal Rate of Rise
Detector used with Models B210LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal
sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. DH300PL-ADT, DH300RPL-ADT, DH300P-ADT, and DH300RP-ADT Photoelectric
duct detectors. The following addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P.protocol: 3251 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke
detector used with base Models B210LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal
sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. 1551, 2251, 2251R photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5551, 135°F
(57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 ´ 30 ft [9 ´ 9 m] max); 5551R,135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing
guide 30 ´ 30 ft [9 ´ 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). 2251 photoelectric used with base Models B210LP and B501.
Mode l ADT-BGX-101L, ADT-BG-12LX, and ADT-NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models M300MADT, M302MADT, M300DADT,
M500M, M501M, M301MADT Monitor Modules, M500X Fault Isolation, M500CH, M300CADT, M300RADT Control Modules. When required,
the following Remote Annunciators may be used- AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, ADT-ACM-8R, ADT-ACM-16AT, ADT-ACM-32A, AEM-32A, ADTAFM-16AT, ACM-24AT, ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, ADT-LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, ADT-LCD-80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48A
uses firmware revision level #ACM-R1.1. Model ADT-LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60
AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model ADT-PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
listings.)
14-60
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Horn Series ADTG1X-P. Include Model ADTG1-P horn White, and Horn Model ADTG1R-P Red. Horn operating voltage range of
20-31 V dc. For indoor use, wall mount only. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box.
Synchronizing Strobe. Series ADTG1X-VXX; Models ADTG1-V15, 15 cd, White; ADTG1R-V15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V15, 15 cd, White;
ADTG1RF-V15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1-V30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1R-V30, 30 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V30, 30 cd, Red
and ADTG1-V60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1R-V60, 60 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V60, 60 cd, Red ADTG1-V75, 75 cd,
White; ADTG1R-V75, 75 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V75, 75 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V75, 75 cd, Red;ADTG1-V110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1R-V110,
110 cd, Red; ADTG1F-V110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1RF-V110, 110 Red. Operating voltage range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash per second or temporal light pattern. Use of Model ADTG1M or ADTG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be
synchronized. All units mount on a double gang or 4 in. sq electrical box. For indoor use, wall mount only.
Temporal Horn Series ADTG1X-H and Temporal Horn/Strobe Series ADTG1X-HVXX. Include Model ADTG1-H horn White, and Model
ADTG1R-H Red, and the following Models Horn-Strobe combinations: ADTG1-HV15, 15 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV15, 15 cd, Red; ADTG1HV30, 30 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV30, 30 cd, Red; ADTG1-HV60, 60 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV60, 60 cd, Red; ADTG1-HV75, 75 cd, White; and
ADTG1R-HV75, 75 cd, Red ADTG1-HV110, 110 cd, White; ADTG1R-HV110, 110 cd, Red. Horn and horn/strobes each with operating voltage
range of 20-31 V dc. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output are synchronized automatically. Strobe flash rate is synchronized at one flash
per second or temporal light pattern. Can be configured for steady tone operation. For indoor use, wall mount only. Use of Model ADTG1M
or ADTG1M-RM interface module allows the strobes to be synchronized and the horns to be silenced. All units mount on a double gang or
4 in. sq electrical box. The horn has two settings for continuous or temporal signals.
High dB Horns. Models ADTG1-HO, ADTG1R-HO, ADTG1F-HO for connection to an Approved fire alarm control providing a NAC voltage
range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 Vfwr. For indoor use. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ’Fire’ inscription on trim.
Horn/strobes. Models ADTG1-HOV15, ADTG1R-HOV15, ADTG1F-HOV15, ADTG1RF-HOV15, ADTG1-HOV30, ADTG1R-HOV30,
ADTG1F-HOV30, ADTG1RF-HOV30, ADTG1-HOV60, ADTG1R-HOV60, ADTG1F-HOV60, ADTG1RF-HOV60, ADTG1-HOV75, ADTG1RHOV75, ADTG1F-HOV75, ADTG1RF-HOV75, ADTG1-HOV110, ADTG1R-HOV110, ADTG1F-HOV110, and ADTG1RF-HOV110 for connection to an Approved fire alarm control individually providing a NAC voltage range of 20-31 V dc or 20-27 V fwr for horn and strobe operation
in standalone mode. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to ADTG1M or ADTG1M-RM synchronization
modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Light output ratings are 15 cd, 30 cd, 60 cd, 75 cd,
and 110 cd. R designation is for Red color enclosure. F designation is for ‘Fire’ inscription on trim.
Speakers. Models G4-S2, G4F-S2, G4R-S2 and G4RF-S2 (25 Vrms), G4-S7, G4F-S7, G4R-S7 and G4RF-S7 (70 Vrms) with selectable
taps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1 W = 87dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). For indoor use with G4B or G4RB wall mount boxes. R designation
is for Red color enclosure.
Speakers/strobes. Models G4-S2VM,G4F-S2VM, G4R-S2VM and G4RF-S2VM (25 Vrms), G4-S7VM, G4F-S7VM ,G4R-S7VM and G4RFS7VM (70 Vrms) with selectable taps (1 .4W = 81 dBA, 1 .2W = 84 dBA, 1W = 87 dBA, or 2 W = 90dBA). Standalone strobe input voltage
range is 20-31 V dc or 20-24 V fwr. Synchronous strobe operation is achieved when devices are connected to ADTG1M or ADTG1-RM
synchronization modules. Synchronous strobe operating voltage is limited to 20-31 V dc and 20-24 Vfwr. Multi-candela strobe output is
selectable with slide switch (15, 30, 75, or 110 cd). R designation is for Red color enclosure.
AFA Protective Systems Inc 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave North Brunswick NJ 08902
Aero Fire Detection System. No. 700. Consists of detector-station Models 700-M and/or 700-P; detector tubing 720, 720-V, -M, -MV;
detector rosettes 750-35, 751-35 and Approved control panel. Max spacing between adjacent tubing runs should be 30 ft (9 m); max tubing
length should be 1000 ft (305 m).
Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model No. 875. Two zone control panel is for connection of Approved compatible initiating and notification
appliances. Model No. 876 remote annunciator is available to provide status change information up to 5000 ft (1520 m) from control panel.
Control panel has provisions for interconnection to Approved ADEMCO Model No. 678UL-F digital alarm communicator transmitter (see also
CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS) for central station signaling service. Control panel can be configured for 12 or 24 V dc
operation. Standby battery packages available having 5 to 30 AH capacity and providing up to 60 hours emergency operation.
Vista 5140XM Fire Alarm Control. Consists of 5140XM unit, up to 16 5137AD/5137ADR or up to five 6139/6139R remote consoles, 1451
transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module and 5140 LED indicator module. Model
PS24 power supply module mounted in 5140XM control enclosure used with 1451-24 transformer with separate enclosure, provides two
24 V dc, 1.7 A notification appliance circuit. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT, 5192SD and 5192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type
addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the 5140XM. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to
34.4 AH batteries (when PS24 power supply module is used, 7 to 17.2 AH batteries).
7720ULF Fire Alarm Control. Programmable control panel (firmware version 1.24) provides two Class A (Style D) and six Class B (Style
B) initiating device circuits, one 12 V dc 500 mA Style Y notification appliance circuit, 12 V dc 150 mA auxiliary power and one set of trouble
relay contacts. Control is field programmable using Model 7720P programmer. Initiating device circuits programmable for fire alarm or
supervisory signals. Control has integrated radio alarm transmitter (see also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING). Powered by 120 V ac with
12 V 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power or 12 V 21 AH battery bank (three 12 V/7 AH batteries connected in parallel) for
60 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).
Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). A single keypad 6137R or 6139R is required.
Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, one 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Compatible with the
following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400
base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base
photoelectric smoke with heat. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries rated 7 or 14 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of
emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). A min of one keypad 6137R or 6139R is
required. Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Includes Model
PS24 power supply module. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base,
1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary supply
consisting of 12 V dc batteries rated 7, 12 or 17.2 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also
REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-61
Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Provides eight
Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loop circuit for zone expansion
uses following devices: 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zone expanders, 4192SD and 5192SD photoelectric type, 4192SDT and 5192SDT photoelectric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relay module; 4204CF relay module
provides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors:
Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400,
2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Optional PS24 power supply
module provides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4
AH capacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL
STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP Rev. 10, for VISTA-128FBP and
WAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP). A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Provides eight Class B (Style B) initiating
device circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loop circuit for zone expansion uses following devices:
4297 polling loop extender, 4101SN, 4190SN, 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zone expanders, 4208SNF zone expander/converter, 4192SD
photoelectric type, 4192SDT photoelectric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relay
module; 4204CF relay module provides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Compatible with the following Approved System
Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151
with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH, 2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. The
VISTA-128FBP, -250FBP are compatible with the 5808 LST Photoelectric Smoke/Heat Detector/Transmitter using the 5881ENHC receiver
connected using the keypad port. Optional PS24 power supply module provides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit.
Primary power 120 V ac, 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4 AH capacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also
REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Alison Control Inc 35 Daniel Rd Fairfield NJ 07004
Modular Control Panel. FPE Series. Included in various combinations are RMD-24-B-110, -24-D-110 power supplies; 108207-0, -4 dual
zone Class A cards; 108269-4 audible alarm control card; 108270-11 single zone 9090 detection card; 108409 signature system control card;
108417-1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7 signature system memory driver cards; 108426 signature system Class A card; 108210-1 local fire buzzer card;
-2 local trouble buzzer card; 108253-2 low voltage supervision module; -3 high/low voltage supervision module; 108253-4, 108253 groundfault modules; 108291 Class A terminator module; CAD14D10-24 V dc, CAD14D10-110 V dc relays enclosed in dust-tight/drip type (NEMA
12) enclosure. Used with A12000-2S smoke detectors or P/N 870000-1 signature system smoke detector assemblies and Approved Alison
9090-100 Series thermistor line type sensors. Control is Approved for use from -10° to 122°F (-14° to 50°C); smoke detectors are for use from
32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C). Primary power may be 120 V ac, 240 V ac, or 125 V dc. Up to 168 AH of battery standby capacity may be provided
with 883517 battery pack for 24 hours of emergency operation. Models 9090-100, -13, -104, -108 sensors have variable operating temperatures, factory-adjusted in the control, up to 500°F (260°C) for 9090-100 and 9090-13; 700°F (371°C) for 9090-104; 1200°F (649°C) for
9090-108; sensor cable terminators 9090E-50M1, -51A, 9090K-50M1, -51A and 9090H-51A; junction boxes 2003K-SSM1, 2003E-SSM1,
2002K-SSM1 and 2002E-SSM1. The sensor should be installed no more than 30 ft (9 m) between parallel sections and within 3 in. (76 mm)
of the ceiling. Max length of sensor connected to one control is 1000 ft (305 m).
A888-MXXX Detection System. (See listing for 90-140 V dc and 120 V ac A888-MXXX under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and
14.) A nominal 250 V dc power supply is also available for local signaling applications at sites such as power utilities when two or more
independent and reliable sources of 250 V dc power exist. Approval of the 250 V dc version has the following additional limitation: -10° to
120°F (-24° to 50°C).
Allestec Corp 810 Russell Palmer Rd Kingwood TX 77339
Allestec 800 Fire Alarm Control. System operates from 24 V dc. It is for use only in applications where two reliable and independent means
of 24 V dc power are available (oil refineries, power plants, hangars, etc.). The min required system configuration includes Model 800-1440
input module, Model 800-1441 manual pull module, Model 800-1442 alarm module and Model 800-1444 fault module. The optional Model
800-1443 release module and Models 800-1436, -1437 abort modules are available for extinguishing system release. Initiating device and
indicating appliance circuits provide from 20 to 28 V dc; therefore, all Approved compatible devices must be capable of operating throughout
this entire voltage range. (See also listing under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143
Fire Alarm Control. AutoPulse IQ-301 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses
firmware revision level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6, or 7 and four Style Y indicating
appliance circuits as described in NFPA 72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following
addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models CPX-551 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can
be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 140°F (60°C)
thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor,
ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunicators may be used: ACM-8R,
ACM-16T, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LSM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R432, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc),
7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation.
AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System. Programmable fire alarm panel (P/N 415412) using software No. APFour V2A0E XXXX. 24 V dc
panel operable on two primary voltage ratings 120 Vac or 240 V ac. The basic AUTOPULSE FOUR provides four programmable input/output
circuits which can be configured for initiating device circuits (Class B Style B), manual release circuit, supervisory, abort, remote acknowledge/
reset, notification appliance (Class B Style Y) or releasing. Four programmable relays and one common trouble relay are also provided.
Standby batteries are available in 4 AH capacity (P/N 68709) to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Optional system
components include: P/N 416610 Style D/Z I/O module required to provide up to two Style D (Class A) input circuits or two Style Z (Class A)
14-62
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
output circuits (up to two Style D/Z I/O modules may be used in an AUTOPULSE FOUR Control System). Compatible, Approved smoke
detectors are: Hockiki SIH-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH, HSC-224R base, HS21D base, YBA-M21 base, HSB-21 base; System Sensor 1451,
2451, B401BR-750 base, B402B base. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
AUTOPULSE IQ-396 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R3.0. Basic system consists
of a combination of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance
circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A
in alarm. Optional modules are AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module
firmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. AUTOPULSE IQ-396X is capable of
operating with the XP series transponders (see separate listing). AUTOPULSE IQ-396X provides two signaling line circuits each capable of
communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96
network interface board may be used to connect an AUTOPULSE IQ-396X control with System 5000 controls. The following addressable
initiating device and control equipment is also available: Models CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric, SDX-751TH
photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and BX501; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551
detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft
[9×9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); (sensor model
nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1
and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A,
AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby
operation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)
Model Autopulse Z-28 EXT Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are P/N 430674 (120 V ac, red enclosure),
430675 (220/240 V ac, red enclosure), 431191 (120 V ac, red enclosure and Canadian battery cutout option) [with motherboard P/N 565-771,
software 1.05]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. All the panels can be used to provide
additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the Approved Ansul control panels: Autopulse Z-10 and Autopulse Z-28. The
Autopulse Z-28 EXT provides up to 4 (8 with optional TEPG-US Model 430676 NAC Expansion Card Style Y (Class B) or (when optional
module TEPG-US Model 430677 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notification appliance circuits with a max panel output
of 8 A at 24 V dc. 18 AH capacity standby batteries are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.
Series Autopulse Z-10 control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 430525 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating
device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A Adapter
Module. The Autopulse Z-10 is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and
430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560,
430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702. The Autopulse Z-10 is also provided
with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @ 30 V dc. The Autopulse Z-10 may
be used with optional TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 430687 Coil Supervision Module.
Optional TEPG-US Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Autopulse Z-10 charging capability for a standby
battery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
Series Autopulse Z-28 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 available in four part numbers:
P/N 430532 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 430537 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, standard door, and a battery cutout
option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 431497 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, door equipped with a 24 LED annunciator, and
a battery cutout option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 430539 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. SLCNet signaling line
circuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6. The panel is compatible with TEPG-US Models 430631 and 430716
photoelectric smoke sensor, 430632 and 430717 ionization smoke sensor, 430633 and 430718 heat sensor, with 430637, 430638, 430636,
430640, 430639, 430721, 430722, 430720, 430724, and 430723 sensor bases; and 430654, 431190 duct type sensor housings. In addition
the following SLCNet devices are compatible with the Autopulse Z-28: TEPG-US Models 430670 and 430671 pull stations; 2-wire Class A
Monitor Zone Adapter Modules (ZAM) TEPG-US Model 430666 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM TEPG-US Model 430665 with the following
compatible 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569,
430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697
with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702; TEPG-US Models 430634 and 430719 Photo/Heat Sensor with 430641, 430642,
431187 and 431188 sensor bases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) TEPG-US Model 430660 and Relay IAM
430664 may also be connected. TEPG-US Model 430710 Relay module may also be connected. For auxiliary signaling, the Autopulse Z-28
control uses the TEPG-US Models 430607 or 430623 City Cards. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available to provide 60 hours of
emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must
be used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
Argus Fire Control, 2301 Distribution St, Charlotte NC 28203
Argus IV Fire Alarm Control with Argus Battery/Charger Cabinet. Provision to power and supervise one 24 V, 0.5 A solenoid release per
zone for extinguishing system actuation. Up to 4-zone operation with provision for single- or cross-zone detector operation. Separate Argus
battery and charger cabinet provides for standby power and supervision of ac power. Battery charger is Globe Model GRC24200, 24 V, 1.4 A
for use with Globe Gel/Cell batteries up to 20 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power.
Argus Odyssey Addressable Fire Alarm Control with Model 343 spark and ember detector or 242 or 243 spark and ember detectors with
add on addressing module (programmable integrated circuit PIC) ARG-ODP1. Up to 75-zones of detectors operation with provision for up to
16 addressable detectors each. Separate Odyssey monitor module cabinet provides for standby power and supervision of ac power which
can be equipped with two power supplies can recharge Gel/Cell batteries up to 155 AH capacity for 24 hour standby power. Control has
supervised 24 V dc audible signaling and solenoid (fused 2 A) extinguishing system release circuits. Models 242, 243 and 343 detectors are
for use with materials such as coal, cotton or wood moved on conveyor belts or airborne in pneumatic ducts. Detectors respond to infrared
radiation of wave lengths between 0.75 and 1.25 microns. For detection of 1⁄8 in. (3 mm) dia. embers, two detectors provide coverage for
round ducts up to 12 in. (305 mm) in dia., three detectors for round or rectangular ducts having 12 to 24 in. (305 to 610 mm) dia. or diagonal
dimension. For detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, four to six detectors provide coverage for ducts from 24 to 48 in. (610 to 1219 mm);
for detection of 1⁄4 in. (6 mm) dia. embers, two detectors mounted 30 in. (762 mm) above a conveyor belt, and mounted a max of 18 in.
(457 mm) apart, provide coverage for conveyor belts up to 36 in. (914 mm) in width.
Autronica Fire and Security AS, N 7005 Trondheim Norway
Model BS-100 addressable fire alarm control using firmware designated as P1-BS100-3B23. The fire alarm control can accommodate a
maximum of 16 loops, each of which can accommodate 99 addresses. The loop voltage ranges from 12 V dc to 16 V dc. The control consists
of a BS-100 mother board with an integrated BSS-103 power supply which provides 24 V dc at 3 A; BSJ-100 control output module, each
of which allows for 16 programmable control outputs; BSD-100 detector loop module, each of which allows for connection of 2 loops; BSB-100
alarm output module, each of which allows for connection of 4 additional alarm outputs; and BSL-100 data output module, each of which
provides a single output which can be either RS232 or 20 mA current loop.
Addressable devices include the Models BE-30 and BE-34 heat detectors rated at 133°F (56°C) with a maximum spacing of 25×25 ft
(7.6×7.6 m); Models BH-31A and BH-31A/S photoelectric type smoke detectors; Models BJ-31 and BJ-33 ionization type smoke detectors;
Models BF-33L, BF-35 and BF-52 manual fire alarm stations; and Models BN-33A/24 and BN-35 addressable interfaces to allow connection
of conventional initiating devices such as smoke detectors and flame detectors.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-63
The control can be configured for Style E (Class A) or Style C (Class B) initiating device circuit performance and Style Z (Class A) or Style X
(Class B) notification appliance circuit performance. The BS-100 control is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 140°F
(0° to 60°C); the BE-30 and BE-34 heat detectors operate from -4° to 125°F (-20° to 52°C); all other peripheral devices are rated at -4° to
158°F (-20° to 70°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Two 12 V dc batteries up to 60 AH provide the required 24 hours of standby
power plus five minutes of alarm.
AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System consists of either a single control panel or a system of up to five different panels. A single BS-310
Fire Alarm Control using software designated 3.1 requires a BSS-103A 220Vac/ 3A-power supply. It can accommodate a maximum of 14
modules, one BSS-310 power module, one BSL-310 communication module and up to 12 optional modules. Controls are limited to six loops
and a total of 512 devices. Loops can contain initiating devices or notification appliances. If the control is equipped with internal batteries the
total number of optional modules is reduced to five. The SY 310 battery cabinet provides charging supply and storage location for up to 2,
12 V dc 24 Ah batteries. A multi-panel AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System includes a BS-320 Control panel using the same software and
power as the BS-310 and optional panels: BC-320 controller, BS-330 Operator Panel, BU- 320 and Repeater Panel, BV-320. The BX-3XX
controls are suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C); the BD series heat detectors operate from -4° to
125°F (-20° to 52°C); all other peripheral devices are rated at -4° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Two 12
V dc batteries up to 24 Ah provide the required 24 hours of standby power plus five minutes of alarm. The optional modules are: BSJ-310
output module, each of which allows for 8 programmable open collector, non-monitored 100 mA outputs; BSD-310/311 detector loop module,
each of which allows for connection of one loop of 127 devices, which can be configured for Style 7 (Class A) or Style 4.5 (Class B) signaling
line circuit performance, panels are limited to six loops and a total of 512 devices, loops can be initiating or notification; BSB-310 alarm output
module, each of which allows for connection of 4 alarm outputs having Style Y (Class B) notification appliance circuit performance.
Addressable initiating devices include the Models BD-200, BD-300, BD-500, BD-500/N and BD-501 heat detectors rated 130°F (56°C) with
a maximum spacing of 25×25 ft (7.6×7.6 m); Models BH-200, BH-300 and BH-500, BH-500/S and BH-500/N) photoelectric type smoke
detectors BH-220, BH-320 and BH-520 photoelectric type smoke detectors with thermistor heat detection and Models BF-300, BF-300M
manual fire alarm stations. The addressable interfaces BN-300 with SelfVerify and BN-310 without SelfVerify allow connection of conventional
initiating devices. An addressable notification device, the BBR-200 addressable sounder is available to be connected to a BSD-31X loop as
an alarm notification device.
AutroSafe Fire Alarm Control System alternate configuration BS-320/PB200 based system differs from the primary configuration by using:
software designated 1.15.0; a P/N 4550- 010.5900 uninterruptible power supply provides 16 A dc at 27 V dc from 120 V ac primary power
provided by a dedicated branch circuit in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA70 articles 700, 701 and 702. The BNB-300/
01module provides the electronic circuitry for the manual call points. The network interface BSD-320 allows connection of initiating devices
to the AutroSafe through Autronica’s AUTROFIELDLON Circuit. The BSD-320 connects to Micropack FDS-101 Flame detector through
Micropack iHUB48516 Hub and Kidde-Fenwal HSSD smoke detector via an RS-485 interface. The BN-221/02 Interface unit provides 6 A dc
at 27 V dc to drive notification appliances. The EAU-330/2 board Ethernet board provides the unit the capability to interface with computer
set up as a remote panel for the purpose of indication and control. The EAU 330/2 Ethernet board, within the fire alarm control panel, must
connect to the supplemental computer control interface located within the same room via a cable no longer than 20 ft (6 m) installed in conduit.
The computer equipment that is required for the supplemental computer control interface is not included in this Approval.
Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model D9124 Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12 equipped with Model D1255,
D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Options include the
D184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of Protection
Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating
circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is equipped with Model D9142 power
supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment
is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can also be used as digital alarm communicator
transmitters (see also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings).
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Model D7412 (Software Rev. 5.22), Control/Communicator equipped with Model D1255, D1256,
D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each control has a D192C
notification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls may connect with the
D184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consisting
of D8125 POPEX module or D8128A OctoPOPIT module with D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the D7412 panels with up to 40
signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable
batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS
listings.)
Buckeye Fire Equipment Co, 110 Kings Road, King Mountain NC 28086
Shield-SZ DipSwitch Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware; P/Ns SZ-120-2R (110 V ac) and SZ-240-2R
(240 Vac). The system may include SZ120-0c (110 V ac) or SZ250-0c (208 or 240 V ac) enclosures with transformer, SZ200-07 or SZ200-17
(7 or 17 AH) battery assemblies, SZ101 controller, SZ400 Class A Input Module, and SZ440 Relay module. Compatible with the following
two-wire initiating devices: Hochiki detector Models SLK-24F, -24FH, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135, -190 for use with Hochiki base Models HS-221D,
HSB-220, -224, YBA-M220, -M224; System Sensor detector Models 1151 and 2151 for use with System Sensor base Model B110RLP;
System Sensor detector Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH, and 5451 for use with System Sensor base Models B401B and B401BR; System
Sensor detector Models 1400, 2400, and 2400TH for use with 0 Ohm bases. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AH batteries provide the required 24 hours
of standby power. Available in three primary voltage ratings: 120 V ac, 208 V ac, or 240 V ac. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES
FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr, 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443
Micro 400 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including a zone relay module and Remote Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel
provides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one
trouble relay output. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification.
In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also Micro
1001 and Micro 1002 under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
Micro 1-EV Fire Alarm Control. Micro 1-EV consisting of enclosure 7-010-0447 or 7-010-0448, CPU 7-010-0450 or 7-010-0557, 120 V ac
power supply 7-010-0449 or an optional 220 V ac power supply 7-010-0502. An optional Class ‘‘A’’ board module may be used. The fire alarm
control may be using 7-010-0450 [Version 3.91, checksum 8101 software] or 7-010-0557 [Version 4.41, checksum 1DC5 software]. Both
panels use programmable logic array (PLA) Version 1.1. Fire alarm functions are input through a keypad programmable microprocessor only.
Provides two detection zones capable of single, cross-zone, sequential verification and cross-zone sequential verification modes; two 24 V
dc auxiliary input zones; and two 24 V dc notification appliance circuits. Two 6.5 AH batteries provide 24 hour standby power. The Micro 1-EV
control is compatible with the following Approved 2-wire smoke detection devices: Hochiki America Corp. SIH-24F, SLK-24F and SLK-24FH.
(See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)
Fire Alarm Control. Micro-200I Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses software
No. 73843. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuits as
described in NFPA72. Optional modules 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable peripheral
equipment is also available: Models CPX-551 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models
14-64
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector
(spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X fault
isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules, System Sensor B524BI and B224BI isolator detector bases. When required, the following
remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDMR32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation.
Micro-300I or Micro-400I Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R2.2. Basic system
consists of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four
notification appliance circuit/ releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400
power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256
universal coder module firmware revision level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. Micro-300I or
Micro-400I are capable of operating with the XP series transponders (See separate listing). Micro-300I provides a single signaling line circuit
capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Micro-400I provides two signaling line circuits each capable
of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7.
NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an Micro-300I or Micro-400I control with System 5000 controls. The following
addressable initiating device and control equipment are also available: Models CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 photoelectric,
SDX-751TH photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and BX501; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551 and
SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide
30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max);
(sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, ISO-X fault
isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,
AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH)
provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation.
(See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)
Casey Systems Inc, 209 Lafayette Dr, Syosset NY 11791
COMTRAK 1720/2000 Fire Command System. System consists of COMTRAK 2000 FCS fire command station with optional FCS2000
dustshell P/N 23-109-019; CSS-1720 RCU remote computer units; CSS-1000-SPO fire warden station; CSS-2000 fire warden telephone/
manual station; CSS-1720-806T, -807T, -APF, -15TEL and -950-EH public address speakers. Programmable COMTRAK 2000 fire command
station using 2000CPU software (Version 4.0) with FCS memory-Input/Output board (25-101-308); FCS 68HC16 processor board (25-101306); FCS personal computer enhancement (25-101-302); communications board (25-101-304) and FCS 1720 personality module (25-101305). CSS-1720 RCU using 1720RCU software (Version 1.0) with RCU Input/Output card (CSIRCU0220A); MPU/memory card
(CSIRCU1020A); RCU communication card (CSIRCU4020A); RCU amplifier card (CSIRCU3020); signal module (CSIRCU7020CM); RCU
relay card (CSIRCU5020B); RCU power supply (CSS17002008220); RCU strobe ExPS (CSSTRBPS4.8); RCU cross strap B/P card
(CSIRCU6320); RCU cross strap board (CSIRCU0320) for use with GS 6250 and GS 6270 detectors; and RCU addressable analog loop
controller (25-101-213) interfaces the Comtrak 2000 data bus to the Edwards Systems Technology P/N x2010-201 and x2010-202 addressable line cards for use with GS 6250B Series, and 6270B Series sensors. Comtrak 1720/2000 may be interconnected with a Edwards
Systems Technology EST-2 system (P/N ESTKC2SR, software version 1.41, P/N 190198) via any of four RS-485 signaling line circuits (SLCs)
capable of (Class B) Style 3 signaling performance or a 25-101-261, 1720/EST-2 Translator using firmware RCUCCU020620. A total of 48
EST-2 controls are allowed for connection to the Comtrak 2000 system. For 24 hour standby operation, the COMTRAK 2000 FCS and all
RCUs require a 120 V ac secondary power source independent of the primary 120 V ac supply.
Detector Electronics Corp, 6901 W 110th St, Minneapolis MN 55438
Eagle Quantum System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Eagle Quantum Premier System. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803
Model 1912XR Fire Alarm Control. Model 1912XR control with Model 670, 770, 771, 772, 773 or 774 keypads with wire-in transformer
Model 320 or 322. Optional Model 881 zone expansion interface with Model 704, 705, 714 or 715 zone expander increases the number of
initiating device circuits. The 1912XR control may include Model 865 and 866 indicating modules and Model 869 initiating module. Control
is equipped with 12 V dc, 13 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in
ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING listing.)
Model XR200 Fire Alarm Control (Software Revision Level 111) with Model 670, 693, 770, 771, 690, 790, 791 or 793 Security Command
keypads and wire-in transformers P/N 320 or 322. The basic system consists of a controller board with two (Class B) Style A initiating device
circuits (IDC), one (Class B) Style W notification appliance circuit (NAC) and two Form-C relay contacts rated for 1 A @ 30 V dc each. When
(Class B) Style A Zone Expander Models 714 and 715 are connected, the XR200 is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors:
Detection System’s DS282, DS282TH; DS250, DS250TH and DS250HD with MB2W and MB2WL bases; Hochiki America Corp’s SLK-12
detectors with HSB-12-1 and HSB-12-1N bases; GE-Interlogix’s 429AT detector. Connected Zone Expander Models 711/711E each provide
a supervised detection loop for 4-wire N.O. contacts. Optional model 710 Bus Splitter/Repeater allows expansion of number of devices and
length of wire used. In addition, Model 460 Interface Adapter with two or more Model 481 Expansion Interface Cards wired to the XR200 is
required for connection of the following NAC or IDC optional modules: NAC Model 865 (Class A), Style Z wiring; NAC Model 866 or 867 (Class
B), Style W wiring; IDC Model 869 (Class A), Style D wiring. 12 V dc batteries rated 6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours of
emergency operation. (See also CENTRAL STATION, PROPRIETARY, AND REMOTE STATION SIGNALING.)
Edwards Systems Technology, 6411 Parkland Dr, Sarasota FL 34243
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal, Owen
Sound, Ontario/Mirtone Unit General Signal Ltd., Downsview, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear the
name brands and model designations shown below.
Remote LED annunciators include: Edwards/EST Model 8550-X110, -X111, -X112, -X120, -X121, -X122, -X130, -X131, -A110, -A120,
-A130 and Edwards/EST Model 8556-X110 remote trouble unit.
Fire Alarm Control. Edwards/EST Model 5721B. Provides fire alarm functions by way of plug-in modules which can be combined according
to the specific needs of an installation. A system consists of a selection of the following Edwards/EST modules: 5721B common control panel;
5722B extender panel; 5706B-010 or 5726B-010 signal power extender panels; 5723B-111, -112 five-circuit strip; 5724-1, -2 battery packs
(1.5 AH, 4.5 AH) used with 5721B-011 charger; 5724B-003 battery pack and charger (20 AH); 5724B-004 battery pack (9 AH); P-0473270242-X1 lamp circuit; 5721B-012 double supervision; -014 battery pack interface; 421 time limit cutout; -022 march time; 423 continuous
signal; 425 master code/recall; -026 signal control; 428 two-stage signal; 041 one minute inhibit; 5703B-101, -102, -103, -105 receiving;
5703B-201, -203 signal; 5703B-301 auxiliary relay. Standby power for at least 24 hours is provided.
FAST/EST IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Programmable system consists of FAST/EST Models
PS4B/PS8B power supplies, APS4B/APS8B auxiliary power supply, CM1N/CM1NX control module, CM2N control module, ZAS-1 intelligent
loop card, ZAS-2 Signature Loop Controller for use with Signature series devices, ZB8-2, -5, -8 input/output zone cards, ZB0-8 relay card,
ZA4-2 zone card, UIO-12 universal input/output module, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-65
receive cards, LSRA, LSRA-C and CMDN(C)/SMDN(C) remote alpha-numeric display annunciator, RPM reverse polarity module, URSM
universal riser supervisory module, DAPM Dual Audio Pre-Amp module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6 remote zone board, optional BPS
Series, models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend control’s signaling capacity. FAST/EST Models
1551F, 2551F smoke sensors used with model B501 and B501B bases. FAST/EST Model 5551F heat sensors used with model B501 and
B501B bases, FAST/EST Models MSOOMF, M501MF, MSOOCF, MSOOXF modules. The FAST/EST Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for
135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. ZAS-2 loop controllers can be programmed with the following Signature
series devices: SIGA-IS ionization type smoke detector, SIGA-PS photoelectric type smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric type smoke
detector with integral heat element, SIGA-IPHS multi criteria ionization, photoelectric and heat detector, SIGA-HFS fixed temperature heat
detector, SIGA-HRS fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector, SIGA-CT1 single input module, SIGA-CT2 double input module,
SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module, SIGA-MM1 single output module, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-CC1/2 single and double
input riser select modules, SIGA-270,-P, -F, -B, -PB, and SIGA-278 manual pull stations, SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4
relay bases, SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TS
trim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors.
Compatible with the following modules and detectors: M500RF relay control module, M500SF supervised control module, M500MF and
M500MFB monitor module, M501MF mini-module, M502MF interface module, 2251F photoelectric smoke sensor, 2251TF photoelectric
smoke sensor with 135°F fixed temperature heat sensor, 1251F ionization smoke sensor, 5251F 135°F fixed temperature heat sensor, and
5251FR 135°F fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensor, 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke
detectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostat operating point of 135° F (57.2° C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF,
DH200RPLF, DH200PF and DH200RPF photoelectric duct detectors. Indicating appliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore,
the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Secondary power provided by
30 to up to 60 AH, 12 V dc batteries.
ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system using CPU software
Rev. 3.0 (P/N 130048) can be used to provide emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (see separate
IRC-3 listing). Consists of RPSB remote power supply, PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, URSM universal riser
supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RAMM random access message module, ATP audio termination panel, AA75T-25 audio amplifier,
Rauland FAX250 250 watt amplifier, Wheelock Model E-9025-WS-24 speaker. Four Power PRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60
AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.
FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: PCPU
display CPU module; PCPU polling CPU module; FCCD display module; and PT1-S printer. A max of one PCPU module may be used with
a total of four of these communication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485
RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be used
with a total of four of these communication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232
RS-232 communication module. The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required:
CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM, CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output option
and is required for the connection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm)
rack mount. At least one of these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2, ZAS-1 or
Signature Loop Controller for use with Signature series devices (ZAS-2). The APS8A(RM), PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies are
used to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. The PS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are used
to provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least one of these enclosures is required for any of the
non-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2, CAB3, CAB3F or CAB6F. At least one of these enclosures is required and can house either
the rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17, CB31 or CB45. The BC1 battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosure
space for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional: FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232
communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies, APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; UIO-12 universal input/output module, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relay
module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module,
RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB12-6/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of the
following modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Y module, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 and
ISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annunciator; LSRA, LSRA-C and CMDN(C)/SMDN(C) remote alpha-numeric display annunciator; RPM
reverse polarity module; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(-RM), AA75T-25(-RM), DAPM Dual Audio Pre-Amp
module, Rauland FAX 250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signaling
device is the Wheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, used with Models B501 and
B501B bases. Model 5551F heat sensor used with Models B501 and B501B bases, and Models M500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XF
modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30 ft by 30 ft (9 m by 9 m) max. Model DH500F
duct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000 ft/min Duct housing accessories are
RA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. ZAS-2 loop controllers can be programmed with the following Signature series
devices: SIGA-IS ionization type smoke detector, SIGA-PS photoelectric type smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric type smoke detector
with integral heat element, SIGA-IPHS multi criteria ionization, photoelectric and heat detector, SIGA-HFS fixed temperature heat detector,
SIGA-HRS fixed temperature and rate of rise heat detector, SIGA-CT1 single input module, SIGA-CT2 double input module, SIGA-WTM
waterflow/supervisory module, SIGA-MM1 single output module, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-CC1/2 single and double input riser
select modules, SIGA-270,-P, -F, -B, -PB, and SIGA-278 manual pull stations, SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,
SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for
bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. Notification
appliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable of operating throughout this voltage
range to be compatible. Data entry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD;
3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Four-batteries
provide up to 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.
Fire Alarm Control. Mirtone 790 Series. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined as a system according
to the specific needs of an installation. The detection and signaling modules are inserted into the appropriate type circuit strip, and a blanking
module is inserted into any unused circuit strip slot for supervision purposes. When used with Approved initiating and signaling devices, a
system will consist of a selection of the following modules: 79023 detection circuit strip; 79024 signal circuit strip; 79025 combination detection
and signal strip; 79030 common control/module; 79030/50 common control module with 8 AH battery charger; 79030/51 common control
module with 11 AH battery charger; 79030/52 common control with 55 AH battery charger; 79042 dual Class B detection module; 79044 Class
A smoke detection module; 79045 Class B smoke detection module; 79045-2 dual Class B smoke detection module; 79046 dual Class A or
B signal module; 79047 detection blanking module; 79048 signal blanking module. 24 V dc standby battery (24 hours) available.
Fire Alarm Control. Mirtone Model 7200. Provides two supervised zones of 22 V dc, Class B alarm initiating device circuits, and two
supervised zones of 24 V dc indicating device circuits. Optional Model 7230 module converts both detection and signal zones for Class A
wiring. Jumper selectable polarity reversal circuit is capable of delivering 3.5 mA at 12 V dc. Alarm and trouble relays are provided with
contacts rated 3A at both 28 V dc and 120 V ac. An integral auxiliary power supply, available for smoke detectors which are not powered by
the detection circuit, can provide 200 mA max at 22 V dc. May be used with optional Model 79066A remote trouble indicator. Two, 12 V, 6
AH batteries, capable of providing up to 60 hours of standby power, are included.
Modular Control Mirtone Model 9200 RTU. Microprocessor-based with software level G03.02-V00. Contains the following: 8050
motherboard/card cage assembly; 8055 power supply/battery charger (operates on 120 V ac, 4A to provide 24 V dc, 10A); 9220 serial
communication link; 9280 common control; 8056 front panel control strip or 9222 local control. Provides up to 40 zones (any combination of
detection, signaling, telephone and relay outputs). The following optional modules may be chosen to suit a particular application: 8070 Class
14-66
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
B (6 detection/2 signaling); 8071 8 zone Class B detection, 8072 4 zone Class B detection; 8073 4 zone Class B detection (plus 4 alarm
relays); 8083A display module; 8079 display strip; 9224 8 zone supervised relay driver; 9285 8 relay module; 9282 4 zone telephone module;
8087 auxiliary function module (with polarity reversal and local energy/city tie circuit, capable of supplying 200 mA at 24 V dc). May be used
with one or two Model 9300 RAU remote audio units. Batteries are available (9.5, 12, 16, 23, and 55 AH) to provide up to 60 hours of standby
power.
Mirtone Model 8000 control, microprocessor-based, with software levels 82060082 and 82060092; similar to Model 9200 RTU but cannot
communicate with the 9100 System.
EST1-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220, MIR-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220 and Edwards 2411. Programmable modular control panels. Each
panel is equipped with a 120 V ac power supply module, (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a 24 V dc, 4 AH battery to provide 24 or 60 hour
secondary (standby) power. Models EST1-1Z1, MIR-1Z1, and Edwards 2411 have a base module (using firmware Version 1.05), one Class
B (Style B) initiating device circuit (IDC) and two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Models EST1-2Z1 and MIR-2Z1 have
a base module, two Class B (Style Y) NACs and two Class B (Style B) IDCs. Each panel can be expanded to include one optional module,
the relay-city tie module (EST or MIR RCT-1, optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be
used to extend controller’s signaling capacity. Edwards 2400-RCT). Also available is the remote trouble unit driver (EST or MIR RTUDR,
Edwards 2400-RTUDR) required for use with a remote trouble unit (RTU). Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatible
two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and
6270B-003. An ‘‘R’’ designation in the model number (e.g., 2Z1R) indicates a red panel. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
EST1-2Z3,-2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220, MIR-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220 and Edwards 2412, 2414, 2418. Programmable modular control
panels each consisting of a 120 V ac power supply module (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a base module (using firmware Version 1.05)
with two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits (IDCs) and two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Each 2Z3 panel
can be expanded to include up to three optional modules and each 2Z6 up to six additional modules which include an annunciator driver
master (EST or MIR ADMM, Edwards 2400-ADM), annunciator driver slave (EST or MIR ADSM, Edwards 2400-ADS), two zone IDC module
(EST or MIR 21DC, Edwards 2400-21DC), the relay-city tie module (EST or MIR RCT-1, Edwards 2400-RCT), base panel Class A module
(EST or MIR BPAC, Edwards 2400-BPA), IDC Class A module (EST or MIR IDCA, Edwards 2400-IDCA), optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C,
6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signaling capacity. Remote annunciators include the
remote trouble unit (RTU) and 2, 4 or 8 zone annunciators (4ZA, 8ZA and 12ZA). The Edwards 2414 and 2418 are factory assembled with
the additional modules. 24 V dc, 4.5, 6.5 or 8.0 AH standby batteries are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of secondary (standby) power.
Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B,
6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and 6270B-003. An ‘‘R’’ designation in the model number (e.g., 2Z1R) indicates
a red panel. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Model EST2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96 SIGA series
addressable detectors and 94 SIGA series addressable control or monitor modules; two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble
and one supervisory relay outputs. Available in 120 V ac or 220 V ac (EST2-220) versions. Available with red cabinet (EST2R-). Basic
modules are 2-PPS or 2-PPS-220 power supply (Firmware 195010), 2-MCM main control module (Firmware 190142 and 190143) and 2-LCD
primary operator interface (Firmware 195008). Network option of the control requires use of the following modules: 2-MCMN network main
controller module (Firmware 190244), 2-CPU network annunciator central processor unit (Firmware 190244), 2-DLM Class A network data
monitor, 2-3ANN and 2-6ANN EST2 network annunciators, and 2-PPS/6A and 2-PPS/6A-220 power supplies. Compatible addressable
devices are: 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke detectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostat
operating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF and DH200RPLF duct smoke detectors; SIGA-PS
photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke
detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, (spacing guide for SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS is 15 x 15 ft (3 x 3 m)), SIGA-270, -278, -270P,
SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 control modules, SIGA-CR control
relay module, SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module. Detector bases are SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,
SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases. Also available are SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors, SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and
SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS
detectors, optional BPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signaling
capacity. Optional modules for the EST2 are: 2-LCX expander module provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96
addressable detectors and 94 addressable control or monitor modules and provides two notification appliance circuits; MTM-1 march time
module; IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; 2-16R, 2-16Y, 2-16G, 2-8RY, 2-12R4Y, 2-16R8S, 2-16Y8S, 2-8RYS panel mounted LED and
LED/switch annunciator modules (Firmware 195003), SIGA-UIO2R, SIGA-UIO6R, and SIGA-UIO6 universal input/output motherboards;
2-CTM city tie module; 2-ISO isolation module; 2-SMK smoke power converter; SIGA-UM and SIGA-MAB universal class A/B modules;
SIGA-IM isolator module; SIGA-AB4 audible sounder base for use with SIGA detectors; SIGA-MCT2 input module; SIGA-MCC1 and
SIGA-MCC2 signal modules; SIGA-MCR, SIGA-CRR, and SIGA-MCRR control relay and polarity reversal modules. When required, the
following remote annunciators may be used: 2LSRA, 2LSRA-C, 2-CMDN, 2-CMDN-C, 2-SMDN, 2-SMDN-C alphanumeric display annunciators, SAN-CPU WITH 2-SAN-COM-R, SWU-8, SHO-4, ISP-96-2/3, SLU-16R, SLU-16Y, SLU-16RY switch/annunciator modules and
RSAN-PRT printer. Standby batteries are available in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery
sizes larger than 10 AH require the optional BC-2 battery cabinet. APS-4B or APS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5
A or 7 A additional 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supplies must be monitored by the EST2
panel for required trouble annunciation. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to 60 AH capacity to provide the required
24 or 60 hours of standby operation.
EST3 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/addressable
devices. Operational software 3-STU, Rev. 1.4 Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mounted
enclosures FACP CAB5/7/14(R) and FACP RCC7/14/21(R); 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memory
expansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; optional BPS
Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS
auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A and 3-RS485B RS-485 network communication cards;
3-FIB and 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including 3-ANNCPU1 remote
annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN, 6ANN/B-S surface box
for 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and 3-10ANN/D door for
3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250 Ionization and
6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke detectors; 5251FB fixed
temperature thermostat operating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF and DH200RPLF duct smoke
detector; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with the following: SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector,
SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor
detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector
(spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/[3 × 3M]); SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2,
-MM1 and -WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate;
SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units;
3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A,
3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-67
and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane
amplifiers, 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCY
VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEM listings.)
EST200 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/
addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall mounted enclosure FACP
CAB5(R); 3-CPU processor with 3-LCD display; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the
following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232
supplementary connection card; 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250 Ionization and 6270 photoelectric
smoke detectors; 3-SSDC single or 3-DSDC dual SIGAnature data cards compatible with SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS
photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector,
SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector [spacing guide
for -HFS and HRS is 15 x 15 ft/(3 × 3M)]; SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and
-WTM input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4,
-RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim ring. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to
provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation.
Model MIR2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96 GSA series
addressable detectors and 94 GSA series addressable control or monitor modules; two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble
and one supervisory relay outputs. Available in 120 V ac or 220 V ac (MIR2-220) versions. Available with red cabinet (MIR2R-). Basic modules
are 2-PPS or 2-PPS-220 power supply (Firmware 195010), 2-MCM main control module (Firmware 190142 and 190143) and 2-LCD primary
operator interface (Firmware 195008). Network option of the control requires use of the following modules: 2-MCMN network main controller
module (Firmware 190244), 2-CPU network annunciator central processor unit (Firmware 190244), 2-DLM Class A network data monitor,
2-3ANN and 2-6ANN MIR2 network annunciators, and 2-PPS/6A and 2-PPS/6A-220 power supplies; Compatible addressable devices are:
GSA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, GSA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135F (57C) heat detector, GSA-IS ionization
smoke detector, GSA-IPHS multisensor detector, GSA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector, GSA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixed
temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector (spacing guide for GSA-HFS and GSA-HRS is 15 × 15 ft [3 × 3 m]), GSA-270, -278, -270P,
SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, GSA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, GSA-CC1, -CC2 control modules, GSA-CR control
relay module, GSA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module, Detector bases are GSA-SB, -SB4 standard bases, GSA-RB, -RB4 relay bases,
GSA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases, Also available are GSA-DMP duct mounting plate for GSA detectors, GSA-LED remote alarm LED and GSA-TS
trim skirt for bases. GSA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model GSA-DTS Duct Test Station for use with GSA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors,
optional MIRBPS Series, Models 6, 6C, 6220, 10, 10C, and 10220 booster power supplies can be used to extend controller’s signaling
capacity. Optional modules for the MIR2 are: MIR2-LCX expander module provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 96
addressable detectors and 94 addressable control or monitor modules and provides two notification appliance circuits; MTM-1 march time
module; IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; 2-16R, 2-16Y, 2-16G, 2-8RY, 2-12R4Y, 2-16R8S, 2-16Y8S, 2-8RYS panel mounted LED and
LED/switch annunciator modules (Firmware 195003), GSA-UIO2R, GSA-UIO6R, and GSA-UIO6 universal input/output motherboards;
2-CTM city tie module; 2-ISO isolation module; 2-SMK smoke power converter; GSA-UM and GSA-MAB universal class A/B modules;
GSA-IM isolator module; GSA-AB4 audible sounder base for use with GSA detectors; GSA-MCT2 input module; GSA-MCC1 and GSA-MCC2
signal modules; GSA-MCR, GSA-CRR, and GSA-MCRR control relay and polarity reversal modules. When required, the following remote
annunciators may be used: 2LSRA, 2LSRA-C, 2-CMDN, 2-SMDN, 2-SMDN-C alphanumeric display annunciators, SAN-CPU wi 2-SANCOM-R, SWU-8, SHO-4, ISP-96-2/3, SLU-16R, SLU-16Y, SLU-16RY switch/annunciator modules and RSAN-PRT printer. standby batteries
are available in up to 24 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 10 AH require the
optional BC-2 battery cabinet. AXP-4B or AXP-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5 A or 7 A additional 24 V dc power. Also
available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supplies must be monitored by the MIR2 panel for required trouble annunciation.
Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to 60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation.
Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control. Programmable modular fire alarm panel allows configuration of controls with
one, five or twelve modules. The CPU/Display (firmware 7350050 V. 1.3 {QSCP1}; 7350051 V 1.3{QSCP4}) provides a LCD for text and
keypad for operator interface. The Signature Loop Intelligent Controller (SLIC) (Firmware 7400028 rev 1 and 7400029 rev 1) provides one
signaling line circuit for connection of up to 125 SIGA series addressable detectors and 125 SIGA series addressable control or monitor
modules and two notification appliance circuits, #1, 2A; #2, 1A. The Power Supply Card PS6, connected to either a 120 V ac or 220 V ac
transformer, equipped with one common alarm, one common trouble and one common supervisory relay outputs, provides 24 V dc at 4 A to
the control. Two conventional zone cards are available. ZA8-2 provides six Class A, Style D initiating device circuits, and two additional circuits
configurable as notification appliance circuits or Class A, Style D. ZB16-4 provides twelve Class B, Style B, and four additional circuits
configurable as notification appliance circuits or Class B, Style B. ZR-8 relay output card provides eight dry contact outputs. NT-A Card
provides an RS232 printer output and a RS485 output for a Class A remote annunciator. Each panel may be used with the following Approved
compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B or C, 6250B or C, 6264B or C -001, 6266B or C -001,
6269B or C, 6269B or C -003, 6270B or C and 6270B or C -003. They may be connected to ZB16-4 or ZA8-2 directly or to a SLIC through
a SIGA-UM or SIGA-MAB. Compatible addressable devices are: 1251FB ionization smoke detector; 2251FB, 2251TFB photoelectric smoke
detectors; 5251FB fixed temperature thermostat operating point of 135°F (57.2°C): spacing guide for 5251FB is 25 ft (7.6 m); DH200PLF and
DH200RPLF duct smoke detectors; SIGA-PS photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F
(57°C) heat detector, SIGA-IS ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat
detector, SIGA-HRS 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, (spacing guide for SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS is 15 × 15 ft
[3 × 3 m), SIGA-270, -278, -270P, SIGC-270F, -270B, -270PB manual pull stations, SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2
control modules, SIGA-CR control relay module, SIGA-WTM waterflow/supervisory module. Detector bases are SIGA-SB, -SB4 standard
bases, SIGA-RB, -RB4 relay bases, SIGA-IB, -IB4 isolator bases. Also available are SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate for SIGA detectors,
SIGA-LED remote alarm LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. SIGA DH Duct Housing Assembly and Model SIGA-DTS Duct Test Station
for use with SIGA-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. Optional modules for the Quick Start Series are: IOP-3 RS-232 isolator module; which may be
supplemented by SL30 and SL30-1 LED/Switch cards for supplemental visible alarm, supervisory and trouble indication and control. 2-CTM
city tie module; SIGA-REL Releasing Module; and RPM Reverse polarity transmitter Module. Standby batteries are available in up to 40 AH
capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 10 AH require the optional BC-1 battery cabinet.
Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286
MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system consists of CU-2 main control module; AM-1 addressable/analog module; ZN-1(S),
ZN-2(S), and ZN-3(S) dual conventional initiating circuit modules; SC-1, -2 and -3 dual conventional indicating appliance circuit modules; CI-1,
-2 and SI-2 interface modules; CT-1 city tie module; DC-1 digital communicator module; AR-1, -2, -3 relay modules; PR-1 and RPR-100
printers; RDC-700 remote annunciator; D700, G700 Series LED/incandescent annunciators; 710A-016, -032, -064, -096, -128 remote relay
control units; MP-2 main power supply; AP-1, -2 and -3 power supplies; BC-1 battery charger modules; BB-1, -2 buffer boards; PD-1, -4 power
distribution modules; TX-1, -2 transformer modules; and representative samples of the intelligent sensors and addressable modules. The
following intelligent sensors, manufactured by System Sensor, are compatible with the AM-1 module: Model 1551B analog ionization sensor,
Model 2551B analog photoelectric sensor, Model 2551BT analog photoelectric sensor with thermal sensor, Models DH500AC/DC and DH500
duct sensors. The M500MB, M501M monitor modules, M500CB control module, M500X isolator module are used with MPC-2000. For
auxiliary signaling applications, the MCP-2000 must interface to the municipal system via the ‘‘City Box’’ connections of the CT-1 city tie
module. The CT-1 can be configured for local energy, leased line or shunt operation. The system must be provided with a min 24 hours of
standby power (17.2 AH capacity).
14-68
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Fike Protection Systems, Div Fike Corp, 704 S 10th St, Blue Springs MO 64015
INTELLA-SCAN II. Models 10-201-E1, -E2, -E4 programmable fire alarm control panel using Version 1.3 firmware. Min configuration must
include an enhanced control unit (10-2111), a power converter card (10-2110), a 24 V dc, 5 or 10 amp power supply (10-047) or (10-1961)
and at least one buss card (10-1775A), one analog communications module (10-2101) and one of the output modules listed below. Modules
are suitable for use with Approved initiating devices, polarized audible and visible notification appliances, and the agent release module III
(10-1832) releasing device. Additional modules may be used: output/output module (10-1776A) output rated for 24 V dc, 350 mA; output/
output module (10-2095) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; input/input module (10-1777A or 10-2096); input/output module (10-1778A)
output rated for 24 V dc, 350 mA; input/output module (10-2097) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; auxiliary power module (10-1985B); 4B
inut/output module (10-1794B) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp; supplemental relay module (10-1796A). Optional addressable devices used
with 10-2101: analog photoelectric smoke sensor with base (63-020) -14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C), addressable base (55-002), supervised
output module (55-005) output rated for 24 V dc, one amp, dual form-A relay module (55-006), solenoid output module (55-007), quad form-A
relay module (55-010), and addressable input module (55-012). 30 AH batteries supplied with 10-047 power supply, 20 AH batteries supplied
with 10-1961 power supply or 66 AH batteries (10-048) for use with either power supply provide 24 hours of standby power. Equipment
suitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).
Rhino Programmable Control. Consists of enclosure P/N 10-050-1, 10-050-2, or 10-050-11, detection and control modules (DCM) P/N
10-2141 (110 V ac) or 10-2144 (220 V ac) with firmware versions ECHELON (10-2146, Ver. 1.00) and DCM (10-2147, Ver. 1.00), interactive
display module (IDM) P/N 10-2142 with firmware versions ECHELON (10-2146, Ver. 1.00) and IDM (10-2149, Ver. 1.00), relay module (RDM)
P/N 10-2143. Compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Hochiki Models SLK-24F, SIH-24F, AL-DCA-135 and AL-DCA-190 with
base Models HSB-220, HSB-224, ABL-M220 and ABL-224; System Sensor Models 1151, 1451, 2151, 2451 and 5451 with base Models
B401BR and B110RLP. 24 V dc batteries rated 7-33 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC
RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
SHP Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel using Version 1.00 firmware. The SHP system is designated P/N 10-051-C-P, where C is
either R (red cabinet) or G (gray cabinet), and P is 1=120 V ac; 2=208 V ac or 240 V ac. The system includes 10-2175-C-P series of
enclosures with transformer, the 10-2190-b 7 or 17 AH battery, and the 10-2171 controller card with 10-2189 firmware. Two 12 V, 7 or 17 AH
batteries provide the required 24 hours of standby power. Available in three primary voltage ratings: 120 V ac, 208 V ac, or 240 V ac. (See
description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Cheetah Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 4.2 available in four part nos.: P/N 10-052-R-1
is a 120 V ac panel with a red 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure; P/N 10-052-G-1 is a 120 V ac panel with a grey 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in.
enclosure; P/N 10-052-R-2 is a 208/240 V ac panel with a red 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure; while P/N 10-052-G-2 is a 208/240 V ac
panel with a grey 21.125 x 14.625 x 4 in. enclosure. Also available with 2-bay and 3-bay modular enclosures. Signaling line circuits can be
configured to meet Styles 4 or 6. RS232 line meets (Class B) Style 3.5 when connected to a VESDA Laser PLUS Detector (Software Version
2.09.00), VESDA Laser Compact Smoke Detector (Software Version 3.01.00) and/or VESDA Laser Scanner (Software Version 2.14.03) via
the HLI/VESDA Interface Module Assembly P/N 10-2277. Signaling line circuit RS485 meets (Class B) Style 3.5 when connected to Remote
Display P/N 10-2276 (firmware P/N 10-2278 Rev. 2.10). The panel is compatible with P/Ns 63-1021 (Hochiki America Corp. ALG-V) and
67-1032 (Hochiki America Corp. AIE-EA) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke sensors, 63-028 and 63-029 (Hochiki
America Corp. DH-98-A and DH-98-AR) analog addressable photoelectric duct sensor, heat sensor P/N 60-1028 (Hochiki America Corp.
ATG-EA) rated 135°F (37°C) [spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max] with the 6 in. P/N 63-1023 (Hochiki America Corp. HSB-NSA-6)
and 4 in. P/N 63-1020 (Hochiki America Corp. YBN-NSA-4) sensor bases. In addition, the Cheetah control is compatible with fast response
contact module P/Ns 55-019 and 55-020 with firmware 3130-00071 rev. 0.B (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-FRCME, -S-100, -4-100), dual relay
module P/N 55-023 with firmware 3130-00101 rev. 0.D (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-R2M), supervised output module P/N 55-021 with
firmware 3130-00081 rev. 1.1(Hochiki America Corp. DCP-SOM), and solenoid releasing module P/N 55-022 with firmware 3130-00091 rev.
0.E (Hochiki America Corp. DCP-SRM) (optional for auxiliary signaling). Up to eight Cheetah controls may be connected in a networking
configuration utilizing (Class B) Style 4.0 signaling line circuit RS485 when network interface module 10-2292 is installed in each Cheetah.
24 V dc batteries rated 7-65 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
Fire Burglary Instruments Inc, 163 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C used with firmware Version WA200C-12. Optional Model
7105 zone expander increases the number of initiating device circuits from eight to 16 or Model 7126 multiplex expansion module providing
two circuits for connection of up to 64 addressable devices on each circuit. Approved addressable devices are SD-2708 8 point multiplex
module and XL-4750SDT, SD-2750SDT or XL4760SDT photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F heat detector. Model SD-2000C
powered by 120 V ac with 12 V standby batteries of 8 to 20 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient
temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Control panel also has digital alarm communicator transmitter (see CENTRAL STATION
SIGNALING SYSTEMS listing).
Fire Control Instruments Inc, 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090
Fire Alarm Control Panel. FC-72 Series. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Provides fire alarm functions by
means of modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 32 zones:
ZDM zone module, SSM sprinkler supervisory, BCM-6 bell circuit, BMC-6 master march time coder, PS-6 power supply, LBM low battery
monitor, RTI remote trouble indicator, RZA remote zone annunciator and RDS fire drill switch, ADAM-6, -6A, -6B actuation modules, APS-6
auxiliary 4 A power supply, BMFC-6 basic master fire card, CCM-6 common coder, DMM diode matrix, PNIS zone coder, RB-6 auxiliary relay
board, SRB-6 supervised auxiliary relay board, TBZ, TBZ-U zone trouble annunciators, TDS-438 time delay switch, ZMC, ZMC-A, -B zone
expanders, ZDM-D double density zone module, VZM verification module, DRBC battery charger, VEOL variable end-of-line device and RDF
releasing device interface module. Standby batteries available for 24 or 60 hours of operation.
FC-ID Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System using field configuration program FCP 200 Version 4.60 (firmware Version 4.9). The
system consists of the MCM microcontroller module, PSM power supply module, DTM device termination module, DLM dual loop module,
KDM-4 or KDM-40 keyboard display module and a selection of optional addressable modules to meet the needs of a particular installation.
Optional modules include; KDM-40R remote keyboard display module, RIM-U remote identification module/universal, SLM sub-loop module,
CPM control point module and these smoke detectors: CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector, PSD-7121, -7122, -7125, -7126 photoelectric
smoke detectors used with CPD-ID addressable smoke detector base, 301I ionization smoke detector, 301P photoelectric smoke detector or
301PT photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector used with 301B smoke detector base or 301-ID addressable smoke
detector base, PSD-7155 photoelectric smoke detector or PSD-7156 photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector used with
2WID addressable smoke detector base. Model RZST-1 remote zone signaling transponder can accommodate a combination of up to 5 RZB
remote zone boards each providing an addressable initiating circuit and a set of programmable alarm or trouble dry contacts or RSB remote
signal boards each providing an indicating circuit or programmable set of dry contacts, RZST-1 must have 24 V dc power supplied externally,
RZST-2 includes internal PS-6, 24 V dc, 4 A power supply. Model RSM remote signaling module provides functions of one RSB in an individual
plastic enclosure, RZM remote zone module provides functions of one RZB in an individual plastic enclosure. DDM-60R decoder driver
module provides 60 addressable outputs programmable to annunciate alarm or trouble conditions associated with a particular address. The
system can be configured to meet Style 4 and 6 signaling line circuits and Style Y and Z indicating circuits. Two series connected 12 V, 31
AH batteries provide 60 hours of standby power.
FCID-A Analog Addressable Programmable Fire Alarm System using field configuration program FCPA Version 4.6 (firmware Version 2.1).
Operates on 120 V ac, 60 Hz supply. System consists of PSM power supply module providing 24 V dc, 4 A power, KDM-40 keyboard display
module, MCM microcontroller module using firmware Version 2.1, ALM analog loop module and DTM device termination module. DTM
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-69
provides two 24 V dc, 1.75 A indicating appliance circuits. KDM-40R remote keyboard display module is optional. Addressable devices
include: ASD-P photoelectric analog smoke sensor, ASD-I ionization analog smoke sensor and ATD analog thermal detector used with ADB-F
base, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules and AOM or AOM-2 output modules. DDM-60R decoder driver module provides 60 addressable
outputs programmable to annunciate alarm or trouble conditions associated with a particular address. Two series connected 12 V, 31 AH
batteries provide 60 hours of standby power. ATD analog thermal sensor is rated for 135°F (57°C) with a spacing guide of 30x30 ft (9x9 m)
max.
FCI 7100 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7100 (Version 1.0). Consists of either BSM-1 or BSM-2
motherboard equipped with 80 character LCD display and a 12 button keypad/LED unit, two Class B notification appliance circuits (NAC), one
Class B SLC signaling line circuit (two SLC circuits for the BSM-2 board), one alarm relay and one trouble relay (Form ‘‘C’’ rated 2 A at 30
V dc), one programmable 24 V dc auxiliary output. Includes the following optional modules: MCOM Municipal Circuit option module, CAOM
Class A option module, AOM-2 output module, AMM-2 monitor module, AMM-2I dual monitor module, AMM-2MS pull station module powering
MS-7A manual pull station, MMO-6R Six Relay Module, MMO-6S Six Supervised Control Module, MMI-10 Ten Monitor Module, MMI-6S Six
Conventional Zone Interface Module, AOM-2S supervised control module, AMM-4S interface module 2551T, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P and
ASD-PL analog ionization and photoelectric smoke sensors; MCS-Acclimate Photoelectric Smoke Detector, ASD-LS intelligent laser smoke
sensor; ASD-Filtrex smoke detector, ASD-P200 and ASD-RP200 duct smoke detectors. The power supply/battery charger (PSU) is an
onboard unit and can charge the batteries up to 31 AH. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24 and 60 hours emergency
operation.
FCI 7200 Micro Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 4.1). Consists of the SCU-M system control unit
(Firmware Version 4.1), SPSU power supply, RAU or RAU-FV remote annunciator units (Version 4.1), ALU-M analog loop unit (Firmware
Version 4.1) compatible with AOM output module, AMM-2 monitor module, ASD-I and ASD-P analog ionization and photoelectric smoke
sensors and KDU-M or KDU-LM keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60
and 90 hours emergency operation.
FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 5.2). Consists of the main control 7200 BSU
communicating through FCINET network with peripheral devices, including distributed systems 7200 BDU, remote annunciator units RAU or
RAU-FV (Version 4.1) and keyboard display units KDU (Version 5.2). The 7200 BDU consists of up to five DIU (Firmware Version 4.1) and
SPSU-V power supply units. Up to 15 7200 BDU can be connected to one control; total of BDUs, RAUs and KDUs communicating via FCINET
to a single control must not exceed 30. The 7200 BSU consists of the SCU system control unit (Firmware Version 5.2), SPSU-V power supply
unit, QZU-L quad zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1) and EZU-L eight zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Optional modules include; ALU analog
loop unit (Firmware Version 5.2) compatible with AOM output module, AOM-2R relay control module, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules,
AMM-2I dual monitor module, AMM-2MS pull station module powering MS-7A manual pull station, AOM-2S supervised control module,
AMM-4S interface module, PBA panel bus adaptor, MMO-6R Six Relay Module, MMO-6S Six Supervised Control Module, MMI-10 Ten
Monitor Module, MMI-6S Six Conventional Zone Interface Module, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P and ASD-PL analog ionization and photoelectric
smoke sensors; MCS-Acclimate Photoelectric smoke detector, ASD-PTL photoelectric smoke sensor with 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature
thermal sensor; ASD-LS intelligent laser smoke sensor; ASD-Filtrex smoke detector ADS-P200 and ASD-RP200 duct smoke detectors, ZCU
zone coder unit, DSU/XFMR dual signal unit, KDU keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 5.2), QRU-EOL quad relay unit (Version 4.1),
EZD-L eight zone unit daughter board, EZA-L eight zone annunciator board, HRU high current relay unit (Version 4.1), RZA remote zone
annunciator IDU Addressable Interfare Unit, and these detectors: addressable 5551 thermal detector, 1551 ionization detector, 2551 photoelectric detector and B501 thermal detector. ATD and ATD-L 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensors (spacing guide 30×30 ft
[9×9 m] max); ATD-R and ATD-RL 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensors (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); ASD-I
ionization sensor; ASD-P photoelectric sensor all with ADB-F base. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60, and 90
hours emergency operation.
FCI 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control. Uses field configuration program FCP 7200 (Version 5.2). Consists of the main control 7200 BSU
communicating through FCINET network with peripheral devices, including distributed systems 7200 BDU, remote annunciator units RAU or
RAU-FV (Version 4.1) and keyboard display units KDU (Version 5.2). The 7200 BDU consists of up to five DIU (Firmware Version 4.1) and
SPSU-V power supply units. Up to 15 7200 BDU can be connected to one control; total of BDUs, RAUs and KDUs communicating via FCINET
to a single control must not exceed 30. The 7200 BSU consists of the SCU system control unit (Firmware Version 5.2), SPSU-V power supply
unit, QZU-L quad zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1) and EZU-L eight zone unit (Firmware Version 4.1). Optional modules include; ALU analog
loop unit (Firmware Version 5.2) compatible with AOM output module, AOM-2R relay control module, AMM-2 and AMM-4 monitor modules,
AOM-2S supervised control module, AMM-4S interface module, PBA panel bus adaptor, ASD-I, ASD-IL, ASD-P and ASD-PL analog ionization
and photoelectric smoke sensors; ASD-PTL photoelectric smoke sensor with 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor; ZCU zone coder
unit, DSU/XFMR dual signal unit, KDU keyboard display unit (Firmware Version 5.2), QRU-EOL quad relay unit (Version 4.1), EZD-L eight
zone unit daughter board, EZA-L eight zone annunciator board, HRU high current relay unit (Version 4.1), RZA remote zone annunciator IDU
Addressable Interfare Unit, and these detectors: addressable 5551 thermal detector, 1551 ionization detector, 2551 photoelectric detector and
B501 thermal detector. ATD and ATD-L135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); ATD-R and
ATD-RL 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); ASD-I ionization sensor;
ASD-P photoelectric sensor all with ADB-F base. Standby batteries (6 to 31 AH) are available to provide 24, 60, and 90 hours emergency
operation.
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Fire Alarm Control. Sensiscan 1000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of subassemblies which can be combined according to the
specific needs of an installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, plus a selection of the following equipment: CAB-A, -B,
-C, -D enclosures; MCB-108, -114 control boards; BEC-1, -2 basic equipment compliment; MZB-4, -8, -12, -22 expander boards; PSM-104,
-104A, -104B, -102AR, -204A, -204B power supplies; TMM-3, BCM-2, ZRM-1, -2, -3, -4, RM4-A, -B, RBZ-1, CZM-1, -3, TDM-1; INC-11,
SWC-8, ANC-2, WFC-1, -2 plug-in cards; RZI-4, -8, -12, -20 remote zone indicators; RZS remote zone scanner. Standby battery available
for up to 60 hours operation.
Sensiscan 2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2F, -B2F,
-A3F or -B3F enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24F or -24BF power supply, and an initiating module IZ-4F or -8F. CPU-2000
provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary
protective signaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4F, IZ-8F, IZE-AF, IZ-4AF,
IC-4F, CR-4LF, ICF-4LF, IC-4F, ICE-4F, CR-4F AND CRE-4F. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used; ACM-8RF,
AEM-16ATF, ACM-32AF, AEM-32AF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AF, LDM-32F, LDM-E32F, LDM-R32F, LCD-80. Audio-visual power supply AVSP24F provides an additional 3A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 15AH) provide the required 24 or
60 hour standby operation. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists
of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC
RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Miniscan MS-424, -424A. Provides fire alarm functions by means of subassemblies which can be combined
according to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to four zones and can be used with both the MS-424
and MS-424A unless otherwise noted: MCB-104 master control (MS-424), MCB-104A master control (MS-424A), DZC-2 dual zone card
(MS-424), ANC-2B dual zone card (MS-424A), CZM-3 cross-zone module with relays (MS-424A), CZM-1 cross-zone module, INC-9 indicator
card, BCM-2 bell circuit card, RBZ-1 ring-by-zone card, PSB-24 power supply and battery charger module, AX-2 auxiliary relay module,
RM-4A, -4B relay modules, ZRM-1, -2, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8 zone relay modules, RZA-4 remote zone annunciator. Standby batteries available for
up to 60 hours operation.
MS-4424 with operating system firmware revision level A. Includes Zone Relay Module (4XZMF); Remote Annunciator (RZA-4XF). Panel
provides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one
14-70
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
trouble relay output. Transmitter Module (4XTMF) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Combined load for
all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification. In the event of primary power failure
battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hours standby operation. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply
provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or
60 hours of emergency operation. (See also MRP-4424 under AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
Model MS4824 Control. Consists of SA4824-1 mainboard (firmware WA4812PR-3), -2 terminal block, -13 24 V power supply board, -14
12 V power supply board, at least one IZ424 initiating zone module or DCID24 polling loop interface module and a selection of the following
equipment: RR 12 reverse relay module, ABM-24 auxiliary bell circuit module, ATR auxiliary alarm/trouble relay module, ATB auxiliary terminal
block board, RDA remote digital annunciator, RIZ-1 remote initiating zone module. The Fire-Lite Models CPID, SDID and SDIDT addressable
smoke detectors communicate with the control via a signaling line circuit. Other compatible smoke detectors include BRK Models 2424, 2451,
2451 with B402B base, 2424TH, 1451, 2451TH with B402B base, Models 2451TH and 2451 with B401B base, Models 2400 and 2400TH,
Models 2851DH duct detector with DH2851DC base and AR10 relay, Model 1851DH and DH1851DC base and AR10 relay. 4 to 12 AH
batteries are available for 24 hour standby power.
MS-5210UD(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions MS-5210UD: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; MS-5210UDE:
#MS5210E32 SUMCBC9). Provides ten Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits.
Optional modules include: CAC-10F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, NAC-REM NAC/Relay Expander Module,
ACM-8RF Relay Module, LED-10IM Interface Module; Remote annunciators: LED-10, AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-16AF,
LDM-32, LDM-E32. Compatible with the following Approved two-wire detectors: System Sensor Models 1151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP
base, 1400, 1451 with B401B, 406B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 2400,
2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor, 2400TH with heat sensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406B
base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke; Kidde-Fenwal Models CPD-7021 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base ionization smoke;
PSD-7125 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base, PSD-7126 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base and heat sensor photoelectric
smoke. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Optional XRM-24(E) transformer increases accessory power limits. Optional
FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18
AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Model MS-9200 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 73829. The basic MS-9200 panel
provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules;
two notification appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay outputs. DP-9200 dead-front dress panel is required for
user protection. Compatible addressable devices are: SD355, SD355T, AD355, AD350, SD300 and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors
(32°-120°F [0°-49°C]), SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smoke detectors with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, CP300, CP350 and CP355,
ionization smoke detectors. Detectors used with B350LP base. Compatible duct smoke detectors are D350PL, D350RPL, D350P and
D350RP. BG-10LX manual pull station, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitor module (see below), MMF-300 monitor
module, MDF-300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 2-wire detector monitor module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300
control module, C300 control module, C304 control module, I300 loop isolator module, CRF-300-6 six relay module, CMF-300-6 six supervised control module, MMF-300-10 ten monitor module, MMF-302-6 six conventional zone interface module, RA400Z and ACM-16AT remote
annunciator. Optional modules for the MS-9200 are: ZDM-16F 16 zone LED module; PIM-24 printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relay
transmitter module for additional programmable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. When
required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF, AFM-16AF, AFM32AF. LCD-40(L) and the LDM-32F lamp driver module. Optional XRM-24 transformer assembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds
3.6 amp (max load with XRM-24 is 6.0 amp). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60
hours of standby operation. Battery sizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17F battery box. CHG-120F battery charger in BB-55F
battery box may be used with 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide standby operation for greater periods than can be obtained with the 17 AH
batteries. A CHG-120F requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide required trouble
monitoring by the MS-9200. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists
of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. M302 monitor module has a
single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8 to 28.0 V dc input power from the MS-9200
panel. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH
with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125,
PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.
MS-5024UD(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions MS-5024UD: #5024UDV30 SUM5480; MS-5024UDE:
#5024UEV30 SUME493. Provides five Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z) notification
appliance circuits. Optional modules include: CAC-5F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, RM-5F Relay Module,
RZA-5F Remote Annunciator Module requires use of ADM-24 Annunciator Driver Module. Compatible with the following Approved two-wire
detectors: System Sensor Models 1151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B, 406B base, 1451DH with DH400 base
ionization smoke; 2151 with B401, B110LP, B116LP base, 2400, 2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor, 2400TH with heat
sensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406B base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke; Kidde-Fenwal Models
CPD-7021 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base ionization smoke; PSD-7125 with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base, PSD-7126
with 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version.
Optional XRM-24(E) transformer increases accessory power limits. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH
which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Model MS-9600 and MS-9600E Addressable Fire Control Panels. Primary power is 120 V ac for the MS-9600 and 240 V ac for MS-9600E
Version. Fire alarm panel using software # M9600 V1.0. The basic MS-9600(E) panel provides one signaling line circuit for connection of up
to 318 total addressable devices (159 detectors and 159 modules); two Class A or B notification appliance circuits (can be expanded to four
Class B circuits); three form C relays are provided that are default programmed for alarm, trouble, and supervisory relay outputs. Model SLC-2
signal line circuit module is available as optional equipment. The SLC-2 loop is also capable of supporting 318 additional addressable devices,
159 detectors and 159 modules. DP-9600 dead-front dress panel is required. Compatible addressable devices are: SD355, SD355T, AD355,
AD350, SD300 and SD350 photoelectric smoke detectors, SD355, SD355T, AD355, SD300T and SD350T photoelectric smoke detectors with
135°F (57°C) heat detector, CP-355, CP300 and CP350 ionization smoke detectors, H350 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector,
spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max; H350R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detector, spacing guide: 30 by 30
ft (9 by 9 m) max. Thermal detectors: H355 (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, H355R (135°F (57.2°C): 25 by
25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and H355HT (190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm): 20 by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) maximum
spacing. Detectors used with B350LP base. Compatible duct smoke detectors are D350PL, D350RPL, D350P and D350RP. BG-10LX and
BG-12LX manual pull stations, M300 monitor module, M301 monitor module, M302 monitor module (see below), MMF-300 monitor module,
MDF-300 monitor module, MMF-301 mini module, MMF-302 (see below) 2-Wire detector monitor module, CMF-300 control module, CRF-300
control module, C300 control module, C304 control module, I300 loop isolator module, CRF-300-6 six relay module, CMF-300-6 six supervised control module, MMF-300-10 ten monitor module, MMF-302-6 six conventional zone interface module, RA400Z and ACM-16AT remote
annunciator. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16ATF, AFM-32AX, AEM-32AF,
AFM-16AF, AFM-32AF. LCD-80F and the LDM-32F lamp driver module. ACM-8RF control relay module. The MS-9600 motherboard includes
a charger designed for 24 V dc lead-acid, gel cell batteries, with a capacity range of between 7 Ah and 25 Ah. The secondary source of power
may be either a dedicated battery or battery back-up source of 24 V dc. The MS-9600 cabinet can house up to a 12 amp hour battery capacity
to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Model CHG-120F requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal
trouble relay contacts to provide required trouble monitoring by the MS-9600. Optional FCPS-24F(E) Remote Power Supply provides
additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours
of emergency operation. M302/MMF-302 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-71
detectors. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B,
2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400, 2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal Models
PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002, -003, -005 bases.
First Alert Professional Security Systems, 175 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791
FA1500C Fire Alarm Control. Consists of FA1500C unit, up to 16 FA510KP and FA510KPR remote consoles, 1451 transformer with
enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module, and 5140 LED indicator module. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT
photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the FA1500C. Panel must be provided with
24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries.
FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad is
required. Provides eight Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 12 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits. Polling loop
circuit for zone expansion uses following Ademco devices: 4297 polling loop extender, 4101SN, 4190SN, 4190WH, 4208U, 4209U zone
expanders, 4208SNF zone expander/converter, 4192SD photoelectric type, 4192SDT photoelectric type with 135°F (37°C) heat, and 4192CP
ionization type addressable smoke detectors. 4204 relay module; 4204CF relay module provides two Class B (Style Y) notification appliance
circuits. Compatible with the following Approved System Sensor two-wire detectors: Models 1151 with B110LP base, 1400, 1451 with B401B
base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2151 with B110LP base, 2400, 2451 with B401B base photoelectric smoke; 2400TH,
2451TH with B401B base photoelectric smoke with heat. Optional Ademco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformer
provides one 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuit. Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries used with 12 to 34.4 AH
capacity to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION
SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Flamex Inc, 4356 Federal Drive, Greensboro NC 27410
FMZ4100 GAB36S Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41EGB32X, P/N 902657. Control consists of the Mainboard LE
(P/N 801015) which houses redundant CPU cards ZKR (P/N 895465), LED control card LEDAK (P/N 806271), Line cards LK and LKA
(P/N 802551 and P/N 805424), Extinguishing Control card LO (P/N 837190), FTX Spark Test card (P/N 802540), SK Loop (MxLoop) card
(P/N 902026), PC/printer interface card PC/DRUIF (P/N 832349), relay interface card IF2 (P/N 802538). The following cards connect directly
to external modules and detectors: 8 relay card RK8 and RK8TQ (P/N 802587 and P/N 800843), line termination cards LAK8 and LAK8A
(P/N 802563 and P/N 806477), solenoid valve/monitored output cards MVA4F (P/N 853507), SAK2 loop (MxLoop) connection card
(P/N 800255), spark test connection cards FTX-AK8 (P/N 806209). 24V/6amp power supply USVI-SE-210 (P/N 835193), or 24V/2amp power
supply (P/N 852412). Front panel FPTUL with 8 × 40 character LCD display (P/N 801215), LED panels F + S FPFUS (P/N 837189) and FPS
for MxLoop devices indication only (P/N 851973), ground fault module MEM (P/N 800096). Control provides up to 12x9V Class B detection
input zones (maximum 32 detectors per one zone) using line termination cards LAK8 or LAK8A, 12 Zener groups for manual pull stations
(open circuit) connections, 12 solenoid/notification appliances/monitored outputs via three MVA4F cards. Compatible with the following
initiating devices: DMX 3000, and 3003 manual stations, IMX 1001E ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001, OMX 1001C,
OMX 1111C photoelectric type smoke detectors, rated IP 23, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F60, rated IP 65 and WMX 1000
F90 (rated IP 65) heat detectors, FMX 3100, FMX 4300, FMX3511, and UMX 3000 flame detectors, all rated IP 65 and FUX 3001(L1) spark
detector, rated IP65. Series F60 and D60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90
and D90 heat detectors have triggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heat
detectors is 25 × 25 ft (7.6 × 7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 × 15 feet (4.6 × 4.6 m). Compatible with the following analog
addressable devices via the MxLoop card: IMX50 ionization smoke detector, OMX50 photoelectric smoke detector, WMX50 D60 rate-of-rise
heat detector: spacing guide for D60 series heat detectors is 30 × 30 ft (9.1 × 9.1 m); DMX50/50F manual stations, SMX50 short circuit loop
isolator, SUX50/50H contact monitoring module, Aktor 50/50H actuator switch, and LMX50 indicator module. Standby batteries 24V, 12 AH
provide 24 hours of emergency supply.
The Gamewell Co, 60 Pleasant St, Ashland MA 01721
Programmable Identifier Network System 2 (INS-2). Addressable fire alarm system using software Version 30814-102. Consists of main
control module (P/N 30763); main display module (P/N 30764); optional alphanumeric display/printer interfaces (P/N 30773, -01, -02, -03);
expansion module (P/N 30772); Style B or D addressable detector base (P/N 30765); remote LED annunciator (P/N 30766, -01); addressable
manual pull station (P/N M46-33); addressable control element with relay contacts rated 1 A/30 V dc - 0.2 A/120 V ac (P/N 30770-10, -11);
and Style B or D collective zone interface (CZI) module (P/N 30771-10, -12, 30774-10, -12); remote graphics/relay driver (P/N 30778, -01);
auxiliary relay (P/N 30422) with contacts rated 10A/120 V ac. Two Style Y or Z indicating circuits. Communication lines to addressable devices
meet Style 4 or 6. Optional voltmeter/ammeter kit (P/N 30802). Battery pack (24 V dc/40 AH) provides 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation
load dependent.
Flexalarm 620 programmable control panel, Models F624 and 628 with operating systems Version 1.01. Optional modules include: cabinet
expander module CAB-EXP; alarm/trouble display module (ATD); relay control display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD);
status control modules SAN, RAN, and SIM-232; conventional input modules CIM-4 and CIM-8; module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 and
RM-8, and building control modules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices SCE-95, RCE-95, and
BCE-95 control elements; Compatible with the following Apollo Ltd two-wire detectors: P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric
smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24
or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)
IdentiFlex 610 programmable analog control panel with operating system Version 7.0. Consists of a CPU module, operators display, bus
driver module, analog addressable interface modules, and a 6.0 A power supply. Optional modules include: status control modules SAN, RAN
and SIM-232. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices; PID-95(P) point input devices; SCE-95, BCE-95 and RCE-95 control
elements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450 thermal detector and XP95-LI isolator
module; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface, compatible with the following conventional two-wire detectors: Apollo Ltd
P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dc
batteries rated 7-28 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS AND PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)
IdentiFlex 630 programmable analog control panel, Models IF630-252 and 502 with operating systems Version 1.01. Optional modules
include: universal signal modules USM-4 and USM-8; Class A adapter module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 and RM-8, alarm/trouble display
module (ATD); relay control display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD); status control modules SAN, RAN and SIM-232;
and building control modules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices; PID-95(P) point input devices;
SCE-95, BCE-95 and RCE-95 control elements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450
thermal detector and XP95-LI isolator module; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface, compatible with the following
conventional two-wire detectors: Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and
bases, P/N 45681-200 and 45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24 hours emergency operation. (See also
AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)
IdentiFlex 650 programmable analog/conventional control, Models IF 654 and 658 with operating system Version 1.01. Optional modules
include: conventional input modules CIM-4 and CIM-8; Class A adapter module SDA-8; universal signal modules USM-4 and USM-8; Class
A adapter module SZA-8; relay modules RM-4 and RM-8; cabinet expander module CAB-EXP; alarm/trouble display module (ATD); relay
control display module (RCD); building control display module (BCD); status control modules SAN, RAN and SIM-232; and building control
modules BC-4 and BC-8. Compatible with the following addressable/analog devices: PID-95(P) point input device; SCE-95 BCE-95 and
RCE-95 control elements; Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-650 photoelectric smoke; 55000-550 ionization smoke; 55000-450 thermal detector and
14-72
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
XP95-LI isolator module; MS-95 manual station; CZI-95 conventional zone interface. Compatible with the following conventional two-wire
detectors: Apollo Ltd P/N’s 55000-153 thermal; 55000-350 photoelectric smoke; 55000-250 ionization smoke and bases, P/N 45681-200 and
45681-220. 24 V dc batteries rated 5-50 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SYSTEMS.)
Harrington Signal Inc, 2519 4th Ave, Box 590, Moline IL 61265
The HS-3030 fire alarm control panel with configuration program software Network Plus (Version 17). The following equipment makes up
the HS-3030 fire alarm control panel: HS-3331 main circuit board assembly (Firmware HS2-7, Version 17.xx), HS-3130 Network board,
HS-3235 Terminal board Class A, HS-3236 Terminal board, Class B, HS-3237 Plug-in board, HS-3032 LED Annunciator board, HS-3038
Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3138 Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3238 Class B conventional IDC module, HS-3338 Class
A conventional IDC module, HS-3039 Class B, SLC module (Firmware BRK 3G, Version 17.xx), HS-3139 Class A, SLC module (Firmware
BRK 2G, Version 17.xx) and HS-3035 power supply module. Standby batteries (7 to 40 AH) are available to provide 24 hours emergency
operation. The two 40 AH batteries require a separate battery box HS-3938. HS-3140 remote annunciator module uses HS-3434 main circuit
board (Firmware AN-4H, Version 17.xx) in conjunction with the HS-3130 Network Communication board to interface with the main control
over a proprietary DCLR Class A Style 7 SLC network. Annunciator contains 16 programmable switch inputs, communication ports and an
80 character LCD display. Power to the annunciator (24 V dc) is provided through a supervised connection to the control power supply. The
following analog-addressable devices are compatible with the HS-3030 control: System Sensor models 2551, 1551, and 2551T smoke
detectors, System Sensor model 5551 heat detector (spacing guide 30 x 30 ft [9 x 9 m] max), System Sensor M500CH control, M500MB
monitor and M501M mini-monitor modules. The System Sensor detectors are to be used with B501B bases. The HS-3030 control is
compatible with the following Approved two-wire smoke detection devices: Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd. 60A, P/N 55000-250, P/N 55000-350;
Detection Systems, Inc. DS200-2W, DS200-HD; Hochiki America Corp. SIF-24F, SLK-24F, SLK-24FH; System Sensor 1400, 1451, 2400,
2400TH, 2451, 2451TH.
Hochiki America Corp, 7051 Village Dr Suite 100, Buena Park CA 90621
Fire Alarm Control. Model AL-136H with the following subassemblies: HA-241-2000-A control board and power supply chassis; -2412002-A three zone circuit boards (5 max); -241-2003-A battery charger; -241-2004-A (X1-X2) supplemental auxiliary output module for city
box connection; optional 24 V standby power available for 24 or 60 hours from 6 or 12 AH rechargeable gel-cell type batteries. Provides
two-wire (combination initiating/power circuits) Class B initiating device circuits with 5.6 K ohm end-of-line-resistor for use with Approved 24
V dc smoke detectors, or normally open contact fire detectors and manual stations; Approved polarized 24 V dc audible signal indicating
appliances.
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model AL150. Operates from 120 V ac, 60 Hz supply; internal 24 V dc, 2.5 A power supply. Panel suitable for
use with the Approved Hochiki two-wire SLG-24F, SIF-24F detectors with HS-224 mounting bases, or normally-open contact fire alarm or
sprinkler waterflow alarm initiating devices and polarized 18-36 V dc audible signaling appliances. Provides single 24 V dc Class B initiating
device circuit and two 24 V dc 0.75 A audible signaling appliance circuits. Control is equipped with 24 V, 6.5 AH battery to provide 24 hour
secondary (standby) power.
Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc), 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408
Model 5505 Fire and Security System. Control consists of P/N D1640 120/16-17 V ac, 40 V, 60 Hz transformer, Model 5505 control/
communicator assembly (Version E or G); Model D192 bell circuit supervision model. Options include Model No. 136 relay, Model No. D129
dual Class A initiation circuit module, D125 powered loop interface, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of two D8125 POPEX (Point
of Protection Expansion) modules each with up to 63 D8126U, D8126T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), Model 510 or 520
arming station. A 12 V, 6 AH battery can provide the required 24 hours standby power. When connected to Approved signal initiating devices
and indicating appliances, this system meets the performance requirements of NFPA72 (Local Protective Signaling Systems). When equipped
with D128 dual phone line switcher, this control can also be used as the protected premises portion of the Honeywell Digital Alarm
Communicator System (DACS). (See CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Models 5800C and 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) Control/Communicators equipped with Model
D1255, D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each control
has a D192C notification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls may
connect with D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX module or D8128A
OctoPOPIT module with D8127U, D8127T, D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the 5900C with up to 238 signaling line circuits, and
the 5800C panel with up to 40 signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with
12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION
SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 5924C Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12 equipped with Model D1255,
D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Options include
Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of Protection Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point
of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module and
D8128A OctoPOPIT module. The 5924C control is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to
38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures
from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can also be used as digital alarm communicator transmitters. (See also CENTRAL STATION and
REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)
XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/
addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mounted enclosures XLSCAB5/7/14/21(R) and XLS-RCC7/14/21R; 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memory expansion; 3-PPS/M(230)
primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx
LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R,
RS485 network communication cards; 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN remote annunciators including
3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B flush box for the 3-6ANN,
6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, and 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN; 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN, 3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN,
and 3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller. 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with
Edwards 6250B (or C) Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-DSDCsingle SIGAnature data cards compatible with the
following; XLS-PS photoelectric smoke detector, XLS-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, XLS-IS ionization
smoke detector, XLS-IPHS multisensor detector, XLS-HFS 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector; XLS-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed
and rate of rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15×15 ft); SIGA-270B, -270F, and -278BP, and XLS-270, -270P, and -278
manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTM input modules,SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are;
SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB, -RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases.
SIGA-DH duct housing assembly and SIGA-DTS duct test station for use with XLS-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. 3-ASU audio source units;
3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A,
3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30 and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) or XLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers
3-.REMICP and 3-REMICA remote microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel Interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250
Dukane amplifiers. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also
EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEM listings.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-73
XLS200 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA Series analog/
addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall-mounted enclosure XLSCAB5(R); 3-CPU processor with 3-LCD display; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the
following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232
supplementary connection card; 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone module compatible with Edwards 6250B (or C) Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-DSDC single SIGAnature data cards compatible with XLS-PS photoelectric smoke detector, XLS-PHS photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat detector, XLS-IS ionization smoke detector, XLS-IPHS multisensor detector, XLS-HFS 135°F
(57°C) fixed temp heat detector; XLS-HRS 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate of rise heat detector (spacing guide for -HFS and HRS
is 15 X 15 ft [3 X 3 m]); SIGA-270B, -270F, and -278BP, and XLS-270, -270P, and -278 manual stations; SIGA-CT1, -CT2, -MM1 and -WTM
input modules, SIGA-CC1, -CC2 and -CR control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB,
-RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED remote LED and SIGA-TS trim ring. SIGA-DH duct housing assembly and SIGA-DTS duct test station
for use with XLS-PS/PHS/IPHS detectors. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency
operation.
Honeywell International Inc, 1500 W Dundee Rd, Arlington Heights IL 60004
DELTANet FS90 Fire and Security System. Programmable fire alarm control panel consists of a P/N 14505151 enclosure, up to four P/N
14505102 motherboards, P/N 14505148 power supply (120 V ac) with P/N 14506408 battery supervision module and a selection of functional
boards. Functional boards covered by this Approval are as follows: P/N 14505104-005, CA control board (Operating Software Ver. 3.4); P/N
14505106-001, AA four-zone, two-wire initiating; P/N 14505108, AB two-zone, four-wire initiating; P/N 14505106-002, AC four-zone, two-wire
initiating; P/N 14505118, AD digital input; P/N 14505132-001, AE intelligent loop (Operating Software Ver. 3.2A); P/N 14505110, BF two zone,
two wire, two relay indicating; P/N 14505126, two zone, four wire indicating; P/N 14505112-002, DC accessory relay; P/N 14506788-004, LH
command center interface (Operating Software Ver. 3.0); P/N 14506344-001, LJ communication/display (Operating Software Ver. 2.2); P/N
14506817, printer/display assembly; P/N 14505114, VA master box and remote station transmitter (required for auxiliary connection to a
municipal fire alarm system); P/N 14506302,-001, SK 3 position HVAC override; P/N 14506302-002, SF 2 position HVAC override.
Compatible with the following modules and detectors: Laser Photoelectric smoke detector TC846A1005, photoelectric smoke detectors
TC844A and TC840M1005, Photoelectric Smoke Sensor TC806B1001, Photoelectric Smoke Sensor with 135°F Fixed Temperature Heat
Sensors TC806B1076, TC806B1084, TC840M1021 and TC806B1043, Ionization Smoke Sensors TC807B1059, TC807B1000, 135°F Fixed
Temperature Heat Sensors TC808B1002, TC808B1041 and TC808B11058; 190°F Fixed Temperature Heat Sensor TC808B1066; 135°F
Fixed Temperature and Rate-of-Rise Heat Sensor TC808B1010, Duct Detectors TC806D1023, TC806D1031, TC806D1011, TC806D1018,
TC806D1049, TC806D1056, 32002812-005, and 32002812-006; Relay Control Module TC810R1024, Supervised Control Module
TC810N1013, Monitor Module TC809A1059, Dual Monitor Module TC809D1004, Mini-Module TC809B1008, Interface Module TC841A1000,
S464G1007 dual action manual pull station.
The following addressable modules and intelligent/analog sensors can be used with the AE intelligent loop board: TC 810A1056 control
module; TC 809A1059 monitor module; TC 809B1008 monitor module; TC 811A1006 isolator module; TC 804C1001 photoelectric type
smoke sensor; TC 804C1019 photoelectric type smoke sensor with heat detector; TC 805C1000 ionization type smoke sensor; TC 806A1037
photoelectric type smoke sensor; TC 807A1036 ionization type smoke sensor; TC 808A1027 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor
(spacing guide is 30 by 30 feet [9 by 9 m] max); 14506414-001 base; 14506873-001 duct type smoke sensor.
The system can be configured to meet any of the five styles of initiating device circuits, styles 4, 5 and 7 signaling line circuits and styles
W and Y for notification appliance circuits described in ANSI/NFPA 72-1993. P/N 14506056-002, 24 V dc, 26 AH batteries are available to
provide 24 to 60 hours of standby power. (See PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS.)
XLS-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1 and -2Z1-220. Programmable modular control panels. Each panel is equipped with a 120 V ac power supply
module (or 220 V ac with a suffix -220) and a 24 V dc, 4 AH battery to provide 24 or 60 hour secondary (standby) power. Model XLS-1Z1
has a base module (using firmware Version 1.05), one Class B (Style B) initiating device circuit (IDC) and two Class B (Style Y) notification
appliance circuits (NACs). Model XLS-2Z1 has a base module, two Class B (Style Y) NACs and two Class B (Style B) IDCs. The panel can
be expanded to include one optional module, the relay-city tie module (RCT-1). Also available is the remote trouble unit driver (RTUDR)
required for use with a remote trouble unit (RTU). Each panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection
devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003, 6270B and 6270B-003.
XLS-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6 and -2Z6-220. Programmable modular control panels each consisting of a 120 V ac power supply module (or 220
V ac with a suffix -220) and a base module (using firmware Version 1.05) with two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits (IDCs) and two
Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits (NACs). Each 2Z3 panel can be expanded to include up to three optional modules and each
2Z6 up to six additional modules which include an annunciator driver master (ADMM), annunciator driver slave (ADSM), two zone IDC module
(2IDC), the relay-city tie module (RCT-1), base panel Class A module (BPAC), IDC Class A module (IDCA). Remote annunciators include the
remote trouble unit (RTU) and 2, 4 or 8 zone annunciators (4ZA, 8ZA and 12 ZA). Each panel may be used with the following Approved
compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: Edwards Systems Technology 6249B, 6250B, 6264B-001, 6266B-001, 6269B, 6269B-003,
6270B and 6270B-003.
Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53201-5211
Fire Alarm Control. IFC-200 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses firmware
revision level 2. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6, or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuits
as described in NFPA 72. Optional modules Notifier 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable
peripheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionization; 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric; DH500J or DH502J duct
housing can be used with Models 1551J and 2551J detectors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; FTX-P2J photoelectric smoke detector;
FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal
element; 5551J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9×9 m] max) 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ
thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. Model BGX-101L and JBG-12LX addressable pull
station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ and M501MJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor, M302MJ interface, M500XJ fault isolation,
M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, and M510CJ control module. When required, the following remote annunicators may be
used: Notifier ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby
battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12 AH internal provide 24 or 60 hour operation.
Fire Alarm Control Panel System 5000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific
needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 24 zones: ZDM zone module, SSM sprinkler supervisory, BCM bell circuit,
BMT signal circuit timer, BMC master march time coder, BMCT master march time coder and timer, PS4/PS4X power supply auxiliary
signaling, ACB power and supervision ac signaling, PS3 power supply, LBM low battery monitor, RTI remote trouble indicator, RZA remote
zone annunciator, RDS fire drill switch.
Multiplex System 5000. Consists of the System 5000 control panel with a binary field processing unit, for communication with the JC/85/40,
mounted within the enclosure. This unit can be a stand-alone local control panel or be used as the protected premises portion of the Johnson
Controls JC/85/40 Multiplex Proprietary System. (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
FC-2000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2, -D2,
-A3, -B3, -C3 or -D3 enclosure, CPU-2000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module IZM-4 or
-8. CPU-2000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal
tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable
of operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules and
14-74
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
detectors: DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 1351J Ionization smoke detector, FTX-P2J and 2351TMJ photoelectric smoke detector;
FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, 5351J
135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. M300MJ,
M300SMJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor, M302MJ interface, M300RJ relay, M300CJ control relay, M301MJ mini modules; IZM-4, IZM-8,
IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used:
ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual power
supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide the
required 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
IFC-2020 Advanced Multiplex System. The IFC-2020 system consists of the following: one CPU-2020 central processing unit; one DIA-1
display interface assembly; up to three ICA-4 interconnect chassis assemblies; up to ten LIB-200 loop interface boards; one SIB-64 serial
interface board; one MPS-24 main power supply; and up to three AVPS-24 audio/visual power supplies (with CHS-4 option chassis assemblies) enclosed in one of four different size cabinets, depending on the particular system configuration. Software revision level ROMSC3-2020,
Rev. D. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Model 1551J ionization type intelligent smoke detector; Model
2551J photoelectric type intelligent smoke detector; Model 2551THJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; Model 5551J 135°F
(57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Model BG-10L addressable pull station; Models M500MJ and M501MJ
monitors, M500XJ fault isolation, M500CJ and M510CJ control modules; Model CRT-1 video display unit and P-80 printer. The system can
be configured to meet Styles 4 or 6 signaling line circuits and Styles Y or Z indicating appliance circuits as described in NFPA72. Models 1551J
ionization sensor and 2551J photoelectric sensor can be used with DH500J duct housing powered by 24 V dc, 24 V ac, 120 V ac, 240 V ac
or with the DH502J duct housing. The system has a programmable detector alarm verification feature which delays alarm annunciation up
to 50 sec, in order to reduce unwanted alarms. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,
AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Two 25 AH batteries provide the required 24
hour standby power. Indicating appliance circuits supply from 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be capable of operating
throughout this entire voltage range.
IFC1010 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control using firmware Rev. 6.60 consists of combination of CPU-1010 central processing unit, Firmware No. 73764; DIA-1010 display interface assembly, Firmware No. 73757; up to 10 LIB-200 loop interface boards, Firmware
No. 73760; SIB-232 serial interface board; SIB-2048 serial interface board, Firmware No. 73790; SIB-N2 network interface board, Firmware
No. 73790; MPS-24A main power supply; ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; MBT-1 municipal box trip device; AVPS-24 audio-visual
power supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board connects an IFC1010 control
with other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionization
sensor, 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric sensor, 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric sensor with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, FTX-P2J
photoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; System Sensor Models 1251
ionization sensor, 2251 photoelectric sensor, base Models B210LP and B501B, RA400Z remote LED assembly; DH-500J, -502J duct
housings can be used with Models 1551J ionization or 2551J photoelectric sensors; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ
thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. 5551J 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor
(spacing guide 30 30 ft max) (5551J to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; Model
BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ monitor module, M300DJ dual monitor module, M500XJ fault
isolation module, M300RJ relay module, M300CJ control relay module, M302MJ interface module, M301MJ mini module, M510CJ control
module; CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, -16AT,
AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, -E32, -R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 to 60 hour standby
operation.
IFC-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. IFC4R3.0. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing
circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional
modules are AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revision
level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. IFC-400 is capable of operating with the Notifier XP series
transponders (see separate listing). IFC-400 provides two signaling line circuits each capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable
input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Style 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be used to
connect an IFC-400 control with System 5000 controls. The following addressable initiating device and control equipment are also available:
Models 1351J, CPX-551 and CPX-751 ionization; SDX-551 and 2351TMJ photoelectric, SDX-751TH photoelectric used with base Models
B710LP and BX501; FTX-P2J photoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector;
DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; SDX551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise
(spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max); FDX-551R
135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max); (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model
BGX-101L and JBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, MMX-1 and MMX-101 monitor, M300DJ dual monitor,
M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, M302MJ interface, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 control modules. When
required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A,
LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also
EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)
IFC-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #IFC6V2.0. Basic system consists of a combination of JCPU-640
Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, JNCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. The power supply is
an integral part of the JCPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V
dc 2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3 A in standby. Optional modules are: LEM-320
Loop Expander Module, APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK,
CRE-4, and ARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (see separate listing). TM-4 transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling
connection. IFC-640 is capable of operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6
or 7. IFC-640 supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-F-ONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-F
Network Control Modules, JNCA Network Control Annunciator for use with IFC-640, IFC-1010, IFC2020, IFC-200 and/or IFC-400 fire alarm
control panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models 1351J ionization; 2351TMJ photoelectric
with 135°F (57°C) thermal element used with base Model B710LP; FTX-P2J Photoelectric smoke detector, FSL-751 Laser Photoelectric
detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 2351TJ photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal
element; 5351J 135°F (57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by
7.60 m]. FDX 551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate of rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft [9 by 9 m] max); (sensor Model
Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’) Model JNBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ monitor, M300DJ dual monitor,
M300CJ control relay, M300RJ relay, M301MJ mini, M302MJ interface, M500XJ fault isolation modules. When required, the following remote
annunciators may be used: ACM 8R, ACM 16AT, AEM 16AT, ACM 32A, AEM 32A, AFM 16AT, AFM 32A, LDM 32, LDM E32, LDM R32, LCD
80. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model JPRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. (See also
CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)
IFC2020 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control using firmware Rev. 6.60 consists of combination of CPU-2020 central processing unit, Firmware No. 73763; DIA-2020 display interface assembly, Firmware No. 73756; up to 10 LIB-200 loop interface boards, Firmware
No. 73760; SIB-232 serial interface board; SIB-2048 serial interface board, Firmware No. 73790; SIB-N2 network interface board, Firmware
No. 73790; MPS-24A main power supply; ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; MBT-1 municipal box trip device; AVPS-24 audio-visual
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-75
power supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board connects an IFC2020 control
with other IFC2020/IFC1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models 1551J and 1351J ionization
sensors, 2551J and 2351TMJ photoelectric sensors, 2551THJ and 2351TJ photoelectric sensor with 135°F (57°C) thermal element, FTX-P2J
photoelectric smoke detector; FSL-751 Laser photoelectric detector; 2351J photoelectric smoke detector; System Sensor Models 1251
ionization sensor, 2251 photoelectric sensor, base Models B210LP and B501B, RA400Z remote LED assembly; DH-500J, -502J duct
housings can be used with Models 1551J ionization or 2551J photoelectric sensors; DH300P and DH300RP duct detectors; 5351J 135°F
(57°C) thermal detector and 5351RJ thermal detector with rate-of-rise (spacing guide for both 25 by 25 ft [7.60 m by 7.60 m]. 5551J 135° F
(57°C) fixed temperature thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft max) (5551J to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); Model
BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models M300MJ, M300SMJ, M500MJ monitor module, M300DJ dual monitor module, M500XJ fault
isolation module, M302MJ interface module, M300CJ control relay module, M300RJ relay module, M301MJ mini module, M510CJ control
module; CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, -16AT,
AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, -E32, -R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 to 60 hour standby
operation.
XP Series Transponder (P/N 73737, Rev. A). Programmable modular control panel for local and auxiliary signaling. The XP panel consists
of an XPP-1 processor (P/N 73736), the XPM-8 and XPM-8L initiating device circuit (IDC) modules, the XPC-8 notification appliance circuit
module (NAC) and the MPS-24A or MPS-24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AH batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24
to 60 hour secondary (standby) power. For initiating auxiliary signals, the MBT-1 municipal box trip must be connected to any two NAC
terminals on the XPC-8 module. Optional FCPS-24 and FCPS-24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24
V dc power to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The XP panel may be used with the following
Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor detectors 1400, 1451, 2400, 2400AIT, 2400AT, 2400TH; 2451
2451TH with base Models B401, B401B, B406B and DH400; System Sensor detectors 1151, 2151, 1451DH, 1851DH and 2851DH with base
Models B401, B116LP, DH2851DC, DH1851DC, DH400 and B110LP.
Kidde-Fenwal Inc, 400 Main St, Ashland MA 01721
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 3210, P/N 30-321000-0XX. Operates on 120 V ac, 2.0 A to provide regulated 24 V dc, 4.0 A. Provides fire
alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of an installation. The following modules provide
for up to 72 zones: 30-321000-182 zone module, -157 bell circuit, -158 master March time coder, -163 diode matrix card (1-5 function), -164
diode matrix card (6-10 function), -172 power supply, -178 trouble by zone card, -179 trouble by zone card, -151, -152 and -153 actuation
modules, -174 auxiliary 4 A power supply, -160 basic master fire card, -187 common coder, -190 zone coder, -181 sprinkler supervisory
module, -183, -184, -185 zone expanders, -186 dual rate charger card, -188 time delay switch [on module], -189 time delay switch, -198
supervised relay card, -915 transformer assembly, -146 double density zone module, -145 verification module, -147, -148 and -149 firing cards
to be used with initiators 31-199932-004. Standby batteries provided for 24 hours of operation.
Model 2320 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235818-001-AA. 24 V dc panel available in two
primary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 30-232000-101, -201) or 240 V ac (P/N 30-232000-103, -203). (See description under AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Control Panel. Model 2210, P/N 30-221000-000; Model 2212, P/N 30-221000-201 (two Model 2210 zone modules in one cabinet). All
models provide power and control Approved Series 7000 photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors, other Approved 24 V dc fire
detectors, audible signaling devices and extinguishing release circuits; two supervised alarm initiating circuits for either Class A or Class B
operation; three alarm indicating circuits. Model 2210 has one supervised extinguishing system releasing circuit; Model 2212 has two
supervised extinguishing system releasing circuits. Releasing circuits are for use with valve P/N 31-19411200XX and up to ten explosive
initiators, P/N 31-199932-004, or up to six explosive initiators, P/N 93-191001-001. Power supplies operate on 120 V ac, 1.5 A to provide
regulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A. Built-in battery charger for two 12 V, 6 AH, sealed, lead-acid batteries. Standby battery power capacity is 24 hours.
Each alarm-indicating circuit and releasing circuit must not draw more than 0.75 A. Models 2210, 2212 have an optional keyswitch to disable
release circuits.
Model 2220, P/N 30-222000-001. For use with signal initiating and indicating devices connected to two Class B initiating circuits and one
24 V dc audible indicating circuit. Provides one extinguishing release circuit which will actuate one P/N 31-194135-001 or -002 actuator, or
two explosive initiators P/N 31-199932-004. Two Powersonic, Model PS-1212, 12 V, 1.2 AH batteries provide the required 24 hour standby
power. Current available for alarm indicating circuit is 200 mA.
SCORPIO Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA.. 24 V dc panel available in two
primary voltage ratings 120 V ac (P/N 84-232000-102, -202) or 240 V ac (P/N 84-232000-104, -204). (See description under AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Fenwalnet 1000 Programmable Fire Alarm System including central control module 74-100001-001 with 06-234970-003 through
06-234976-003 firmware and 89.01 operating program, mother board 74-100000-001, memory module 74-100002-001, signal audible
module 74-100004-001, receiver/transmitter module 30-402002-003 or -004, indicator switch board 74-100005-001, relay module 74-100006001, power supply 74-100009-001, power supply 74-100003-001, autodial module 74-100007-001, memory module 74-100002-001, battery
enclosure 74-100017-001. 70-401001-000, 70-401004-000, 71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000 smart smoke detectors, 70-403000-000 duct
housing, PSD-7125, PSD-7126 photoelectric detectors and CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector used with 70-201000-001 detector base,
PSD-7152 (P/N 71-402001-100) photoelectric detector and CPD-7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) ionization detector used with 6 in. base (6SB)
P/N 70-400001-100, 4 in. base (4SB) P/N 70-400001-101 and mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200, 70-407002-001 normally
open addressable contact input device, 70-407008-001 and -003 addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressable
relay output device module, 70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001 addressable manual station adaptor, 70-408003-000 alarm indicator,
70-408002-000 addressable relay output device, 70-410001-000 remote annunciator led, 70-403000-000 duct detector housing. City tie
module 74-100014-001 provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Addressable signaling lines can be configured
to meet NFPA72 Styles 4 and 6. Optional intelligent interface modules P/N 89-100066-001 and 89-100071-001 may be used with the
Kidde-Fenwal AnaLASER detector as supplemental equipment. Standby batteries (24 V dc, 17 or 40 AH) supply 24 or 60 hours of emergency
operating power.
FenwalNET 2000 equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 74-200008-701) rev. CCMF 80.1 SL or CCM (multiloop P/N 74-200008-800) rev.
CCMF 80.1 ML used with AnaLASER II High Sensitivity Smoke Detector. For multiple AnaLASER II detectors, connection by means of an
Intelligent Interface Module (IIM) (P/N 89-300014-001 software ver. AB; P/N 89-300015-001 software ver. AB; P/N 89-300012-001, software
version AB; P/N 89-300013-001 software version AB). The IIM allows interfacing up to 127 AnaLASER II detectors to a FenwalNET 2000 via
an RS-485 network configurable as either Style 4 (Class B) or Style 6 (Class A). For a single AnaLASER II, connection by means of an
AnaLASER Interface Module (AIM), (P/N 89-300010-001 software version AA) mounted inside the detector enclosure and interfaced to the
RxTx addressable loop. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See separate FenwalNET 2000
listing under Local Protective Signaling and AnaLASER II listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.)
Fenwalnet 4000 Programmable Fire Alarm System including 30-405003-000 central control module with 06-234650-003 through
06-234656-003 firmware and 89.01 operating program, 30-403002-000 motherboard card cage assembly, up to eight 30-402002-000
receiver/transmitter module assembly (includes 06-234649-003/-004 firmware), 30-401004-000 signal/audible output module, 30-401006000 city tie output module, 30-401005-000 relay output module, 30-406003-000 functional display door assembly, 30-407000-000 power
supply and battery charger, 30-404002-000 battery charger module, 30-404003-000 power supply regulator module, 70-400001-000 smart
smoke detector base, (CPD-7040) 70-401001-000, (CPD-7042) 70-401002-000, (CPD-7044) 70-401004-000, (PSD-7140) 71-401001-000,
(PSD-7142) 70-401002-000, and (PSD-7144) 71-401004-000 smart smoke detectors, 70-403000-000 duct housing, PSD-7125, PSD-7126
photoelectric detectors and CPD-7021 ionization smoke detector used with 70-201000-001 detector base, 70-407002-001 normally open
addressable contact input device, 70-407008-001 and -003 addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressable relay
14-76
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
output device module, 70-407003-001 addressable manual station, 70-408002-000 addressable relay output device, 70-410001-000 remote
annunciator led, 70-403000-000 duct detector housing, 30-408002-000 keyboard, 30-412001-000 remote trouble indicating panel. Addressable signaling lines can be configured to meet NFPA72 Styles 4 and 6. Optional intelligent interface modules P/N 89-100064-001 and
89-100071-001 may be used with the Kidde-Fenwal AnaLASER detector as supplemental equipment. Standby batteries supply 24 or 60
hours of emergency operating power.
One Zone Fire Alarm Control Panel. Mercury, P/N 295100, 295101. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the system
can be configured for local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Control motherboard, P/N 295105, contains one Class B initiating circuit (24 V dc),
one indicating device circuit (1 A max), one switched DC output circuit (24 V dc, 0.3 A max) and one supervisory signaling circuit. Control can
be used with city box module, P/N 295104 and Class A module, P/N 295109. 12 V dc batteries (6.5 to 15 AH) used to supply required 24 or
60 hours of standby power.
GEMINI Fire Alarm Control System. Provides fire alarm functions by modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of
an installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, the basic Gemini unit consists of a common control board with two Class
B initiating circuits and one Class A indicating appliance circuit, P/N 295005; a 2.75 A, 28.2 V power supply/charger, P/N 295003 and a power
transformer, P/N 295014 or a 4.0 A power supply/charger, P/N 295004 and a power transformer, P/N 295015. Operates from 110/120 V ac
or 220/240 V ac, 24 V dc. Standby batteries (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) for 24 hours available. Optional board and accessory equipment include:
alarm auxiliary control board, P/N 295044; city box transmitter, P/N 295045; four-zone detection board with and without switches, P/N 295043;
10 relay board, P/N 295042; counting zone board, P/N 295041; sprinkler supervisory board, P/N 295047; single polarized relay, P/N 295062;
double polarized relay, P/N 295063; bus-to-bus interconnecting cable, P/N 295049; two zone (initiating circuits) expansion board, P/N 295009
(3 max); auxiliary relay board, P/N 295008; Class A input zone relay, P/N 295026.
Gemini II Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software, Remote
Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, a Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software, and Optional Relay Board
(ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7 signaling
performance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), one of
which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type smoke detectors and normally open
contact closure devices. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051, -7051D, PSD-7155,
-7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHU are also
provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with three Form C relay output
circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 Vdc/120 V ac. For Canadian
installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standby battery bank up to
66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
AnaLASER 50TFP/100TFP/200TFP (High Sensitivity Smoke Detector/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel). The AnaLASER 50TFP/
100TFP/200TFP is a one zone high sensitivity smoke detection system with integral programmable fire alarm/suppression control module.
(See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)
FenwalNET 2000 and FenwalNET 2000 ML Programmable analog controls. The FenwalNET 2000 is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N
74-200008-701) software Rev. CCMF81.1SL; while the FenwalNET 2000 ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 74-200008-800) software
Rev. CCMF81.1ML. Both controls are also each equipped with RX/TX card (P/N 74-200005-001) Rev. R0483, power supply module (P/N
74-200009-010) Rev. AA and optional agent release module (P/N 74-200001-001) Rev. AD, city tie module (P/N 74-200002-001) Rev. AC,
audible signal module (P/N 74-200003-001) Rev. AE relay module (P/N 74-200004-001) Rev. AD, optional annunciator driver module ATM-L
(P/N 74-300004-032), and optional relay driver module ATM-R (P/N 74-300005-032). Each control is compatible with PSD-7152 (P/N
71-402001-100) and CPD-7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors with the 6 in.
6SB (P/N 70-400001-100) and 4 in. 4SB (P/N 70-400001-101) detector bases, mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200), DH-2000
duct detector with PSD-7152 (P/N 70-403001-052) and DH-2000 duct detector with CPD-7052 (P/N 70-403001-152). The panels are also
compatible with the Addressable AlarmLine Module (P/N 73-100001-001) installed in either a standard electrical outlet box or a suitably rated
NRTL listed NEMA 4 enclosure. In addition, the FenwalNET 2000 and the FenwalNET 2000 ML are compatible with 70-407008-001 and –003
addressable contact input device modules, 70-408004-001 addressable relay output device module, addressable manual stations (P/Ns
70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001), addressable contact input devices (P/Ns 70-407002-001 and –002), addressable relay output devices
(P/Ns 70-408002-000, 70-408001-000 and 70-408003-000), Addressable Signal Sounder Module (P/N 70-200200-001), PSD-7140 (P/Ns
71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000) and CPD-7040 (P/Ns 70-401001-000 and 70-401004-000) analog addressable smoke detectors with
(P/N 70-400001-000) detector base. The panels are also compatible with the THD7252 thermistor heat detector (P/N 70-404001-100) rated
135°F (37°C) to 155°F (68.3°C), spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max, loop isolator base mount (P/N 74-200012-004), loop isolator
single gang mount (P/N 74-200012-002) and the loop isolator RX/TX mount (P/N 74-200012-001). When connected with the Intelligent
Interface Module IIM-2000 (P/N 89-100082-001 with software Version 1.0), the FenwalNET 2000 can monitor up to 30 AnaLASER detectors.
When the AnaLASER Interface Module AIM (P/N 89-100081-001 with software Version AB) is connected to the RX/TX module, the FenwalNET 2000 can monitor one HSSD AnaLASER on its addressable signaling line circuit. FenwalNet 2000 used with AnaLASER II High
Sensitivity Smoke Detector. For multiple AnaLASER II detectors, connection by means of an Intelligent Interface Module (IIM) (P/N
89-300014-001 software ver. AC; P/N 89-300015-001 software ver. AC; P/N 89-300012-001, software version AC; P/N 89-300013-001
software version AC). The IIM allows interfacing up to 127 AnaLASER II detectors to a FenwalNET 2000 via an RS-485 network configurable
as either Style 4 (Class B) or Style 6 (Class A). For a single AnaLASER II, connection by means of an AnaLASER Interface Module (AIM),
(P/N 89-300010-001 software version AD) mounted inside the detector enclosure and interfaced to the RxTx addressable loop. Suitable for
indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (Note: The CCM software must be series 70 rev. or higher.) (See
separate AnaLASER II listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.) Depending on its configuration, optional Network Interface Card (P/N
74-200036-001) provides an RS485 (Class A) Style 7 or (Class B) Style 4 signaling line circuit enabling a network of 32 fire alarm controls
to communicate for local monitoring only. The panels are also compatible with the Remote Display and Control Module (P/N 74-300000-502)
and the Remote Display Module (P/N 74-300000-501). 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency
operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
Fenwal 3220 Multi-Hazard Control System. Modular system consisting of a Main Control Panel (MCP) with Rev. BA operating software,
Remote Hazard Unit (RHU) with Rev. BA operating software, a Remote Display Unit (RDU) with Rev. BA operating software, and Optional
Relay Board (ORB). The MCP can communicate with up to seven RHUs over the RS485 data network configured for (Class A) Style 7
signaling performance. Both the MCP and the RHU are provided with 3 (Class A) Style D or (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC),
one of which is designated for waterflow while the other two are typically used to connect to conventional type smoke detectors and normally
open contact closure devices. The MCP and the RHU are compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: CPD 7051, -7051D,
PSD-7155, -7155P, or PSD-7156 with base models: 2-WIRE, 2-WRB, 2-WRB with Indicator, 2WRLT, or DH-60(2W). The MCP and the RHU
are also provided with two (Class A) Style Z or (Class B) Style Y notification appliance circuits. The MCP is also provided with three Form
C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V ac. The ORB is provided with five Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc/120 V
ac. For Canadian installations, an LED display module is added for each MCP and RHU. The modular system is provided with a standby
battery bank up to 66 AH in capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
PEGAsys and PEGAsys ML Programmable analog control panels. The PEGAsys is equipped with CCM (single loop P/N 76-100008-701)
software Rev. CCMP81.1SL; while the PEGAsys ML is equipped with CCM (multi-loop P/N 76-100008-800) software Rev. CCMP81.1ML.
Both controls are also each equipped with RX/TX card (P/N 76-100005-001) Rev. R0483, power supply module (P/N 76-200009-010) Rev.
AA and optional agent release module (P/N 76-100001-001) Rev. AD, city tie module (P/N 76-100002-001) Rev. AC, audible signal module
(P/N 76-100003-001) Rev. AE relay module (P/N 76-100004-001) Rev. AD, optional annunciator driver module ATM-L (P/N 76-200004-032),
and optional relay driver module ATM-R (P/N 76-200005-032). The panels are compatible with PSD-7152 (P/N 71-402001-100) and CPD7052 (P/N 70-402001-100) analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke detectors with the 6 in. 6SB (P/N 70-400001-100) and
4 in. 4SB (P/N 70-400001-101) detector bases, mechanical adapter MA-002 (P/N 70-400001-200), DH-2000 duct detector with PSD-7152
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-77
(P/N 70-403001-052) and DH-2000 duct detector with CPD-7052 (P/N 70-403001-152). The panels are also compatible with the Addressable
AlarmLine Module (P/N 73-100001-001) installed in either a standard electrical outlet box or a suitably rated NRTL listed NEMA 4 enclosure.
In addition, the PEGAsys and the PEGAsys ML are compatible with 70-407008-001 and –003 addressable contact input device modules,
70-408004-001 addressable relay output device module, addressable manual stations (P/Ns 70-407003-001 and 70-407004-001), addressable contact input devices (P/Ns 70-407002-001 and –002), addressable relay output devices (P/Ns 70-408002-000, 70-408001-000 and
70-408003-000), Addressable Signal Sounder Module (P/N 70-200200-001), PSD-7140 (P/Ns 71-401001-000 and 71-401004-000) and
CPD-7040 (P/Ns 70-401001-000 and 70-401004-000) analog addressable smoke detectors with (P/N 70-400001-000) detector base. The
panels are also compatible with the THD7252 thermistor heat detector (P/N 70-404001-100) rated 135°F (37°C) to 155°F (68.3°C), spacing
guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max, loop isolator base mount (P/N 74-200012-004), loop isolator single gang mount (P/N 74-200012-002)
and the loop isolator RX/TX mount (P/N 74-200012-001). When connected with the Intelligent Interface Module IIM-2000 (P/N 89-100082-001
with software Version 1.0), the PEGAsys can monitor up to 30 AnaLASER detectors. When the AnaLASER Interface Module AIM (P/N
89-100081-001 with software Version AB) is connected to the RX/TX module, the PEGAsys can monitor one HSSD AnaLASER on its
addressable signaling line circuit. PEGASys used with ORION XT High Sensitivity Smoke Detector. A single ORION XT, connects by means
of a PEGASys Addressable Loop Module (PALM) (P/N 297103 with software version AC) mounted inside the detector enclosure and
interfaced to the RxTx addressable loop. Suitable for indoor use only in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (Note: The CCM
software must be series 70 rev. or higher.) (See separate ORION XT listing under Fire Detection, Smoke Actuated.) Depending on its
configuration, optional Network Interface Card (P/N 74-200036-001) provides an RS485 (Class A) Style 7 or (Class B) Style 4 signaling line
circuit enabling a network of 32 fire alarm controls to communicate for local monitoring only. The panels are also compatible with the Remote
Display and Control Module (P/N 74-300000-502) and the Remote Display Module (P/N 74-300000-501). 24 V dc batteries rated 17-99 AH
are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS.)
ORION 5RP/10RP [High Sensitivity Smoke Detector(HSSD)/Fire Alarm Control/Suppression Panel]. The ORION 5RP/10RP is a one zone
high sensitivity smoke detection system with integral Programmable fire alarm/suppression control module. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)
SCORPIO 24 Fire Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel using software No. 06-235819-001-AA. Supplied with 24 V dc power by
a dedicated branch circuit of an emergency or optional standby system in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 700,
701, or 702. No AC power supply or battery backup is provided with this system. (See description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Multizone Alarm Control Unit. Models P/N 30-191040-XXX, 30-191041-XXX. Consist of plug-in modules 30-191042-000, -001, -003, -011,
-020, -025, -06X, -050, -051 which provide electrical supervision, alarm signaling and automatic actuation of Fenwal’s fixed fire extinguishing
or explosion-suppression systems.
King-Fisher Co 2350 Foster Ave Wheeling IL 60090
Fire Alarm Control. Models KFRTI-20, -52 provide up to 20 and 52 alarm zones, respectively, through a selection of the following
subassemblies: Model 66099 main motherboard, 66107 zone motherboard, 66111 control panel board, 66170 auxiliary relay board, 66150
CPU board (software version IRII-6), 66115 power supply, 66163 four zone input, 66156 alarm control board, 66165 dual zone board (Class
‘‘A’’). P/N 17014 (5 AH) battery provides 60 hours standby power for the KFRTI-20. The P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) battery provides 60 hours
standby power for the KFRTI-52. These controls can function as auxiliary boxes for the King-Fisher REAMS municipal alarm signaling system
or transponders for the REAMS proprietary signaling system when equipped with a selection of the following boards: 66125 FM receiver,
66120 AM transmitter, 66122 FM transmitter.
P/N 66810-UU, -LL, -UL, -LU dual alarm notification (DAN) module. Provides two additional 3 A, 24 V dc (max) Class A (Style Z) or B (Style
Y) notification appliance circuits controlled by the KFRTI-20/52. Available with both circuits unlatched (-UU), latched (-LL) or in combination
configurations (-UL, -LU). Requires separate KFRTI-20/52 cabinet, one 66811 dual alarm notification module mother board per DAN module
and one or more auxiliary power supplies. The 3 A, 24 V dc (max) auxiliary power supply consists of one P/N 66115 power supply module,
one P/N 66831 auxiliary power supply mother board and two P/N 17014 (5 AH) batteries.
DACS I Fire Control Panel. Model KF-24-DS. Consists of integral 24 V dc power supply/battery charger (or Kepco Model RMD 24-B-110,
110 to 24 V dc power supply) and Model KF-24-DS fire control. Optional Model KF-24-AN zone annunciator available to provide four or eight
zones of alarm detection/indicating. Single-zone (KF-24-DS only) or multi-zone (KF-24-DS with KF-24-AN zone annunciator) configurations
are available. Panel suitable for use with Approved two-wire smoke detectors and Approved normally open alarm contact initiating (detection)
devices. Class A or B type detection circuits. Panel is equipped with battery (5 to 80 AH) to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency power.
DACS II Control Panel. Model KFUCP. Local or auxiliary system consists of a KFUCP control, KF-TL-300, -400, -500, -540, -700, -900 line
type (thermistor) heat detectors, Approved 24 V dc notification appliances and battery (5 to 80 AH) to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency
power. May be used with Kepco 110 to 24 V dc power supply, Model RMD-24-B-110. Thermistor Model No. indicates the temperature (°F)
at which a 50 ft (15 m) length of detector will have a resistance of 100 ohms. Thermistor sensor should be installed no more than 30 ft (9 m)
between parallel sections.
Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy Buffalo Grove IL 60089
ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system using CPU software
Rev. 3.0 (P/N 130048) can be used to provide emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (see separate
IRC-3 listing). Consists of RPSB remote power supply, PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, URSM universal riser
supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RAMM random access message module, ATP audio termination panel, AA75T-25 audio amplifier,
Rauland FAX250 250 watt amplifier, Wheelock Model E-9025-WS-24 speaker. Four Power PRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60
AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.
FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: DCPU display CPU
module; PCPU polling CPU module; and FCCD display module. A max of one PCPU module may be used with a total of four of these
communication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485 RS-485 communication
circuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be used with a total of four of these
communication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232 RS-232 communication module.
The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required: CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM,
CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output option. The SO is required for the
connection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm) rack mount. At least one
of these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2 or ZAS-1. The APS8A(RM),
PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. The
PS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least one
of these enclosures is required for any of the non-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2-LG, CAB3-LG, CAB3F-LG or CAB6F-LG. At least
one of these enclosures is required and can house either the rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17-LG, CB31-LG or CB45-LG.
The BC1-LG battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosure space for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional:
FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232 communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies,
APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic
transmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB126/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of the following modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Y
module, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 and ISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annunciator; PT1-S Printer; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(RM), AA75T-25(-RM), AA75P-25(-RM), Rauland FAX
14-78
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signaling device is the
Wheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, Model 5551F heat sensor and Models
M500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by
30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model DH500F duct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000
ft/min. Duct housing accessories are RA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. Indicating appliance circuits produce from
19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Data
entry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD; 3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/
SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up
to 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.
IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system consists of PS4A/PS8A power supplies, APS8A auxiliary power supply, CM1N/CM1NX
control module, CM2N control module, ZAS-1 intelligent loop card, ZB8-2, -5, -8 input/output zone cards, ZB0-8 relay card, ZA4-2 zone card,
ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic transmit and receive cards, RPM reverse polarity module, URSM
universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6 remote zone board, Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors. Model 5551F
heat sensors, Models MSOOMF, M501MF, MSOOCF, MSOOXF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with a
spacing guide of 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Indicating appliance circuits produce from 19 to 26.4 V
dc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Four Power
PRC-1230X, 12 V dc, 30 AH batteries provide 60 AH for up to 60 hours of standby power.
Minimax GmbH Box 1260 Industriestrasse 10-12 D-23840 Bad Oldesloe Germany
FMZ 4100 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware Version 9L.07E. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 802514),
line card rack (P/N 802599), interface card (P/N 802538), zone card (P/N 802551), line termination card 802563, programmable output/
release card (P/N 853507), logic power supply 5 V dc/2 A (P/N 837104), logic power supply 15 V dc/2 A (P/N 837116), main power supply
24 V dc/6 A (P/N 835193), voltage distribution card (P/N 809569), relay cards (P/N 809399 and 802587), battery temperature card (P/N
809508). Compatible with the following two-wire initiating devices: IMX 1001 E ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001
photoelectric type smoke detector, rated IP23, WMX 1000 D 60 heat detector, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C),
spacing guide 25 × 25 feet (7.6 × 7.6 m), rated IP 65 and WMX 1000 F 60 heat detector, combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F
(60°C), spacing guide 15 x 15 feet (4.6 x 4.6 m) rated IP 65, DMX 3000, -3001 and -3003 manual stations, FMX 3100, 3511 and -4300 infrared
flame detectors, rated IP 65, UMX 3000 ultraviolet flame detector rated IP 65. Standby batteries 24 V, 16 AH provide 24 hours of emergency
power.
The FMZ 4100 GAB 6 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level 41GB06FM, P/N 800513. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 896445),
8 relay card (P/N 802587), power supply (P/N 800042), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2x16 character LCD display (P/N 800414), and a
cabinet (P/N 800310). Provides up to 4 detection zones of protection, and 2 monitored outputs. Compatible with the following initiating
devices: DMX 3000, and 3003 manual stations, IMX 1001 ionization type smoke detector, rated IP 23, OMX 1001 photoelectric type smoke
detector, rated IP 23, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F60, rated IP 65 and WMX 1000 F90 (rated IP 65) heat detectors, FMX
3100, FMX 3511, FMX 4300, and UMX 3000 flame detectors, all rated IP 65 and FUX 3001(L1) spark detector, rated IP 65. Series F60 and
D60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90 and D90 heat detectors have
triggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heat detectors is 25 × 25 ft (7.6 ×
7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 × 15 ft (4.6 × 4.6 m). Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24 hours of emergency supply.
The FMZ 4100 GAB 24 Fire Alarm Control. Control uses software level GAB24E00. Control consists of CPU card (P/N 890819), subsystem
card (P/N 892142), detector identification card (P/N 802605), detector identification connection card (P/N 802617), 8 relay card (P/N 802587),
power supply (P/N 852412), ground fault card (P/N 800096), 2 x 16 character LCD display and a cabinet (P/N 892518). Compatible with the
following addressable and 2-wire initiating devices: DMX 3000, 3003 and 3011 manual stations, IMX 1111 E and IMX 1001 ionization type
smoke detector, rated IP23, OMX 1111 and 1001 photoelectric type smoke detector, rated IP23, FMX 3100, FMX 3511, FMX 4300, rated IP65,
and UMX 3000 flame detectors, FUX 3001(L1) and FUX 3111(L1) spark detectors, both rated IP 65, WMX 1000 D60, WMX 1000 F60, rated
IP65, WMX 1111 D60, WMX 1111 F60, rated IP65, WMX 1111 D90, WMX 1111 F90, rated IP65, WMX 1000 D90, WMX 1000 F90, rated IP65
heat detectors. Series F60 and D60 heat detectors are combination of fixed temperature and rate-of-rise 140°F (60°C), while Series F90 and
D90 heat detectors have triggering temperature ranging from 201°F (94°C) to 230°F (110°C). Spacing guide for D60 and D90 series heat
detectors is 25 x 25 feet (7.6 x 7.6 m); while for F60 and F90 series it is 15 x 15 feet (4.6 x 4.6 m). Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide
24 hours of emergency supply.
Monaco Enterprises Inc E 14820 Sprague Ave Spokane WA 99216
Fire Alarm Control Model MAAP. Programmable control panel (MAAP CPU firmware P/N 326-108-00 Revision C.01 and C.02, AAC
firmware P/N 326-500-00, Revision C.02, and ADC firmware Revision C.02a). The MAAP incorporates an integrated narrowband radio alarm
transmitter (see separate listing under PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS and PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS). The
basic MAAP includes one Analog Addressable Controller AAC backplane and one ADC Analog Driver Card signaling line circuit card which
provides two Class B (Style 4) or one Class A (Style 6/7) signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors or
addressable heat detectors and up to 99 addressable control modules or addressable monitor modules.. Up to seven additional signaling line
circuit cards may be added to the basic panel to provide a total of eight signaling line circuit cards. The AAC provides 8 removable terminal
block ports for connection of signaling line circuit field wiring. SLC circuits used with the following Approved compatible addressable detector
heads and detector bases: smoke heads: 723-353-00, 723-361-00, 724-345-00, heat heads: 721-124-00, 722-121-00 detector heads used
with the following detector bases: 729-127-00, 729-132-00, 729-129-00, 729-134-00. SLC circuits also used with following Approved compatible addressable control modules and monitor modules: 729-142-00, 729-141-00, 729-144-00, 729-143-00. Style 7 SLC operation requires
Approved fault isolator modules 729-140-00 or Approved fault isolator detector bases 729-133-00. Each MAAP CPU provides two Class A
(Style D) or four Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two Style Z 24 V dc 1.5 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1.5 A or four Style Y 24 V dc
1.5 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1.5 A notification appliance circuits, two Class B auxiliary inputs, one 24 V dc 2.0 A auxiliary power circuits and
two sets of relay contacts. Expansion backplane P/N 176-185-00 may be used to provide for connection of up to seven zone expansion cards
P/N 176-186-00, auxiliary output cards P/N 176-187-00, or universal input cards P/N 176-197-00, in each backplane. MAAP CPU and
expansion IDC circuits used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire detectors: smoke:723-002-00 (detector)/729-150-00 (base),
723-212-00, 723-331-00, 723-331-01, 723-340-00/729-097-00, 723-345-00/729-113-00, 723-345-00/729-114-00, 723-347-00/729-119-00,
723-358-00/729-152-00, 723-360-00, 724-000-00/729-150-00, 724-329-00, 724-330-00/729-097-00, 724-342-00/729-113-00, 724-344-00/
729-119-00, 724-348-00/729-152-00; heat 721-118-00 (detector)/729-113-00 (base), 721-118-00/729-114-00, 721-122-00/729-126-00, 722302-00/729-126-00. Powered by 120/240 V ac with 24 V batteries available up to 80 AH capacity.
Fire Alarm Control Models M-1 and M-2. Programmable control panel (M-1 firmware P/N 326-096-00 Revision E and M-2 firmware P/N
326-100-00 Revision A). Both models have integrated radio alarm transmitter (see separate listing under PROPRIETARY SIGNALING
SYSTEMS and PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS). Each control provides two Class A (Style D) or four Class B (Style B)
initiating device circuits, two Style Z 24 V dc 1 A and one Style Y 24 V dc 1 A or four Style Y 24 V dc 500 mA and one Style Y 24 V dc 1 A
notification appliance circuits, two Class B auxiliary inputs, one 24 V dc 1 A auxiliary power circuits and two sets of relay contacts. Up to eight
expansion backplane P/N 176-185-00 may be used to provide for connection of up to seven zone expansion cards P/N 176-186-00 or
auxiliary output cards P/N 176-186-00 in each backplane. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices:
723-212-00, 723-331-00, 723-331-01, 723-339-00, 723-340-00 with 729-097-00 base, 723-340-01 with 729-097-00 base, 723-341-00 with
729-100-00 base, 724-329-00, 724-330-00 with 729-098-00 base, 724-340-00 with 729-101-00 base, 723-324-00 with 729-072-00 base.
Powered by 120/240 V ac with 24 batteries available up to 80 AH capacity. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from
32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C).
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-79
Vulcan I Fire Alarm Control Panel. For local or auxiliary protective signaling service. Designed to operate from a 120/230 V ac, 50/60 Hz
supply; internal power supply provides full wave, filtered, regulated 24 V dc with 3 A capacity. Vulcan I provides two supervised Class B (two
wire) or one Class A (four wire) alarm initiation circuits plus two supervised alarm signaling circuits. Expansion capability provided through
zone expansion module, each incorporating four Class B or two Class A initiating circuits. Panel suitable for use with Approved, compatible
two-wire smoke detectors and normally open contact initiating (detection) devices. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby power
are 5 or 6.5 AH at 20 hour rate, housed within the enclosure which is available in two sizes. Suitable for use at temperatures of 32° to 132°F
(0° to 55°C).
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Model AFP-100 Addressable Fire Control Panel. Fire alarm panel using software AFP100V10. The basic AFP-100 panel provides one
signaling line circuit for connection of up to 99 addressable smoke detectors and 99 addressable control or monitor modules; two notification
appliance circuits; one alarm, one trouble and one supervisory relay outputs. The following addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P.
mode Protocol: Models FSI-851 and FSI-751 ionization smoke detectors; FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum
spacing thermistor, FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing thermistor, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed
temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL and FSD-751RPL duct detectors; FSP-851, FSP-851T,
FAPT-851 and FSP-751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature
sensor, FST-751 Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with base Models B710LP standard US
base and B501standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator
base. FSD-751P and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors, IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, CPX-751
ionization smoke detector, LPX-751 Photoelectric laser detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base and B501standard
European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. HPX-751 and FSH-751
smoke detectors. CPX-551,and SDX-551; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal
detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30
× 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501.
Model BGX-101L, BG-10LX, and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models MMX-1, MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1,FDM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101
Monitor Modules, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1, FRM-1 Control Modules. Optional modules for the AFP-100 are: PIM-24
printer/PC interface module; RTM-8F relay transmitter module for additional programmable relay outputs and a local energy municipal tie for
auxiliary protective signaling. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: AFM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-16AT, AFM-32A,
AEM-32A, ACM-32A. Optional XRM-24 transformer assembly required when 24 V dc panel load exceeds 3.6 amp (max load with XRM-24
is 6.0 amp). Standby batteries are available in 7, 12 and 17 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Battery
sizes larger than 7 AH require the optional BB-17 battery box. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger
can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH
capacity. MMX-101 monitor module has a single initiating device circuit and will operate compatible two-wire smoke detectors. Requires 18.8
to 28.0 V dc input power from the AFP-100 panel. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used. Compatible, Approved detectors are: System
Sensor Models 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401B base; Models 1851B, 2851B, 2851BTH with Model B101B base; Models 1400, 1800, 2400,
2400TH, 2800, 2800TH, DH400 and DH1851DC; Kidde-Fenwal Models PSD-7125, PSD-7126, CPD-7021 with Models 70-201000-001, -002,
-003, -005 bases.
Fire Alarm Control. AFP-200 Analog Fire Panel. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Programmable control uses software
no. AFP2R2.42. Contains a signaling line circuit which can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7 and four Style Y indicating appliance circuits
as described in NFPA72. Optional modules are APS-6R auxiliary power supply, and 4XTM and RTM-8 provide outputs for auxiliary applications. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models FSI-851, CPX-551 and CPX-751 and FSI-751 (CLIP or
Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 and SDX 751 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric;
FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551
and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551FST-751
(CLIP mode only) and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Thermal detectors:
FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing,
and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD-751P
and FSD-751RP, duct detectors; and LPX-751 VIEW (CLIP mode only) and LPX-751L laser photoelectric smoke detector (sensitivity 0.03%/ft
to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with base Models B701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can
be used with Models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751 detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull station; Models FDM-1,
MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FMM-101(CLIP mode only) and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1,
CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only) and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised
Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module. System Sensor B524BI and B224BI isolator detector
bases can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT,
AEM-16AT, AFM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc), 7 and 12
AH internal, provide 24 or 60 hour operation. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to
four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. APS-6R
Auxiliary Power Supply, FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24 V dc power to four
notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. CHG- 120 battery
charger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25 to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG-120 requires
the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP-200. A Model
PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.
Fire Alarm Control. AFP1010. Consists of a combination of CPU-2 central processing unit (Software No. CPUIM3.0); DIA-1010 display
interface assembly (Software No. DIAIM3.0); ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; LIB-200 loop interface boards (Software No.
LIBM3.0); LIB-200A loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); LIB-400 loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); SIB-2048A
(Software No. SIBM3.0) serial interface boards; MPS-24A main power supply; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply, and APS-6R Auxiliary
Power Supply. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board (Software No. 73454)
connects an AFP1010 control with other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The following addressable peripheral equipment is also available:
Models FSI-851, CPX-551 and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 and
FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; Model FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detector 135°F (57°C), DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551
detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551, FST-751 (CLIP mode
only), and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); Thermal detectors: FST-851
135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and
FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD751P and
FSD751RP duct detectors; and LPX-751 VIEW and LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laser photoelectric smoke detector used with base Models
B701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B22BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751
detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models FDM-1, MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only),
FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), and
FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone
Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module, CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote
annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby battery
packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour operation. CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25 to 100
AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG120 requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to internal
14-80
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP1010. ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery
charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max
25 AH capacity. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.
System 500 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 3. The min configuration consists of a CAB-500 enclosure,
CPU-500 central processing unit, MPS-24BPCA power supply, 4000TA transformer, and an initiating module IZ-4 or IZ-8. CPU-500 provides
two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective
signaling. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional modules: IZ-4, IZ-8, IZE-A, IZ-4A, IC-4, CR-4L,
ICR-4L, ICE-4, CR-4 and CRE-4 can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciators may
be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Audio-visual
power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 7 to 15 AH) provide
the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation.
System 5000 Programmable fire alarm panel using firmware revision level 6. The min configuration consists of either a CAB-A2, -B2, -C2,
-D2, -A3, -B3, -C3, D3B, or -D3 enclosure, CPU-5000 central processing unit, MPS-24, -24A or -24B power supply, and an initiating module
IZM-4 or -8. CPU-5000 provides two indicating circuits; one alarm and one trouble relay output, reverse polarity circuit, and a local energy
municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Indicating appliance circuits supply 18-30 V dc; therefore, the Approved devices used must be
capable of operating throughout the entire voltage range. Each system may be expanded by using one or more of the following optional
modules: APS-6R auxiliary power supply, IZM-4, IZM-8, IZE-A, ICM-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, TCM-2, TCM-4, TRM-4, ICM-4 or ICE-4 can be used
with APS-6R auxiliary power supply, FMM-1 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only), FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), FZM-1 (CLIP mode only),
XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor
Module. FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), or FRM-1 (CLIP mode only). When required, the following remote annunciators may be used: ACM-8R,
ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. The following addressable
detectors are also available: Model FSI-851 and FSI-751 (CLIP mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, FSP-751 and
FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric; FST-751 (CLIP mode only), and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector
(spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max). Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R
135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by
6.1 m) maximum spacing. Audio-visual power supply AVPS-24 provides an additional 3 A to power 24 V dc indicating devices. Standby battery
packs (24 V dc, 9 to 25 AH) provide the required 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
AM2020 Fire Alarm Control Plan. Consists of a combination of CPU-2020 central processing unit (Software No. CPUM3.0); DIA-2020
display interface assembly (Software No. DIA2M3.0); ICA-4(L) interconnect chassis assemblies; LIB-200 loop interface boards (Software No.
LIBM3.0); LIB-200A loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); LIB-400 loop interface boards (Software No. LIB4M3.0); SIB-2048A
(Software No. SIBM3.0) serial interface boards; MPS-24A main power supply; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply, ACPS-2406 auxiliary
addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists
of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. Control’s signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7.
NIB-96 network interface board (Software No. 73454) connects an AM2020 control with other AM2020/AFP1010 controls. The following
addressable peripheral equipment is also available: Models FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL Duct Detectors; Models FSI-851, CPX-551, CPX-751,
and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T, FAPT-851, SDX-551 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only)
photoelectric, SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501 (sensor Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’); FSH-751 and
HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; Model FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detector 135°F (57°C);
DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with Models CPX-551 and SDX-551 detectors; SDX-551T and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only)
photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing;
FST-851R 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft
(6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum spacing. FDX-551, and FST-751 (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detectors (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 ×
9 m] max); FDX-551R , FDX-551RA and FST-751R (CLIP mode only) 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal detector (spacing
guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max) (FDX-551, FDX-551R and FDX-551RA to be programmed only with ‘‘Medium’’ sensitivity); and LPX-751 VIEW
and LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laser photoelectric smoke detectors (sensitivity 0.03%/ft to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with base
Models B701LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B22BI; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and
FSD-751 detectors; Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models FDM-1, MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode
only), FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only),
and FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules, XP6-R Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone
Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module, CRT-2 monitor with keyboard, PRN-4 printer. When required, the following remote
annunciators may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32,
LCD-80. Standby battery packs (24 V dc, 9.5 to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour operation. Model PRN-5 auxiliary printer may be used.
Smoke Detection System. Consists of MD740 Series control units with P210, P210C, P310 or P310C power supply, ionization type smoke
detector Model NH-241 or NK-24, remote alarm lamp NKRL, supervision unit RCS31A. Model NK-24 has a temperature range of -20° to
120°F (-29° to 52°C); suitable for unheated areas but not recommended for refrigerated areas.
SFP-400 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel
provides four initiating circuits; four indicating circuits; one regulated and one unregulated 24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one
trouble relay output. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. Combined load for all
external devices not to exceed 2.25 A. Field programmable using dip switches for alarm verification. In the event of primary power failure,
battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5, 12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also RP-1001 and RP-1002 under AUTOMATIC
RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14.)
XP Series Transponder (PN 73737, Revision A). Programmable modular control panel for local and auxiliary signaling. The XP panel
consists of an XPP-1 processor (P/N 73736), the XPM-8 and -8L initiating device circuit (IDC) modules, the XPC-8 notification appliance
circuit module (NAC) and the MPS-24A, or -24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AH batteries. The battery bank is able to provide
24 or 60 hour secondary (standby) power. For initiating auxiliary signals, the MBT-1 municipal box trip must be connected to any two NAC
terminals on the XPC-8 module. Optional FCPS-24 and -24E remote power supplies (120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz) are used to provide 24 V dc
power to four notification appliance circuits or conventional four-wire fire detectors. The FCPS-24, -24E have two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. The
XP panel may be used with the following Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor detectors 1400, 1451, 2400,
2400AIT, 2400AT, 2400TH; 2451, and 2451TH with base Models B401, B401B, B406B, and DH400; System Sensor detectors 1151, 2151,
1451DH, 1851DH, and 2851DH with base Models B401, B116LP, DH2851DC, DH1851DC, DH400, and B110LP; Notifier detectors CP-651,
SD-651 with base Models B401, B610LP, B616LP; Hochiki America Corp. detectors SIH-24F, and SLK-24F/FH with base Models HS-22D,
HSB-220, YBA-M22, HS-2-RB, and HSB-224; Edwards Systems Technology detectors 6250B, 6270B, 6264B with base Model 6251B-001;
Simplex detectors 2098-9576, -9202, and 2098-9201 with base Model 2098-9211.
AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #AFC6R1.0. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-600
module and MPS-6 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at
24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-6 power output is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are: APS-6R
Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable 24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification
appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. MLD-1 (#MLD-IRI.0)
Multi-Language Display, ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware 73712 revision level 2.0, FMM-1,
FZM-1, and FMM-101 monitor modules, FCM-1 and FRM-1 control modules, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling
connection. AFC-600 is capable of operating with the XP series transponders (See separate listing). Signaling line circuits can be configured
to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be used to connect an AFC-600 control with AFP-400 and System 5000 controls.
The following addressable initiating device and control equipment is also available: Models CPX-551, CPX-751, FSI-751 ionization smoke
detectors; SDX-551, FAPT-751, FSP-751, FSP-851, FSP-851T and FAPT-851 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSH-751 and HPX-751
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-81
photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; SDX-751TH and FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed
temperature sensor, photoelectric smoke detector used with base Models B710LP and BX501; IPX-751 multi sensing smoke detector using
Models B710LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI bases; DHX-501, -502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551
and FSD-751 detectors; SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; ; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing
LPX-751 laser photoelectric smoke detector guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal
sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). FSL-751 Laser smoke detector; FSM-751
Photo, Ion, and Thermal Detector, FST-751, FST-851 (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R (135°F
[57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H (190°F [87.8°C]) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m)
maximum spacing, Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector, FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD751P and
FSD751RP duct detectors. Model FSI-851 ionization smoke detector. Model BGX-101L and NBG-12 addressable pull station; Models FDM-1,
MMX-1,MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101 Monitor, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1 and CMX-2 Control Modules, XP6-R Six Relay
Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module. When
required, the following Remote Annunciators may be used- ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEK4-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A,
LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-Ra2, LCD-80. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. Model PRN-5
auxiliary printer may be used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and emergency voice/alarm communication systems listings.)
AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control uses firmware revision level No. AFP4R3.0. Basic system consists
of a combination of CPU-300 or CPU-400 module and MPS-400 power supply. 120/240 V ac primary system provides four notification
appliance circuit/ releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc 2.5 A plus three 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs. Total MPS-400 power output
is 6 A in alarm. Optional modules are; AVPS-24 audio-visual power supply; APS-6R auxiliary power supply; ACPS-2406 auxiliary addressable
24 Vdc power supply and battery charger can provide up to four notification appliance circuits. Secondary power supply consists of two series
connected 12 V batteries of max 25 AH capacity. ICM-4, ICE-4, CRM-4, CRE-4, ARM-4, UZC-256 universal coder module firmware revision
level 73712, 4XTM transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection. AFP-300 or AFP-400 are capable of operating with the XP
series transponders (See separate listing). AFP-300 provides a single signaling line circuit capable of communicating with up to 198
addressable input and output devices. AFP-400 provides two signaling line circuits each capable of communicating with up to 198 addressable input and output devices. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NIB-96 network interface board may be used
to connect an AFP-300 or AFP-400 control with System 5000 controls. The following addressable initiating device and control equipment are
also available: Models FSI-851, CPX-551, CPX-751, and FSI-751 (CLIP or Classic Protocol mode only) ionization; FSP-851, FSP-851T,
FAPT-851, SDX-551, FAPT-751 and FSP-751 (CLIP mode only) photoelectric, SDX-751T photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and
BX501; FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detectors used with B710HD base; FSL-751, LPX-751, LPX-751L (CLIP mode only) laser
photoelectric smoke detectors (sensitivity 0.03%/ft to 1%/ft (0.005 dB/m to 0.15 dB/m) used with base Models B701LP, B501, B501BH,
B224RB, and B224BI; IPX-751 multi sensing smoke detector using Models B710LP, B501, B501BH, B224RB, and B224BI bases; DHX-501,
-502 duct housings can be used with models CPX-551, SDX-551 and FSD-751 detectors; Models FSD-751PL and FSD-751RPL duct
detectors. SDX-551TH and FSP-751T (CLIP mode only) photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 and FST-751 (CLIP mode
only) 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FDX-551R and FST-751R (CLIP mode only 135°F (57°C) fixed
temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max); FSD751P and FSD751RP duct detectors (sensor Model
Nos. may be followed by ‘‘A’’). Thermal detectors: FST-851 135°F (57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R 135°F
(57.2°C): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H 190°F (87.8°C) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m)
maximum spacing. Model BGX-101L addressable pull station; Models MMX-1, MMX-101, FMM-1 (CLIP mode only), FDM-1, FSM-101,
FMM-101 (CLIP mode only), and FZM-1 (CLIP mode only) monitor, ISO-X fault isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1 (CLIP mode only), XP6-R
Six Relay Control Module, XP6-C Six Supervised Control Module, XP6-MA Six Zone Interface Module, XP10-M Ten Input Monitor Module and
FRM-1 (CLIP mode only) control modules can be used with APS-6R auxiliary power supply. When required, the following remote annunciators
may be used: ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A, AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, AFM-32A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Standby
battery (24 V dc up to 55 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. CHG-120 battery charger in BB-55 battery box may be used with 25
to 100 AH batteries to provide greater standby operation capacity. A CHG120 requires the use of monitor module (see above) connected to
internal trouble relay contacts to provide trouble monitoring by the AFP-300, -400. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS, CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS listings.)
NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #NFS6V1.0. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU-640
Motherboard, KDM-2 Keyboard Display Module, NCA Network Control Annunciator, or NCS Network Control System. The power supply is
an integral part of the CPU-640. 120 V ac primary system provides four notification appliance circuit/releasing circuit outputs rated at 24 V dc
2.5 A plus two 24 V dc 1.25 A (total) auxiliary outputs Total power output is 6 A in alarm, 3A in standby. Optional modules are: LEM-320 Loop
Expander Module APS-6R Auxiliary Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM-4RK, ICE-4, CRM-4RK, CRE-4, and
ARM-4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4, DCM-4RK and XPIQ (See separate listing). TM-4 transmitter module required for auxiliary signaling connection.
NFS-640 is capable of operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NFC-640
supports the NOTI-FIRE-NET network consisting of the NCS-W-ONYX/NCS-F-ONYX Network Control Station, NCM-W/NCM-F Network
Control Modules, NCA Network Control Annunciator for use with NFS-640, AFP-1010, AM2020, AFP-200 and/or AFP-300/400 fire alarm
control panels. The following addressable detectors are also available in Flashscan Protocol: Models FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed
temperature heat detectors 135°F (57°C), FSI-851 and FSI-751 ionization smoke detectors; FSL-751 Laser smoke detector; FSP-851,
FSP-851T, FAPT-851 and FSP-751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP-751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed
temperature sensor, FST-751 Thermistor type smoke sensor, and FST-751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with Models B710LP
standard US base and B501 standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base, B224RB relay base, B224BI
isolator base. FSD-751PL, FSD-751RPL, FSD-751 and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors. The following addressable detectors are
available in C.L.I.P. protocol: IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, LPX-751 Photoelectric laser detector used with
base Models B710LP standard US base and B501 standard European base; B501BH sounder base, B501BHT temporal sounder base,
B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. FSH-751 and HPX-751 photoelectric detector used with B710HD base; CPX-551, and SDX-551;
SDX-551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal element; FDX-551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max);
FDX-551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate-of-rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30×30 ft [9×9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may
be followed by ‘‘A’’). Thermal Detectors: FST-851 (135°F [57.2°C]): 25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; FST-851R (135°F [57.2°C]):
25 by 25 ft (7.6 by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, and FST-851H (190°F [87.8°C]) fixed temperature alarm: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 by 6.1 m) maximum
spacing. SDX-751 photoelectric used with base Models B710LP and B501. Model BGX-101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations;
Models MMX-1, MMX-2, FMM-1, FZM-1,FDM-1, MMX-101, FMM-101 Monitor Modules, ISO-X Fault Isolation, CMX-1, CMX-2, FCM-1,
FRM-1 Control Modules. When required, the following Remote Annunciators may be used ACM-8R, ACM-16AT, AEM-16AT, ACM-32A,
AEM-32A, AFM-16AT, ACM-24AT, ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, LDM-32, LDM-E32, LDM-R32, LCD-80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM48A uses firmware revision level #ACM-R1.1. Model LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60
AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby operation. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)
NFS-3030(E) Fire Alarm Control Panel. Control uses firmware revision level #3030V1.00. Basic system consists of a combination of CPU
3030ND or CPU-3030D, AMPS-24/-24E Power Supply/Battery charger with two outputs rated at 24Vdc, 1.0A, and 24V dc 4.5A. Control
operates in FlashScan(r) or CLIP mode. The AMPS-24 can mount in CAB-4 series enclosure or in BB-25, BB-100, or 200 Battery Box. The
CPU-3030D comes with a display. Optional modules are: LCM-320 Loop Control Module, LEM-320 Loop Expander Module, APS-6R Auxiliary
Power Supply, ACPS-2406 Addressable/Charger Power Supply, ICM 4RK, ICE 4, CRM 4RK, CRE 4, and ARM 4, VCM-4RK, VCE-4,
DCM-4RK, IZM-8RK and XPIQ modules. TM-4 transmitter module is required for auxiliary signaling connection. NFS 3030 is capable of
14-82
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
operating with the XP5 series transponders. Signaling line circuits can be configured to meet Styles 4, 6 or 7. NCM-W, NCM-F Network
Control Module may be used to connect an NFS 3030 control with AM2020, AFP-1010, AFP-200, AFP 300/400, NFS-640, and NCA controls.
Models NCS-W-ONYX, NCS-F-ONYX modules have internal printed circuit board (NCS-NCW or NCS-NCF) to connect with AM2020,
AFP-1010, AFP-200, AFP 300/400, NFS 640 and NCA controls. The following addressable detectors are capable of working in both CLIP and
Flashscan Protocols: Models FAPT-751 photoelectric and fixed temperature heat detection 135°F (57°C), FSI 751 ionization smoke detectors;
FSP 751 photoelectric smoke detectors, FSP 751T combinations of photoelectric sensor and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature sensor, FST 751
135°F (57°C) fixed thermal detector, and FST 751R Thermal Rate of Rise Detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base and
B501 standard European base; B224RB relay base, B224BI isolator base. FSD 751 and FSD-751RP Photoelectric duct detectors. The
following addressable detectors are available in C.L.I.P. protocol: IPX-751 photoelectric, ionization, and thermal smoke detector, LPX-751
Photoelectric laser detector used with base Models B710LP standard US base and B501standard European base; B224RB relay base,
B224BI isolator base. HPX-751 Hostile areas smoke detector. CPX 551, and SDX 551; SDX 551TH photoelectric with 135°F (57°C) thermal
element; FDX 551 135°F (57°C) thermal detector (spacing guide 30 H 30 ft [9 H 9 m)] max); FDX 551R 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature/rate
of rise thermal sensor (spacing guide 30 H 30 ft [9 H 9 m] max); (sensor model numbers may be followed by ‘‘A’’). SDX 751 photoelectric used
with base Models B710LP and B501. Model BGX 101L and NBG-12LX addressable pull stations; Models MMX 1, MMX 2, FMM 1, FZM
1,FDM-1, MMX 101, FMM 101 Monitor Modules, ISO X Fault Isolation, CMX 1, CMX 2, FCM-1, FRM-1, XP6-C Control Modules. When
required, the following Remote Annunciators may be used ACM 8R, ACM 16AT, AEM 16AT, ACM 32A, AEM 32A, AFM 16AT, ACM-24AT,
ACM-48A, AEM-24AT, AEM-48A, LDM 32, LDM E32, LDM R32, LCD 80. Models ACM-24AT and ACM-48A uses firmware revision level
#ACM-R1.1. Model LCD-80 uses firmware revision level #LCD80R1.7. Standby batteries (24 V dc up to 60 AH) provide 24 or 60 hour standby
operation. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS. PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR
EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS listings.)
SFP-1024(E) programmable fire alarm control panel (firmware Versions SFP-1024: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; SFP-1024E: #MS5210E32
SUMCBC9). Grey cabinet. Provides ten Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc Class B (Style Y) notification appliance circuits.
Optional modules include: CAC-10F Class A Converter Module, PRT-24 Printer Interface Module, NAC-REM NAC/Relay Expander Module,
ACM-8R Relay Module, LED-10IM Interface Module; Remote annunciators: LED-10N, AFM-16ATX, AEM-16ATF, AFM-16AT, AFM-16A,
LDM-32, LDM-E32. Compatible with the following Approved two-wire detectors: Notifier Models CP-651 with B610LP, B616LP, System
Sensor B401 base ionization smoke; SD-651 with B610LP, B616LP, System Sensor B401 base photoelectric smoke; System Sensor Models
1400, 1451 with B401B, B406B base, 1451DH with DH400 base ionization smoke; 2400, 2400AIT with heat sensor, 2400AT with heat sensor,
2400TH with heat sensor, 2451 with B401B, B406B base, 2451TH with B401B, B406B base and heat sensor photoelectric smoke. Primary
power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Optional FCPS-24(E) Remote Power Supply provides additional 24 V power. 24 V dc secondary
supply consists of 12 V dc batteries rated 12 or 18 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. Model PRN-5
auxiliary printer may be used. (See also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Potter Electric Signal & Manufacturing Ltd 55 Glencameron Rd Thornhill Ontario L3T 1P2
System 7 (McCulloh) Signaling Transmitter. For use in central station or proprietary protective signaling service. Any arrangement of fire,
burglary and supervisory circuits can be used, up to a total of seven using the following modules: fire Class A No. 7002, fire Class B No. 7005,
burglary No. 7003 with remote control station No. 7008, burglary supervisory No. 7019, master burglary No.7013 used with up to six slave
boards, No. 7014 and switch No. 7020, single zone burglary No. 7015 used with remote switch No. 7016. Optional feature for interrogation
regarding status of selected priority module by line-trigger box No. 7009. Power supply includes plug-in type 120/16 V ac transformer No. 7010
and two Power-Sonic PS-610, 6 V, 1.0 AH batteries or two Elpower EP610 gel-cell 6 V, 0.9 AH batteries No. 7012. Battery charger is included
on power relay module No. 7001. An optional relay No. 7011 is available to operate a local fire alarm.
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
System 7 (McCulloh) Signaling Transmitter. For use in central station or proprietary protective signaling service. Any arrangement of fire,
burglary and supervisory circuits can be used, up to a total of seven using the following modules: fire Class A No. 7002, fire Class B No. 7005,
burglary No. 7003 with remote control station No. 7008, burglary supervisory No. 7019, master burglary No. 7013 used with up to six slave
boards, No. 7014 and switch No. 7020, single-zone burglary No. 7015 used with remote switch No. 7016. Optional feature for interrogation
regarding status of selected priority module by line-trigger box No. 7009. Power supply includes plug-in type 120/16 V ac transformer No. 7010
and two Power-Sonic PS-610, 6 V, 1.0 AH batteries or two Elpower EP610 gel-cell 6 V, 0.9 AH batteries No. 7012. Battery charger is included
on power relay module No. 7001. An optional relay No. 7011 is available to operate a local fire alarm.
Fire Alarm Transmitter. Models EFT-C, -G2. Class A detection circuit transmitter with built-in standby battery charging circuit. Primary power
is provided by a 10 VA 115/12 V ac plug-in transformer. Standby power for 60 hours is provided by an Elpower Model EP610 6 V, 0.9 AH
battery. Each transmitter draws 8 mA in standby and 75 mA max in alarm condition. The transmitters have alarm and trouble contacts rated
for 3 A at 125, 250 V ac and 30 V dc. EFT-C options include an auxiliary plug-in trouble relay P/N 5190147, Model ULT transformer P/N
1000391 (when conduit connection is required), and 60 sec waterflow alarm retard. The EFT-G2 has an ammeter to indicate current in the
alarm detection circuit, trouble silence and alarm silence switches, all on front cover. It may be used with the optional ULT transformer and
remote key test/reset switch P/N 5420221.
PFC Series 100R Fire Control Panel provides one Style B or Style D initiating circuit, one Style B nonlatching supervisory device circuit,
one voltage reversing Style Y indicating circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A and one
auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 210 mA with 8 AH standby batteries, 150 mA with 6.5 AH standby batteries and 0 mA for 1.9 AH
standby batteries. Three battery packs are available (1.9, 6.5 and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours or more of emergency operation.
Model PFC-100RC Programmable Fire Control Panel. Provides one Style B or Style D alarm signal initiating device circuit, one Style B
nonlatching supervisory signal device circuit, one voltage reversing Style Y notification appliance circuit rated 24 V dc, 500 mA, one voltage
reversing releasing circuit rated 24 V dc, 1 A and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 210 mA with 8 AH standby batteries, 150
mA with 6.5 AH standby batteries and 0 mA for 1.9 AH standby batteries. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection
devices: System Sensor 1400, 1451, 2400, 2400TH, 2451, 2451TH, Detection Systems DS200, DS200HD, DS250, DS250TH, ESL 425,
425CT, Hochiki SLK-24F, SLK-24H, SIH-24F, Kidde-Fenwal CPD-7051, PSD-7155, PSD-7156. Three battery packs are available (1.9, 6.5
and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
PFC Series 2000RC Fire Control Panel. Microprocessor based control and extinguishing agent releasing panel (see AUTOMATIC
RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14). Uses Firmware Version 1.1. System operates from 120 V ac, 60 Hz primary input power supply. Contains
two signal initiating device circuits (field programmable for Style B or D operation), two signal indicating circuits (24 V dc, 1 A max), one
supervisory circuit, one releasing circuit (24 V dc, 1 A continuous, 3 A momentary), and one auxiliary power circuit (24 V dc, 500 mA max).
Optional RA2R remote annunciator available. ARM-2 auxiliary relay module, a max of three may be used. Combined load of all external
devices including signaling devices not to exceed 3A. In the event of primary power failure, standby battery pack (24 V dc, 6.5, 8 or 10 AH)
available for 24 hours of emergency power.
Model PFC-4410 and PFC-4410A Programmable Fire Control Panel using software Rev. 3.5. Provides one Class B (Style B) alarm signal
initiating device circuits, one Class B (Style B) supervisory signal initiating device circuit, four voltage reversing Class B (Style Y) programmable output circuits rated 24 V dc, 1 mA, and one auxiliary power supply circuit rated 24 V dc, 150 mA with 7 AH standby batteries, 200 mA
with 8 AH standby batteries. Optional CA2Z Class A initiating device module converts two Class B initiating device circuits to Class A (Style
D) operation; up to two CA2Z modules may be used. Optional CAM Class A indicating device module converts one Class B programmable
output to Class A (Style D) operation, a max of two may be used. ARM-2 auxiliary relay module, a max of four may be used. Relay contacts
are provided for trouble, alarm and supervisory. Used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor
1400, 2400, 2400TH, Detection Systems DS200, DS200HD, DS250, DS250TH, ESL 425, 425CT, Kidde-Fenwal CPD-7051, PSD-7155,
PSD-7156. Two battery packs are available (7 and 8 AH) to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-83
Protectowire Co Box 200 Hanover MA 02339
FS-2000 Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Consists of the main control board (MB-91, MB-91M), control card module (CC-91, CC-91I,
CC-91NT or CC-91INT), with integral power supply and battery charger and dual indicating circuits. A min system configuration would include
one ZC-91 initiating circuit module connected to a single Approved initiating device. Other optional equipment includes: signal adapter module
AM-91, alarm expander modules AE-91, -91W, -91Z, -91WZ, auxiliary power supply PS-91, zone voting module ZV-91, battery charging
meters, auxiliary master box trip module MBA-2420, zone expander board (EB-91, EB-91M), dual zone modules (ZC-91, ZC-91M), waterflow
indicator module ZC-91W, supervisory card SC-91, ZC-95 or ZC-95M zone card for use with two wire conventional or type TRI dual
temperature (155°F [68°C] pre-alarm 200°F [93°C] alarm) linear heat detection cable. Initiating zone cards may include intrinsically safe shunt
barriers when the Model No. designation ZC-91 is changed to ZI-91 and the Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10 is connected. The TRI Dual
temperature linear heat detection cable can be connected to ZC 95 or ZC 95M through the Stakl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10. Release
modules RS-91 and RM-91 are compatible with Skinner LV2LBX25 and ASCO 8210A107 solenoid valves (RS-91D and compatible Star
Model D deluge valve); auxiliary relays MR801, MR201, KDP12-24 or KRPA-11DG-24, KDP-13-24 or KRPA-14DG-24. Digital panel meter
PDM-1000-1; zone alarm scanners NDS-91 and NDS-91-16X. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire
heat sensitive cable; 24 V dc batteries for 24 hours of standby power are available in 4.5-55 AH capacities. The use of an optional LTI
enclosure with this control results in a rating of NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE
SYSTEMS and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
Control Panel. Series ACR-1600, -1600HD, -1600 LTI. Consists of Module CP-1041-S, -M and built-in 24 V dc PS-1 power supply/battery
charger (7.7-50 AH batteries for up to 24 hour standby power). Other functional modules include Model PS-2 for output/signal power may
include auxiliary master box trip relay Model MBA-324D or -2420; zone modules ZM-2001, -2200, -2201; audible alarm module AM-1600;
switch supervisory module SM-1000-1; solenoid release module SM-1001; groundfault module GFD-1603; digital meter panel PWM-D. The
control may be configured to provide supervision for a max of 50 detection zones. Detection circuits suitable for hazardous location, Class
I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G in accordance with Dwg. IL-1008 and Groups C, D, E, F and G with Dwg. IL-1008-1. A suffix
of J or K indicates NEMA 12 or NEMA 4 enclosures, respectively. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire
heat sensitive cable and audible signaling devices. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and HAZARDOUS LOCATION
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
2600HD Series Modular Fire Control Panel. Consists of the main control board (MB-97)with integral power supply and battery charger, or
configured for use with two sources of AC power (MB-97-UC1) and an Annunciator panel (AP-12,or AP-20 for HD1 and HD2) or Touch screen
graphic display (HD3). HD1 and HD3 are set up for detecting the location of an alarm point on a linear heat detector cable. HD1 uses the alarm
point location meter to display the alarm point using either the alarm point location meter or the location meter scanner option. A minimal
system configuration would include a zone module, either a ZM-2 or a ZM-3224, connected to a single Approved initiating device. Other
optional equipment includes: cable transition module CT-34, alarm expander modules AE-2, auxiliary power supervisory module APS-1,
battery charging meters, expander board (EB-2, EB-3), dual zone modules (ZM-2) configurable to report alarm or supervisory conditions,
ZM-3224 zone card for use with type TRI dual temperature (155°F [68°C] pre-alarm 200°F [93°C] alarm) linear heat detection cable or up to
four conventional alarm or supervisory zones. Audible trouble indication is provided by a built in buzzer. Initiating zones may include the
intrinsically safe shunt barriers, Stahl Barrier 9001/01-280-100-10. Detection circuits suitable for hazardous location, Class I, II and III, Division
1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G in accordance with Dwg. IL-1008 and Groups C, D, E, F and G with Dwg. IL-1181. Release module RM-2 is
compatible with Skinner LV2LBX25; ASCO 8210A107; (fused appropriately), Star Model D deluge; ASCO 8210G207; Skinner
73218BN4UNLVNOC111C2; Skinner 73212BN4TNLVNOC322C2; Skinner 71395SN2ENJ1NOH111C2; and Viking HV-274-060-001; solenoid valves or auxiliary relays requiring a drive current of 35 mA @ 24 V dc. Digital panel meter PDM-1000-1 or PDM-1000-2; zone alarm
scanners NDS-91 and NDS-91-16X. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as Protectowire heat sensitive cable; 24
V dc batteries for 90 hours of standby power are available in 7.0-60 Ah capacities. The enclosure provided with this control results in a rating
of NEMA 4, 4X, 12 and 13 for both single and two door enclosures. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE
SYSTEMS and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT in separate Electrical Equipment volume.)
Model SRP4x4 Fire Alarm Control. The control is suitable for ambient temperatures from 0° to 49°C (32° to 120°F). The control has four
initiating device circuits capable of Class A, Style D or Class B, Styles A and B performance, one supervisory circuit capable of Class B, Style
B performance, and four output circuits capable of Class B, Style Y performance. The output circuits can be configured as one notification
appliance circuit, up to three release circuits, a supervisory bell circuit, a trouble bell circuit, and waterflow. Optional accessories are the
PDM-1000-3 Protectowire alarm point locator digital meter, the AM-91-2 module which converts Class B notification circuits to Class A, and
the RB-4 relay module which provides four additional sets of relay contacts. Suitable for use with Approved automatic fire detectors such as
the Protectowire heat-sensitive cable. Compatible with the following two-wire smoke detectors: Hochiki Models SIJ-24, SLR-24H, SLR-24V,
and SLR-835 with base Model NS6-220. Two 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries are needed for minimum 24 hour stand-by power. (See also
AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS)
Pyrene Corp, 130 Esna Park Dr, Markham Ontario L3R 1E3 Canada
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Series 3000. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific
needs of an installation. The following modules provide for up to 22 initiating circuits: 300-1001 main control (fire alarm); -1002 main control
(extinguishing); -1003 small extender board; -1004 large extender board; -2001 dual zone open contact module; -2002 supervisory module;
-2003 dual zone smoke module; -3001 or -3002 extinguishment module; -5001 low voltage cutoff switch. Standby battery available for 24
hours operating power.
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Series 4000. The control consists of the 40-1014 control panel module and a selection of optional modules to
meet the needs of a particular installation. The 40-1014 module provides two Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, two 24 V dc, 2 A signal
indicating circuits, one set of trouble relay contacts and two sets of alarm contacts. Optional boards plugged into connectors on the 40-1014
include: 40-1003 and 40-1004 extender boards, 40-2002 and 40-2005 dual zone supervisory modules, 40-2003 dual zone module, 40-2004
dual zone Class A module, 40-2008 dual zone Class A module, 40-3002 extinguishment module. Standby batteries from 6.5 to 16 AH are
available to provide 24 hours emergency power.
Pyro-Chem Inc, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54153
Model Triton EXT Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are P/N 551472 (120 V ac, red enclosure), 551473
(220/240 V ac, red enclosure), 551474 (120 V ac, red enclosure and Canadian battery cutout option) [with motherboard P/N 565-771.
software 1.05 ]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. All the panels can be used to provide
additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the Approved Pyro Chem control panels: Triton RP and Triton RPA. The Triton EXT
provides up to 4 (8 with optional TEPG-US Model 430676 NAC Expansion Card Style Y (Class B) or (when optional module TEPG-US Model
430677 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notification appliance circuits with a max panel output of 8 A at 24 V dc. 18 AH
capacity standby batteries are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.
Series Triton RP control with Rev. 1.01 software. Panel Model 551450 (red enclosure) is provided with 4 (Class B) Style B initiating device
circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to TEPG-US Model 430531 Class A Adapter Module. The
Triton RP is compatible with the following 2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base
models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701, 430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562,
430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models 430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702. The Triton RP is also provided with two (Class B)
Style Y notification appliance circuits with three Form C relay output circuits rate 3 A @ 30 V dc. The Triton RP may be used with optional
TEPG-US Models 430530 Battery Meter Module, 430529 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 430687 Coil Supervision Module. Optional TEPG-US
Models 430548 and 430550 External Battery Chargers provide the Triton RP charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AH in
capacity to supply the required 24 hours of standby power.
14-84
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Series Triton RPA Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.03 available in four part numbers:
P/N 551454 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 551459 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, standard door, and a battery cutout
option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 552082 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure, door equipped with a 24 LED annunciator, and
a battery cutout option to meet Canadian requirements; P/N 551461 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. SLCNet signaling line
circuits can be configured for either Class B, Style 4 or Class A, Style 6. The panel is compatible with TEPG-US Models 430631 and 430716
photoelectric smoke sensor, 430632 and 430717 ionization smoke sensor, 430633 and 430718 heat sensor, with 430637, 430638, 430636,
430640, 430639, 430721, 430722, 430720, 430724, and 430723 sensor bases; and 430654, 431190 duct type sensor housings. In addition
the following SLCNet devices are compatible with the Triton RPA: TEPG-US Models 430670 and 430671 pull stations; 2-wire Class A Monitor
Zone Adapter Modules (ZAM) TEPG-US Model 430666 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM TEPG-US Model 430665 with the following compatible
2-wire detectors: heat detector, TEPG-US Models 430565, 430566, 430699, and 430700 with base models 430567, 430569, 430570, 430701,
430702, and 430703; smoke detector, TEPG-US Models 430559, 430560, 430561, 430562, 430695, 430696, and 430697 with base models
430567, 430569, 430701, and 430702; TEPG-US Models 430634 and 430719 Photo/Heat Sensor with 430641, 430642, 431187 and 431188
sensor bases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) TEPG-US Model 430660 and Relay IAM 430664 may also be
connected. TEPG-US Model 430710 Relay module may also be connected. For auxiliary signaling, the Triton RPA control uses the TEPG-US
Models 430607 or 430623 City Cards. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available to provide 60 hours of emergency operation. For battery
requirements exceeding 25 AH, the TEPG-US Models 430548 or 430550 External Battery Charger must be used. (See also AUTOMATIC
RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS).
Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panel. Models D7212B, D9112B and D9124 Control/Communicators using Firmware Version 3.12
equipped with Model D1255, D1256, D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm
conditions. Options include the D184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125
POPEX (Point of Protection Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing
relay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is
equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour
secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Controls can also
be used as digital alarm communicator transmitters (see also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings).
Programmable Fire Alarm Control Panels. Model D7412 (Software Rev. 5.22), Control/Communicators equipped with Model D1255, D1256,
D1257 or D720 command center (keypad) for annunciating, silencing and resetting trouble and alarm conditions. Each control has a D192C
notification appliance module and D125B powered loop interface module (initiating device circuit module). The controls may connect with the
D184 local energy interface kit for auxiliary signaling, D129 dual Class A initiating circuit module, Zonex zone expansion system consisting
of D8125 POPEX module or D8128A OctoPOPIT module with D9127U and D9127T POPITs which provide the D7412 panels with up to 40
signaling line circuits, all capable of (Class B) Style 3.5 signaling performance. Each control is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable
batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. (See also CENTRAL STATION and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS
listings.)
D10024 or D9024 programmable analog control panels each with Firmware Revision 664B-U0. D10024 has five expansion slots for the
D9067 polling circuit module while the D9024 only has three slots. Module D9067 is a signaling line circuit module which can be configured
for (Class A) Style 5 or (Class B) style 3.5 wiring. Optional modules include: D9051 RS485 bus-module and D9070 fire system controller. The
D9024 and the D10024 are each compatible with P/Ns D323 (Hochiki America Corp ALE-EA) and D324 (Hochiki America Corp. AIC-EA)
analog addressable photoelectric and ionization type smoke sensors, heat sensor P/N D322 (Hochiki America Corp ATD-EA) rated 135°F
(37°C) [spacing guide: 20 by 20 ft (6.1 x 6.1 m) max] with the 6 in. P/N D321 (Hochiki America Corp HSB-DCP6) and 4 in. P/N D336 (Hochiki
America Corp YBJ-RL-2ND) sensor bases. In addition, the controls are each compatible with response contact module P/Ns D334 with
Firmware 8000-00120 Rev. A, and D326 with Firmware TMP47C241AF, Rev. HC024 (Hochiki America Corp DCP-FRCME and CHQ-CM-4,
respectively), supervised output module P/N D327 with Firmware TMP47C440AF, Rev. HC025 (Hochiki America Corp CHQ-BM). 24 V dc
batteries rated 17-38 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation for local or auxiliary signaling.
Securiplex Inc 549 Meloche Ave Dorval Quebec H9P 2W2 Canada
Fire Alarm Control Panel. Model 1010. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-05900-XX (-01, 110 V ac; -05, 220 V ac) uses firmware
version MEM-03690-01 (B). The control provides eight initiating device circuits, four of which are configurable as Class A (Style D), four
programmable Style Y notification appliance circuits, two sets of trouble relay contacts, two sets of alarm relay contacts and one 24 V dc, 250
mA auxiliary power output; optional eight-zone expansion card (P/N PCA-02878-00) provides eight additional initiating zones, four programmable Style Y outputs, five programmable relays and one 24 V dc, 250 mA auxiliary output. May be provided with two Fire Sentry Corporation
Model FS7-130-SX modules which are factory installed and wired to terminals on the eight-zone expansion card. Used with the following
Approved compatible two-wire smoke detection devices: System Sensor 1400, 1451 and 2400. Standby batteries 24 V, 12 AH provide 24
hours of emergency power. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT and Fire-Scope 2000 listing under WATERMIST SYSTEMS.)
Model 1120 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable control panel P/N PNL-008784-XX (-05 110 V ac, -07 220 V ac) uses firmware version
MEM-08765-00 (A). The Main Processing Unit (P/N CCA-08693-01) provides two sets each of Form C alarm and trouble relay contacts and
one 24 V dc 900 mA auxiliary power output circuit. The MPU extender card (P/N CCA-05969-00) provides six expansion slots to interface
expansion cards to the MPU data bus. Expansion cards include 24/32 zone supervised input card (P/N CCA-08748-00) providing 24/32 Class
B (Style B) initiating zones for use with contact type devices or conventional 2-wire devices (System Sensor 1400 and 1451 ionization smoke
detector and 2400 photoelectric smoke detector, 5451 heat detector), Analog Addressable Devices Interface Card AAD I/F (P/N CCA-0863202) provides a Style 6 signaling line circuit for up to 99 addressable sensors and 99 addressable modules (System Sensor 1551 ionization
smoke detector, 2551 photoelectric smoke detector, M500X isolation module, M500M monitor module, M500C control module, M500MA
monitor module) or can accommodate twice the number of devices when wired for Style 4 performance and provides four sets of programmable relay contacts, Addressable Conventional Detector Interface ACDI (P/N-BAM-086707-00) connects to the control via the AAD I/F to
interface conventional 2-wire detectors to the control. The LCD annunciator (PNL-05925-03) or remote annunciator located in separate
enclosure provides an eighty character liquid crystal display (LCD), indicators and operator switches. Used with the following Approved
compatible addressable devices and 2-wire smoke detection devices: Standby batteries for 1120 control panel and 1120 UPS 24 V up to 65
AH provide 24 hours of emergency power.
PROPAK Models 10CR, 10CG, and 10CM Fire Alarm Controls. Revision Level MEM-16245-00, Rev. (-). The control is suitable for ambient
temperatures from 0° to 49°C (32° to 120°F). The control has eight input circuits (initiating device circuits or supervisory circuits) capable of
Class A or B, Styles D or B performance, and four output circuits capable of Class B, Style Y performance. The output circuits can be
configured as notification appliance circuits or releasing circuits. Compatible with the following two-wire detectors: System Sensor Models
1151(A), 1151EIS, 2151(A), 5451(A), 5451EIS, 4451HT(A), which use the Model B401, B110LP(A), or B401B(A) base. Two 12 V dc, 12 AH
batteries are needed for 24 hour stand-by power. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
SecurityLink from Ameritech 7308 Green Briar Pkwy Orlando FL 32819
3810 Fire Alarm Control with 3825 keypad, 4160 supervised bell module, and 4185 watchdog module with 16.5 V ac, 40 VA transformer
inside Model 4165 transformer housing. 3810 control may include Model 3815 serial zone expander. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 7 AH
rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°
to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING listing.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-85
Secutron, Div of Digital Security Controls Ltd 3301 Langstaff Rd Concord Ontario L4K 412 Canada
The MR-2900 fire alarm control panel with configuration program software Modul-R Human Interface (version 17) The following equipment
makes up the MR-2900 fire alarm control panel: MR-2931 Main circuit board assembly (Firmware MR2-7, Version 17.xx), MR-2925 Class A
Terminal Board, MR-2910 Network Board, MR-2926 Terminal Board Class B, MR-2927 Plug in board, MR-2902 LED Annunciator board,
MR-2908 Class B conventional IDC module, MR-2918 Class B conventional IDC module, MR-2928 Class B conventional IDC module,
MR-2938 Class A conventional IDC module, MR2909 Class B SLC module (Firmware BRK 3G, Version 17.xx), MR-2919 Class A SLC module
(Firmware BRK 2G, Version 17.xx), and MR2905 Power Supply module. Stand by batteries (7 to 40 Ah) are available to provide 24 hours
emergency operation. The two 40 Ah batteries require a separate battery box MR-2998. The remote annunciator module uses an MR-2944
main circuit board (Firmware AN-4, Version 17.xx) in conjunction with the MR-2910 network communication board to interface with the main
control over a proprietary DCLR Class A Style 7 SLC network. Annunciator contains 16 programmable switch inputs, communication ports
and an 80 character LCD display. Power to the annunciator (24 V dc) is provided through a supervised connection to the control power supply.
The following analog-addressable devices are compatible with the MR-2900 control: Models MRI-1251B ionization type smoke detector,
MRI-2251B photoelectric type smoke detector, MRI-2251TB photoelectric type smoke detector with 135°F (57.2°C) heat sensor, MRI2251TMB photoelectric type smoke detector, Model MRI-5251B fixed temperature thermostat with an operating point of 135°F (57.2°C) - 25
by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing, Model MRI-5251H fixed temperature thermostat with an operating point of 190°F (87.8°C) - 20
by 20 ft (6.1 m by 6.1 m) maximum spacing, Model MRI-5251RB rate compensating temperature sensor with an operating point of 135°F
(57.2°C) - 25 by 25 ft (7.6 m by 7.6 m) maximum spacing; Models MRI-DH200PL and MRI-DH200RPL duct detectors; System Sensor models
2251, 1551, and 2551T smoke detectors, System Sensor model 5551 heat detector (spacing guide 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max), System Sensor
M500CH control, M500MB monitor and M501B bases. The MR-2900 control is compatible with the following Approved two wire smoke
detection devices: Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd. 60A, P/N 55000-250, P/N 55000-350; Detection Systems, Inc. DS200-2W, DS200-HD; Hochiki
America Corp. SIF-24F, SLK-24FH; System Sensor 1400,1451, 2400, 2400TH, 2451, 2451TH.
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
AlgoRex Fire Detection System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be
applicable to FM Approvals if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable fire alarm panels (CS1140). Basic
CS1140 system is a 24 V dc panel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. System requires the use of B2F020 converter module,
E3X101, E3X102, or E3X103 master control module (Firmware AKKU V3.0) or E3G070 control module ‘‘universal’’ and either B3Q460,
B3Q480, B3Q560, B3Q565, B3Q600, B3Q660, or B3Q680 control console (Firmware LED V2.0) which may be remotely mounted. Initiating
devices are connected by either E3M071 or E3M171 line module ‘‘interactive’’ (Firmware E3M071 or E3M171/DS11-L V3.1 & NL V1.2) which
provides one Class A or B signaling line circuit interactive devices (see below), E3M080 line module ‘‘collective’’ (Firmware E3M080/DS11-C
V3.3) which provides up to 8 class B conventional initiating device circuits (see below) or E3M111 line module ‘‘AnalogPLUS’’ (Firmware
E3M111/DS11-A V3.4 & EC0 V5.0) which provides up to four Class A or B signaling line circuits (see below). The CI1145 compact control unit
is a 24 V dc panel operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. System requires the use of B2F040 converter module, E3X120 master card
(Firmware LED Ver. 2.0).
Additional B2F020 converter module and E3C011 battery charging module (Firmware V.Akku V3.0) may be used to provide additional
system power. Initiating devices are connected by either K3M071 line card ‘‘interactive’’ (Firmware DS-11-1/V3.1) which provides one Class
A or B signaling line circuit for use with interactive devices (see below), K3M080 line card ‘‘collective’’ (Firmware K3M080/DS11-C/V3.2) which
provides up to 4 Class B conventional initiating device circuits (see below) or K3M111 line card ‘‘AnalogPLUS’’ (Firmware DS11-1/V3.4) which
provides up to four Class A or B signaling line circuits for use with AnalogPLUS devices (see below). Additional modules provided depending
on system configuration are B2F020 converter modules and E3C011 battery charging modules (Firmware V.Akku V3.0) may be used to
provide additional system power, E3L020 control module ‘‘I/O’’, E3G050 control module ‘‘contacts’’, E3G060 control module ‘‘monitored’’,
E3G110 Emergency Link, E3I020 or K3I020 RS232 module, E3H020 C-bus gateway, B3R051 parallel indicator panel (Firmware B3R051
V1.3), K3G060 relay card, K3N010 RAM extension for E3X101, K5L020 multi-section extinguishing module, K3R071 synoptic board (Firmware K3R071/V1.2), K3R072 synoptic driver (Firmware K3R072/V1.3), E3I040 I Bus/LON module (Firmware E3I040/27C256-LON/V1.0 and
E3I040/HC71/E9/V1.0), K3I050 LON/synoptic converter (Firmware K3I050/27C256-LON/V2.2), K3I110 LON I/O Box (Firmware K3I110/
27C256-LON/V0.7) , Z3B171 relay module. B3Q460 and B3Q480 control console (Firmware LED V2.0), B3Q580 text display terminal
(Firmware B3Q580/27C256-LON/V4.2a) and B3Q590 text control terminal (Firmware B3Q590/27C256-LON/V4.2a) may be mounted
remotely for annunciation and control. E3H020 C-bus gateway module (Firmware CKQ005.16) and K1D081 dual modem module may be
used to interface with LMSmodular system. Also available is the B2Q191 logging printer. Standby batteries are available in 15, 24 or 40 AH
capacity to provide the required 24 hours of standby operation. Compatible, Approved initiating devices for use with above line modules are:
E3M071/K3M071; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1151A/DO1152A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detector/with line isolation
facility, DOT1151A/DOT1152A PolyRex photoelectric type smoke detector with thermal enhancement/line isolation facility, DT1152A ThermoRex 135°F (57°C)/176°F (80°C) fixed temperature heat detector with line isolation facility (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max),
DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unit consisting of the DO1153A detector with DB1151A detector mounting base, DM1151 manual
fire alarm call point, DC1151 input module, DC1154 output module DC 1192 input/output module ; E3M080/K3M080 and DC1151 input
module and DC1192 input/output module; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1101A/DO1104A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detectors, DT1101A ThermoRex 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature heat detector (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max), DT1102A ThermoRex
176°F (80°C) fixed temperature heat detector (spacing guide 30 by 30 ft (9.1 by 9.1 m) max), DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unit
consisting of DO1103A smoke detector with DB1101A detector mounting base, DM1101 manual fire alarm call point, DC 1192 input/output
module. E3M111/K3M111; DF1192 WaveRex flame detector, DO1131A OptoRex photoelectric type smoke detector AnalogPLUS, DOT1131A
PolyRex photoelectric type smoke detector with thermal enhancement AnalogPLUS, DT1131A 135°F (57°C) and DT1132A 176°F (80°C)
ThermoRex fixed temperature heat detectors AnalogPLUS (spacing guide 15 by 15 ft (4.6 by 4.6 m) max), DC1136 output module, DC 1192
input/output module, DBZ1197A Air-Sampling Smoke Detection Unit consisting of DO1133A detector with DB1131A detector mounting base,
AnalogPLUS, DM1131 manual fire alarm call point AnalogPLUS. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND
OTHER FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT, and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
ALS3 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel provides signal line circuits for connection to SIGA with ‘‘-LG’’ suffix Series
analog/addressable devices. Available in 120 V ac or 230 V ac versions. Basic system components consists of wall mounted enclosures
FACP 3-CAB5/7/14/21(R)-LG and FACP 3-RCC7/14/21R-LG; 3-CPU or 3-CPU1 processor with 3-LCD display and 3-XMEM memory
expansion; 3-PPS/M(230) primary power supplies; 3-BPS/M(230) booster power supplies and the following local rail modules; 3-LDSM LED
support module and 3-xxx LED/Switch arrays; 3-OPS auxiliary connection module; 3-RS232 supplementary connection card; 3-RS485A,
3-RS485B and 3-RS485R, RS485 network communication cards; 3-FIBA fiber optic interface modules; 3-6ANN, 3-10ANN and 3-LCDANN
remote annunciators including 3-ANNCPU1 remote annunciator CPU, 3-ANNSM annunciator driver for LED/switch display modules, 6ANN/B
flush box for the 3-6ANN, 6ANN/B-S surface box for 3-6ANN, 10ANN/B flush box for 3-10ANN, 10ANN/B-S surface box for 3-10ANN,
3-6ANN/D door for 3-6ANN, and 3-10ANN/D door for 3-10ANN; 3-AADC Analog Addressable Device Controller, 3-IDC8/4 I/O traditional zone
module compatible with Edwards 6250B Ionization and 6270 photoelectric smoke detectors; 3-SSDC single SIGAnature data cards compatible with the following; SIGA-PS-LG photoelectric smoke detector, SIGA-PHS-LG photoelectric smoke detector with 135°F (57°C) heat
detector, SIGA-IS-LG ionization smoke detector, SIGA-IPHS-LG multisensor detector, SIGA-HFS-LG 135°F (57°C) fixed temp heat detector;
SIGA-HRS-LG 135°F (57°C) combination fixed and rate-of-rise heat detector [spacing guide for -HFS and HRS is 15×15 ft/(3×3 m)];
SIGA-270, 270B, -270F, -270P, -278BP and -278-LG manual stations; SIGA-CT1-LG, -CT2-LG, -MM1-LG and -WTM-LG input modules,
SIGA-CC1-LG, -CC2-LG and -CR-LG control modules. SIGA detector bases are; SIGA-DMP-LG duct mounting plate; SIGA-SB, -SB4, -RB,
-RB4, -IB and -IB4 bases; SIGA-LED-LG remote LED and SIGA-TS trim skirt for bases. 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination
14-86
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
audio source unit with fire fighter telephone; 3-FTCU fire fighters telephone;3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30, and
3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90 W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers, 3-REMICP and 3-REMICA remote
microphones, 3-ATPINT Audio Termination Panel interface card for use with model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers, 24 V dc standby
batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS listings.)
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
System 3 Universal Alarm Control. Consists of modular control Model CP-35 with PS-34, -35 power supply. Functional modules include:
battery charger Models BC-33 or -35; BK-33 battery module with BT-33 (SAH) or -34 (10AH) battery packs; TC-30U battery transfer; BE-35
charger extender; MM-35 meter; input device Models ZN-31, -31U, -33, -34, -34U, -34U2, -34US, -34UA, ZA-30, ZS-30, ZU-35, -35TS, -35DS,
ZB-35; output device Models AE-30U, AA-30U, LP-30 or MT-30 (Rev.2), SR-30, -32, -35, ZC-30, -31; output control Models HC-30U, -35,
RM-30U, -30RU provide for connection of up to 10 series-connected, electrically operated releasing devices. TL-30U, TS-30, MC-30, PM-31,
-32, SM-30, -31, RC-30U; TRX addressable interface; PL-35 limited energy module; remote annunciator Models RA-30, -31, -31B, -32, -32B,
-33, -34, -35, -37; annunciator power supply Model AP-1; power distribution Models DM-30, -30R, -31; remote unit switch Models RA-38,
RT-38, RTA-38; drill switch Models DS-30, -31; enclosure Series EA-30; Model RR-35 remote reset module used with RRS remote reset
station. System configurations may also include ionization type smoke detector Models DI-2S, -2DS (F6 head and surface-mounted base),
DI-2F, -2DF (F6 head and flush-mounted base), DI-3, -A3, -3H, -A3H or -3IS head with DB-3S surface-mounted base, DI-4A, -4H, -4DH, -4AIS
or -4HIS head with DB-4LF, -4LS, -4TF, -4TS bases; DI-6 ionization type smoke detector, used with DB-4TF or -4TS base; DA-1, -4NL, -4RNL,
CA-4NL, AD-3I, AD-3RI Series ionization type; AD-3P, -3RP photoelectric type smoke detectors for air ducts; photoelectric type smoke
detector Models DS-2; DP-3, -3T, PEC-3 and -3T (used with DB-3S base); Model ADB-3 audible base with DI-3, DP-3, DI-A3, DP-3T smoke
detectors. Model QS-30 linear detection module using Model LTC-25 thermistor cable for proximity heat detection in the 100° to 260°F (38°
to 127°C) range and area heat detection in the 131° to 260°F (58° to 127°C) range; this module provides alarm and prealarm signaling for
up to 500 ft (150 m) of cable; heat-actuated detector Models DT-1F, -1R, -2F, -2R, -3P, DT-5F-135, -175, -200, DT-135F, -200F, -135R, -200R,
-135CL, -200CL, -135C, -200C, -135CS, -200CS; detector releasing unit Models DI-2FR, -2SR; manual station Models MS-, MH-; alarm horn
Models HAC-, HDC-, HS; alarm bell Models BAC-, BDC; alarm light Models RL-, RLP; detector-operated relay Model RR-3. Heat detector
spacing guides: DT-1F, -2F, -200F, 15 by 15 ft (5 by 5 m); DT-135F, max 20 by 20 ft (6 by 6 m); DT-1R, -2R, -3P, -5F, -135C, -135CL, -135CS,
-135R, -200CL, -200C, -200CS, -200R, LTC-25, max 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m). Standby battery available for up to 24 hours operation. (See also
AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and HAZARDOUS LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT chapter in separate Electrical
volume.)
System Type CSR-2. With printed circuit board P/N DO493, CDO-48, CTZ-1, CTZ-2; used with ionization type smoke detector Model
DIS-5B4 (F5B head, locking shell and DB-2W base); heat-actuated detector Model DTC- having max 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) spacing; zone
code panel Models ZCP-1, -2, -3, -4; alarm horn Models HAC, HDC; alarm bell Models BAC-, BDC-.
Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Models CP-2H, -2HA, -2HR, -2ER. Models CP-2H, -2HA have two Class B initiating circuits. Models CP-2HR,
-2ER have two Class A initiating circuits. Models CP-2HA, -2HR, -2ER produce an audible alarm signal when either of two initiating circuits
is in alarm. A general audible alarm signal is produced when either of the two initiating circuits is in alarm. Battery back-up (5 to 10 AH) is
available to sustain operation for up to 60 hours. The CP-2ER control is compatible with the following Approved two-wire smoke detection
devices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DI-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3, -B3H, -4, -4A, -4H, -6, PEC-3, -3T, PE-3 and -3T. The CP-2ER control
is compatible with the following Approved two-wire heat detection devices: Siemens Building Technologies Inc DT-3P. DT-3P heat detector
spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. (See also description under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND
OTHER FIRE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT.)
Model CP-4 Control. The CP-4 provides four Class B alarm initiating zones which may be expanded to eight Class A or Class B detection
zones using the Model 405A Class A Module or the Model ZNE-404 extender module, respectively. The CP-4 has alarm, trouble and municipal
tie outputs; the Model 405B relay output module provides eight additional dry contact outputs rated at 0.5A, 30 V dc; 0.1A, 120 V ac. Model
301A annunciator is a supplemental accessory for remote annunciation. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby power (6, 10 or
15 AH) are included. Max alarm current must be limited to 3 A.
Model CP-400 Control. The CP-400 provides four Class B alarm initiating zones which can be expanded to eight zones for alarm or
supervisory signaling using the Model ZNE-404/S extender module. The CP-400 has alarm verification, provision for actuating a local energy
municipal box, and auxiliary signaling relays using the RC-400 alarm verification module, the LT-4 leased line and municipal tie module, PL-35
limited energy module and the 405R relay module, respectively. The AND-400 annunciator driver can be used for supervised remote signal
annunciation. Rechargeable batteries for 24 or 60 hour standby power (6, 10 or 15 AH) are included. Max alarm current must be limited to
3 A.
Model MX-316 Fire Alarm Control Unit with operating program Version 1.30. Contains Model RTU-1 controller board which has 16 zone
circuits for normally open contact signal initiating devices. The AM-16 audible module provides two alarm-indicating circuits rated 24 V dc at
1.5 A. PL-35 limited energy module provides fuses for power-limited indicating device circuits. The LA-6 module provides six annunciating
LEDs for system ac power, common alarm, common trouble, groundfault and two audible trouble circuits. An optional annunciating module
Model LA-16 provides 16 indicating LED’s including zone annunciation. Power Supply PS-120 provides regulated 24 V dc, 3.0 A, with integral
battery charger for two 12 V, 6.0 AH batteries, P/N 175-084476. Suitable for use in ambient temperatures between 20°F (-7°C) and 130°F
(54°C).
Programmable IXL System. Addressable fire alarm system using software version 161-592816 (Version 2.04). Consists of main control and
display module (IXL); optional alphanumeric display/printer interfaces (LPI, RPI, LAN and RAN); expansion module (IXL-EXP); addressable
detector base (DBZ); ionization detectors DIZ-3, -3H, -A3, -A3H, -B3 and -B3H; photoelectric detectors PEZ-3 and -3T; thermal detector
DTZ-3, low profile bases DB-3S and -X3RS; remote LED annunciator (LED-1, -2); addressable manual pull station (MSZ-1); addressable
control element with relay contacts rated 1 A/30 V dc - 0.2 A/120 V ac (CE-S); collective zone interface modules (CZI-H2S, -H4S, -L2S, -L4S);
remote graphics/relay driver (GAD and RRD); remote control module (RemCon); remote control (RemSwitch); generic switch control (GenCon) and auxiliary relay (INS-AUX) with contacts rated 10 A/120 V ac; analog loop driver module (ICON-1 Version 2.0). Used with ionization
detectors ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, -60IB and -60IBH; photoelectric detectors ILP-1, ILPT-1, ID-60P and-60PT;
thermal detectors ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 with bases DP-3S and -X3RS; addressable manual stations MSI-10, -20, -10B, -20B and MB6
addressable interface modules TRI-60, -60D, -60R, -B6, -B6D, -B6R and -B6M. IXL main control has two (2) Style Y or Z indicating circuits.
Field programmer/tester FPI-32 for use with ID-60, ILI and ILP series detectors. Communication lines to addressable devices are Style 4 or
6. Models DTZ-3, ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 thermal detectors are rated 135°F (37°C), spacing guide: 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Battery pack
(24 V dc/40 AH) provides up to 60 hours of emergency operation.
Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 10.06 operating system, field programming software CSG-M Version 10.03 and
Compare System software (Version 5.03). The MXL may be configured as a local control unit (with or without printer) or as a transponder that
reports to another MXL control. A control, which is mounted in appropriate MXL enclosure, consists of the MMB-2 main board, MPS-6, -12
power supplies, MKB-2, -3 (B, C, S) keyboard/annunciator and may include optional CZM-4 conventional zone module, CSM-4 signal module
(may be used for auxiliary protective signaling service), LLM-1 leased line module, PS5-A, -5N, -5N7 power supplies, PSR-1 transponder
power supply, NET-4, -7 communication interface, PIM-1 RS232 interface module, PIM-2/PAL-1 parallel printer interface, VDT video display
terminal, RCC-1 (B, C, F, S) remote command center, CMI-300 communications module, network interface module NIM-1R, REP-1 network
repeater module, D2300CP fiber optic transceiver, CRM-4 relay module, MOI-1 voice and annunciator driver interface, MOD-16 annunciator
driver, MID-16 input module, TSP-40 logging printer, MOM-2, -4 card cage, ALD-2 analog loop driver (ALD-2I with the IEC-1 detector
compensation module), with the following addressable devices: ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, -60-IB, -60IBH, ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, -1B, -1BH
ionization type smoke detectors (air velocity ranges for -1 and -H series detectors 0-300 fpm [0-1.5 mps], for -1A and -1AH detectors 0-1200
fpm [0-6.1 mps] and for -1B and -1BH detectors 500-3200 pfm [2.5-16.3 mps]), ID-60P, -60PT, ILP -1, ILPT-1, ILP-2 and FP-11 photoelectric
smoke detectors, ID-60T-135, ILT-1 and FPT-11 thermal detectors used with DB-3S, -X3RS bases (FP-11 and FPT-11 use DB-11 and
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-87
DB-X11RS bases and require DB-ADPT base adapter if used with DB-3S and DB-X3RS bases), AD-11P and AD-11XPR air duct housing for
use with FP-11 detectors (air velocity ranges from 300 to 4000 fpm [1.5 to 20.3 m/sec]), RLI-1 and RLI-2 remote alarm lamps, MSI-1, -10,
-20, -10B, -20B and -MB6 manual stations, TRI-60, -60D, -60R, -B6, -B6R, -B6D, B6M and TRI-S, -D, -R addressable interface modules and
LIM-1 line isolation module, CZM-1 collective zone interface module with ISI-1 DC is suitable for hazardous location, Class I, Division 1,
Groups A, B, C and D with DI-3IS smoke detector and Class I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G with S121/122 flame
detector, LIM-1 line isolation module. The ‘‘B’’ version detectors are for air duct application and used with AD-3I and AD-3XRI air duct
housings. ACM-1 audio control module, MMM-1 microphone with mounting bin, TMM-1 master telephone handset and bin, TBM-1 terminal
block module, EL-410D 100W amplifier, VSM-1 switch module, VFM-1 fan control module, VLM annunciator module, OMM-1 output master
module, OCC-1, -2 output control card, ASC-1, -2 amplifier supervision module, BTC-1 backup tone card, DMC-1 digital message card, ICP,
ICP-B6 intelligent control point, ZC1-8B-25(-70), ZC2-8B-25(-70), ZC-2-4AB-25 (-70), ZC3-4AB-25(-70) speaker circuits and ZCT-8 eight
zone telephone module, speaker Models ET-1010, ET-1080 and ET-1090, PT-303/304 firefighters telephones and FT series and FJ-303/304
fire warden stations. Max spacing for the ID-60T-135 and ILT-1 thermal detector is 30 by 30 ft (9 by 9 m). Optional Model Pad-2 Distributed
Power Module NAC Expander provides up to 6 Amps of filtered, 24 V dc for powering notification appliances and auxiliary devices. Standby
power for 24 to 90 hours available from 15-55 AH capacity, 24 V batteries. The MXL transponder consists of: MBR-1, MDR-1T, PSR-1 power
supply with NET-4, -7, -7M communication interface module and MPS-6, -12 power supply. (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.) Model ILPT-1 is identical to Model ILP-1 with the addition
of the 135°F (57°C) thermal switch that is integral with the ILPT-1 detector. The low profile base Models DB-3S and DB-X3RS are identical
with the exception of the Form C dry contact relay that is integral with the DB-X3RS base.
MXL-IQ Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System. Uses Version 6.06 operating system, field programming software CSG-M Version
10.03 and Compare System Software (Version 5.03). The MXL-IQ may be configured as a local control unit (with or without printer) or as a
transponder that reports to an MXL or CXL control. The MXL-IQ control consists of the MSE-3 enclosure, SMB-2 main board, MPS-6 power
supply and MKB-4 (B, C, S) keyboard/annunciator. Module options are limited to one MOM-2, two module expansion rack with CZM-4
conventional zone module, CSM-4 signal module (may be used for auxiliary protective signaling service), LLM-1 leased line module, CRM-4
relay module, MOI-1 annunciator driver interface, MOD-16 annunciator driver, MID-16 input module, CMI-300 communications module,
NIM-1R network interface module. The analog loop driver circuits of the MXL-IQ are compatible with the following addressable devices:
ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, ILI-1, -1A, -1H, -1AH, -1B and -1BH ionization smoke detectors, ID-60P, -60PT, ILP-1, ILP-2, ILPT-1 and FP-11
photoelectric smoke detectors and ID-60T-135, ILT-1 and FPT-11 thermal detectors used with DB-3S, -X3RS bases, (FP-11 and FPT-11 use
DB-11 and DB-X11RS bases and require DB-ADPT base adapter if used with DB-3S and DB-X3RS bases), AD-11P and AD-11XPR air duct
housing for use with FP-11 detectors (air velocity ranges from 300 to 4000 fpm [1.5 to 20.3 m/sec]), RLI-1 and RLI-2 remote alarm lamps,
MSI-1, -10, -20 manual station, TRI-60, -60D, 60R and TRI-R, -S, -D addressable interface modules, CZM-1 collective zone interface module
with MTD 3043 DC isolation barrier is suitable for hazardous location, Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C with DI-3IS smoke detector and Class
I, II and III, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G with S121/122 flame detector, LIM-1 line isolation module. Optional Model Pad-2
Distributed Power Module NAC Expander provides up to 6 Amps of filtered, 24 V dc for powering notification appliances and auxiliary devices.
Standby power for 24 to 90 hours available from 15-55 AH capacity, 24 V batteries. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION
AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS.)
Network Command Center (NCC). Campus and high rise configurations can monitor up to 63 MXL systems. Consists of NCC software Ver.
1.0, IBM PC Model CP7537-964, IBM SVGA monitor Models CP7544-001 or CP7554-001. Standby power for 4 hours of operation from
Lifeline Model 9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS). (See also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
SXL Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm control panel (P/N 599-692539) using Firmware Version 4.1. System operates from
120 V ac, 60 Hz or 220/240 V ac with optional 220/240 V transformer (P/N 155-192668) primary input power supply. The basic SXL provides
four Style B (Class B) initiating device circuits which may be programmed for fire alarm or supervisory signal initiating with or without alarm
verification; two Style Y (Class B) notification appliance circuits rated 24 V dc, 1.5 A; 24 V dc auxiliary power circuit, 0.5 A max; one set of
common alarm and one set of general trouble relay contacts. Combined load of notification appliance and auxiliary outputs not to exceed
3.0 A. Optional modules: SZE-4R expander module (P/N 500-692428) adds four Style B (Class B) initiating device circuits and four
programmable relays; SZE-8A expander module (P/N 500-692971) provides eight Style D (Class A) initiating device circuits and two Style Z
(Class A) notification appliance circuits; SRC-8 output relay module (P/N 500-692-972, Firmware Version 1) adds eight programmable relays;
SLT-1 leased line/municipal tie module (P/N 500-093285, Firmware Version 1) provides for auxiliary connection to a municipal fire alarm
system. Optional LED-3 (white) (P/N 500-693317, Firmware Version 1) and LED-4 (black) (P/N 500-693062, Firmware Version 1) remote
annunciators (max 2) may be connected. In the event of power failure, standby batteries (24 V dc, 6, 10, 15 AH) available for 24 or 60 hours
of emergency power. Compatible smoke detectors are: DI-3/3H, DI-A3/A3H, DT-3P-135, PE3/3T and DI-B3/-B3H in Model AD-3I duct type
smoke detector.
MXL Modular Fire Alarm System with XLD-1 Analog Loop Driver. (See separate MXL listing also under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING
for additional MXL details.) XLD-1 compatible with the following addressable devices: DI-AX3, -AX3H, DI-BX3, -BX3H with AD-3XRI base,
DI-X3, -X3H, ID-60I, -60IH, -60IA, -60IAH, ILI-1, -1H, -1A, -1AH, -1B, -1BH ionization smoke detectors, DP-X3, ID-60P, ILP-1, PEX-3000
photoelectric smoke detectors, ID-60IB, -60IBH air duct detectors, MSX-1, -2, MSI-10, -10B, -20, -20B manual stations, SAX-1,
-3 annunciators, PAX-1, -3 annunciator drivers, TRX-1, -2, -2D, -2R, -3, TRI-2, -2D, -2R, TRI-60, -60R, -60D, TRI-B6, -B6R, -B6D interface
modules.
Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801
Programmable Model 3204 Fire Alarm Control Panel. May include Model 3516 Annunciator. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 17 AH
rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°
to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS listing.)
Silent Knight Div of Pittway 7550 Meridian Circle N Maple Grove MN 55369
Programmable Model 5204 Fire Alarm Control Panel. May include Model 5230 Annunciator, Model 5220 Direct Connect Module and Model
7181 Fire Zone Converter. Control is equipped with 12 V dc, 17 AH rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power.
Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS listing.)
IFP-1000, IntelliKnight 5820XL programmable control panel (firmware Version 6.2). Provides six Flexput input/output circuits that can be
configured for Class A (Style D) and Class B (Style B) initiating device circuits, Class A (Style Z) and Class B (Style Y) notification appliance
circuits, and auxiliary power. Signaling line circuit uses following addressable devices: Models SD500-AIM, SD500-MIM input modules,
SD500-ARM relay module, SD500-ANM notification module, SD505-AHS analog heat sensor SD505-AIS analog ionization smoke detector
SD505-APS analog photoelectric smoke detector, SD505-6AB base used with detectors, SD505-ADH duct detector housing used with
SD505-AHS, -AIS detectors. Optional modules: Models 5815 signal line circuit expander, 5824 serial/parallel interface module, 5860, 5865-3,
5865-4, remote fire annunciators, 5880 LED driver module, 5895 intelligent power supply module. Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary
supply consisting of 12 V dc batteries rated 7, 12, 17 or 33 AH which are available to provide 24 or 60 hours of emergency operation. (See
also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
14-88
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
4100 Series Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control Systems with optional TrueAlarm module. Programmable control panel models
4100-6008, -6009, -8001, -8010 (used with -8019 transponder) and -8511 use revision 8.04F operating program. The 4100 Series controls
may consist of a selection of the following assemblies: -7003, -7501, -7502 master controller assemblies, 4100-8009 remote annunciator
panel, -7050 LCD assembly, -5001, -5002 and -5004 Class B eight zone monitor assemblies, -5011, -5012 and -5014 Class A eight zone
monitor assemblies; -4001 and -4002 Class B 2-circuit signal assemblies, -4011 and -4012 Class A 2-circuit signal assemblies, -4321 and
-4322 Class B 6-circuit signal assemblies, -4331 and -4332 Class A 6-circuit signal assemblies, -0123 Style 7 interface module, 4100-0137
Style 7 module used with 4100-0131 modem, -0113 dual RS232/2120 communication board, -0110 Mapnet II TrueAlarm module, -0111
Mapnet isolator module and compatible addressable devices including 4100-0127, -0128 utility power supplies, 2190-9153, -9154, 4100-0534
Class A monitor ZAMs, 2190-9155, -9156, 4100-0535 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157, -9158, 4100-0536 4-wire detector ZAMs, 21909159, -9160, 4100-0537 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161, -9162, 4100-0538 Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163, -9164, 4100-0539 control
relay ZAMs, 2190-9172, -9172C, -9173 supervised IAMs, 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, 2098-9651, -9652 addressable
detector bases with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 smoke detectors, 2098-9649 nonaddressable duct detector housing with 2098-9201 smoke
detector and 2099-9761, -9784, -9785, -9786, -9795, -9796, -9797 addressable manual stations. 4100-0215 phone riser, 4100-0133 tamper
switch, 4100-3001, -3002 and -3003 relay assembly, 4100-0136 decoder module, -0401, -0402, -0403, -0404, -0405, -0408, -0417 LED switch
modules, -0301 LED switch controller, -0105, -0106, -0108, -0115, -0117, -0118, -0119, and -1108 power supplies, -0104, -0114 or -0124
battery charger packages, -0303 remote annunciator interface, -0304 remote unit interface, -0408 annunciator control module, -0302 24 point
graphics I/O and 4102-0103 system meter module, 4100-0102 battery meter modules, 2190-9038, -9039, 4190-9001 and 4100-0451printers,
4190-9006 CRT/keyboard, 4602-9101, -9102, -8001 status and remote command units, 2081-9281, -9282 battery cabinets and 4603-9101
LCD annunciator. The TrueAlarm receives an analog signal from the TrueAlarm sensors via the Mapnet II loop. The control averages these
signals over time to establish a baseline for setting the alarm threshold, depending on the sensitivity selected for a particular detector. When
the value of the signal received from the sensor has increased above a predefined level, an alarm is initiated by the TrueAlarm control. The
following devices are used with the TrueAlarm: 4098-9701, -9714 photoelectric sensors, -9716, 9717 smoke ionization sensors, -9731, -9732,
-9733 combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensors with programmed settings of 135° or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixedtemperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11°C/min.) rate-of-rise (spacing guide: 15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 × 30 ft
[9 × 9 m] max for fixed temperature and rate-of-rise; -9784, -9785, -9792 sensor bases, -9782 sensor bases (with sounder), -9783, -9791
sensor bases (with relay drive), -9789 sensor base (with LED drive), -9804 relay module, -9822 relay module, 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensor
with 4098-9795 and -9796 sensor bases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706, -9707, -9708, -9709, -9750, -9751, -9753, -9755 and -9756
duct type sensor housings, 2098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808 remote LED, 2098-9747 AC transformer (120 V ac) (Operation
with 2098-9747 AC transformer for supplementary signaling only) and 2190-9169, -9170 isolator modules. All 2098-XXXX and 4098-XXXX
Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C.’’ The output voltage range for the initiating device circuits is 16.5-30 V dc; compatible initiating devices
must be capable of operating at the extremes of this voltage range. Standby batteries from 6.2-110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power.
The -0113 dual RS232/2120 communications board and firmware Revision 8.03 enable the use of Vision Systems High Level Interface to
connect the VESDA LaserPLUS, Firmware Version 2.09.00 and VESDA LaserScanner, Firmware Version 2.09.00 to the 4100.
Fire Alarm Control. Life Alarm Series 4001. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Can be used with a proprietary protective
signaling system, Simplex Life Alarm 2120 (see also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS). Control units 4001-9403 (1209 V ac), -9404
(220/240 V, 50/60 Hz). Contains four signal initiating device circuits and one signal indicating appliance circuit. Available options include
4001-9813 Class A circuit module, -9804 transient suppression module, -9806 zone disconnect module, -9807 combined transient suppression and zone disconnect module, -9810 control relay module, -9811 battery meter module and 4601-9101/9102 frontlighted annunciators.
Standby batteries 2081-9272, -9274, -9275 provide up to 60 hours of secondary power.
Fire Alarm Control. Life Alarm Series 4002. Can be configured for local and auxiliary signaling. Can be used as the protected premises
portion of a remote station protective signaling system (see also REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS) or with a proprietary protective
signaling system, Simplex Life Alarm 2120 (see also PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS). Modular system consisting of control panel
4002-8001 for 120 V ac (-6001) or 240 V ac (-6002) operation with CPU modules -7001, -7002, -7101, -7102; zone expansion modules -5001,
-5002, -5003, -5004; module signal circuit module -4101; -0121 Style 7 interface module; 0137 Style 7 module used with 4100-0131 modem,
with 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, four point relay modules -3001, -3002, -3003; zone disconnect module -0102;
transient suppression module -0103, -0105; combination transient suppression/disconnect module -0104; expansion power supply -0110,
-0111; fan control module, -0113; battery meter module, -0115; 2120 communicator module -0120. Standby batteries 2081-9271, -9272,
-9274, -9275 to provide up to 60 hours of secondary power. Remote annunciators 4602-9101 SCU and -9102 RCU.
Fire Alarm Control Models 4004-9101, -9103 (C, CF) (120 V ac, beige), 4004-9102, -9104 (C, CF) (120 V ac, red), 4004-9201, -9203C
(220/240 V ac, beige) and 4004-9202, -9204C (220/240 V ac, red). Programmable control using operating program version 1.04. Basic control
consists of CPU board providing two Class B initiating device circuits, two Class B 24 V dc 2A notification appliance circuits and open collector
circuits for alarm, trouble and supervisory. Control can be expanded to eight input zones using optional modules. Optional modules include:
4004-9802 and -9822 two initiating device circuit boards, -9804 and -9824 four initiating device circuit boards, -9806 Class A adaptor board,
-9809 or -9829 city circuit board, -9808 eight point annunciator driver board, and 4004-9803 Relay Module. Used with the following compatible
two-wire smoke detectors and heat detectors: 2098 -9212 and -9550 with 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers, 2098-9201,
-9202, -9203, -9208, -9209, -9576, 4098-9401, -9402, -9403, -9404, -9407, -9408, -9409, -9410, 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP),
-9602C(TSP), -9603C, -9605(TSP), 9612E, -9613E, -9614E, -9615E and base models: 2098-9211, -9637, -9649, 4098-9788E, -9681E,
-9682E, -9683E, -9684E. Standby batteries 24 V 6.2-10 AH provide up to 60 hours of emergency power.
Fire Alarm Control Models 4005-9101 (C, CF) (red) and 4005-9102 (C, CF) (beige). Programmable control using Operating program 2.02,
control is switch selectable for 102-132 V ac or 204-264 V ac operation. Basic control consists of CPU board, one 4005-9807 power
distribution board, two -9804 four point monitor boards (or two -9824 four-point monitor boards where option 4005-9150 is specified), and one
-9805 four point output board. Control is expandable to a combination of ten input/output boards, a second, -9807 power distribution board
is required for systems with greater than 20 input/output points. Optional boards include: 4005-9804 and -9824 four point monitor boards,
-9805 four point output board, -9803 two input/two output board, -9806 Class A adapter board, -9808 eight point relay/annunciator driver
board, -9809 city circuit card and -9813 24 V dc 6A expansion power supply. Used with the following compatible two-wire smoke detectors
and heat detectors: 2098 -9212 and -9550 with 2081-9061, -9062 or 9063 intrinsic safety barrier, 2098-9201, -9202, -9203, -9208, -9209,
-9576, 4098-9401, -9402, -9403, -9404, -9407, -9408, -9409, -9410, 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), -9603C,
-9605(TSP), -9612E, -9613E, -9614E, -9615(E) and base models: 2098-9211, -9637, -9649, 4098-9788E, -9681E, -9682E, -9683E, -9684E.
Standby batteries 24 V 6.2-33 AH provide up to 60 hours of emergency power.
Fire Alarm Control, Series 4100U. Programmable control panel uses revision 11.02.01 operating program. The 4100U central unit consists
of one of the following enclosure assemblies: 2975-9422 through 9426 complete enclosures, 2975-9408, -9409, -9411, and 9412 backboxes,
2975-9811 and 9812 semi-flush trim bands, 4100-2102, -2103, -2122, and 2123 viewing window front doors with dress panels, 4100-2300
and 2301 expansion bays, 4100-2140 and 2144 rack mount mounting kits, 4100-0634, and 0635 power distribution modules, 4100-5128
battery distribution termination module, 4100-0650 battery shelf, and must include one of the following master controller assemblies:
4100-9111, -9112, -9113, -9121, or 9211. The central unit can further be connected to a selection of the following additional units: 4100-9610
or -9611 remote annunciators, 4190-8201 PC Annunciator using version 1.01 operating software, 4100-9643 utility cabinet, 4100-9141
through 9146, 9241 and 9242 network display units, and 4100-9600, -9601, and 9602 transponders which could consist of the same
enclosure assemblies as for the central unit, or could utilize the following enclosure assemblies: 2975-9428, -9429, -9431, and 9432 complete
enclosures with solid doors, or 4100-2112, -2113, -2132, and 2133 solid doors for use with the backboxes detailed above. Other optional
master controller assemblies without display available: Models 4100-9131, -9132, -9133, or 9230. The electrical assemblies that are included
inside of the units consist of a selection of the following assemblies: 4100-6014 modular network interface with the 6056 wired (RS-485)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-89
communication media module or 6057 fiber communication media module, 4100-6030 or 6055 service modem cards used to communicate
with control via telco line to obtain system status for service only, 4100-6031 and 6032 city circuit modules, 4100-6033 alarm relay card,
4100-6034 addressable tamper switch, 4100-6038 dual RS-232 interface card, 4100-6045 decoder module, 4100-9816 master clock interface, 4100-6048 VESDA interface for connecting the VESDA LaserPLUS and LaserScanner aspiration type smoke detectors to the 4100U,
4100-3201, -3202, and 3203 auxiliary relay modules, 4100-3204 and -3206 relay modules, 4100-5101, -5102, 5103, -5111, -5112, -5113,
-5125, -5126, and 5127 power supplies, 4100-5115 expansion NAC card for the power supplies, 4100-5120, -5121, and 5122 TrueAlert power
supplies TrueAlert Adapter Module 4905-9816 to convert conventional notification appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a
maximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA to a signaling line circuit. SmartSync
Adapter Module 4905-9815 to drive an otherwise conventional appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a maximum alarm inrush
current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA with a synchronized notification appliance circuit. (See separate
description of the 4009-9401 TrueAlert NAC Extender under LOCAL PROTECTIVE LISTING for a list of the compatible TrueAlert addressable
notification appliances), 4100-5124 class A adapter for the TrueAlert power supplies, 4100-5152 12-volt power option card, 4100-0156 8-volt
converter card, 4100-1276, -1277, 1279 through 1287, -1295, and 1296 LED/Switch modules, 4100-1288, -1289, and 1290 LED/Switch
controller modules, 4100-1291 remote unit interface, 4100-1292 panel-mounted LCD annunciator, 4100-1293 panel-mounted printer, 41000620, -0623, and 0625 transponder interface cards, 4100-0633 transponder cabinet tamper switch, 4100-0632 terminal block utility module,
Models 4100-5005 Class B and 5015 Class A zone modules which are compatible with two-wire detectors, 4100-3102 MAPNET II Interface,
and 3103 MAPNET isolator module and compatible addressable devices including 2190-9153 and 9154 Class A monitor ZAMs, 2190-9155
and 9156 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157 and 9158 4-wire detector ZAMs, 2190-9159 and 9160 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161 and 9162
Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163 and 9164 control relay ZAMs, 2190-9173 supervised IAM, 2098-9651 and 9652 addressable detector bases
with 2098-9201, -9202, and 9203 smoke detectors, and 2099-9761, -9795, -9796 and 9797, 4099-9147, -9148 and -9149 addressable manual
stations. The monitor ZAMs are compatible with two-wire detectors. MAPNET II circuit compatible TrueAlarm devices include: 4098-9701 and
9714 photoelectric sensors, 4098-9716 and 9717 ionization sensors, 4098-9731, -9732, and 9733 combination fixed-temperature and
rate-of-rise heat sensors with programmed settings of 135° F or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixed-temperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11° C/min.)
rate-of-rise (spacing guide 15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 by 30 ft [9 by 9 m] max for fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise),
4098-9784 and 9792 sensor bases, 4098-9782 and 9794 sensor base (with sounder), 4098-9783 and 9791 sensor bases (with relay drive),
4098-9785 and 9789 sensor base (with LED drive), 4098-9804 relay module, 4098-9754 photo/heat sensor with 4098-9795 and 9796 sensor
bases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706, -9707, -9708, -9709, 9752, -9753, -9755 and 9756 duct sensor housings, 4098-9750 and 9751
in-duct sensor assemblies, 4098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808 remote LED, and 2190-9169 and 9170 isolator modules. The
master controller assemblies used in the central unit, along with the 4100-5111 through 5113 power supplies support an IDNet signaling line.
Additional IDNet circuits can be provided by the optional Models 4100-3101, -3104, and 3105 IDNet modules. The IDNet signaling line is
compatible with the Models 4098-9714 and 9714C photoelectric smoke sensors, 4098-9717 and 9717C ionization smoke sensors, and
4098-9733E and 9733C heat sensors with 4098-9789E, -9791E, -9792E, -9793E, and 9794E sensor bases, Model 4098-9754 and 9754C
photoelectric smoke with integral heat sensor with 4098-9795, -9795C, -9796, and 9796C multi-sensor bases, model 4098-9757 and 9757CA
photoelectric smoke sensor, and 4098-9755 and 9756 duct type sensor housings. In addition the following IDNet devices are compatible with
the IDNet signaling line: 4099-9002 and 9003 pull stations, 4090-9001 supervised individually addressable modules (IAM), 4090-9118 Relay
IAM with Unsupervised Feedback, 4090-9120 Six Point I/O IAM. 4090-9002 relay IAM, 4090-9116 addressable IDNet isolator, 4090-9117
addressable power isolator, 4090-9121 security IAM, and 4090-9101 Class B and 4090-9106 Class A zone adapter modules (ZAM) which are
compatible with two-wire detectors. The 4100-9643 utility cabinet is used to house communication modules for communicating with the
separately Approved Series 2120 Proprietary receiving unit which consist of a selection of the following assemblies: 4100-5153, -5154, and
5155 power supplies, 4100-6039 modem bridge, 4100-6041 DC powered FSK modem, 4100-6042 repeater, 4100-6043 and 6044 communication converter card, 4100-6054 fiber optic line driver, 4100-6058 Style 7 interface, and 4100-6059 decoder module. Zone, MAPNET, and
IDNet assemblies that support two-wire detectors are compatible with the following: Models 2098-9201, -9202, -9203, and -9576 detectors
with 2098-9211 and 9637 bases, Models 4098-9401, 9402, 9403, and 9404 detectors, Models 4098-9407, -9408, -9409, and 9410 detectors
with 2098-9211 base, Models 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), -9603C, and 9605(TSP) detectors with 40989788E and 9683E bases, Models 4098-9612E, -9613E, -9614E, and 9615E detectors with 4098-9788E, -9683E, and 9684E bases, and
Model 4098-9685 duct detector housing with 4098-9601 smoke detector. The 4100-5005 and 5015 are also compatible with the Model
4098-9688 duct detector housing with 4098-9601 smoke detector. Optional 4100-3115 ‘‘XA’’ loop interface card may be connected and
configured as a supervising station to allow the 4100U FACP command of the Grinnell Fire Protection XA devices that are compatible with
the Autocall TFX-500/800 or AL-1500 fire alarm controls. The 4100-3115 card may also be configured as a transponder (XA slave) so that
the 4100U acts as an XA loop point to the Autocall TFX-500/800 or AL-1500 fire alarm controls. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are
available to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH of emergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models 4081-9306
or 9308 expansion battery chargers. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS; See
also CENTRAL STATION AND REMOTE STATION SIGNALING.)
All 2098-9XXX, 2190-9XXX, 4098-9XXX and 4602-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by a ‘‘C.’’
4020-8001 Microprocessor Based Monitoring and Control System. Programmable control panel uses revision 8.07F operating program.
The 4020-8001 control consists of the 4020-7003 master controller (operates on 120 V ac, 4020-6001 power supply used for 240 V ac
operation) with city circuit connection for reverse polarity, local energy master box or shunt master box and a selection of the following
assemblies: 4020-0305 eight zone input/output board, 4020-0112 and -0113 dual RS232/2120 communication modules, 4020-0136 decoder
module, 4020-0110 Mapnet II addressable module and compatible addressable devices including 2190-9153, -9154, 4100-0534 Class A
monitor ZAMs, 2190-9155, -9156, 2120-0535 Class B monitor ZAMs, 2190-9157, -9158, 2120-0536 4-wire detector ZAMs, 2190-9159, -9160,
2120-0537 Class A signal ZAMs, 2190-9161, -9162, 4100-0538 Class B signal ZAMs, 2190-9163, -9164, 2120-0539 control relay ZAMs,
2190-9173 Supervised IAMS, 2098-9651, -9652 addressable detector bases with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 smoke detectors and 2099-9761,
-9795, -9796, -9797 addressable manual stations. Mapnet II circuit compatible TrueAlarm devices include: 4098-9701, -9714 photoelectric
sensors, 4098-9716, -9717 smoke ionization sensors, 4098-9731, -9732, 9733 combination fixed-temperature and rate-of-rise heat sensors
with programmed settings of 135° or 155°F (57° or 68°C) fixed-temperature and 15° or 20°F/min. (8° or 11°C/min.) rate-of-rise (spacing guide:
15 by 15 ft [5 by 5 m] for fixed temperature only, 30 × 30 ft [9 × 9 m] max for fixed temperature and rate-of-rise; 4098-9784, -9785, 9792 sensor
bases, 4098-9782 sensor base (with sounder), 4098-9783, -9791 sensor bases (with relay drive), -9789 sensor base (with LED drive),
4098-9804 relay module, 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensor with 4098-9795 and -9796 sensor bases, 2098-9737 relay module, 4098-9706,
-9707, -9708, -9709, -9750, -9751, -9753, -9755 and 9756 duct type sensor housings, 4098-9806 remote LED w/test switch, 2098-9808
remote LED, 2098-9747 AC transformer (120 V ac) (Operation with 2098-9747 AC transformer for supplementary signaling only) and
2190-9169, -9170 isolator modules. All 2098-XXXX and 4098-XXXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C.’’ May be included in 4120 Network
System when used with 4020-6012 modular network interface with the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communication
module. The -0113 dual RS232-2120 communications board and firmware Revision 8.03 enable use of Vision Systems High Level Interface
to connect the VESDA LaserPLUS, Firmware Version 2.09.00 and VESDA LaserScanner, Firmware Version 2.09.00 to the 4100. Optional
system components include: 2190-9038, -9039 and 4190-9001 printers, 4602-9101, -9102 status and remote command unit, 4603-9101 LCD
annunciator. Models 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers may be used with the 4020 control. The output voltage range for
initiating device circuits is 16.5-30 V dc; compatible initiating devices must be capable of operating at the extremes of this voltage range.
Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.
4120 Network System using revision 8.04F operating program. Programmable system consists of a selection of 4100 Series controls each
of which include either the 4120-6011, -6012 or -6014 modular network interface with the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber
communication module or -0144 modem media module, -0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtain
system status for service purposes only. Model nos. change from 4100 to 4120 with all -XXXX suffixes remaining the same. 4120 Network
may also include 4020-8001 controls equipped with the 4020-6012 or -6014 modular network interface and the -0142 RS485 communication
module or -0143 fiber communication module or -0144 modem media module and 4002 Series controls equipped with the 4002-6012 or -6014
14-90
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
network interface and the -0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communication module or -0144 modem media module.
Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power. (See description of 4100 and 4020 Series controls under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Model 4003 Series Voice Control Panel. These panels are not suitable for use as stand-alone fire alarm control panels. Can be used to
provide programmable tone and/or voice capability and/or additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the following Approved
Simplex control panels: Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001. The 4003 provides up to 8 Style Y (Class B) or Style Z
(Class A) notification appliance circuits (NAC) with a max panel output of 75 Watts at 25 VRMS or 8 Amps at 24 V dc. Manual local/remote
paging feature. Available in the following configurations: Model 4003-9001, 120 V ac, 4 Style Y NAC; Model 4003-9002, Basic Panel, 120 V
ac, 4 Style Z NAC. Additional equipment: Model 4003-9801, 4 NAC Add-On, Style Y; Model 4003-9802, 4 NAC Add-On, Style Z; Model
4003-9803, Remote Microphone. Use with speaker Models 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9705, -9732 and -9734.
Standby batteries up to 18 AH capacity are available to provide 24 hour emergency power.
Model 4009 Series Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Power Extender. These panels are 4009-9201 (120 V ac) or 4009-9301 (220/240
V ac) [with motherboard P/N 565771, software 2.02]. None of the panels are suitable for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. All
the panels can be used to provide additional notification appliance circuit output capability to the following Approved Simplex control panels:
Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001, 4010 Series. The 4009 provides up to 4 (8 with optional module 4009-9809 NAC
Option Card) Style Y (Class B) or (when optional module 4009-9808 Adapter Option Card is connected) Style Z (Class A) notification
appliance circuits with a max panel output of 8 A at 24 V dc. SmartSync Adapter Module 4905-9815 to drive an otherwise conventional
appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a maximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output
to 250 mA with a synchronized notification appliance circuit. Additional optional equipment includes: 4009-9809 IDNet Repeater, 4009-9810/
4009-9811 Fiber Optic Receiver with 4090-9105/4090-9107 Fiber Optic Transmitter. 18 AH capacity standby batteries are available to provide
24 hour emergency power.
Notification Appliance Circuit Extender (4009-9401) Panel. Provides three signaling line circuits to activate TrueAlert notification appliances.
The input circuits may be activated by an Approved control panel with either IDNet as used with the 4010 or Remote Unit Interface (RUI) as
used with the 4100 as an initiating signal for the extender. Both modes allow for the precise fault information collected by the NAC controller
to be displayed by the fire alarm control panel. The different addressing protocols allow for handling different numbers of addressed devices.
The extender can handle up to 250 devices when using IDNet, up to 119 devices when using RUI or 189 devices when connected to a
notification appliance circuit. The signaling line circuits can be wired Class A when the optional 4009-9812 Class A option module is used.
Isolator modules model 4905-9929 are used in pairs on TrueAlert signal line circuits to disconnect shorted or failed segments of the circuit,
to devices located before the first isolator and after the second isolator to remain operable when used with the 4009-9812 Class A option
module. The TrueAlert notification appliance circuit extender 4009-9401 can be used connected to a conventional notification appliance
circuit. TrueAlert Adapter Module 4905-9816 to convert conventional notification appliance(s) (up to one visual and one audible) with a
maximum alarm inrush current of 550 mA, audible output up to 50 mA and visual output to 250 mA to a signaling line circuit. Connection to
a conventional reverse polarity notification appliance circuit will allow differentiation between appliance troubles reported as opens on NAC 2
and 4009 controller troubles reported on NAC 1. Each notification appliance circuits is rated 1.5 A if all four circuits are engaged and 3 A when
only two circuits of four are engaged. Standby batteries (24 AH) are available to sustain 24 hours of emergency operation when used in local
protective systems and 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems. For indoor use only. Visual
Appliances Models 4904-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353. –9354 and -9355 wall mounted strobes; -9356, -9357, -9358, -9359, -9360 and –9361
ceiling mount strobes; for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Visual/Audible
Appliances Models 4903-9450, -9451, -9452, -9453, -9354, and -9355 wall mounted horn/strobes; -9459, -9460, and -9461 ceiling mount
horn/strobes; for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Visual/Speaker
Appliances models 4903-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353, -9354 and -9355 wall mounted speaker/strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation
and 4903-9362, -9363, and –9364 ceiling mounted speaker/strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15,
75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. Electronic Horn models 4901-9850 and -9853 for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. Wall mounting can
be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang, or 4 in. square electrical box.
4010 Addressable Control System. Analog control panel with Software Revision Level 3.01 available in four part numbers: P/N 4010-9101
is a 120 V ac panel with a beige enclosure; P/N 4010-9102 is a 120 V ac panel with a red enclosure; P/N 4010-9201 is a 220/240 V ac panel
with a beige enclosure; while P/N 4010-9202 is a 220/240 V ac panel with a red enclosure. IDNet Signaling line circuits can be configured
to meet Styles 4 or 6. The panel is compatible with Models 4098-9710(C), 4098-9757, and -9713(C) Quick Connect photoelectric smoke
sensors; 4098-9714(C) photoelectric smoke sensor, 4098-9717 ionization smoke sensor, and 4098-9733 heat sensor with 4098-9789E,
-9791E, -9792E and -9793E, sensor bases, 4098-9794 sensor base (with sound), and 4098-9755, -9756 duct type sensor housings. In
addition, the following IDNet devices are compatible with the 4010: 4099-9002, -9003, -9010, -9011 and -9012 pull stations, 2-Wire Class A
Monitor Zone Adapter Modules (ZAM) 4090-9106 and 2 or 4-Wire Class B ZAM 4090-9101 with 2098-9201, -9202, -9203 detectors with
2098-9211 and -9637 bases; 2098-9576 detector with 2098-9211 and -9637 bases; 4098-9612E through -9615E detectors with 4098-9788E,
-9683E and -9684E bases; 4098-9407 through -9410 with 2098-9211 bases; 4098-9754 Photo/Heat sensor with 4098-9795 and-9796 sensor
bases. Optional supervised Individual Addressable Modules (IAM) 4090-9001 and Relay IAM 4090-9002, 4090-9118 Relay IAM with T-Sense
Input, 4090-9119 Relay IAM with Unsupervised Feedback, 4090-9120 Six Point I/O IAM, Relay IAM 4090-9001, and -9001 may also be
connected. Model 4010-9803 Relay Module may also be connected. Models 2081-9061, -9062 or -9063 intrinsic safety barriers may be used
with the 4010 control. For auxiliary signaling, the 4010 control uses the 4010-9809 City Card. 24 V dc batteries rated 25 AH are available to
provide 60 hours of emergency operation. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to -9304 external battery charger must
be used. (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR PREACTION AND DELUGE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS and CENTRAL STATION AND
REMOTE STATION SIGNALING; and AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT.)
Series 4004R control with Rev. 2.01 software. Panel Models 4004-9301 (beige enclosure) and -9302 (red enclosure) are each provided with
4 (Class B) Style B initiating device circuits (IDC), which can be configured for (Class A) Style D wiring when connected to 4004-9864 Class
A Adapter Module. The 4004R is compatible with Thorn Model 612P or 612HP Smoke Detectors and Model 612H, 622H, or 632H Heat
Detectors. In addition, the 4004R is compatible with the following 2-wire smoke detectors: 4098-9612(E), -9613(E), -9614(E), and -9615(E)
with base models 4098-9788(E), 9683(E), and -9684(E); detector models 4098-9601(TSP), -9601C(TSP), -9602(TSP), -9602C(TSP), 9603,
and -9605(TSP) with base models 4098-9788(E), and -9683(E). The 4004R is also provided with two (Class B) Style Y notification appliance
circuits and three Form C relay output circuits rated 3A @ 30 V dc. The 4004R control may be used with optional 4001-9811 Battery Meter
Module, 4004-9860 Auxiliary Relay Module, and 2081-9046 Coil Supervision Module. Optional Models 4081-9301, -9302, -9303, and -9304
External Battery Chargers provide the 4004R charging capability for a standby battery bank up to 50 AH in capacity to supply the required
24 hours of standby power.
Model 4009-9401 Notification Appliance Circuit Extender. Provides three signaling line circuits which can be configured for Class A Style
6 wiring when connected to a 4009-9812 Class A option module to activate TrueAlert notification appliances. The input circuits may be
activated by an Approved control panel with either IDNet as used with the 4010 or Remote Unit Interface (RUI) as used with the 4100. The
extender can handle up to 250 devices when using IDNet, up to 119 devices when using RUI or 189 devices when connected to a
conventional notification appliance circuit. Isolator modules 4905-9929 are used in pairs on TrueAlert signal line circuits to disconnect shorted
or failed segments of the circuit. Each notification appliance circuit is rated 1.5 A if all four circuits are engaged and 3 A when only two circuits
of four are engaged. 24Ah standby batteries are available to sustain 24 hours of emergency operation when used in local protective systems
and 60 hours of emergency operation when used in auxiliary and remote station systems. Visual Appliances Models 4904-9350, -9351, -9352,
-9353. 9354 and -9355 wall mounted strobes; -9356, -9357, -9358, -9359, -9360 and 9361 ceiling mount strobes; for TrueAlert signal line
circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Visual/Audible Appliances Models
4903-9450, -9451, -9452, -9453, -9354, and -9355 wall mounted horn/strobes; -9459, -9460, and -9461 ceiling mount horn/strobes; for
TrueAlert signal line circuit operation. The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Visual/Speaker
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-91
Appliances models 4903-9350, -9351, -9352, -9353, - 9354 and -9355 wall mounted speaker /strobe for TrueAlert signal line circuit operation.
The strobes have nominal 15, 75, and 110 cd intensity ratings. For indoor use only. Electronic Horn models 4901-9850 and - 9853 for TrueAlert
signal line circuit operation. Wall mounting can be semi-flush or surface mounted on a standard single gang, double gang, or 4 in. square
electrical box. For indoor use only.
Fire Alarm Control. Firequest 200. Provides fire alarm functions by means of modules which can be combined according to the specific
needs of an installation. Used with Approved initiating and indicating devices, the basic Firequest 200 consists of a common control board
with two Class B initiating circuits and one Class A indicating appliance circuit, P/N 900678; a digital display board, P/N 900689; a 2.75 A,
28.2 V power supply/charger, P/N 900679 and a power transformer, P/N 910386 or a 4.0 A power supply/charger, P/N 900666 and a power
transformer, P/N 910434. Operates from 110/120 V ac or 220/240 V ac, 24 V dc. Standby batteries (5, 10, 15, 25, 45 AH) for 24 hours
available. Optional boards and accessory equipment include: auxiliary annunciation control board, P/N 900758; expansion motherboard, P/N
900770; city box transmitter, P/N 900773; four-zone expansion board with and without switches, P/N 900800; 10-RC relay board, P/N 900798;
sprinkler supervisory board, P/N 900778; march time master code board, P/N 900779; 4 zone remote annunciator, P/N 975176; 10 zone
remote annunciator, P/N 975870; 20 zone remote annunciator, P/N 975871; single polarized relay, P/N 910412; double polarized relay, P/N
910413; bus-to-bus interconnecting cable, P/N 910245; two zone (initiating circuits) expansion board, P/N 900683 (3 max); auxiliary relay
board, P/N 900687; Class A input zone relay, P/N 910390, P/N 910238 reverse polarity transmitter.
Fire Alarm System KDR-1000. Provides for fire alarm signaling and agent release functions through modules which can be combined
according to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices, the control can be configured for
local and auxiliary protective signaling. Functional modules are: PCP, P/N 975500; IZP, P/N 975501; OZP, P/N 975502; OZP-2, P/N 975570;
MIZP, P/N 975891; CGP, P/N 975577; RP, P/N 975503; MRP, P/N 975504; APP, P/N 975508; MIP, P/N 975506; circuit modules are AOZ, P/N
975512; BOZ, P/N 975517; CBM, P/N 975518; PAM, P/N 975521; MTMU, P/N 975522; TLC, P/N 975520; BZM, P/N 975523; AIZ, P/N
975511; AIZ-2, P/N 975184; BIZ-1, P/N 975514; BIZ-2, P/N 975515; BIZ-5, P/N 975578; AWZ, P/N 975513; RM, P/N 975528; AWD, P/N
975753; DZM, P/N 975707; BSZ, P/N 975752; RCM, P/N 975751; DMM, P/N 900176; ARM, P/N 975581 and PRM, P/N 975519; 6PC-R
Cabinet, P/N 910171; PIZ, P/N 975532; SIZ-1, P/N 975531 and SIZ-2, P/N 975566 for use with KAC computerized multiplex systems.
Standby power (24 or 60 hours) provided.
Series 3800 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable AP-400 addressable and MP-400 Multiplex Alarm Systems utilizing Software Rev. S005 and
PROMS O4A, O3D; Series CD, FD. Types FD-NA, -CA, -ZA; CD-NA (Merlin); CD-CA, -ZA, -NZA, -NAM, -CAM, -ZAM, -XA, -XAM, -XCA,
-XCAM, -XZA, -XZAM, -XNZA, -TXA, - TXAM, -TXCA, -TXCAM, -TXZA, -TXZAM, -TXNZA. Suffix -2 indicates 24 V dc indicating device circuit;
suffix -3 indicates Directone voice tone alarm option. These panels contain major fire alarm functions in modules which can be combined
according to the specific needs of a local or auxiliary protective signaling system. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices,
a system consists of a selection of the following modules: D5200-285/286/287/288 hardware switch modules, D5200-401, -402 master logic,
-403 master control (no annunciation), -404 master control (8-zone annunciation), -405 16-zone annunciator, -406 32-zone annunciator, - 432
8-zone Class A input, -433 16-zone Class B input, -409 addressable relay (8 relays), -471 addressable indicating, -411 8-zone Class B input,
-412 automatic zone select (8 zones), -413 16-zone switch, -414 master expander, -415 slave expander, -416 addressable signal generator,
-417 8-zone Class A input, -418 display and control, 5200-466 integrated master logic module power supply, -459, -467 battery charger, -468
meter panel, suitable for batteries (30, 60, 80 and 100 AH) to provide up to 60 hours battery standby. D5200-421 32-relay module, -422 CD-XA
master logic, -427 CD-XA display and control, -428 CD master buss expander, -429 CD slave buss expander, -439 32 transistor point control
module, Autoplex module (5200-442) and devices: manual station (4059-001), transmitter (7845-001), auxiliary relay (4821-301), transponder
(4284-060), 8 point transponder (5130-074-03), integrated transponder (5130-074-21), command receiver 4 point (5130-074-22), mask board
(5130- 074-23), default module (5130-074-25), command receiver (5130-074-27), D5200-516 power supply/battery charger module, 5200522 smart DGP module, D5200-375 solid state printer, D5290-017 72-watt single channel amplifier, -018, -020 150-watt single channel
amplifier, -030 tone generator, 5200-430 autozone select module, -524 microphone module, D4284-030 8-point transponder, D3450-150
battery charger (28 AH), D5130-074-13 1-point command receiver, D5130-074-14 2-point command receiver, -074-15 4-point command
receiver, -106-02 16 relay module, -106-03 8 relay module, -106-04 32 diode module, -106-05 16 diode module, -107-01 dc/audio alarm
indicating module, -107-04 releasing mini module, -107-10 alarm verification module, -120-16 amplifier module, tone modules TM-1, -2, -3,
-5, -6, -7, -8, -9 and -11, hardwired switch module 5200-285/288.
MD/2K control (P/N 3450-020), MD control (P/N 3450-120); MDE control (P/N 3450-122). These controls contain major fire alarm functions
in modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of a local or auxiliary protective signaling system. Connected to Approved
initiating and indicating devices, a system consists of a selection of the following modules: D5200-801 motherboard (MDK), D-5130-044-27
common control board, -044- 02 dual Class B initiating board, -044-03 dual Class B initiating board with test switch, -044-04 Class A initiating
board, -044-05 Class A initiating board with test switch, -044-06 Class A alarm indicating board, -044-08 Class B alarm indicating board,
-044-10 dual Class B alarm indicating board, -044-12 two relay board, -044-13 local energy master box board, -044-14 master box with
disconnect switch, -044-17 temporal/march time coder board, -044-18 time limit cutout board, -044-23 voltmeter/milliammeter board, -044-19
circuit selector board, -044-20 two relay board with disconnect switch, 5130-107-04 releasing modules (24 V, 1.4 A), 5130-106-10 alarm
verification module, D5130-165 -01 (3.5 A) master power supply. 24 V standby batteries (24 or 60 hours) are available in 6, 8, and 28 AH
capacities.
Autopulse Modular Fire Alarm Control. For 120 V ac operation with P/N 24993 power supply module, 24988 master module, and
combinations of the following extender modules: 24290 dual output, 24390 dual input, 24385 timed release, 24295 dual relay. Standby power
(24 hours) included (see also listing under AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER FIRE PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT).
Autopulse Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, for 120 V ac operation; 56303, 56305, for 240 V ac operation. Used
with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone, and
cross-zone initiating circuit actuation. Standby power (24 hours) included.
Autopulse Double Dual Zone Fire Alarm Control. Model Nos. 57148, 57149, for 120 V ac operation; 57150, 57151, for 240 V ac operation.
Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and audible signal indicating appliances. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone, and
cross-zone initiating circuit actuation. Standby power (24 hours) included.
Autopulse 1000 Single Zone Fire Alarm Control. P/N 75455. For 120 V ac operation. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations
and audible signal indicating appliances. Standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included.
Autopulse Single Zone Fire Alarm Control P/N 68204. For 120 V ac operation. Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations and
audible notification appliances. Standby battery (4 AH) for 24 hours included.
Multizone 20P Control System. For local, automatic release of Approved extinguishing systems and preaction or deluge sprinkler systems.
Used with Approved fire detectors, manual stations, sprinkler system supervisory devices, audible signal indicating appliances. Microprocessor controlled programmable logic allows for up to 20 circuits designated as input/output. Programmable for single or multiple detector
actuation of outputs. Up to 16 auxiliary relays are available. Releasing circuit capable of providing up to 600 mA for actuation of Approved
extinguishing systems using any of the following Ansul releasing devices: P/N 32097 24 V dc at 200 mA electric actuator, P/N 70151 24 V
dc at 300 mA electric latching valve actuator, P/N 32353 12 V dc at 600 mA electric actuator (two in series), P/N 70887 8 V dc at 600mA electric
latching valve actuator (three in series), P/N 17718 Automan IIC. 120/240 V ac operation. 24 or 90 hours of standby power provided by P/N
68709 and P/N 69211 battery packs, respectively. When used for preaction or deluge release applications, the Class A input board must be
included in addition to provision of 90 hours of standby power (see AUTOMATIC WATER CONTROL VALVES for compatible deluge and
preaction sprinkler valve). Contains communications capability for use with Autopulse System 1000.
Multizone 6P. P/N 9902142 (or 5,6)0 (or 1,2,3)5. For 120 or 240 V ac operation. Provides fire alarm service when connected to Approved
compatible detectors and initiating devices. Standby battery for 24 hours included. Contains communications capability for use with System
1000.
AutoPulse Dual Zone Alarm/Suppression Control System. Model Nos. 56302, 56304, 120 V ac; 56303, 56305, 240 V ac. This system
provides fire alarm service when connected to Approved Model 1024E photoelectric type smoke detector, Model PID-C ionization type smoke
14-92
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
detector, and other Approved detectors and indicating devices. Programmable for single-zone, priority-zone and cross-zone initiating circuit
actuation. Releasing circuit for use with Approved 12 V dc solenoid (P/N 32353), 24 V dc solenoid (P/N 32097), 12 V dc electric discharge
plug (P/N 45531), or AUTOMAN IIC (P/N 17728) releasing devices. Standby power (24 hours) included.
Fire Sprinkler Supervisory Unit. P/N 990120005. For supervising normally open contact waterflow and pressure switches of wet or dry
sprinkler systems. One zone. Must be used with Approved, polarized audible signal devices. Standby 24 V battery pack (24 hours), P/N
521204003, is included.
The Autocall TFX-400 series fire alarm control with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0). The following equipment makes
up the TFX-400 fire alarm control panel: TFX-500/800 MP main processor board (P/N 940500) utilizing firmware Ver. 12.1 or CPU-4500
central processor board (P/N 976470), TFX-400 enclosure, local Fire Control Module FCM (P/N 976421), and Operator Display Module (P/N
976128), either RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply, battery capacity from 7 to 110 AH. The following equipment and auxiliary modules can
be connected to the TFX-400 series fire alarm controls: TFX Remote Operator Control Panel (OCP), 505SDA and 506SDA notification
appliance modules (used when control is configured with CPU-4500), MDM521 Multizone Detector Module, TFX-to-XA control panel assembly, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module, CEB-500 city box transmitter, CAA- 500LI line isolator module, IXA-501CM mini contact monitoring
module, IXA-500DM, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module, OXA-502RM addressable relay module, IXA-500CMA contact monitoring
module, OXA-502RM relay module, OXA-504SDA signal driver, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module, and TLI-530 network interface
module. The following analog addressable devices can be carried by the TFX-500/800 MP or CPU-4500 board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models
912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912P photoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; duct
detectors models 912ID ionization and model 912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR
(a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28 DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec).
2) Apollo Fire Detectors Series TP90, P/N 57000-400 and 57000-401 thermal detectors and P/N 57000-500 and 57000-600 ionization and
photoelectric smoke detectors. These detectors are to be used with P/N 45681-210 bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. The
TFX-400 control is used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. CPD-7051, PSD-7155
and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005 bases; System
Sensor, Inc. 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models, Apollo S60A, P/N 55000-151, 152, 153, 250,
251, 350 and 351 with 45681-200, 220 and 227 bases, Thorn Security Combination thermal and smoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H,
612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detector models 612ID and 612PD used with either a model 600/900D,
600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-400 control is used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: Model
S232f+. This detector connects to the control via the IXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.
The Autocall TFX-500 and TFX-800 programmable fire alarm control panels were examined with configuration program software CONSYS
(Version 12.0). The following equipment makes up the TFX-500 or TFX-800 fire alarm control panels; TFX-500 enclosure (for TFX-500 control
only), TFX-800 primary box enclosure and TFX-800 display box enclosure (for TFX-800 control only), TFX-500/800 front panel assembly,
TFX-500/800 MP main processor board, Firmware Version 12.1, ACPM AC power module, APS-500 addressable power module, TFX500/800 DCPM DC power module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, IAM-800 expansion motherboard (for TFX-800 control only),
IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board (for use with TFX-800 control only), ARM-500 auxiliary relay module, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module,
OAA-16 XIOM 16 output module, CEB-500 city box transmitter, 80ZDUS-A 80 LED alarm display board and 80ZDUS-T 80 LED trouble display
board (both for use with FFX-800 control only), AIS-800 expansion bus cable converter board (for TFX-800 only) and LCD 20×4 character
display. The following auxiliary modules are also a part of this Approval: CAA-500LI line isolator module, IXA-500CM contact monitoring
module, IXA-501CM mini contact monitoring module, IXA-500DM detector monitor module, OXA-500RM addressable relay module, OXA500SD signal driver module, 505SDA and 506SDA notification appliance modules, OXA-500 SB signal expander module, IXA-500CMA
contact monitoring module, IXA-500DMA detector monitor module and OXA-500SDA signal driver module. Standby batteries (10 to 85 AH)
are available to provide 24 or 60 hours emergency operation. The following analog addressable devices are compatible with the TFX-500 MP
board and TFX-800 IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models 912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912P
photoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; duct detectors models 912ID ionization and model
912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR (a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28
DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). 2) Thorn IHN-135, P/N 920097 (15 by 15
ft [4.6 by 4.6 m] max spacing) and IHN-200, P/N 920098 (20 by 20 ft [6.1 by 6.1 m] max spacing) thermal detectors; ISN-5501 (P/N 920095)
and ISN-550P (P/N 920096) ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors. These detectors are to be used with ISN-550 (P/N 920099) and
IBN-551 (P/N 920100) bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. The TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls are used with the following
Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal Inc CPD-7051, PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and
2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005 bases; System Sensor Inc 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH
with B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Apollo Fire Detectors Ltd 60A, P/N 55000-151, -152, -153, -250, -350 and with
45681-200, -220 and -227 bases; Thorn IHC- 160, -135, -210, ISC-3501 and -350P with IBC base Models -350, -351 and -352, Thorn Security
Combination thermal and smoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H, 612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detector
models 612ID and 612PD used with either a model 600/900D, 600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls are used
with the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: Model S232f+. This detector connects to the control via the
IXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.
The Autocall TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV series fire alarm controls and Autocall TFXNET Communications Network with
configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.12.0). The following equipment makes up the TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV fire
alarm control panels and TFXNET: 3-, 5-, 7-, and 10 module housings (TFX-M/MV and auxiliary enclosures),TFX-500/800 MP main processor
board, Firmware Version 12.1, FCM-500 fire control module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, ODM operator display module, RPS-424
power supply/battery charger module, XAI XA interface board, 5130-107-01/02/03/12 dc/audio alarm indicating modules, TFX-to-XA control
panel assembly, TFX-500/800 DCPM DC power module, IAM-800 expansion motherboard (for TFX-800 control only), IIB-800 ALXM loop
expansion board (for use with TFX- 800M(V) control only), ARM-500 auxiliary relay module, IAA-16 XIOM 16 input module, OAA-16 XIOM
16 output module, 16 indicator module, 16 status control module, 40 status control module, 40 X 2 indicator module, 80 indicator module,
976122 addressable power monitor, 976123 power monitor, XAA-16 8 input — 8 output module, SX-TB-030-2A secondary protector,
CSM-500 channel select module, IXM-500 CMA motherboard module, OXM-501 RM/SDA motherboard, OXA-501RM addressable relay
module, OXA-502RM/503RM relay modules, IXA-502CMA contact monitor module, OXA-501SDA signal driver module, OXA-502SDA/
503SDA DC/audio drivers, OXA-504SDA signal driver, 505SDA and 506SDA notification appliance modules, MTM-500 telephone matrix
module, MCM-500 master control module, ATM-500 addressable telephone module, 80ZDUS-A 80 LED alarm display board and 80ZDUS-T
80 LED trouble display board (both for use with TFX-800M/MV control only), AIS-800 expansion bus cable converter board (for TFX-800M/MV
only), LCD 20x4 character display, CAA-500LI line isolator module, IXA-500CM contact monitoring module, IXA-501CM mini contact monitoring module, IXA-500DM detector monitor module, OXA-500RM addressable relay module, OXA-500SD signal driver module, OXA-500SB
signal expander module, IXA-500CMA contact monitoring module, IXA- 500DMA detector monitor module and OXA-500SDA signal driver
module, auxiliary LX-300 printer with SIM serial interface module and TFXNET TLI-530 network interface module, TLA-530 network adapter
board, TLB- 530 baseboard, TLO-530 fiber optic modem and TLD-530 line driver module. Standby batteries (85 AH) are available to provide
24 hours emergency operation. Simplex specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36F
charger with nominal output rating of 12.5 A/120 V ac supplying power to the auxiliary printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 24 hours of
standby power. The following DirecTone-500 equipment is being connected to and works in conjunction with the TFX-500MV and -800MV
series controls: 5290-005/416 signal generator modules, 5290-018/019/020 amplifiers, 5200-524 XA command recorder, 5200-476 digital
message module, 5290-026/027/459 8 and 12 A power supplies. The following analog addressable devices can be carried by the TFX-500
MP board and TFX-800 IIB-800 ALXM loop expansion board: 1) Thorn Security Ltd. models 912H thermal, 912I ionization smoke, 912P
photoelectric smoke: used with 4B and/or 6B bases, optional 900RBA relay base adaptor; duct detectors models 912ID ionization and model
912PD photoelectric. The duct detectors use the following housings: models 600/900D, 900DR (a four wire 24V dc base with two 10 A, 28
DC/240 V ac, form C relay). Air flow velocity ranges from 500 to 4000 ft/min (2.54 to 20.3 m/sec). 2) Apollo Fire Detectors Series TP90, P/N
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-93
57000-400 and 57000-401 thermal detectors and P/N 57000-500 and 57000-600 ionization and photoelectric smoke detectors. These
detectors are to be used with P/N 45681-210 bases. 3) Model S252 ft flame actuated detector. The TFX-500M, TFX-800M, TFX-500MV and
TFX-800MV controls are used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire smoke detection devices: Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. CPD-7051,
PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with 2-Wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLT bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, 7126 with 70-201000-001, 002, 003 and 005
bases; System Sensor, Inc. 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH with B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Apollo Fire Detectors, Ltd.
S60A, P/N 55000-151, 152, 153, 250, 251, 350 and 351 with 45681-200, 220 and 227 bases, , Thorn Security Combination thermal and
smoke detector models 612H, 622H, 632H, 612I, 612P, 612HP used with 4B or 6B models bases, and duct detector models 612ID and 612PD
used with either a model 600/900D, 600DDC, or 600DAC housing. The TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV and -800MV series fire alarm controls
are used with the following Approved compatible 2-wire flame-actuated detectors: Model S232f+. This detector connects to the control via the
IXA-500DM, or IXA-500DMA, or MDM521 detector monitor modules.
Autocall AL-1500, AL-1500E. Including TFX/AutoPlex control with AL-1500 configuration software (Version 03B), TFX/AutoPlex control
operating software CONSYS (Version 4.0) and TFX/Autoplex XA configuration software (Version 2.0). The AL-1500 and AL-1500E panels
contain modules which can be combined according to the specific needs of a local, auxiliary or proprietary alarm signaling. Connected to
Approved initiating and indicating devices, a system consists of a selection of the following modules: 5200-469 V-master logic (ES211
firmware, Rev. 01E), -478 V-expander (addition of this module defies AL-1500E system), -470 operator control panel, -406 32 zone annunciator, -433 16 zone, Class B input, -432 8 zone, Class A input, -412/-430 automatic zone select module, -409 8 relay, -421 32 relay, -428
master expander module, -416 signal generator, -026/027 DirecTone power supply module, -018/-019/-020 single channel 150 W amplifier,
-459 power supply, -413 16 switch, - 285/6/7/8 16-switch module, -466 integrated master logic, -422 XA/TFX input module, -442 AutoPlex
module, -516 power supply/battery charger, -467 battery charger (3 A), -468 voltmeter/ammeter, -439 32-transistor output module, -429 slave
expander module, -524 microphone module, -471 indicating module, -477 dc/ac inverter module and 3132-092 solid state printer. The
following two-wire detection devices are compatible with AL-1500 and AL- 1500E controls: System Sensor Inc 1451, 1451DH, 2451 and
2451TH with B401B and DH400 bases; Thorn Automated Equipment Inc ISC-3501, ISC-350P, IHC-135, IHC-160 and IHC-210 with IBC-350
and IBC-351 bases. The following auxiliary devices can be connected to AL-1500/1500E XA loop: 5130-074-22 AutoCommand output
module, 5130-074-29 command receiver module, 5130-074-21 transponder module and the TFX/AutoPlex fire alarm control for local and
auxiliary fire alarm signaling (976096). TFX/AutoPlex fire alarm control consists of the Autocall TFX-500 or TFX-800 fire alarm control (see
listing for TFX-500 and TFX-800 controls) plus XAI XA interface module (976124), LIB line interface board (976121), RPS-424 power
supply/battery charger, PSM power supply monitor board (976123) and 500PSM TFX addressable power supply monitor board (976122). The
addition of the above modules to the TFX-500/800 control allows for communication with the AL-1500/1500E via XA communication loop.
Standby batteries (10 to 85 AH) are available to provide 24 to 60 hours emergency operation. The following two-wire detection devices are
compatible with the Autocall TFX/AutoPlex control: Kidde-Fenwal Inc CPD-7051, PSD-7155 and PSD-7156 with two-wire, 2-WRB and 2WRLT
bases; CPD-7021, PSD-7125, -7126 with 70201000-001, -002, -003 and -005 bases; System Sensor Inc 1400, 1451, 2451, 2451TH with
B401 and B406B bases, 2400 and 2400TH models; Thorn Automated Equipment Inc ISC-3501, ISC-350P, IHC-135, IHC- 160 and IHC-210
with IBC-350 and IBC-351 bases.
Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504
Models 640 and 641 Fire Alarm Control Panels. Fire alarm functions controlled by plug-in cards which can be combined in a system
according to the specific needs of an installation. Connected to Approved initiating and indicating devices the control panels can be configured
for local and auxiliary alarm signaling. Model 641 also provides audio evacuation signaling (see also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS). Programming modules covered by this Approval are OS, OSS, RP, MXI, MXIA; firmware versions are 2.4, 2.4(1),
2.4(2), 2.5 and 5.2E; Modules for use with Model 640 or 641 are 640/641-MB, MBS motherboard; 640/641-S2, -S2B, -S2C, -S2WS, -S2D dual
input initiating cards (Style B); 640/641-S1A, -S2A, -S2WA input initiating cards (Style D); 640/641-A1A, -A1AS, single output indicating cards
(Style Z); 640/641-A2 dual output indicating card (Style Y); 640/641-MC8, -MC8A selective coder card; 640/641-ANA four zone annunciator
card; 640/641-TD time delay card; 640/641-AV alarm verification card; 640/641-COM A common control card; 640/641-COM B optional
common control card; 640/641-R2, -TR6, -PIR-10, -ZIR-10, -PZIR-10, -RC-10 relay cards; 640/641-VSM, -VAM meter cards; 641-DM20
twenty circuit diode matrix card; 640/PS3-H power supply (220/240 V ac); 640/PS-1, /PS3, /PS3-F power supply (120 V ac); 641/PSCA,
auxiliary power supply (120 V ac). Standby battery packs (5, 8, 20 AH/24 V dc) supply 24 hours of emergency power. (See also EMERGENCY
VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC RELEASES in Chapters 1 and 14 and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
Programmable Modular Fire Alarm Control Panel. Specnet 5 panel used with firmware Version 3.11. Control consists of MXADM Module,
MXLC8 Display (Firmware Version 3.00), ADS module(s), and PS3-F or PS3-RC Power Supply. Optional modules include 624/IH or 641/IH-P
(Firmware Version 1.07-1) which provide signaling line circuit loops that communicate with up to 99 FM Approved addressable System Sensor
(Model Nos. 1551, 2551, 2551T, 5551, 5551R, DH500, DH500ACDC, M501-M, M500-CH, M500X, and M500-M) initiating and signaling
devices. Optional ADS modules (Firmware Version 5D) are ADS-I2B(H), -O1HR, -O1B(H), -O2B, -IO1B, -O1B, -I2B, and -RI2B. Optional ADS
modules (Firmware Version 5D) ADS-I4D, -O4D, -O4DR, -O4D(L), -I2DO2DR, -I103D, -I301D, and -IO2D are supplementary devices.
Standby battery packs for PS3-F rated 24 V dc at 5, 8, or 20 AH or for PS3-RC rated 24 V dc at 20 or 60 AH provide emergency secondary
power to the system for 24 hours (size of batteries depends on the control panel load, signal initiating devices, and all other accessories that
are normally energized by the standby power supply). (See also AUTOMATIC RELEASES FOR EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS AND OTHER
FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.)
Total Walther GmbH, Feuerschutz und Sicherheit, Waltherstrasse 51, 51069 Köln, Germany
TTL 6351 Control Panel. Provides fire alarm functions by using the following functional modules: SIG signal module (6351-120); NB control
module (6351-102); SV power supply (4 A) module (6351-100); SV power supply (8.5 A) module (6351-104); ME three or four-wire initiating
module (6351-138); MG two-wire initiating module (6351-138); AN indicating module (6351-126); LS release module (6351-134); BM
supervision module (6351-136); UE municipal tie module (6351-122); RL relay module (6351-128). Up to 72 AH battery included for 24 hours
standby power.
Vijay Industries and Projects Ltd Plot No EL 205 MIDC, TTC Area Mahape Navi Mumbai, 400 709, India
Model BS-100 Vijay Autronica addressable fire alarm control using software Version P1-BS100-3-20, release date 3/23/95 and firmware
designated as P1-BS100-3B20 and P5-BS100-3E10. The control consists of a BS-100 mother board with BSS-103 power supply module
providing 24 V dc at 3 A and a keyboard display module. Optional modules to increase panel capacities include: BSS-100-1 power supply
which also provides 24 V dc at 3 A; BSD-100 detector loop module; BSB-100 alarm output module; BSL-100 data output module; BSJ-100
control output module; and RB-100 relay board. Addressable devices include the Vijay Autronica Model BH-31 photoelectrric and Model BJ-31
ionization smoke detectors. Model BE-30 heat detector rated at 133°F (56°C) with a maximum spacing of 25×25 ft (7.6×7.6 m); and Model
BF-33 manual fire alarm station. The BN-33A/24 and BN-35 addressable interfaces are used to connect the Vijay Autronica Model BH-20
photoelectric type and BJ-20 ionization type smoke detectors and other conventional smoke and flame detectors to the BS-100 fire alarm
control. The panel can be configured for Style E (Class A) or Style C (Class B) initiating device circuit performance and Style Z (Class A) or
Style X (Class B) notification appliance circuit performance. Filters and algorithms comprise the dynamic filter process or DYF which allows
the control to differentiate between actual fires and other similar conditions. The equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures
from 32° to 140°F (0° to 60°C). The control operates on 230 V ac, 50 Hz. Batteries 15 to 60 AH provide the required 24 hours of standby power.
14-94
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
A fire alarm system accessory is a device used to supplement a system control or device as indicated by the
installation wiring diagram pertaining to its application.
Space Age Electronics, Inc 406 Lincoln Street, Marlboro, MA 01752-2195
The Strap Key Communication surface mount cabinet is designed for indoor use only to make four mometary switch functions rated for
24 V dc at 2A and a firefighter telephone jack available by means of a firefighter’s key. The panel is intended to connect to the bell circuit of
other Approved equipment.
EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
An emergency voice/alarm communication system consists of an Approved local alarm, remote station or
proprietary signaling system incorporating dedicated manual and automatic facilities for the origination, control and
transmission of verbal information and instructions pertaining to a fire alarm emergency to the occupants of a
building. These systems meet the requirements of the NFPA Standard 72.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of a Unimode-300 or
Unimode-400 fire alarm control panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual
channel module, AMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating
module with microphone, ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100 or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100 or
Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to
55 AH standby batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides
the two-way telephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, ADT-FPJ fireman’s phone jack, and FHS
fireman’s handset.
ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit
with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminal
interface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B,
3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with the following speakers and speaker/strobe combinations: Re-entrant
Speaker Model 757 and Re-entrant Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-R25, 757-1A-R70, 757-3A-RS25, 757-3A-RS70,
757-7A-RS25, 757-7A-RS70, 757-8A-RS25, and 757-8A-RS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating voltage
range of 20-24 V dc. Re-entrant speaker power output can be selected for 2, 4, 8 or 15 Watt operation. Suffix R(S)25 stands for 25 Vrms
models, suffix R(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix
-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates
15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. Cone Speaker Model 757 and Cone Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-S25, 757-1A-S70, 757-3A-SS25, 757-3ASS70, 757-7A-SS25, 757-7A-SS70, 757-8A-SS25, and 757-8A-SS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating
voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Cone speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation. Suffix S(S)25 stands for 25 Vrms
models, suffix S(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output maybe synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix
-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates
15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. 964 and 965 Series Cone Speaker and Cone Speaker/Strobe Combinations. Models include 964-1A-4RR(W); 964-5A-4RR(W);
964-7A-4RR(W); 964-3A-4RR(W); 964-8A-4RR(W); 965-1A-4RR(W); 965-5A-4RR(W); 965-7A-4RR(W); 965-3A-4RR(W); 965-8A-4RR(W);
964-1A-8SW; 964-5A-8SW; 964-7A-8SW; 964-3A-8SW; 964-8A-8SW; 965-1A-8SW; 965-5A-8SW; 965-7A-8SW; 965-3A-8SW; and 965-8A8SW. 964 series models have 25 Vrms speakers, whereas the 965 models — 70 Vrms speakers. Suffix 4 denotes 4 in Cone speaker, and
suffix 8, an 8 in speaker. Speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation for the 4 in speakers, and 1⁄2, 1, 2, and 4
Watt operation for the 8 in speakers. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix -1A
indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15 cd
intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. All speakers and speaker/strobe combinations mount on a single or double gang 4-inch square electrical box. For indoor use only.
Speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to
provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ansul Incorporated One Stanton St Marinette WI 54143
AUTOPULSE IQ-396X Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AUTOPULSE IQ-396X fire
alarm control panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module,
AMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with
microphone, ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100 or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100 or Wheelock
E-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to 55 AH standby
batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way
telephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack and FHS fireman’s
handset.
Casey Systems Inc 262 Duffy Ave Hicksville NY 11801
COMTRAK 1720/2000 Fire Command System. COMTRAK 2000 FCS includes telephone and voice paging handsets, CRT video display,
control key pads and 24 AH standby battery for 24 hours of secondary power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410
(Products listed under this category were formerly Approved for Edwards Co. Inc., Farmington, CT/Edwards Unit of General Signal, Owen
Sound, Ontario/Fire Alarm & Systems Technology, Sarasota, FL.) Units may bear the name brands and model designations shown below.
ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system can be used to provide
emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. (See descriptions under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Emergency voice/alarm communication system. The system must include one
of the following configurations: Configuration 1-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, ATP audio
termination panel, Roland-Borg FAX 250 watt amplifier, RKU free standing 19 in. rack enclosure, RAMM remote audio message module and
URSM universal riser module. Configuration 2-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, with either
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-95
of the following combination of amplifiers AA75P-25 audio amplifier with mic/tone card, AA75-25T audio amplifier with tone card, or AA75-25
audio amplifier; RAMM remote audio message module and URSM universal riser module. Configuration FCCA audio control panel with either
AA75 series distributed amplifiers or centrally banked amplifiers (Models 1B3-125 — 125 W and 1B3-250 — 250 W) through the ATP. The
configurations use Firefighter’s Telephone Communication System which consists of jacks for insertion of a portable telephone or a permanently installed telephone under glass. Four Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up to 60 AH for 60 hours of standby power. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Model EST2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Requires use
of FCCA dual channel audio control panel (firmware 190022), MVMP or MVMR multiple voice message modules (Firmware 190059, 190060,
190083) with optional MVMX expansion memory boards, DAPM dual audio preamplifier module, USRM universal riser supervisory module,
AA75-25 audio amplifier, 2-AAC audio amplifier controller, SIGA-AA30 and SIGA-AA50 series audio amplifiers, Wheelock ET 1010R speakers, 2-MIC paging microphone, 2-TEL firefighters telephone. Power to the amplifiers is supplied through either SIGA-APS intelligent auxiliary
power supply, or SIGA-APS-220, the 220 VAC modification of the SIGA-APS. Both power supplies have 6.4 A output and charge up to 10
AH batteries. Signature series modules SIGA-CC1 and SIGA-CC2 provide control over individual audio circuits. SIGA-MDM Digital Message
Module provides ability to add custom prerecorded voice messaging. APS-4B or APS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5
A or 7 A of 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up
to 60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Signature series modules SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 provide
supervision connection between the audio amplifiers, USRM, auxiliary power supplies and the EST2 panel for required trouble annunciation.
ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit
with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminal
interface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B,
3-ZA30, and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with the following speakers and speaker/strobe combinations: Re-entrant
Speaker Model 757 and Re-entrant Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-R25, 757-1A-R70, 757-3A-RS25, 757-3A-RS70,
757-7A-RS25, 757-7A-RS70, 757-8A-RS25, and 757-8A-RS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating voltage
range of 20-24 V dc. Re-entrant speaker power output can be selected for 2, 4, 8 or 15 Watt operation. Suffix R(S)25 stands for 25 Vrms
models, suffix R(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix
-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates
15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. Cone Speaker Model 757 and Cone Speaker/Strobe Model 757. Models include 757-1A-S25, 757-1A-S70, 757-3A-SS25, 757-3ASS70, 757-7A-SS25, 757-7A-SS70, 757-8A-SS25, and 757-8A-SS70 speaker and speaker/strobe combinations, each strobe with operating
voltage range of 20-24 V dc. Cone speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation. Suffix S(S)25 stands for 25 Vrms
models, suffix S(S)70 for 70 Vrms models. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output maybe synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix
-1A indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates
15 cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. 964 and 965 Series Cone Speaker and Cone Speaker/Strobe Combinations. Models include 964-1A-4RR(W); 964-5A-4RR(W);
964-7A-4RR(W); 964-3A-4RR(W); 964-8A-4RR(W); 965-1A-4RR(W); 965-5A-4RR(W); 965-7A-4RR(W); 965-3A-4RR(W); 965-8A-4RR(W);
964-1A-8SW; 964-5A-8SW; 964-7A-8SW; 964-3A-8SW; 964-8A-8SW; 965-1A-8SW; 965-5A-8SW; 965-7A-8SW; 965-3A-8SW; and 965-8A8SW. 964 series models have 25 Vrms speakers, whereas the 965 models — 70 Vrms speakers. Suffix 4 denotes 4 in Cone speaker, and
suffix 8, an 8 in speaker. Speaker power output can be selected for 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 1, or 2 Watt operation for the 4 in speakers, and 1⁄2, 1, 2, and 4
Watt operation for the 8 in speakers. Strobe flash rate and horn audible output may be synchronized by a selector on the device. Suffix -1A
indicates a speaker without strobe. Suffix -3A indicates 30 cd intensity for wall mounting and 15 cd for ceiling mount. Suffix -7A indicates 15
cd intensity and 75 cd intensity on center axis for wall mount only. Suffix -8A indicates 110 cd intensity for wall mounting and 60 cd for ceiling
mount. All speakers and speaker/strobe combinations mount on a single or double gang 4-inch square electrical box. For indoor use only.
Speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60AH are available to
provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
FCCA Audio Control panel. Firmware P/N 180009, Rev. 4.0. It is a dual channel audio control panel providing voice alarm communication
capability to the Fire Command Center (FCC) or to IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control (through the CM1N control module). Note: the FCCA Audio
Control panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. The output of the FCCA is applied to either AA75 series distributed
amplifiers or to centrally banked amplifiers (Models 1B3-125 — 125 W and 1B3-250 — 250 W) through the Amplifier Termination Panel (ATP).
FCCA requires connection of RAMM-A Random Access Module. RAMM-A is a single channel audio message playback unit, storing up to six
independent messages. The RAMM-A connects to an auxiliary jack of the FCCA unit or connect through a DAPM-R (Dual Audio Pre-Amp
Module) to the AA75 amplifier. FCCA requires an external 24 V dc power supply. In standby condition, it consumes 280 mA.
Model MIR2 Analog Control Panel. Programmable fire alarm panel (See listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Requires use
of FCCA dual channel audio control panel (firmware 190022), MVMP or MVMR multiple voice message modules (Firmware 190059, 190060,
190083) with optional MVMX expansion memory boards, DAPM dual audio preamplifier module, USRM universal riser supervisory module,
AA75-25 audio amplifier, 2-AAC audio amplifier controller, GSA-AA30 and GSA-AA50 series audio amplifiers, Wheelock ET 1010R speakers,
2-MIC paging microphone, 2-TEL firefighters telephone. Power to the amplifiers is supplied through either GSA-APS intelligent auxiliary power
supply, or GSA-APS-220, the 220 VAC modification of the GSA-APS. Both power supplies have 6.4 A output and charge up to 10 AH batteries.
Signature series modules GSA-CC1 and GSA-CC2 provide control over individual audio circuits. GSA-MDM Digital Message Module
provides ability to add custom prerecorded voice messaging. AXPS-4B or AXPS-8B auxiliary power supplies are available to provide 3.5 A
or 7 A of 24 V dc power. Also available in 220 V ac version with -220 suffix. Auxiliary power supply standby batteries are available in up to
60 AH capacity to provide the required 24 or 60 hours of standby operation. Signature series modules GSA-CT1 and GSA-CT2 provide
supervision connection between the audio amplifiers, USRM, auxiliary power supplies and the MIR2 panel for required trouble annunciation.
Fire Control Instruments Inc 16 Southwest Park, Westwood MA 02090
FireVac III Voice Evacuation System intended to interface with the FCI Models FC-72 and FC-ID local alarm signaling panels to provide
additional signaling capability (i.e., voice communication and fire fighter’s intercom). Consists of (OCC) operations control center, (FV-PS-6)
power supply, (MBI) motherboard intercom and (FFI) fire fighter’s intercom plug-in module, (MBS) motherboard speaker circuit with (SCM)
single channel loudspeaker appliance plug-in module and (DCS) dual channel loudspeaker appliance plug-in module, (MBA) motherboard
auxiliary with (ACM) auxiliary control plug-in module, (DRM) digital repeater module, (PA-60P) 60W power amplifier, (PA-120R) 120W power
amplifier, (PA-250R) 250W power amplifier, (MB-PASM) power amplifier supervision module, (RTM-SW, -CH, -HN and -TP) tone generator
modules, Speaker Models SB, 470, 471 and 870, and fire fighter’s Handset Model 3200. Standby batteries (up to 110 AH) available for 24
or 60 hours of operation.
Fire-Vac 7200 series fire alarm control/voice evacuation system. Uses FCP 7200 (Version 5.2) field configuration software. Consists of a
Basic System Unit (BSU), up to five optional auxiliary Remote Command Centers (RCC) and up to one hundred optional Remote Distributed
Amplifiers. The BSU is made of the following major components: SPSU-V switching power supply unit; SCU system control unit (Firmware
Version 5.2); ALU analog loop unit (Firmware Version 5.2); AEU audio evacuation unit (Firmware Version 5.2); KDU keyboard display unit
(Firmware Version 5.2); AOM addressable output module; optional SIM’s switch input modules [Command Control Unit, Single Channel
(CCU-S); Command Control Unit, Dual Channel (CCU-D); Switch Input Module — Speaker, Single Channel (SIM-SS); Switch Input Module
— Speaker, Dual Channel (SIM-SD); Switch Input Module — Phone (SIM-P); Switch Input Module — Auxiliary (SIM-A);Telephone Control Unit
(TCU); Telephone Control Unit — Remote (TCUR); Status Indicator Board — 10 Red (SIB-10R); Status Indicator Board — 10 Yellow
(SIB-10Y)] used for the manual control of speakers, phones and auxiliary circuits; System Backplane to accept individual SIM’s; Push-To-Talk
Receiver Module (PTTR); microphone and telephone handset (model 3200); Basic System Amplifier (FCI-AAM-25) and the system’s remote
distributed amplifiers. The Remote Command Center (RCC) contains an AEU, KDU, manual controls (CCU’s, SIM’s and SIB-10’s), PushTo-Talk Driver Module (PTT-D), and a remote microphone and/or remote telephone. The Audio Driver Card (ADC) plugs into the FCI-MB (FCI
14-96
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Mother Board) of the FireVac 7200 system in place of the Basic System Amplifier (FCI-AAM-25). The ADC reverse polarity circuit is reserved
for activation of the Bulk Amplifier Unit (BAU). The BAU supports up to six PA-250R or PA-250R amplifiers. The Remote Distributed Amplifier
is mounted on the remote FCI-MB, and has its own dedicated FCI — Power Supply Module (FCI-PSM). The FCI-PSM battery capacity is 17
AH. Amplifiers are activated from the signal issued from FireVac 7200 system to the Addressable Amplifier Input module (AAI). FireVac 7200
system uses SP series, TV series, and UDT and UHT series speakers. The following 24 V dc strobes are used: STS series, STV series, and
STD series. The FireVac system can also have a Supplementary Notification Appliance Circuit Panel (SNAC) connected. Standby batteries
(capacities from 6 to 31 AH) available for 24 hours of operation.
Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave, S Minneapolis MN 55408
XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit
with firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminal
Interface module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15, 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B
and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) or XLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additional
signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency
operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
XLS200 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with
firefighter telephone; 3-FTCU firefighters telephone; 3-ZA15 and 3-ZA30, 15 and 30W audio amplifiers used with XLS757-1A-R25(R) or
XLS757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH
are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
Johnson Controls Inc, 507 E Michigan St, Milwaukee WI 53202
IFC-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an IFC-640 fire alarm control panel with one
or more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generating
modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV2.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 and
ACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,
MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. The
battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone service
capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system can
be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,
XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone
Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote
Microphone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service).
Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
ACP Audio Control Panel. This panel is not for use as a stand-alone fire alarm control panel. Programmable system can be used to provide
emergency voice/alarm communication capability to the IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. (See descriptions under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable emergency voice/alarm communication system. The system must include
one of the following configurations: Configuration 1-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, ATP
audio termination panel, Roland-Borg FAX 250 watt amplifier, RKU free standing 19 in. rack enclosure, RAMM remote audio message module
and URSM universal riser module. Configuration 2-ACP audio control panel with a RPSB remote power supply with battery charger, with
either of the following combination of amplifiers AA75P-25 audio amplifier with mic/tone card, AA75-25T audio amplifier with tone card, or
AA75-25 audio amplifier; RAMM remote audio message module and URSM universal riser module. Both configurations use Firefighter’s
Telephone Communication System which consists of jacks for insertion of a portable telephone or a permanently installed telephone under
glass. Four Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up to 60 AH for 60 hours of standby power. (See additional description under LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
SAS-200 Firefighter’s Communication/Evacuation System. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
AM2020/AFP1010 Voice Multiplex System. Programmable single or multichannel system consists of an AM2020 or AFP-1010 fire alarm
control panel (see listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING) with CMX-1 or XPC-8 notification appliance circuit module, one or more
AMG-1/E voice generating modules with or without microphone (P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,
ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, ACM-16AT annunciator, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or
Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers and MPS-24A power supply with 55 AH standby batteries. The battery
bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the Voice Multiplex System with two-way
telephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s
handset. The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI
Signaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board,
XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels,
and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly.
AFP-300 or AFP-400 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AFP-300 or AFP-400 fire alarm
control panel with one or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module, AMG-1/E
voice generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,
ACT-1 audio coupling transformer, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,
MS, IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-400 power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. The
battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone service
capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system can
be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,
XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone
Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote
Microphone Assembly.
AFC-600 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an AFC-600 fire alarm control panel with one
or more VCM-4 voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4 dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generating
modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N 73284), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 and ACT-2
audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL, MS,
IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by MPS-6 power supply with up to 60 AH standby batteries. The battery
bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone service capability.
Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system can be
configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,
XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone
Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote
Microphone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service). The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-97
consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply,
XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel,
XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly.
NFS-640 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an NFS-640 fire alarm control panel with one
or more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice generating
modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV2.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone, ACT-1 and
ACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock E-9025-(LS, SL,
MS,IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standby batteries. The
battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way telephone service
capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s handset. The system can
be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI Signaling Line Interface board,
XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board, XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone
Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels, and RM-1(SA) Remote
Microphone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service.)
NFS-3030 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Programmable single or multi-channel system consists of an NFS-3030 fire alarm control panel with
one or more VCM-4RK voice control module, VCE-4 voice control expander module, DCM-4RK dual channel module, AMG-1/E voice
generating modules with or without microphone (Firmware P/N #AMGV3.0), one or more ATG-2 tone generating module with microphone,
ACT-1 and ACT-2 audio coupling transformers, AA-30, -100, or -120 audio amplifier with System Sensor V400R/B, SP100, or Wheelock
E-9025-(LS, SL, MS,IS), E-9070-(LS, SL, MS, IS) speakers. Operating power is provided by internal power supply with up to 55 AH standby
batteries. The battery bank is able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. FFT-7(S) fire fighters telephone provides the two-way
telephone service capability. Additional equipment includes RPJ-1 remote paging jack, FPJ-1 fireman’s phone jack, and FHS fireman’s
handset. The system can be configured with XPIQ Quad Intelligent Audio Transponder consisting of XPIQ-MB Motherboard, XPIQ-SLI
Signaling Line Interface board, XPIQ-AA25 Audio Amplifier, XPIQ-PS(E) Power Supply, XPIQ-CA Class A Speaker Zone Converter board,
XPIQ-RMI Remote Microphone Interface, XPIQ-AIB1 Audio Interface Board, 1 channel, XPIQ-AIB4 Audio Interface Board, up to 4 channels,
and RM-1(SA) Remote Microphone Assembly. (See Local Protective Signaling Service).
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
ALS3 Analog Control Panel. The optional voice alarm modules; 3-ASU audio source units; 3-ASU/FT combination audio source unit with
fire fighter telephone; 3-FTCU fire fighters telephone; 3-REMICA and 3-REMICP Remote Microphones; 3-ATPINT Amplifier Terminal interface
module for use with ATP panel and model 1B3125 and 1B3250 Dukane amplifiers; 3-ZA15 , 3-ZA20A, 3-ZA20B, 3-ZA40A, 3-ZA40B, 3-ZA30,
and 3-ZA90, 15, 20, 30, 40 and 90W audio amplifiers used with 757-1A-R25(R) or 757-1A-R70(R) speakers provide additional signaling
capability including fire fighter intercom. 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
MXLV Programmable System. Uses Version 10.04 operating system and field programming software CSG-M Version 10.03. This is a voice
alarm version of the Siemens Building Technologies Inc MXL system to provide additional signaling capability including fire fighter intercom.
Standby power for 24 hours operation from 15-55 AH capacity 24 V batteries. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Simplex Time Recorder Co, 100 Simplex Dr, Westminster MA 01441-0001
Model 4003 Series Voice Control Panel. These panels are not suitable for use as stand-alone fire alarm control panels. Can be used to
provide programmable tone and/or voice capability and/or additional notification appliance circuit output capability to any of the following
Approved Simplex control panels: Life Alarm Series 4001, Life Alarm Series 4002, 4020-8001. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
4100 Fire and Voice Command Center. Uses revision 9.02F operating program. The 4100 Fire and Voice Command Center includes the
4100-8201, -8210 with -8019 transponder, 4100-8601, -8602, control panels with any of the modules used in conjunction with the 4100-8001,
-8010 or -8511 controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING), respectively, and a selection of the following equipment: 4100-0210,
-0211, -0212 audio controller boards, 4100-0201 25 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-0202 dual 25 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply
(120 V ac), 4100-0203 and -1203 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier (120 V), 4100-0207 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 V ac),
4100-1207 90 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier (120 V ac), 4100-0213 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 V ac), 4100-0204 master
microphone module, -0205 master phone module, -0206 redundant tone generator, 4100-0211 dual channel message expansion board,
-0212 triple channel master expansion board, 4100-4201 and -4203 4 circuit dual channel speaker circuit boards, 4100-4202, -4204, -4205
and -4206 2 circuit triple channel speaker circuit boards, 4100-0412, -0413, -0415 speaker select switch modules, 4100-0416 audio control
switch module, 4100-0410 remote microphone, -0411 remote master telephone, 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9702,
-9705, -9706, -9732, -9734 and 4902-9703, -9705, -9707 speakers (25 Vrms), 4902-9704, -9706, -9708 speakers (70 Vrms), 4902-9716,
-9717, -9721 Speakers (25 or 70 Vrms) and 4903-91XX, -93XX series speaker/strobe combination (25 or 70 Vrms). The strobes portion have
a nominal 15, 30 or 110 cd density. The connection between the audio controller boards and the amplifiers may be direct or through
4190-9011/9012 Fiber Optic Audio Repeater. Standby batteries from 6.2-110 AH supply 24 hours of operating power. The Model No. for the
2902-9XXX and 4902-97XX speakers may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
4100-8501 Voice Command Center used with 2120 CPU and Model 4100-8601 voice universal transponder. Uses revision 8.04F operating
program. The 4100-8501 Voice Command Center includes the 4100-7001 master controller assembly, one 4100-0112 dual RS232/2120
communicator, a 4100-0201 25 watt amplifier, one 4100-0210 single channel audio board, 4100-0204 microphone and enclosure, one
4100-0205 master telephone, one 4100-0301 64/64 LED switch controller, two 4100-0403 8/8 momentary switch/red LED, one 4100-0412
single channel audio control switch module and speakers 2902-9711, -9712, -9713, -9715, -9716, -9717, -9701, -9702, -9705, -9732, -9734.
Standby batteries from 6.2-33 AH supply 24 hours of operating power.
Series 4100U Audio Control Panel. Uses revision 11.02.01 operating program. The 4100U audio control panel consists of a selection of the
assemblies and modules used in conjunction with the 4100U controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING) and a selection of the
following equipment: 4100-9620 analog audio controller assembly with 4100-1210 audio controller board and 4100-1243 microphone panel,
4100-9621 digital audio controller assembly with 4100-1211 audio controller board and 4100-1243 microphone panel, 4100-0621 analog
audio riser module, 4100-0622 digital audio riser module, 4100-1212 analog 50 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1213 analog 50 watt, 70 Vrms
amplifier, 4100-1214, -1216, -1220, and 1222 analog 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1218 and 1224 analog
100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1215, -1217, -1221, and 1223 analog 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with
power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1219 and 1225 analog 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1226 digital 50 watt,
25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1227 digital 50 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1228, -1230, -1234, and 1236 digital 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with
power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1232 and 1238 digital 100 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier with power supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1229, -1231, -1235,
and 1237 digital 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power supply (120 Vac), 4100-1233 and 1239 digital 100 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier with power
supply (220/240 Vac), 4100-1240 auxiliary audio input board, 4100-1241 and 1242 message expansion board, 4100-1244 remote microphone
module, 4100-1245 expansion NAC board for use with 35 and 50 watt amplifiers, 4100-1246 class A adapter for use with 35 abd 50 watt
amplifiers, 4100-1248 expansion NAC board for use with 100 watt amplifiers, 4100-1249 class A adapter for use with 100 watt amplifiers,
4100-1252 through 1255 audio operator interface modules, 4100-1261 analog 35 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1262 analog 35 watt, 70 Vrms
amplifier, 4100-1263 digital 35 watt, 25 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1264 digital 35 watt, 70 Vrms amplifier, 4100-1270 master telephone with
4100-1272 phone card, 4100-1271 remote master telephone, and 4100-1273 telephone class A adapter. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH
are available to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH of emergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models
4081-9306 or 9308 expansion battery chargers.
14-98
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Life Alarm 2120 Multiplex Monitoring and Control System with 2120-8201 CPU. (See description under PROPRIETARY SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
4120 Network Fire and Voice Command Center. Uses revision 8.04F operating program. The 4120 network fire and voice command center
includes the 4120-8201, -8210 with -8019 network transponder, -8601, -8602, -8821 network control panels with any of the modules used in
conjunction with the 4120-8001, -8010 or -8511 network controls (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING), with a selection of 4100
Series equipment. Model Nos. change from 4100 to 4120 with all -XXXX suffixes remaining the same. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH
supply 24 hours of operating power. The Model Nos. for the 2902-9XXX speakers may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA.’’
The Autocall TFX-500(M), and -800(M) Modular-Voice Systems with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver. 12.0). The following
equipment makes up the TFX-500(M), and -800(M) systems: 3-, 5-, 7-, and 10 module housings (TFX-M and auxiliary enclosures), TFX-500/
800 MP main processor board, FCM-500 fire control module, MPIM multi-purpose interface module, ODM operator display module, either
RPS-424 or PSM-800 power supply/battery charger module, XAI XA interface board, 5130-107- 01/02/03/12 dc/audio alarm indicating
modules, OXA-502SDA/503SDA DC/audio drivers, OXA- 504SDA signal driver, MTM-500 telephone matrix module, MCM-500 master control
module, and ATM-500 addressable telephone module. AMP-96 Audio Amplifier with the following plug-in boards: UTM — Universal Tone
module, B-25 — 25 V Amplifier Back-up board, Slow Whoop Tone module, RD-2 Rised Driver module, CS-2 Channel Select board, and DV-2
Digital Voice board. The AMP-96 audio amplifier used with Wheelock AP-15TUC/R, E90-R, E70-R, ET70-R, ET1010, and ET1080R speakers
providing additional signaling capability including the firefighters intercom. Standby batteries (85 AH) are available to provide 24 hours
emergency operation. The following DirecTone-500 equipment is being connected to and works in conjunction with the TFX-500MV and -800
MV series controls: 5290-005/416 signal generator modules, 5290-018/019/020 amplifiers, 5200-524 XA command recorder, 5200-476 digital
message module, 5290-026/027/459 8 and 12 A power supplies. (See Description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Spectronics Corp, 4645 Hartley, Lincoln NE 68504
Model 641 Fire Alarm Control Panel. Local protective signaling system which also provides emergency paging, telephone communication
and audible evacuation signaling. Communication cards include: 641-TAC emergency telephone/audio control assembly; 641-SLAC audio
common control; 641-SL8T eight circuit emergency telephone switch card; 641-SL4A, -SL4C, -SL4B, -SL40D four switch circuit card;
641-SL8A eight switch circuit card; 641-L8R eight LED circuit card; 641-PAS audio amplifier supervisor; 641-PA10 audio amplifier; 641SL4AP, -SL4OD four circuit alarm and page switch; 641-TG2 tone generator. Approved speaker is Spectronics Model SVT-72UCR (indoor
use only). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
System Sensor, Div of Honeywell, 3825 Ohio Ave, Saint Charles IL 60174
PDRP-1002 with operating system firmware revision level A. Including LED Interface Module (4XLM); Zone Relay Module (4XZM); Remote
Annunciator (RZA-4X). Panel provides two initiating circuits; one manual release circuit; two indicating circuits; two release circuits. Transmitter Module (4XTM) provides a local energy municipal tie for auxiliary protective signaling. In addition one regulated and one unregulated
24 V auxiliary power output; one alarm and one trouble relay output are provided. Combined load for all external devices not to exceed 2.25 A.
Field programmable using dip switches for either cross zone or dual zone. In the event of primary power failure, battery packs (24 V dc, 6.5,
12, 15 AH) are suitable for 24 hour standby operation.
PUBLIC FIRE ALARM REPORTING SYSTEMS
This signaling equipment transmits fire alarms and other emergency calls to the municipal fire headquarters from
the public. The municipality controls the installation, use and maintenance of the system, as well as alarm
retransmission (to fire stations) if that is necessary. Equipment identifies and automatically records each signal.
Digitize Inc, 158 Edison Rd, Lake Hopatcong NJ 07849
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Consists of two or more Mark III or IV receivers with RAD-6P or RAD-20P decoders at the
communications center for the reception of amplitude modulated radio transmissions on carrier frequencies of 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz
or frequency modulated radio transmissions at 72-76 MHz from street boxes, master boxes and auxiliary boxes. Model RAD-800 master box
interface unit is for connection of a local alarm signaling system to a municipal public reporting system. RAD-800 interface unit requires
RAD-810 power supply for 60 hours of standby battery power. Each box and transmitter is supplied with a rechargeable battery to provide
six months’ operation before replacement; each decoder unit is supplied with an EBB-6 (4 hr) or EBB-24 (24 hr) standby battery. RAD
200-100, -104, -109, -110, -114, -119, -120, -124, -129, -130, -134, -139 radio boxes and RAD 200-149 municipal transmitters, powered by
rechargeable 12 V batteries capable of six months’ operation without recharge, suitable for outdoor operation at temperature range of -40°
to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The 120 V ac RAD-8LS-AM, -8LS-FM, -16LS-FM auxiliary boxes (firmware Version 4.3.6 0800), RAD-800 interface
units, Mark III FM and Mark IV AM receivers are for indoor operation at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). RAD 32 and RAD 64 auxiliary boxes
(firmware Version 2.9.1) include: digital display/keyboard board (P/N 400373-0000); microcontroller board (P/N 400365-0000); 32 zone PCB
assembly (P/N 400421-0000); transformer (P/N 900546-0000); and either an FM transmitter (P/N 450390-0000) or AM transmitter
(P/N 400387-0001 or 450387-0002). Optional eight zone expansion board (P/N 400374-0000) and eight zone trouble relay board
(P/N 400375-0001) may be used. Enclosure consists of a 610501-0001 backbox, 610502-0001 outer door and 610503-0001 (inner) display
door. RAD-32/64 for indoor operation at -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Each box uses a 12 V, 6.5 A hour battery (P/N 900414-0004) for 60 hours
of standby power. The following external antennas for transmitters and receivers are available: PXM-18 (72 MHz), -19 (75 MHz) or
P/N 900491 (132-174 MHz); whip antennas P/N 450289-X (132-174 MHz) or P/N 450290-X (72-76 MHz).
Model DET-6B and -6C Municipal Transmitter. With positive non-interfering and succession (PNI&S) solid state coding for use with
compatible 100 MA ‘‘Form 4’’ box circuit receiving equipment. Transmitter operates on 14 V ac, 20 VA from a Class 2 transformer; provides
for six supervised fire alarm initiating circuits, using Approved normally-open contact devices; and is equipped with 6.5 AH 12 volt battery
packs to provide 60 hours of standby operation. Firmware operating program designation is Rev 1.4. Suitable for indoor installation; -40° to
140°F temperature range.
Microprocessor-based Alarm Monitoring and Control System. Consists of one or more SYSTEM 3000 alarm monitoring and control units,
using Version 5.4.3 firmware, which may be used to monitor multiplexed, telegraph coded, direct wired and networked alarm signals. The
SYSTEM 3000 produces alarm signals from EOL, RPI, DCI and multiplexed inputs via connection to alarm panels and from 100 ma McCulloh
type coded boxes. Multiplexed inputs, via Data Gathering Panels including serial devices connected to fire alarm panels. DGM-8LS, -16LS,
-32, -64 (firmware Version 3.0.6) and Muxpad Data Gathering Panels (software Version 3.4) are used with SYSTEM 3000 Receiver. These
multiplex Data Gathering Modules (DGM) can monitor up to 8 supervised input points (-8LS); up to 16 input points (-16LS); and up to 32
supervised input points for the -32. The DGM-32 can be upgraded to a DGM-64 by adding an additional 32-zone EOL card in the field; up
to 64 supervised input points for -64. Line drivers via 32 line driver racks provide isolation when multiple lines are used with multiplex. The
designation ‘‘-RF’’ after the model number signifies a data gathering panel that communicates by two-way radio. Each unit has a rechargeable
battery pack rated at 60 hours of standby operation. The RAD-8LS (firmware Version 2.9.6), -16LS (firmware Version 1.6.6), -32 (firmware
Version 2.9.1) and -64 (firmware Version 2.9.1) coded radio boxes are also used with SYSTEM 3000 Receivers as part of Digitize’s coded
radio public reporting system. The 100 ma coded input includes the Digitize DET-6B, 6 zone coded transmitter with PNIS (firmware revision
8-13-90).
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-99
G H Harlow Co Inc, 15757 SW 74th Ave. Ste 550, Tigard OR 97224
Radio Fire Alarm Reporting System (RFAR). Base Station Model GHRD02 (operating software Version 2.14) receives coded radio
transmissions from GHR02 Series Fire Alarm Boxes including Street Box Model GHR02S1 (firmware Version AP02-8C), and/or Master Box
Models GHR02M108S (firmware Version AP02-8C), GHR02M116S (firmware Versions AP02-16 Cor AP02-48C), GHR02M124S (firmware
Version AP02-48C), GHR02M132S (firmware Version AP02-48C), GHR02M140S (firmware Version AP02-48C) and GHR02M148S (firmware
Version AP02-48C). GHR02 Series Master Boxes represent configurations for 8, 16, 24, 32, 40 and 48 input zones respectively. Frequency
ranges available are VHF (136-174 MHz) or UHF (403-512 MHz). VHF antennas include GHR02-VA and -VAFGP; UHF antennas include
GHR02-UA and -UAGP. VHF units have temperature range of -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C); UHF units have temperature range of -30° to
140°F (-34° to 60°C). Base Station Model GHRD02 is operable from 32° to 122°F (0° to 50°C). Models GHR02S1, GHR02M108S and
GHR02M116S use 12 V dc, 6.2 AH batteries for 60 hours standby power; Models GHR02M124S, GHR02M132S, GHR02M140S and
GHR02M148S use 12 V dc, 18 AH batteries for 60 hours standby power; base station Model GHRD02 uses Model GHBB1-4 batteries
(24 V dc, 90 AH) for 4 hours standby power or Model GHBB1-24 batteries (24 V dc, 360 AH) for 24 hours standby power.
King-Fisher Co, 2350 Foster Ave, Wheeling IL 60090
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA base
receiving stations (Software Version 1.53 with Firmware MPX-96 [CPU P/N 66608] or Version 1.54 with Firmware Version 1.54 [CPU P/N
66618]) for reception of AM or FM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHz or 132-174 MHz range. Models KF-1, -3 street
boxes, KFRTI-8, -20, -52 and KFRTI-WP-4, -8 auxiliary boxes are Approved for one-way signal transmission. Models KFRTI-RMS-8, -20, -52
auxiliary boxes are Approved for two-way signal transmission. Models KF-1, -3, when connected to the KFRI radio master box interface panel,
transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA base station receiver. KF-1, -3 boxes have a rechargeable battery
(2.5 AH) to provide 6 months operation from a single battery charge. Model KFCB-10M battery charger is required for recharging these
batteries. KFRTI, KFRTI-RMS and KFRI units are provided with P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) or P/N 17014 (5 AH) batteries for 60 hours standby
power. KFRA provided with 50 AH battery for 24 hours standby power. Mini-CAD system must be interfaced directly to the KFRA base station
by use of a parallel or serial I/O port when two-way transmission is used. All boxes and interface units are suitable for outdoor use from -40°
to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). KFRA base station and Mini-CAD are suitable for use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Class III computer-aided
dispatching service can be provided by the Mini-CAD (Version 1.1), PC-CAD (Version 1.0) or CAD/CMD (Version 1.0) computer systems.
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA-C base
receiving stations for reception of AM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHZ or 132-174 MHZ range. Models KF-1, -3
street boxes, KFRTI-20, -52 and KFRTI-WP-4, -6, -8 auxiliary boxes are Approved for one-way signal transmission. Models KF-1, -3, when
connected to the KFRI radio master box interface panel, transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA base station
receiver. KF-1, -3 boxes have a rechargeable battery (2.5 AH) to provide 6 months operation from a single battery charge. Model KFCB-10M
battery charger is required for recharging up to 10 of these batteries. KFRTI units are provided with P/N 17012 (12.5 AH) or P/N 17014 (5 AH)
batteries for 60 hours standby power. One King-Fisher P/N 17123, 12 V, 75 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 60 hour standby
operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3A). Where two independent sources of primary power are available one King-Fisher
P/N 17015, 12 V, 25 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 24 hour standby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3B).
All boxes and interface units are suitable for outdoor use from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). Base station system part number is 99100-a-bc-d
where a, b, c and d are option designations as follows:
a = S for single receiver or D for dual receivers.
bc = HB for high band or LB for low band.
d = S for sloping free standing cabinet, V for vertical free standing cabinet or T for table top cabinet with remote power supply cabinet.
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes REAMS Radio Emergency Alarm Monitoring System consisting of redundant KFRA-C base
receiving stations for reception of AM coded radio transmissions on frequencies in the 72-76 MHZ or 132-174 MHZ range. Model KFAPT
Addressable Panel Transmitter for use with either the Gamewell 600 or the Fire control Instruments 7200 Addressable Fire Control Panels
are Approved for one-way signal transmission. The Fire Alarm Control Panels, when connected to the KF-APT radio box interface panel,
transmit signals from protected property signaling systems to the KFRA-C base station receiver. The KF-APT can be equipped with either a
5 Ah battery (KF# 17014) for 60 hours of back up time or one eight Ah battery (KF# 17033) for 90. One King-Fisher P/N 17123, 12 V,
75 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 60 hour standby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3A). Where two
independent sources of primary power are available one King-Fisher P/N 17015, 12 V, 25 Amp-Hour rechargeable battery provides for 24 hour
standby operation of one KFRA-C receiver and printer (Form 3B).
Monaco Enterprises Inc, E 14820 Sprague Ave, Spokane WA 99216
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. D-700E Enhanced Radio Alarm System. Consists of one or two D-700E Enhanced central receivers
for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF)
or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Model BT2-7 or BT2-8 transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated
radio alarm transmitters at the protected property. Each central receiver consists of the following: P/N 200-061-01 or 200-085-00 computer
used with P/N 207-802-00 D-700 software Version 4.1, P/N 192-027-00 or 192-029-00 video monitor, P/N 205-012-01 printer, P/N 227315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequency Modem, P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. B, P/N 404-064-05 72 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-04
48 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-03 24 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-02 4 Hour UPS. Model M-2 and Model MAAP provide local fire alarm control and
radio alarm transceiver (see separate listings under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N
227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16
zone, for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N
227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N
326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N 227- 600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each
backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. The RT-100-24 transmitter
interface is used between the BT2-7, -8, or BT-X and an adjacent fire alarm control. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for
frequencies in the VHF range, P/N 190- 401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3
antenna is standard for frequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model
BT2-7, BT2-8, and BT-X transceivers operate from 120 - 240 V ac, are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to
60°C) and are provided with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-700
Enhanced central receiver for 120 V ac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standby
battery power and is suitable for operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
D-21, D-21G, D-21M Public Reporting Coded Radio Alarm Systems. The D-21G system incorporates the D-21 basic package and adds
graphic floor plans and site layouts. The D-21M system incorporates the D-21 and D-21G features and adds geographic coded site maps.
All D-21 systems consist of one or two D-21 central receivers for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequencies
in the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Models BT2-7, BT2-8, or BT-X
transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters at the protected properties. The central
receiver consists of the following: P/N 200-081-00 or 200-085-00 computer with P/N 207-825-00 through 207-829-00 D-21 Server Support
Kit software Version 1.0, and P/N 207-830-00 through 207-838-00 D-21 Client Support Kit software version 1.0; one or two P/N 192-025-00
or 192-029-00 video monitors, either or both P/N 205- 038-00 color printer and P/N 205-036-00 laser printer, and P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E
radio frequency modem incorporating P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. F. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V ac operation is
provided with P/N 404-064-05 (72 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-04 (48 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-03 (24 Hour UPS), or P/N 404-064-02 (4 Hour
UPS). For detailed description of models M-1, M-2, and MAAP fire alarm controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters see separate listings
14-100
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING. Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N
227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contact
initiating devices. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16
zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote
Transceiver Model BT-X P/N 227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176206-00) for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHF
range, P/N 190-401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard for
frequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-X
transceivers operate from 120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are provided
with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V
ac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standby battery power and is suitable for
operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Seaboard Electronics Co 70 Church St New Rochelle NY 10805
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Consists of redundant M-1/MC monitor consoles for reception of frequency modulated, coded alarm
and trouble radio transmissions in the 72-76 MHz, 132-174 MHz, or 450-470 MHz range from TX-1/LC-16F transmitters at the protected
property. The Model M-1/MC monitor console consists of: Models M-1A receiver/decoder (using firmware Versions 100L/100H for Type 1
transmitters or 94L/94H for Type 2 transmitters which can be verified by visual inspection within the M-1A), PR-3 printer (Printer Products
Model S100), UPS-1B uninterruptible power supplies, Model M-1C exception reporting computer and CCP console control panel. Systems
are limited to a max of 500 TX-1/LC-16F transmitters (either all Type 1 or all Type 2) utilizing ANT-2A (VHF) or ANT-2B (UHF) omnidirectional
or ANT-5 (VHF) or ANT-6 (UHF) directional antennae. Also for use with the system is the M-1SR/UHF satellite receiver/repeater. The Type
1 and Type 2 transmitters provide 6 and 8 supervised alarm zones, respectively, for connection of normally open contact initiating devices
or local fire alarm control relay contacts. Model 190 or OPT-1C test report timer required for sending 24 hour test signal. Transmitters are
provided with 60 hours of standby battery power and, when enclosed within a Gamewell M34-73 cottage box, are suitable for outdoor use
in temperatures ranging from -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C). The internal batteries of a single UPS-1B can provide at least 4 hours of standby
power for either the M-1A, M-1C or PR-3 for installations with a permanently-connected engine-driven generator. The M-1/BR battery rack
contains 4 sets of 36 AH batteries (144 AH effective) to provide up to 60 hours of standby power for the entire M-1/MC console. When the
M-1/BR is used, the M-1/BC battery charger is needed for the required 48 hour battery recharge.
Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. Utilizes redundant Mark II or Mark III radio receiving consoles for the reception of one-way FM
coded radio transmissions, using Series 0213, 0214, 0225, 0230, 0713, 0726, 0730 and 0799 antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz
frequency ranges used with either SC8-MTJ-1 and 8MTJ-A1 auxiliary boxes or SC8-MTJ-2 and 8MTJ-A2 master boxes. Mark II or Mark III
consoles may be provided with either 290-XXX, 490-0179 or -0179-2 receiver module assembly. Mark II consists of: 696-072 decode and
display module, -074 printer/memory module and -0101 power supply and control module. Mark III consists of: 696-0072 decode and display
module, -0075 processor module, -101 power supply and control module, 391-0046 microcomputer module, 696-0545 operator module,
290-0568 video monitor and -0579 printer. Mark II and Mark III are provided with 696-0117 battery charger and 100 AH batteries for 8 to 72
hours of standby power. When equipped with the 693-0366 DTMF Interface Printed Circuit Assembly and either the 490-0179 or the -0179-2
radio receiver assembly, transmissions from the 8MTJ-A coded radio box can be received by either the Mark II or Mark III Radio Receiving
and Processing Consoles. The Mark II/III are suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Programmable 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxes
utilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normally open input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option.
The 8MTJ-A has 16 input zone circuits and consists of either a 693-0364 or -0364-1 PCB assembly; -0365 zone terminal printed circuit
assembly; 490-0180 or -0180-1 power supply; 490-0075-1 or -0116-1 radio transmitter assembly. Use 490-0183 enclosure for outdoor or
-0153 enclosure for indoor applications. SC8-MTJ-1 and -2 boxes provided with 60 hours standby power, suitable for outdoor use from -30°
to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of
standby power; suitable for use from -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). 8MTJ-A1 and -A2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12
V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power; suitable for use from -40° to 165°F (-40° to 74°C). Class III computer-aided
dispatching service, as defined by NFPA Standard 1221, can be provided by the Mark III using CED System 3.1 software. Class III service
may also be provided using Rapid Response 1.1 software with either the Mark II or Mark III.
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. System utilizes redundant Vision 21 Processors for the reception of one-way FM coded radio
transmissions (two-way command and control function is provided when equipped with the interrogate/response option), using Series 0212,
0214, 0713, 0726 or 0730 antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz frequency ranges, 8MTJ-A16-1 and 8MTJ-A16S-1 auxiliary boxes
and 8MTJ-A16-2 and 8MTJ-A16S-2 master boxes. Programmable 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes utilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normally
open input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option. The programmable 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes
use EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-00 for normally open input circuit option or 2-1050-041-00 for normally closed input circuit option when there
is no monitoring of the solar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used for normally open input circuit option
and 2-1050-041-01 is used for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored. 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes use either
291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH or -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power. 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use 291-3305 12
V, 26 AH battery for 360 hours of standby power. When equipped with the interrogate/response option, the 8MTJ-A radio boxes use two 12
V, 6.5 AH batteries in parallel to provide at least 75 hours of standby power. The boxes are suitable for indoor and outdoor use from -40° to
165°F (-40° to 74°C). Use 490-0183 enclosure (NEMA 3R) for outdoor or -0153 enclosure for indoor applications.
The DTX System for Fire Alarm Reporting uses DTX-XXXX-XXXX indoor and outdoor transmitters which are equipped for two independent
means of communications: radio and fiber optics (see Manual for list of part numbers). A Fiber Optic Interface Module is located between the
transmitter network and the Vision 21 System Processor. Includes DTX Programmer Software, Version 1.0. The transmitter boxes monitor
four initiating device circuits for alarm and trouble conditions. The transmitters are powered by 120 V ac and by 12 V dc batteries rated at 7.2
AH which provide at least 72 hours of standby power. The transmitters use the same enclosures as described above, and operating
temperatures are also the same.
A max of 500 boxes is permitted on each transmission frequency. Vision 21 consists of a V21SP-X system processor (with required built-in
thermal printer), a V21CM-XY charger module with a min of 25 AH batteries for a minimum of 24 hours of standby power; and at least one
V21RM-XXXYZ radio module which contains one or two receivers. The extended memory option to increase processor capacity is designated
693-0400-X. The Vision 21 is suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). Class III computer-aided dispatching service, as defined
by NFPA Standard 1221, can be provided by Vision 21 using Rapid Response 1.1 software and an IBM compatible personal computer (386
or higher). The firmware for the Vision 21 is designated 2-1060-011-00 #1 and 2-1060-011-00 #2. Vision 21 system and 8MTJ-A radio boxes
with interrogate/response option, P/N 693-0427 in Vision 21 and P/N 692-0425 in the box, uses firmware 2-1060-011-01A #1 and #2. The
system database is set up and operated by the Vision 21 Database Manager software, version 1.0.
Coded Radio Public Reporting System. The 8MTJ-A-16S programmable solar powered auxiliary or master box is similar to the 8MTJ-A
radio box except that the primary power supply is a solar panel instead of 120 V ac. Solar panels are selected according to the geographical
location and are rated from 4.5 to 60 watts of peak power. Solarex MSX-5, MSX-10, MSX-18, MSX-30, MSX-40, MSX-53 or MSX-60
photovoltaic modules are used. The panels are mounted vertically and facing true south. The programmable 8MTJ-A1-16S auiliary box and
the 8MTJ-A2-16S master box use EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-00 for normally open input circuit option or P/N 2-1050-041-00 for normally closed
input circuit option when there is no monitoring of the solar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used for
normally open input circuit option and P/N 2-1050-041-01 is used for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored.
The 8MTJ-A-16S uses P/N 291-3305 12 V, 26 AH battery for 360 hours of standby power.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-101
REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS
An Approved remote station signaling system consists of a local alarm system, with a secondary power supply
having sufficient capacity to operate the system for 60 hours under maximum normal load, connected to a constantly
attended location such as a public fire station. It is essential that there be complete cooperation between the
protected property and the remote station personnel; otherwise, substandard service may result regardless of
equipment performance.
ADT Security Services Inc One Town Center Rd Boca Raton FL 33486
Remote Station System 2011. Consists of supervisory control cabinet Nos. 2011-HS-6, -AHS-9, -HS-30, -HF-30, -HC; ADT No. B2637 and
Flotrol 40MA2 power sets; ADT control unit G799 and optional auxiliary relay unit D2001-A. Used with C2637-012 power set. The supervisory
cabinets and power sets are located in alarm headquarters, the control unit G799 and auxiliary relay unit D2001-A at protected premises.
Remote Station System D2002. Consists of supervisory control cabinet ADT No. D2002-C with control panels PA-32711, -32712 and
repeater panel PA-28151; transmitter panel ADT No. C2131-019; power set ADT No. 2640; recorder unit ADT No. B4420.
472362B Focus 200B quantum. Programmable system (firmware Version 8) with 472398 or 472399 Universal Communication Module for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to
2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
472462 Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 9.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC Communication
Module via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency
operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
472462 A Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 3.2) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC Communication
Module via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency
operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
472514/472511 Focus CADET. Programmable system (firmware Version 1.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 Back up dialer for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network. Standby batteries up to four 12 V,
7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp 165 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Remote Station System. Model 7720ULF Programmable control/transmitter communicating with ADEMCO radio alarm system via AlarmNet network. Model 7720ULF must be equipped with 60 hours of standby power using 12 V 21 AH battery bank (three 12 V/7 AH batteries
connected in parallel). (See separate listing under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.
Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V, 14 AH battery bank (two 12 V/7 AH batteries connected in parallel) to provide required 60 hours of emergency
operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.
Primary power 120 V ac. Batteries to 17.2 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Primary power
120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 60 hours of
emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-128FBP and
WAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP). A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Optional 7845C cellular transceiver
(firmware version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with remote station through AlarmNet bridging point requires the panel
remain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module for VISTA-128FBP only. 12
V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450
Model D9124 control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter
(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) at
a constantly attended facility. The D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510 main processing unit (MPU) card
(Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00), and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The D9124 control is equipped with Model
D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 60 hours of standby power. The
D6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A. A
permanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to provide the approximate 1.1 A
load for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Model D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher
module and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm
communicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card, and
Version 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60 hour secondary
(standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.
Model DS9471 two-line Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more D6500 or
Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) located at the constantly attended facility. The DACT and DACRs must be
provided with a min of 60 hours or standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450
Model DS9471 two-line Digitable Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more Radionics
D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digitable Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) located at the constantly attended facility. The DACT and
DACRs must be provided with a min of 60 hours or standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803
Model 1912XR Communicator/Control (Firmware Level 110) with Model 893 dual phone line module and Model 322 Transformer located
at the protected property communicating with two or more SCC-100 line cards of Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR)
located at the constantly attended facility. The 1912XR must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power using 12 V dc, 26 AH
batteries. Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available. (See also CENTRAL STATION
SIGNALING listing.)
14-102
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Model XR200 Communicator/Control (Firmware Level 111) with Model 893/893a dual phone line module located at the protected property
communicating with two or more SCS-100 line cards of Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) (Software Version 809)
located at the constantly attended facility. The XR200 must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power using 12 V dc, 28 AH
batteries. DMP recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B, UPS373-3B,
UPS503-3B; La Marche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable power supply (UPS)
to provide .5 A at 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing.)
Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of a Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control with digital alarm
communicator transmitter (DACT) equipped with a model DLD dual in-line dialer (IC with firmware 7400027 rev. 2.0), communicating with the
ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire Burglary Instruments Inc 163 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
Remote Station System. Consists of Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C (firmware Version WA200C-12) digital alarm communicator
transmitter (DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more CP-220 FB (line card firmware Version WAREC11-2.5
and memory card firmware Version WAREC-3.6A) digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) at the constantly attended facility. The DACT
and DACR must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Consists of Model 911AC Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) kit
and two or more Radionics 6000, 6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACR). 911AC kit uses Version
26-50030-0200-F firmware and must be set fo 24 hour self-test signal. 911AC includes Model 911A DACT module, D4103R enclosure, a
Model D2002 mounting plate and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or PS1270 (12 V,
7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power respectively. The 911AC Approval covers the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 V
ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slve communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm
controls. (See ADEMCO and Radionics listings under CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS for DACR details.)
MS-5210UD(E) programmable control panel (Firmware Versions MS-5210UD: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; MS-5210UDE: #MS5210E32
SUMCBC9). Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120 V ac.
Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
MS-5024UD(E) programmable control panel (firmware Versions MS-5024UD: #5024UDV30 SUM5480; MS-5024UDE: #5024UEV30
SUME493. Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120V ac;
220/240 V ac for ‘‘E’’ version. Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING.)
First Alert Professional Security Systems 175 Eileen Way Syosset NY 11791
FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad is
required. The optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmwave version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with central station
through AlarmNet bridging point requires the panel remain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional
Ademco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformer. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide
required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408
Model 5800C or 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher
module and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Radionics Models D6500,
D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for
the line card and Version 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60
hour secondary (standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.
Model 5924C control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter
(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers
(DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. The Radionics Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510
main processing unit (MPU) card (Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00) and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The 5924C
control is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide
60 hours of standby power. The D6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max
current load of 1.1 A. A permanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to provide
the approximate 1.1 A load for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
Remote Station System. Consists of MD 740 Series control, or CRL-24, -124 or -124-SP single zone control units with fire station receiving
panel FS.
SFP-1024(E) programmable control panel (firmware Versions SFP-1024: #MS52103.2 SUMCC43; SFP-1024E: #MS5210E32 SUMCBC9).
Functions as digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT); compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. Primary power 120 V ac; 220/240 V ac
for ‘‘E’’ version. Batteries to 18 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Potter Electric Signal Co 2081 Craig Rd Box 28480 Saint Louis MO 63146
Alarm Signaling Transmitter. Model ATTE-B. For McCulloh type remote station signaling service. Powered by 12-24 V ac or V dc and
actuated upon the application of 12-24 V ac or V dc. Primary power, standby power and actuation must be via an Approved control unit.
Because the interconnection between the control and transmitter is unsupervised, that wiring connection must be installed in conduit and the
two enclosures separated by not more than 20 ft (6 m) to comply with NFPA Standard 72.
Radionics 340 El Camino Real South, Bldg 36 Salinas CA 93901
Model D2071A two-line Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) located at the protected property with two or more Radionics
6000, 6500, D6600 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs) or ADEMCO 685 DACRs located at the constantly attended facility. The
DACT and DACRs must be provided with a min of 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Model D9124 control (Version 3.12) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher module functions as a digital alarm communicator transmitter
(DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers
(DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. The Radionics Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Version 3.00), one P/N 6510
main processing unit (MPU) card (Version 7.00), eight P/N 6540 line cards (Version 7.00), and one P/N 6530 power supply card. The D9124
control is equipped with Model D9142 power supply, Model D1601 transformer and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide
60 hours of standby power. The D6500 DACR is equipped with integral 12 V (12 AH) battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max
current load of 1.1 A. A permanently connected engine-driven generator is needed to supplement the internal battery of the DACR to provide
the approximate 1.1 A load for a min of 60 hours. (See also CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-103
Models D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual phone line switcher
module and D8132 battery charger module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Models D6500, D6600 digital
alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) at a constantly attended facility. D6500 using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line
card, and Version 3.03 for the printer. Each DACT is equipped with 12 V dc, 34 AH rechargeable battery to provide the required 60 hour
secondary (standby) power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation
Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc 4 Wheeling Ave Woburn MA 01801
Remote Station System. Model 3204 Control with Model 3205 two-number digital dialer module functions as a digital alarm communicator
transmitter (DACT) at the property transmitting status signals to Silent Knight Model 9000 two-line digital alarm communicator receiver (Rev.
Level 900501) at a constantly attended facility. 34 AH batteries provide the required 60 hours of standby power. (See also CENTRAL STATION
SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Silent Knight Div of Pittway 7550 Meridian Circle N Maple Grove MN 55369
Remote Station System. Model 5204 Control with Model 5205 two-number digital dialer module functions as a digital alarm communicator
transmitter (DACT) at the property transmitting status signals to Model 9000 two-line digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) (Rev. Level
900501) at a constantly attended facility. 17 AH batteries provide the required 60 hours of standby power for the DACT while the DACR is
equipped with a 12 V dc, 7 AH battery to supply up to 10 hours of standby power. Additional power must be provided at the constantly attended
facility to meet 60 hour requirement.
IFP-1000, IntelliKnight 5820XL programmable control panel (firmware Version 6.2). Primary power 120 V ac. 24 V dc secondary supply;
batteries to 33 AH max provide required 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and CENTRAL
STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
Remote Station Signaling System. Consists of Type 4293A or 4293AB Series remote station receiver at alarm headquarters, Type 4208,
4002 Series, 4100-8001, 4100-8010, 4020-8001, or 4100U Series controls, or 4120-8001 or 4120-8010 network controls at the protected
premises. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the corresponding
Model 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4100-0153 and 4120-0153 contact closure digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with
software version (1.03) in addition to serial digital alarm communicator transmitter 4020 -0155, 4100 -0155 or 4120 -0155 with software
version (1.02) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics
Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling
channel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5
on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must be
provided with a minimum of 60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Series 4004, 4005, 4020, 4100 or 4120 control equipped with the corresponding
Model 4004-9810, 4005-9810, 4020-0153, 4020-0155, 4100-0153, 4100-0155, 4120-0153 or 4120-0155 digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) at the protected premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics
Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220 FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling
channel established through the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to five
on-line receivers. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must be
provided with a minimum of 60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
4010 control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4010-9810 or 4010-9816 with software version (2.05) at the protected
premises transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220
FB or ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling channel established through
the public switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 seconds, is required for up to five on-line receivers.
Equipment suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). 24 V dc batteries rated 25-50 AH are available to
provide 90 hours of emergency operation for the 4010 control. For battery requirements exceeding 25 AH, the 4081-9301 to 4081-9304
external battery charger must be used. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
4100U Series control equipped with digital alarm communicator transmitter 4100-6052 with software version 2.01 at the protected premises
transmitting signals to two or more Approved versions of the Silent Knight Model 9000, Radionics Model 6500, FBI Model CP-220FB or
Ademco Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACR) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the public
switched telephone network. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30 seconds, is required for up to five on-line receivers. Equipment
suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). The DACT and DACR must be provided with a minimum of
60 hours of standby power. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Spectronics Corp 4645 Hartley Lincoln NE 68504
Remote Station System. Consists of Model 640 or 641 control panel configured as a remote station receiver equipped with an RP
programming module and a 640/641-S2 series input card monitoring reverse polarity transmissions (24 V dc, 5 mA) signaled by another
Model 640 or 641 control panel configured as a remote transmitter equipped with a 640/641-COM A common control card with reverse polarity
circuit. Model 640 or 641 control panel can also be used as a remote transmitter sending reverse polarity signals to a Spectronics MX Multiplex
Monitor and Control System equipped with a MXOS/RP remote station receiving card. Approved firmware versions for use with the MX
System are 2.4, 2.4(1), 2.4(2), 2.5, and 5.2E. Standby battery packs (5, 8, 20 AH/24 v dc) supply 60 hours of emergency power. (See also
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
PROPRIETARY SIGNALING SYSTEMS
A proprietary system is owned or leased by the owner of the protected property who is responsible for system
operation and maintenance. Applications requiring proprietary type signaling systems usually involve the supervision
of several phases of plant protection, including sprinkler waterflow, watchman service and fire alarm. The
headquarters of a proprietary system must be constantly attended by trained operators, where all signals are
received and automatically recorded. A proprietary system is required to have at least 24 hours of standby power.
ADT Security Services 1750 Clint Moore Rd Box 5035 Boca Raton FL 33431
ADT3000 Analog Control Panel. Consists of EST3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485A and RS485B network communication
cards to connect up to 64 additional EST3 protected premises units to the fire command center. EST3 controls have 24 V dc standby batteries
rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninteruptable power supply (UPS) provides
up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
14-104
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Digital Monitoring Products Inc 2500 N Partnership Blvd Springfield MO 65803
Programmable 1912XR control (Firmware Level 110) at the protected property transmitting status signals to the SCS-1 which consists of
processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer card SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer, and SCS-CRT
display and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplex signal lines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model 1912XR control/
communicator with 893 dual phone line module provides a digital alarm communicator back-up. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator is
powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hours of emergency operating power. Equipment is suitable for operation
in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) able to provide 3A at 120 V ac for 24 hours
is available. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Programmable XR200 control (Firmware Level 111) at the protected property transmitting status signals to Model SCS-1 digital alarm
communicator receiver (DACR) (Software Version 809) which consists of processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer
card SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer and SCS-CRT display and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplex
signal lines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model XR200 control/communicator with 893/893a dual phone line module provides a
digital alarm communicator back-up. 12 V dc batteries rated 6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. D.P.
recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B, UPS373-3B, UPS503-3B; La
Marche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable power supply (UPS) to provide .5 A
at 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver. Equipment is suitable for operation
in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Edwards Systems Technology 90 Fieldstone Court Cheshire CT 06410
FAST/EST FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. The PT-1S printer requires an independent, 24 hour, uninterruptible 120 V ac
secondary power supply. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING).
FAST/EST IRC-3 Fire Alarm Control. Data entry Software Revision level 2.1. Model Best MD-1.5 kVA UPS equipped with 31 AH battery
provides 24 hours of standby power to the system’s PT1 printer. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
EST3 Analog Control Panel. Consists of EST3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485A and RS485B network communication
cards to connect up to 64 additional EST3 protected premises units to the fire command center. EST3 controls have 24 V dc standby batteries
rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninteruptable power supply (UPS) provides
up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
Faraday LLC 805 S Maumee St Tecumseh MI 49286
MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable system. The RPR-100 printer (Okidata Microline 184) with a CI-2 communications interface
module is required for permanent recording of signals received. Standby batteries from 17.2 to 76 AH are available to provide 24 hours
standby emergency power. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Harrington Signal Inc 2519 4th Ave Box 590 Moline IL 61265
HS-3030 programmable fire alarm system with configuration program software Network Plus (Version 17) and main circuit board assembly
Firmware HS2-7 (Version 17.xx). Consists of the HS-3030 control configured with HS-3130 Network board and Keltron VS40954/4 miniprinter
specified with 24 V dc MPS U24030 standby printer power supply and 2 x 12 V dc, 7 AH batteries. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING).
Honeywell Home and Building Control (Honeywell Inc) 2701 4th Ave S Minneapolis MN 55408
XLS-1000 Analog Control Panel. Consist of XLS-1000 fire command center with PT-1 printer and 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R
RS485 network communication cards to connect up to 64 additional XLS-1000 protected premises units to the fire command center.
XLS-1000 controls have 24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model
ME700VA uninterruptible power supply (UPS) provides up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING
SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
XLS200 Analog Control Panel. Consist of XLS200 fire command center with PT-1 printer and RS485 network communication cards to
connect up to 64 additional XLS-1000 protected premises units to the fire command center. XLS200 controls have 24 V dc standby batteries
rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninterruptible power supply (UPS) provides
up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
Honeywell International Inc 1500 W Dundee Rd Arlington Heights IL 60004
DELTANet FS90 Fire and Security System, including P/N 14506817 printer/display assembly; P/N 14506788-004, LH command center
interface (operating software Version 3.0). (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Deltanet Micro Central/Excel Plus. The central supervising station portion of the system consists of Honeywell Graphic Central computer
system with graphic central version W7053D/E base assembly (P/N 14506680), Intel® Pentium™ microprocessor based PC (Pentium PC,
P/N 14507197), coprocessor board (P/N 14506404), communication board (P/N 14506406) and interface assembly (P/N 14506681). The
following components are externally connected to the PC: dot matrix printers (P/N 14507181-001 and 14507010-001) and color monitor (P/N
14507013-001). The PC uses Microsoft MS-DOS 6.22 and Windows 3.11 operating software. The base application software used by Deltanet
Micro Central/Excell Plus system is S1042, Version 2.02 (P/N 14800285-003/4). For fire applications, the protected premises portion of the
system can be: Deltanet FS90 Fire and Security System using LJ communications board (Operating Software Ver. 2.2). Honeywell, Inc.
specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5
A/120 V ac supplying power to the computer, monitor and printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 4 hours of standby power, additional ac power
is required for central equipment to meet 24 hours standby power requirements.
Enterprise Building Integrator (EBI) Proprietary Signaling System. Based on workstation/PC, subsystems (HUBs and routers), and controllers (XLS1000 or FS90). XLS1000 panel, used in the EBI Local Area Network (LAN) must be configured in either of two combinations: a)
With a LAN Network Interface Card (NIC) (P/N 32004871) and a CoBox Terminal Server (P/N 14006700-150910). b)With a 3FIB XLS1000
Fiber Optic Card to connect the control to a fiber optic ethernet network to workstation or networking devices (Nortel BayStack 450 SwitchHUB). FS90 panel, used in the EBI Local Area Network (LAN), has RS-485 outputs available. The following equipment, in various combinations, mounts on the EBI Communications Panel: Nortel BayStack 450 Switch (P/N 14507722), Black Box 8-port Ethernet Hub (P/N
14507719), and Nortel Ethernet base router (P/N 14507708). PC used is Honeywell Dell GX200MT PC (P/N 14507703-003). Operating
System Windows 2000. Monitor (P/N 14507605-005). Epson FX-2180 dot matrix printer (P/N 14507540). Honeywell, Inc. specifies the use
of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5 amperes/120
Vac supplying power to the computer, monitor and printer. The LaMarche UPS provides 4 hours of stand-by power, additional AC power is
required for central equipment to meet 24 hours standby power requirements.
Kidde-Fenwal Inc 400 Main St Ashland MA 01721
Fenwalnet 4000 Programmable Fire Alarm System. Digital Models VT320 CRT and Epson Model LQ-510 printer. (See description under
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-105
Landis & Gyr Powers Inc 1000 Deerfield Pkwy Buffalo Grove IL 60089
FCC (Fire Command Center) Multi-Line Network. Programmable system consists of the following required modules: DCPU display CPU
module; PCPU polling CPU module; and FCCD display module. A max of one PCPU module may be used with a total of four of these
communication modules: FCOM-FIB fiber optic module, FCOM-20 20 mA communication circuit module; FCOM-485 RS-485 communication
circuit module, FCOM-485D four wire RS-485 communication module. A max of three DCPU modules may be used with a total of four of these
communication modules per DCPU module: FCOM-485 RS-485 communication circuit module, FCOM-232 RS-232 communication module.
The max number of FCCD’s allowed is 24. At least one of these field data gathering panels is required: CM2N, CM2N/SO, CM2N-RM,
CM2N-RM/SO, CM2ND, CM2ND/SO, CM2ND-RM, CM2ND-RM/SO. The ‘‘SO’’ indicates serial output option. The SO is required for the
connection of either the SO-FIB, SO-20 or FIB/20 communication modules. The ‘‘RM’’ option indicates 19 in. (48 cm) rack mount. At least one
of these I/O modules must be installed in the CM2(N)(D)(-RM)(SO) module: ZB8-2, ZB8-5, ZB8-8, ZA4-2 or ZAS-1. The APS8A(RM),
PS8A(RM) and APS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the PCPU and DCPU modules. The
PS8A(RM) and PS4A(RM) power supplies are used to provide primary and secondary power to the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/SO) module. At least one
of these enclosures is required for any of the non-rack mounted modules such as the CAB2-LG, CAB3-LG, CAB3F-LG or CAB6F-LG. At least
one of these enclosures is required and can house either the rack mounted or non-rack mounted modules CB17-LG, CB31-LG or CB45-LG.
The BC1-LG battery cabinet may be used to provide additional enclosure space for large AH battery sets. The following modules are optional:
FCCS switch panel, MUX-8 multiplex card, IOP-3 isolated dual RS-232 communication card, PS4A(-RM)/PS8A(-RM) power supplies,
APS4A(-RM)/APS8A(-RM) auxiliary power supply, ZBO-8 relay card, ARM-8 auxiliary relay module with ARA-1 relays, ZFIT/ZFIR fiber optic
transmit and receive cards, URSM universal riser supervisory module, CDR-3 coder module, RZB12-6/RZMP remote zone board, RZB126/MFC remote zone board; SAN and RSAN series annunciator consisting of any variety of the following modules: SAN MIC module, SLU-16Y
module, SLU-16R module, SHO-4 module, SAN CPU module, SWU-8 module, ISP-96-2 and ISP-96-3 series annunciators; RASP annunciator; PT1-S Printer; ACP audio control panel; RPSB remote power supply; AA75-25(RM), AA75T-25(-RM), AA75P-25(-RM), Rauland FAX
250 250-watt audio amplifier; ATP audio termination panel; RKU series enclosures. The Approved compatible signaling device is the
Wheelock ET1010R speaker. The system may also include Models 1551F, 2551F smoke sensors, Model 5551F heat sensor and Models
M500MF, M501MF, M500CF and M500XF modules. The Model 5551F heat sensor is rated for 140°F (60°C) with a spacing guide of 30 by
30 ft (9 by 9 m) max. Model DH500F duct housing, used with 1551F or 2551F smoke sensor, operates in air duct with velocity from 300-4,000
ft/min. Duct housing accessories are RA400Z remote alarm LED and RTS451 remote test station. Indicating appliance circuits produce from
19 to 26.4 V dc; therefore, the Approved compatible signaling devices must be capable of operating throughout this entire voltage range. Data
entry software revision level 1.08. Firmware levels are Rev. 0.2 for the PCPU and DCPU; 0.5 for the FCCD; 3.3 for the CM2N(D)(-RM)(/
SO)CPU; 0.5 for the SAN-CPU; 3.1 for the ACP; 1.5 for the ZAS-1; and 1.6 for the RZB12-6 CPU. Power PRC-1230X batteries provide up
to 60 AH for 24 hours of standby power.
Monaco Enterprises Inc E 14820 Sprague Ave Spokane WA 99216
D-700E Enhanced Proprietary Radio Alarm System. Consists of D-700 Enhanced central receiver for reception of FSK coded radio signal
transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz, 450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from
Model BT2-7, BT2-8 or BT-X transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm at the protected
property. Each central receiver consists of the following: P/N 200-061-01 or P/N 200-085-000 computer used with P/N 207-802-00 D-700
software Version 4.1, P/N 192-027-00 or P/N 192-029-00 video monitor, P/N 205-012-01 printer, P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequency
Modem, P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. B, P/N 404-064-05 72 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-04 48 Hour UPS, P/N 404-064-03 24 Hour
UPS, P/N 404-064-02 4 Hour UPS. Model M-2 and Model MAAP provide local fire alarm control and radio alarm transceiver (see separate
listings under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and
P/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176-178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contact
initiating devices or relay contacts of an Approved local fire alarm control. P/N 326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model
BT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32 zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices
or relay contacts of an Approved local fire alarm control. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N
227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normally
open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-305-00 BT-X firmware Rev. A. The RT-100-24 transmitter interface is used between the BT2-7, -8 or
BT-X and an adjacent fire alarm control. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHF range, P/N 190-401-XX
BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard for frequencies in the UHF range,
P/N 190-405-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-X transceivers operate from
120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are provided with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7:
15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH, BT-X:12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-700 Enhanced central receiver for 120 V ac operation is
provided with a UPS with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300, 600 AH) of standby battery power (if less than 24 hours
operation, the UPS must be supplemented by a generator) and is suitable for operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
D-21, D-21G, D-21M Proprietary Radio Alarm System. The D-21G system incorporates the D-21 basic package and adds graphic floor
plans and site layouts. The D-21M system incorporates the D-21 and D-21G features and adds geographic coded site maps. All D-21 systems
consist of a D-21 central receiver for reception of FSK coded radio signal transmissions on carrier frequencies in the ranges of 406-430 MHz,
450-470 MHz (narrowband UHF) or 136-174 MHz (narrowband VHF) from Models BT2-7, BT2-8 or BT-X transceivers and/or M-1, M-2, and
MAAP Fire Alarm Controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters at the protected properties. The central receiver consists of the following:
P/N 200-081-00 or P/N 200-085-000 computer with P/N 207-825-00 through 207-829-00 D-21 Server Support Kit software Version 1.0, and
P/N 207-830-00 through 207-838-00 D-21 Client Support Kit software version 1.0; one or two P/N 192-025-00 or 192-029-00 video monitors,
either or both P/N 205-038-00 color printer and P/N 205-036-00 laser printer, and P/N 227-315-XX RFM 7000E radio frequency modem
incorporating P/N 326-106-00 RFM 7000 firmware Rev. F. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V ac operation is provided with P/N 404-064-05
(72 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-04 (48 Hour UPS), P/N 404-064-03 (24 Hour UPS), or P/N 404-064-02 (4 Hour UPS). For detailed description
of models M-1, M-2, and MAAP fire alarm controls with integrated radio alarm transmitters see separate listings under LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING. Remote transceiver Model BT2-7 (4 zone) P/N 227-206-XX, 227-212-XX, 227-231-XX and P/N 227-207-XX with P/N 176178-00 RXM expansion module can be expanded to 8, 12 or 16 zone, for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N
326-095-00 BT2-7 firmware Rev. I. Remote transceiver Model BT2-8 P/N 227-245-XX, 227-246-XX, 227-271-XX (16 zone), 227-247-XX (32
zone), for connection of normally open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-092-00 BT2-8 firmware Rev. I. Remote Transceiver Model BT-X P/N
227-600-XX supports 3 backplanes (P/N 176-212-00). Each backplane supports two Zone Cards (P/N 176-206-00) for connection of normally
open contact initiating devices. P/N 326-305-00 BT-X firmware Rev. A. P/N 190-400-00 BSA-1 antenna is standard for frequencies in the VHF
range, P/N 190-401-XX BSA-2, directional antenna is optional for use in the VHF range. P/N 190-403-XX BSA-3 antenna is standard for
frequencies in the UHF range, P/N 190-406-XX BSA-5 directional antenna is optional for use in the UHF range. Model BT2-7, BT2-8 and BT-X
transceivers operate from 120 or 240 V ac are suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C) and are provided
with 60 hours (12 V dc, BT2-7: 15.4 to 18 AH, BT2-8: 12 AH BT-X: 12 AH) of standby battery power. Model D-21 central receiver for 120 V
ac operation is provided with 4, 24, 48 or 72 hours (48 V dc, 75 AH, 150 AH, 300 AH, 600 AH) of standby battery power and is suitable for
operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Notifier, A Pittway Co One Fire-Lite Place Northford CT 06472
NOTI-FIRE-NET Version 5.0. A set of network modules and peripheral devices that allow the NFS-3030(E) (with #3030V1.00), AM2020
(with #CPUM3.01 Software), AFP-1010 (with #CPU1M3.01 Software), and AFP-300/400 (with #AFP4R3.65 Software) fire alarm control
panels to be interconnected into a peer-to-peer network. The network supports communication over a twisted wire pair or fiber optic medium.
Serial Interface Boards SIB-NET, (#SIBM5.0) provides the NOT-FIRE-NET interface for the AFP1010 and the AM2020. Media Interface
14-106
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Boards MIB-W, MIB-F and MIB-WF (#MEDIAC12) mount onto the SIB-NET modules in the AM-2020, AFP-1010. The MIBs may be configured
to provide ANSI/NFPA 72, 1999 (Class B) Style 3 or (Class A) Style 7 signaling line circuits. To extend the distance of transmission or change
media type between wire and fiber, the RPT modules (RPT-W, RPT-F or RPT-WF) may be used. The Network Adapter Modules NAM-232W
or NAM-232F (#NAMM5.0) function as interfaces between the AFP-200 and AFP-300/400 panel and the NOTI-FIRE-NET. The NCM-W and
NCM-F Network Adapter Modules (#NCMR2.0) function as interface between NFS-3030/NFS-3030E panel and the NOTI-FIRE-NET. NFS3030(E) must be equipped with the NCA Network Control Annunciator (#NCAV2.0) if uses CPU-3030ND. The NCA utilizes the NCM-W, and
NCM-F Network Control Module as an interface to the NOTI-FIRE-NET. The INA provides full annunciation, acknowledgement capabilities,
reset and record of signal information when connected to PRN-5 printer. MPS-24A or MPS-24B power supply with up to two 12 V dc, 55 AH
battery bank are able to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power to the AM-2020 and AFP-1010. Notifier recommends Instrumentation and
Control Systems Model No. M95-600, P/N 9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) to provide 0.5 A at 120 Vac to the printer for 24 hours
for secondary (standby). (See control panels description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
UniNet 4.0. A set of network modules (NIONs) and peripheral devices that allow the AM-2020 (with #CPUM3.0 Software), AFP-1010 (with
#CPU1M3.0 Software), AFP-200 (with #AFP2R2.42 Software), AFP300/400 (with #AFP4R3.0 Software), MS-9200 (with #MS9200V20
Software) fire alarm control panels, NOTI-FIRE-NET network via INA (with #INAM3.0 Software), discrete input/output (NION-2C4M or -2C8M)
modules and UWS-586P computer with a Network Gateway Module NGM to communicate on a network system. Two intelligent network
terminators (NION-INT) are used to control network traffic. A workstation supervisor module (NION-WSS) monitors the UWS-586P for
computer failure and off-normal events. The network supports a TP-78 (TPXC/TPINTXC) trunk or a FT-10 (FTXC/FTINTXC) star style
configuration and/or fiber optic(FOXC/DFXC) connection. The NIONs may be configured to provide NFPA72, 1996 (ClassB) Style 4 or
(Class A) Style 7 signaling line circuits performance. To extend the distance or change the media type between TP-78, FT-10 and fiber optic,
the router module (RTR) may be used. The RTR-FT4WR router module allows the FT-10 star configuration to be branched out into four
network segments. The PRN-4 (Notifier P/N 46051, Mannesmann Tally P/N MT-150/9) is used for recording of all network activity. Notifier
recommends Instrumentation and Control Systems Model No. M95-600, P/N 9300057 uninterruptable power supply (UPS) to provide 2.5 A
at 120 Vac to the printer and computer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power.
Siemens Building Technologies AG, Fire & Security Products, Box 270, CH-8708 Mannedorf Switzerland
LMSmodular System. NOTE: This system may not comply with all requirements of NFPA 72-1996 which would be applicable to
FM Approval if the equipment were to be marketed in North America. Programmable proprietary fire alarm system using software version
2.41, release 01. Basic LMSmodular system requires one LMSmodular console and up to 30 CS1140 fire detection system control panels
equipped with K1D081 dual modem module and one E3H020 Cbus gateway module (Firmware CKQ004.44) for interface to the CerLoop
transmission channel (See CS1140 fire detection system listing under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). The LMSmodular is a 24 V dc
console operable on primary voltage rating of 240 V ac. The console has a touch screen display/control and an attached system printer
powered from the console. Integral MN7002 power supply uses B2F020 converter modules with up to three E3C021 battery charger/monitor
modules (Firmware AKKU V3.0) each. Standby battery capacity is up to 40 AH with each E3C021. The number of B2F020 and E3C021
modules and the total battery capacity depends on the required standby time. Minimum configuration for 24 hours of standby operation is four
(4) 24 AH batteries for two E3C021 and one B2F020 module. System requires the CerLoop transmission channel to be configured in a
complete loop to be capable of dual control operation (when installed in compliance with the requirements of ANSI/NFPA 72-1996 Chapter
4, to provide two independent paths for signal transmission).
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, 1000 Deerfield Pkwy, Buffalo Grove IL 60089
ALS3 Analog Control Panel. Consist of ALS3 fire command center with PT-1 printer and 3-RS485A, 3-RS485B and 3-RS485R, RS485
network communication cards to connect up to 64 additional ALS3 protected premises units to the fire command center. ALS3 controls have
24 V dc standby batteries rated 5-60 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation. A Best Model ME700VA uninterruptible
power supply (UPS) provides up to 4 hours standby power to the PT-1 printer. (See also LOCAL SIGNALING SYSTEMS and EMERGENCY
VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
Siemens Building Technologies Inc, Fire Safety, 8 Fernwood Rd, Florham Park NJ 07932
System SCXL. Super CXL Fire Command Center with CXL fire alarm systems. Utilizes Version 1.14 Super CXL operating software. System
consists of the following components: IBM Industrial PC with Model PAL-1 printer, VGA monitor, up to two CPP multi-port interface modules
and up to six CXL systems (Version 5.0 operating software). Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of the ICS Lifeline Model
9300057 uninterruptible power supply (UPS) with nominal output rating of 5 amps/120 V ac supplying power to the computer, monitor, CPP
modules and CXL panels.
Network Command Center (NCC), NCC-G (-1G, -2G, -3G, -4G), NCC-T (-1T, -2T, -3T, -4T). Uses IBM PC Model CP7585-P133 with
NCC-1F (PC interface module); NCC software (Ver. 2.23), IBM SVGA monitor Models CP7544-001, CP7574 and CP7574T (touch screen)
and printer Model PAL-1 to monitor up to 63 MXL systems. Standby power for 4 hours of operation from Lifeline Model 9300057 uninterruptible
power supply (UPS). (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING listing.)
MXL Programmable Modular Fire Alarm System with Version 10.04 operating system and field programming software CSG-M
Version 10.03, TSP-40 or PAL-1 logging printer required. (See description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.) Siemens Building
Technologies Inc specifies the use of the optional XL Color Graphics (MXL-GT or MXL-G) with MXL system. It consists of XL Color Graphics
operating software (P/N 500-692048 or P/N 500-692050, Version 8.45), IBM Industrial PC (Siemens Building Technologies Inc Model
CP7537-964) with 120 MEG IDE hard disk and Microsoft MS-DOS 5.0, Model PAL-1 printer (P/N 500-692407), VGA CRT (Model CP7544001) and MXL Graphics Interface module (P/N CXL-GT or P/N CXL-G).
System CXL (Version 8.0). System consists of the following modules and accessories: CXC-1, -2 central processing modules; CXP-1
memory module; CXM-1 modem module; CXB-1 motherboard; CXA-1 power supply/front panel assembly; RC-318 CRT/keyboard; PAL-1/
PIM-2 printer and interface. Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of ICS Lifeline Model 9300057 with 55 AH battery for the
required four hours of standby power to supplement an engine-driven generator. The protected premises portion of the System CXL consists
of up to 28 MXL systems equipped with CMI-300 interface modules. Siemens Building Technologies Inc specifies the use of the optional XL
Color Graphics (CXL-G) with MXL system. It consists of XL Color Graphics operating software (P/N 500-691691, Version 8.49), IBM Industrial
PC (Siemens Building Technologies Inc Model CP7537-964) with 120 MEG IDE hard disk and Microsoft MS-DOS 5.0, Model PAL-1 printer
(P/N 500-692407), VGA CRT (Model CP7544-001) and CXL Graphics Interface module (P/N CXL-G).
Signal Communications Corp, Div Gulf Industries Inc, 4 Wheeling Ave, Woburn MA 01801
Coded Radio Proprietary System. System utilizes Vision 21 Processor for the reception of one-way coded FM radio transmissions (two-way
command and control function is provided when equipped with the interrogate/response option), using Series 0212, 0214, 0713, 0726 or 0730
antennas, in the 72-76 MHz and 132-174 MHz frequency ranges, 8MTJ-A16-1 and 8MTJ-A16S-1 auxiliary boxes and 8MTJ-A16-2 and
8MTJ-A16S-2 master boxes. Programmable 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes utilize EPROM P/N 2-1050-011-00 for normally open input circuit
option or P/N 2-1050-021-00 with the normally closed input circuit option. The programmable 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use EPROM P/N
2-1050-031-00 normally open input circuit option or 2-1050-041-00 for normally closed input circuit option when there is no monitoring of the
solar panel cut (zone 16 is a regular zone). EPROM P/N 2-1050-031-01 is used for normally open input circuit option and 2-1050-041-01 is
used for normally closed input circuit option when solar panel cut is monitored. 8MTJ-A16-1 and -2 boxes use either 291-3306 12 V, 6.5 AH
or -3301 12 V, 10 AH battery for 180 to 280 hours of standby power. 8MTJ-A16S-1 and -2 boxes use 291-3305 12 V, 26 AH battery for 360
hours of standby power. When equipped with the interrogate/response option, the 8MTJ-A radio boxes use two 12 V, 6.5 AH batteries in
parallel to provide at least 75 hours of standby power. The boxes are suitable for indoor and outdoor use from -40° to 165°F (-40° to 74°C).
Use 490-0183 enclosure (NEMA 3R) for outdoor or -0153 enclosure for indoor applications. Vision 21 consists of a V21SP-X system
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-107
processor (with required built-in thermal printer) which is the radio alarm supervising station receiver (RASSR), a V21CM-XY charger module
with minimum 6 AH batteries for a minimum of 4 hours of standby power for the coded radio receiving system; and at least one V21RM-XXXYZ
radio module which contains two radio alarm repeater station receivers (RARSR). A Type 6 system has one RASSR and a Type 7 system
has at least two RASSR’s. Both Type 6 and Type 7 systems have at least two RARSR’s. The extended memory option to increase processor
capacity is designated 693-0400-X. The Vision 21 is suitable for indoor use at 32° to 125°F (0° to 52°C). The firmware for the Vision 21 is
designated 2-1060-011 #1 and 2-1060-011-00 #2. Vision 21 system and 8MTJ-A radio boxes with interrogate/response option, P/N 693-0427
in Vision 21 and P/N 692-0425 in the box, uses firmware 2-1060-011-01A #1 and #2. The system database is set up and operated by the
Vision 21 Database Manager software, version 1.0.
The DTX System for Fire Alarm Reporting uses DTX-XXXX-XXXX indoor and outdoor transmitters which are equipped for two independent
means of communications: radio and fiber optics (see Manual for list of part numbers). A Fiber Optic Interface Module is located between the
transmitter network and the Vision 21 System Processor. Includes DTX Programmer Software, Version 1.0. The transmitter boxes monitor
four initiating device circuits for alarm and trouble conditions. The transmitters are powered by 120 V ac and by 12 V dc batteries rated at 7.2
AH which provide at least 72 hours of standby power. The transmitters use the same enclosures as described above, and operating
temperatures are also the same.
Simplex Time Recorder Co 100 Simplex Dr Westminster MA 01441-0001
Life Alarm 2120 Multiplex Monitoring and Control System. Consists of Types 2120-8201, -8202, -8701, -8702 programmable central
processing units. May provide for fiber optic signaling line transmission utilizing the -0530 fiber optics line driver module. Systems are
available with signaling line circuits (channels) having either Style 4, 6 or 7 (NFPA 72) capabilities using dc multiplex transmission technique.
Model 4100-8511 universal transponder, -8601 voice universal transponder and -8602 voice command center may have communication lines
of up to 10,000 ft (3050 m) of 18 AWG shielded twisted pair wire. (See also EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
The 2120-0121 communication line repeater extends this length by an additional 10,000 ft (3050 m). When the Model 2120-0530 fiber optics
line driver is used, the max distance between transmitter and receiver is 10,000 ft (3050 m) with Multimode Graded Index 50/125 fiber and
15,000 ft (4572 m) with Multimode Graded Index 62.5/125 fiber. Optional system equipment includes 2120-0122 RS232C to dc converter,
-0229 dc to RS232C converter, 2190-9133, 2120-0129 FSK modems, 2120-0243 modem bridge, SCC status command center, 2120-0320
SCC expansion module, 2190-9011, -9038, -9039, 4190-9001 printers, 2120-8401 desk top SCC, 2190-9000 video monitor, -9005, 41909006 CRT/keyboard, 2190-9031 CRT. The max distance between DC/RS232 converters and 2120-0530 FOLD module is 50 ft (15 m). The
max distance between 2120-0530 FOLD modules using RS485 connection is 4000 ft (1220 m); each connector between fibre optic lines
reduces the max length by 1500 ft (460 m). Standby batteries for the 2120 from 6.2 to 50 AH and for the 4100 from 6.2 to 110 AH are available
to provide up to 60 hours of standby power.
All 2098-9XXX, 2190-9XXX and 4098-9XXX Model Nos. may be followed by ‘‘C’’ or ‘‘CA’’ suffix.
4100-8001, -8201 and -8701 Programmable Monitoring and Control Systems with optional TrueAlarm module. Revision 8.04F operating
program. Simplex Model 2190-9038 or 4190-9001 dot matrix printer or 4100-0451 panel mounted printer used for permanent recording of
signals. Model 4100-0121 modem bridge used with 4100-0131 modem provides Style 7 (NFPA 72) signaling line circuit communicating with
up to 10 4100 transponders equipped with a 4100-0131 modem and 4100-0137 Style 7 module. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH supply
24 hours of operating power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS.)
4100U Series control using version 11.02.01 operating program. Simplex Model 4190-9001 or 4100-1293 panel-mounted printer used for
permanent recording of signals. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 50 AH are available to provide 24 hour emergency power. Up to 125 AH of
emergency battery power can be provided by utilizing the Models 4081-9306 or 9308 expansion battery chargers. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS.)
4120 Network System. Uses 4120-8001, -8201, -8701, -8801 and -8821 network controls with revision 8.04F operating program. Simplex
Model 2190-9038 or 4190-9001 dot matrix printer used for permanent recording of signals. Standby batteries from 6.2 to 110 AH are available
to provide 24 hours of operating power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS.)
4120 Network Processing Unit (NPU), proprietary receiving station for 4120 network system using version 2.07.02 firmware. 4120 NPU wall
mounted Models 4120-8301, 8321 with audio capability, rack mounted Models 4120-8703, -8723 with audio capability use 4120-7005 master
controller unit with revision 2.07.02 firmware. Optional network controls include the 4010 Series with 4010-9821 Wired Network Interface Card
to enable the 4010 to communicate with the 4120 Network for proprietary signaling. Optional 4120 NPU modules: 4120-7560 voice interface,
4120-7561 voice interface card with master phone card, 4120-6030 RS-485 network interface card, 4120-6013, -6015 or -6031 modular
network interface card with -0142 RS-485 network media card or -0143 fiber optic media card (with optional 271-012 fiber optic coupler) or
-0144 modem media card, -0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtain system status for service
purposes only, -6101 RS-232 card, -0225 microphone and phone assembly, -0226 microphone assembly and -0227 phone assembly. NPU
backbox Models 2975-9202, -9203, -9204 and -9205, door Models 4120-2004, -2006. Standby batteries 50 AH to provide 24 hours of
operating power.
Graphic Command Center, Model 4190-8103 proprietary receiving station with IMS Operating Software Version 4.1 for the 4120 network
system, using Version 2.07.02 firmware. GCC 4190-8103 consists of 4190-7002 or -7004 rack mount computer, the 4190-7102, -7103, -7202,
-7104, -7105, -7106, -7107, -7203, -7205, -7206, 7204, -7207, -7213, -7210, -7211, monitor, -9007, -9013 printers, modular network interface
card with the 4190-0142 RS485 communication module or -0143 fiber communication module (with optional 271-012 fiber optic coupler) or
4190-0144 modem media module, 4190-0139 service modem card used to communicate with control via telco line to obtain system status
for service purposes only. GCC 4190-8101 and -8102 for annunciation and control of network functions, not suitable for use as a proprietary
receiving station. The 4190-8101 and -8102 consist of 4190-7001 or -7003 desk top computer or 4190-7002 or -7004 rack mount computer,
monitors 4190-7101, -7105, -7106, -7205, -7206, -7201, -7103, -7203, -7102, -7202, -7104, -7204, -7213, -7210, -7211, 4190-6013 or -6015
network interface card with 4190-0142 RS-485 network media card or -0143 fiber optic media card or -0144 modem media card. Simplex
recommends the LaMarche Model A32 UPS system to provide 24 hours of 120 V ac, 8.5 A standby operating power.
Autocall AL-1500, AL-1500E with AL-1500 configuration software, version 03B, and including 5200- 477 dc/ac inverter module and
3132-092 printer. The distance between the printer and the control is limited to 20 ft (6 m) with the unsupervised conductors installed in
conduit. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
The Autocall TFX-500M, -800M, -500MV, and -800MV series fire alarm controls with configuration program software CONSYS (Ver.10.0)
including LX-300 printer with SIM serial interface module. Simplex specifies the use of the LaMarche Model A31 uninterruptible power supply
(UPS) using Model A36F charger with nominal output rating of 12.5 A/120 V ac supplying 24 hours of standby power to the system’s printer.
(See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
The Autocall FireGraph TGF-562 Fire Alarm Control Graphical User Interface (P/N 976273) is a PC based graphical user interface capable
of displaying and monitoring fire and supervisory alarms, trouble signals, acknowledgment, audible silencing on an Autocall TFXNET
Communications Network installation. The Autocall FireGraph TGX-562 Fire Alarm Annunciator is designed for supplementary annunciation
of TFXNET network panel events. Software used is TGF-562/TGX-562 applications software, Windows® Workstation NT™ , Grab-it Ver. 3.0,
and AutoCAD® LT™. The FireGraph connects to TFXNET through TLI-530 network interface module. The FireGraph includes 133MHz
Pentium based PC with 1GB hard drive (including computer fan supervision board — P/N 5130-131-01), 16 MB RAM, sound board, keyboard
and mouse. Monitors are 20 in. SVGA with touch-screen option, or 17 and 20 in. SVGA without touch-screen option. If the FireGraph is
installed remote from the TFXNET control panels, utilization of the Network Interface Assembly TNI-562 is required. The TNI-562 includes one
TLI-530, an RPS-424 Power Supply, and an Annunciator Board TNA-530. The printer used with the FireGraph is LX-300. Minimum of 24 hours
of the interface and printer operation from a secondary power supply is required. This Approval requires standby power to be provided to the
FireGraph and LX- 300 printer by battery powered Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS), rated 120 V ac at 6.3 A minimum. The UPS must
supply 24 hours of stand-by power to the FireGraph and the printer unless a backup generator is incorporated (Refer to NFPA 1996, 1.5.2.6).
14-108
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
CENTRAL STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS
A central station system consists of electrically operated circuits, instruments and devices, together with primary
and standby power supplies. This equipment is designed to transmit alarms, supervisory and trouble signals to a
constantly attended central station where the signals are recorded, and experienced operators take proper action
according to prescribed procedures. These systems are adaptable to plants of any size and may consist of a simple
fire alarm system, or an extensive system actuating coded signals from manual fire alarm boxes, automatic fire and
smoke detection devices, supervisory devices, intrusion sensors, sprinkler waterflow and watchman tours. Means
are provided to identify each signal positively and to record automatically its receipt and time. Standby power for at
least 24 hours is required in the central station. When standby power is provided by an automatically starting
emergency generator, the equipment listed below is required to have a min of four hours power derived from
batteries to supplement the generator.
Some of the systems listed below utilize computers; these may, but do not necessarily, automate the operations
and record keeping otherwise required of central station personnel in response to the signals received.
ADT Security Services Inc, One Town Center Rd, Boca Raton FL 33486
ADT B2980 Automated Central Station Receiving System. Used in ADT Security System Central Stations to automate the routine
operations associated with McCulloh, multiplex, digital alarm communicator and direct wire signaling circuits terminating in a central station.
The B2980 (software Version 636/736) consists of an E2980-001 CPU with two P-43555 computers, two C2980-008 McCulloh interface
boards, 2980-054 teleprinter, two 2995-007 communication controller interface boards, an ADM 3 CRT terminal, PA-43508 T-BAR interconnect panel, P-43540, P-43590 tape drive, two P-43622 disk drives, two P-43561 disk controller boards, PA-43523 Octa-Mux board, B2980
McCulloh subsystems, 2995 UCS subsystem (see below), 2976-030 dialer console and 2980-600 (LED readout) supervising console. Power
subsystem, configured for each central station depending on loading, provides for 60 hours operation in event of primary power failure.
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) required for E2980 -001 CPU and CRT terminal. The B2980 equipment requires a controlled environment
of 50° to 90°F (10° to 32°C) with 20% to 80% RH.
ADT C2990 Micromation OIU System. Central station signal receiving system, having software revision No. 524 (8/24/84), is operatorassisted for electronic processing of status changes received from protected premises equipment via the 2995 UCS subsystem (see below).
ADT specifies an ambient temperature range of 32° to 90°F (0° to 32°C) for the C2990 equipment. ADT P-43950 battery inverter set (UPS)
in manual ADT stations or existing UPS in automated ADT stations provides at least 4 hours capacity for ac voltage dependent system
components. Standby power is provided by rectifier/charger and battery sets for the dc voltage dependent system components located in the
central station and at remote locations under the control of the central station.
ADT 2995 UCS (Universal Communication System). As an integral part of an ADT B2980 Automation or C2990 Micromation OIU system
(see above) provides interface to the signaling line circuits from protected properties. Consists of at least one central level, one E2995-001
communication concentrator unit (firmware Version E913 for U.S., Version E1013 for U.K.) at the central station for ADT C2990 system, min
of two required for B2980 systems; additional central level two and remote levels (one and two) concentrator units can be located at central
station or satellite facilities. Central level one concentrator with required printer acts as back-up signal receiver and recorder if automatic
system fails. Required functional cards are P/N 243903 power and expander, 246375 input/output, 247398 processor; optional cards are
2995-004, -005 and -204 a/c modem, -022 RDC modem, -019 CWB, -024 printer/display, -008 and -029 FSK dialer (two min). The 2995-029
FSK card is limited to use with Radionics 4013/8013, D8112, Ademco 678 UL-F DACT transmitters and ADT FOCUS 40/45, 45B, 48, 100,
100B, 100D, 256 and 300 controls. For operation from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Redundant 120 V ac/12 V dc rectifier/chargers provide
primary power for E2995-001 UCS concentrators. Max dc load by each concentrator is 6 A. Central station UCS equipment requires
secondary power with automatic start generator and batteries with 4 hours (min) capacity. Satellite facilities without generator require 60 hours
battery capacity. Remote protected premises equipment compatible with ADT 2995 UCS include: ADT FOCUS 40 or FOCUS 45, control units
7188-003 and 45B-103, -203 or -303 (English language versions only); ADT FOCUS 48 control units 7182-103 (English language versions)
or -113, -123 (foreign language versions); ADT FOCUS 100/FOCUS UNIBANK Focus 100B Control Unit 7182-203, -303 (Lot 2) or (Lot 3) and
100D Control Unit (SCN 472341 or 472342) using Firmware version 5.0 (SCN 148176, 148177 and 838941) (English language versions only);
ADT FOCUS 256 control units 7184-101, -001 (English language versions) or 7184-111, -121, -011, -021 (foreign language versions); ADT
FOCUS 300 control unit 7184-201 (English language versions only). For signaling to the 2995 UCS as part of a C2990 or B2980 system via
the public switched telephone network, FOCUS units utilize two-line digital dialer modules, Model Nos. 7187-002 Lot 2, Firmware issue 2 (US
version), 7187-03000 Firmware issue 3 (United Kingdom versions), 7187-047, -048, -049, -050 Firmware issue 2 (European versions) or a
digital dialer multicommunication module, Model No. 7187-073 Firmware issue 2 (US versions only), 7187-099 Firmware issue 4.3 when used
with Focus 45B, Firmware issue 3.3 when used with Focus 100B (US versions) and Firmware issue 4 when used with Focus 100D. Both
dialers have telephone line-cut detection and daily communication self-test as required features. For signaling to the 2995 UCS via leased
2000 Series voice grade telephone lines FOCUS units utilize AC communicator modules/Models 7187-005 Lot 2, Firmware issue 6 (US
versions), 7187-019 Lot 2, Firmware issue 6 (United Kingdom and European versions) or an AC multicommunicator module, Model No.
7187-072 Firmware issue 1 (US versions), 7187-092 Firmware issue 1 (United Kingdom and European versions), 7187-099 Firmware issue
4.3 when used with Focus 45B, Firmware issue 3.3 when used with Focus 100B (US versions) and Firmware issue 4 when used with Focus
100D.
B2976 McCulloh Subsystem. Used with the ADT B2980 automation system; connects to a single port of a C2995 or D2995 UCS
concentrator; monitors and controls a max of 128 McCulloh circuits and provides data on loop status to the automation system. For use at
ADT central stations or at satellite or bridging point facility. Capable of manual operation in the event of system communication channel failure.
Consists of a B2976-061 console with 1-4 B2976-043 McCulloh subsystem units, a 244485 power distribution panel and 1-4 244803 display
panel rack units. Each B2976-043 McCulloh subsystem rack has capacity for thirty-two B2976-044 (+ ground), -045 (- ground) or -145
(-ground w/line security) line termination unit boards; one B2976-048 16-circuit line security board; one B2976-046 or -047 (w/300 baud
modem) auxiliary (interface) board; and two 244203 processor boards. Each B2976-043A unit requires a 2980-400 printer. Standby power
is provided by a single automatic starting generator plus four hour battery, or two generators or batteries with 60 hour capacity. Each
B2976-043 subsystem unit draws 4.25 A from the 12 V dc digital supply battery; each LTU (McCulloh) circuit card draws an additional 150
mA. Main and booster battery banks (52-130 V) required for external McCulloh circuits (7.5 mA/cct).
472303 FOCUS SSWF-Series control unit (firmware Version 1-48204). Programmable system for signaling to the ADT 2995 UCS equipped
with the 2995-029 FSK card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to ADT 2995 UCS equipped with the 2995-004 or
-204 AC modem. Control unit can be configured for operation with two FSK dialer lines or one AC multiplex channel with an FSK dialer backup.
Basic control unit includes 247621 control-communicator board providing 11 Class B (Style A) initiating circuits for connection of normally
open dry contact type devices, 11 open collector outputs used to control 12 V dc power, two modular telephone jacks for connection to the
on-board FSK digital dialers or the AC multiplex circuit and 247730 SSWF display board. Optional modules include 248035 Class A loop
module for conversion of control-communication board Class B initiating circuits to Class A (Style D) operation, 247650 4W/2W smoke
detector interface module for connection of two wire smoke detectors or heat detectors that are powered by the initiating circuit, 248026 SPDT
and 248028 DPDT relay board. Powered by 120 V ac with 12 V, 7 AH standby battery for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable
for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-109
472362B Focus 200B quantum. Programmable system (firmware Version 8) with 472398 or 472399 Universal Communication Module for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or via AC multiplex channel to
2995-004 or -204 AC Modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL
PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
472462 FOCUS 200 PLUS System. Programmable system. Consists of 472462 control unit using firmware Version 9.1, a 443219, 472364B
or 472404 transformer enclosure, up to sixteen 471210 operating panels, any combination of up to eight 472368 SIM Gateways, 248239 PID
Gateways, 472490A RF Gateways or Optional modules include up to eight 472270 access control interface units, up to sixty-two 472430
RS485 repeaters and up to eight 471715 Printer Interface Units. System monitors up to 255 input/output points of protection using Approved
ADT signaling devices. Up to 72 devices can be connected to the 472368 SIM Gateway including 472366 SIM, 472488 Horn/Strobe SIM,
472370 FA Pull Station. Up to 62 devices can be connected to the 248239 PID Gateway including 471877 quad PID module, 471941 and
471966 micro PID, 471898 quad-power sounder PID (Lot 3), 471769 quad repeater, 471997 switch interface module, 7187-061 daytime
annunciator, 471881 retrofit fire alarm PID, 471854 waterflow retard PID (Lot 2), 471855 supervised bell control unit, 471883 command able
output PID (Lot 2). Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide 24 hours of emergency operation.
472462 A Focus 200 PLUS. Programmable system (firmware Version 3.2) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 A Back up dialer for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network or 472491A AC Communication
Module via AC multiplex channel to 2995-004 or -204 AC modem. Standby batteries up to four 12 V, 7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency
operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
472514/472511 Focus CADET. Programmable system (firmware Version 1.1) with integral telephone dialer or 472402 Back up dialer for
signaling to the ADT 2995-001 UCS equipped with 2995-029 MDR card via the public switched network. Standby batteries up to four 12 V,
7 AH provide for 60 hours of emergency operation. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communication System consisting of FOCUS 75 fire alarm control, 472402 back-up dialer module and ADT USC-E-2995-001
DACR. Control uses field configuration software 3036 (Revision Level 4). Control and DACR each must be provided with 24 hours of
secondary power. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of ADT Unimode-300 or Unimode-400 programmable fire alarm control panel with ADTUDACT digital alarm communicator transmitter module, having Firmware No. UDACT01.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital
alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Unimode 9600 programmable fire alarm control panel with ADT UDACT digital alarm
communicator transmitter module, using software # M9600 V1.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver.
(See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Unimode 200 fire alarm control panel with ADT-UDACTdigital alarm communicator
transmitter module, having Firmware 73623, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel
description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
AFA Protective Systems Inc, 961 Joyce Kilmer Ave, North Brunswick NJ 08902
AFA Centrak System. Capacity of 1000 channels. Includes all necessary equipment and accessories except actuating devices.
Multiplex Interrogation/Reporting System for Central Station Fire and Security Service. Centrak I. Model 3. Includes all necessary equipment and accessories except actuating devices. Consists of Centrak I, Model 3 main control and remote control units, 100 channel status
panel, Victor Model 5012 printer, Reeves COB-20 telephone bridge, TR-2A basic transponder, XTA-2 transponder adapter, SR signal
regenerator, SCU subscriber control unit, LM latching module, FM-1, -2 fire modules, CE-1 mini-controller, CE-8 controller, SPD strip printer
driver. Transponder and transponder adapter equipped with 24 hour standby battery power; SR signal regenerator equipped with 60-hour
standby battery power. Max of 64 fire transponders (100 transponders total) for each of five trunk circuits. Equipment suitable for 32° to 120°F
(0° to 49°C) temperature range.
Alarm Device Mfg Co, Div Pittway Corp, 165 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791
Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model No. 678UL-F digital alarm communicator transmitter at the protected property
transmitting status signals received from other compatible FM Approved control panel to two or more Model No. 685 digital alarm communicator receivers or Model MX 8000 Receivers, using software Version 5.1, in the central station via a signaling channel established through
the public telephone network. The 678UL-F is required to be connected to two telephone lines. One back-up receiver, switchable within 30
sec, is required for up to five on-line No. 685 receivers or Model MX 8000. The 678UL-F has capacity for connection of up to eight voltage
controlled (6-12 V dc) outputs from the control panel. The Approved transmitter configuration consists of one No. 678UL dialer board and one
SA-678-28 line fault monitor/selector, plus automatic daily test. Transmitter dialing feature is programmed ‘‘alternate by pairs.’’ All interconnecting wiring between the transmitter and control panel enclosures is to be 20 ft (6 m) or less and in conduit. No. 685 receiver monitors
signals received on from two to eight incoming telephone lines. System loading capacity is dependent upon the total number of incoming lines
to the receiver, up to 256 transmitters per line. No. 686 printer is for recording of system activities. Receiver and printer operate from 120/220
volt (50-60 Hz) primary power. Transmitter is 120 V ac powered and equipped with 6 V, 5 AH battery providing 24 hour standby operation.
No. 685 receiver has integral battery charger for connection of required external 12 volt standby battery. Manufacturer specifies use of four
parallel Yuasa NP38-12B, 38 AH batteries (not supplied with the receiver) to provide 24 hours standby operation or a Globe Model GC 12550,
55 AH battery (not supplied with receiver) to provide 9 hours standby operation or ADEMCO No. 630 5 AH battery (15-20 minutes standby
operation) to prevent loss of signals during transfer to ac standby power. Additional ac standby power for receiver/printer is required for central
station to meet 60 hour requirement.
Radio Alarm System (RAS). AlarmNet 900 MHz radio network may consist of up to 30 radio alarm satellite station receivers (RASSR), with
each RASSR being ADEMCO Model 7900 or 7900R master station using firmware Version 9.78. Approved AlarmNet networks are located
in Boston and New York metropolitan areas. Equipment at the premises consists of: Model 7620ULF radio alarm transmitter (RAT) using
firmware Version No. 691 or 7920SE transceiver (RAT) using firmware Version WA7920SE-7, or 7720ULF control/transmitter (Firmware
version 1.24) communicating with a min of two RASSRs. Models 7620ULF and 7920SE monitor the alarm and trouble relay outputs of an
Approved local fire alarm control. Model 7720ULF provides local fire alarm control and radio alarm transmitter (see also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING). Radio alarm central station receiver (RASCR) consists of: ADEMCO Model 7810 central station receiver using firmware
Version WA7920M3-7, connected to an ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR), using software Version 4.7, portion of a
digital alarm communication system (DACS) equipped with a Model 685-5N line card or MX8000 using software Version B1.03, receiver for
a digital alarm communication system (DACS) equipped with an MX8000-LRR line card (Firmware124062 Rev B). Model WY-50 display
terminal connected to the 685 DACR provides network status information. Model 7620ULF requires 12 V dc, 5 AH battery for 24 hours of
standby power, Model 7720ULF requires 12 V dc 7 AH battery for 24 hours of standby power, Model 7920SE requires 12 V dc, 21 AH battery
for 24 hours of standby power, Model 7900 requires 48 V, 160 AH battery for 24 hours of standby power, Model 7900R requires 24 V dc, 190
AH battery for 24 hours of standby power. RASCR Model 7810 has integral battery charger and external 12 V dc, 38 AH battery to provide
60 hours of standby power. System equipment suitable for indoor use at 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C), except 7920SE and 7620ULF which are
suitable for -22° to 140°F (-30° to 60°C). Antenna Models 7625, 7625-3dB, 7674 and 7674-13 for use with 7620ULF, 7920SE and 7810 are
suitable for outdoor use, rated NEMA 3.
Vista 5140XM Fire Alarm Control. Consists of 5140XM unit, up to 16 5137AD/5137ADR or up to five 6139/6139R remote consoles,
5140DLM backup dialer module, 1451 transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module and
5140 LED indicator module. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are
compatible with the 5140XM. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries. The 5140XM is
compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR.
14-110
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Ademco 5110XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.
Primary power 120 V ac. 12 V dc batteries rated 7 or 14AH are available to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The 5110XM
is compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
Ademco 5120XM programmable control panel (firmware Version WA5110XM-12 and N8296). Optional keypads 6137R/6139R available.
Primary power 120 V ac. Batteries to 17.2 AH max are available to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The 5120XM is
compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING
SYSTEMS.)
Ademco VISTA-100 programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS100-12). A min of one 6139R keypad is required. Primary power
120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 24 hours of
emergency operation. The VISTA-100 is compatible with the Ademco 685 and MX 8000 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING
and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Ademco VISTA-128FBP, VISTA-250FBP programmable control panel (firmware Versions WAVIS128FBP Rev. 10 for VISTA-128FBP and
WAVIS250FBP, Rev. 10, for VISTA-250FBP. A minimum of one 6139R or 6160 keypad is required. Installation of a 5140 DLM Back up dialer
is required. Optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmware version 1.2) set for ECP mode may be used as secondary communications with
central station through AlarmNet bridging point. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional PS24 power supply module for VISTA-128FB only. 12 V
dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide required 24 hours of emergency operation. The VISTA-128FB is compatible with
the Ademco 685 and the MX8000 DACRs. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS)
Ansul Incorporated, One Stanton St, Marinette WI 54143
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of AUTOPULSE IQ-396X programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm
communicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See
control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Bosch Security Systems, 130 Perinton Parkway, Fairport NY 14450
Model D2071A DACT (Software P/N 38036B, Rev. 3.10) with D6500 or Ademco 685 DACR. One back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec)
is required for up to five on-line DACRs to provide a min of two. When using ‘‘Modem II’’ transmission format, the primary and secondary
DACRs must be Model D6500s. Signal transmission is via the public switched telephone network. Two telephone lines (monitored for line fault
and automatically switched during line fault) are connected from each DACT to a telephone exchange with a min of two monitored telephone
lines connected from the central station based DACRs to their local telephone exchange. System loading capacity depends upon the total
number of incoming lines. Equipment suitable for 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) temperature range. DACT contains rechargeable 12 V battery for
24 hour standby operation, DACR is equipped with integral 12 V battery for 4 to 10 hour emergency operation, but requires additional ac or
dc standby power from central station to meet 60 hour requirement. Model D6500 DACR includes one P/N 6550 printer (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01),
one P/N 6510 main processing unit (MPU) card (Ver. 1.03 or 2.01), two 8 P/N D6540 line cards (Ver. 2.0 or 2.01), one P/N D6530 power supply
card. Model D6500 DACR equipment options include RS232C card for CRT or computer interface. Model D2071A Programmable DACT uses
Version 38036B, Rev. 3.10 firmware and must be set for 24 hour test signal. D2071A is available as a complete D2071AC kit including Model
D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3
AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in transformer with Model
D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of the transformer. The D2071A Approval covers the standalone (120 V
ac primary/12 V ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing
fire alarm controls.
Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model D9124 (Version 3.12) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model D928 dual
phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm communicator
receivers (DACR) at the central station. Options include Zonex zone expansion system consisting of D8125 POPEX (Point of Protection
Expansion) module with D9127U and D9127T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder), D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating
circuit module, D125B powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. D9124 control is equipped with Model D9142 power
supply, Model D1601 transformer, and 24 V dc (7 to 38 AH) rechargeable batteries to provide 24 hours secondary (standby) power. DACR
is equipped with integral 12 V, 12 AH battery bank for 10 hour emergency operation at a max current load of 1.1 A. Equipment is suitable for
operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Digital Alarm Communicator System. D7412 or D9412 (Software Rev. 5.22), digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with Model
D928 dual phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Model D6500 digital alarm
communicator receivers (DACRs) using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card and Version 3.03 for the printer at the
central station. Each control/communicator is equipped with 12 V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby)
power. The DACR is equipped with 12 V dc, 12 AH battery for 10 hour emergency operation.
Model DS9471 Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) using version 26-50030-0300F firmware at protected
properties reporting to two or more Model D6500 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs). One backup DACR
(switchable within 30 sec) is required, for up to five on-line DACRs, to provide a min of two. DS9471 must be set for 24 hour test signal.
DS9471 is available as a complete DS9471A kit including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric
Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby
power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in transformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of
the transformer. The DS9471 Approval covers the stand-alone (120 V ac primary/12 V dc secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved
for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.
CHEMETRON Fire Systems, 4801 Southwick Dr 3rd Floor, Matteson IL 60443
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Micro-200I programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm communicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control
panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of Micro-300I or Micro-400I programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT digital alarm
communicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73830, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See
control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Detection Systems Inc, 130 Perinton Pkwy, Fairport NY 14450
Model DS9471 Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) using version 26-50030-0300F firmware at protected
properties reporting to two or more Radionics Model D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACRs). One
backup DACR (switchable within 30 sec) is required, for up to five on-line DACRs, to provide a min of two. DS9471 must be set for 24 hour
test signal. DS9471 is available as a complete DS9471A kit including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler
Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours
standby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in tranformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote
mounting of the transformer. The DS9471 Approval covers the stand-alone (120 V ac primary/12 V dc secondary) configuration only; it is not
Approved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
14-111
Digital Monitoring Products Inc, 2500 N Partnership Blvd, Springfield MO 65803
Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Model XR200 control (Firmware Level 111) with 893/893a dual phone line
module transmitting status signals to two or more SCS-100 line cards of a Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR)
(Software Version 809) with processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer card SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110,
SCS-PRT printer and SCS-CRT display and keyboard at the central station via the public switched telephone network. 12 V dc batteries rated
6.5 to 28 AH are available to provide 24 hours of emergency operation Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32°
to 120°F (0° to 49°C). DMP recommends Best Power Technology Model Nos. F2KVA-B, F3KVA-B, F5KVA-B; Elgar Models UPS253-3B,
UPS373-3B, UPS503-3B; La Marche Series A-52; Topaz Series 82000, 84462-01, 84864-01, 84126-01 or 84130-01 uninterruptable power
supply (UPS) to provide .5 A at 120 V ac to the printer for 24 hours for secondary (standby) power and 3 A at 120 V ac for the receiver.
Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Model 1912XR control (Firmware Level 110) with 893 dual phone line module
and Model 670, 770, 771, 772, 773 or 774 keypads with Model 320 or 322 wire-in transformer, transmitting status signals to two or more
SCS-100 line cards of a Model SCS-1 digital alarm communicator receiver (DACR) at the central station via the public switched telephone
network. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator is powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hours of emergency
operating power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Uninterruptable Power Supply
(UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available.
DMP Active Multiplex System. At central station, SCS-1 consists of processor card SCS-1062, five line cards SCS-100, transformer card
SCS-130, power supply card SCS-110, SCS-PRT printer, and SCS-CRT display and keyboard. SCS-1 has capacity for five multiplex signal
lines, each with capacity for 128 transponders. Model 1912XR control/communicator with 893 dual phone line module provides a digital alarm
communicator back-up. Model 1912XR Control/Communicator is powered by 120 V ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (13 AH) for 24 hours
of emergency operating power. Equipment is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C). Uninterruptable
Power Supply (UPS) able to provide 3 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is available.
Digital Security Controls Ltd, 3301 Langstaff Rd, Concord, Ontario L4K 4L2 Canada
Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model Sur-Gard, MLR-2000 (Firmware Version 1.2) digital alarm communicator receiver
(DACR) at central station receiving signals from digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), Silent Knight 5104, Radionics 8112G2.
Sur-Gard MLR-2000 is powered by 120 V ac; includes SG-DRL2000 (Firmware Vers. 1.2) line cards, dual SG-CPM2000 central processing
modules, dual SG-PSU2000 power supplies; Okidata Microline 184 Turbo printer for recording signals (two connected printers are required).
DACT transmits status signals to two or more DACRs via the public switched telephone network. Inclusion of dual modules provides integral
equivalent of second DACR. SUR-Gard MLR-2000 used with rechargeable 24 V battery (140 to 190 AH) for 4 hr emergency operation;
requires additional ac or dc power from central station to meet 60 hour requirement.
Edwards Systems Technology, 90 Fieldstone Court, Cheshire CT 06410
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST1-1Z1, -1Z1-220, 2Z1, -2Z1-220, MIR-1Z1, -1Z1-220, -2Z1, -2Z1-220 or Edwards
2411 programmable modular control panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter module (EST or MIR DL1, Edwards 2400-DL) having
firmware Version 1.0, communicating with the Silent Knight 9000 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under
LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST1-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220, MIR-2Z3, -2Z3-220, -2Z6, -2Z6-220 or Edwards
2412, 2414, 2418 programmable modular control panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter module (EST or MIR DL1, Edwards
2400-DL) having firmware Version 1.0, communicating with the Silent Knight 9000 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel
description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of EST2 Analog Control Panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACR)
equipped with a model DL2 two line dialer (firmware Version 1.0), communicating with the Ademco 685 digital alarm communicator receiver.
(See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MIR2 Analog Control Panel with digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACR) equipped
with a model DL2 two line dialer (firmware Version 1.0), communicating with the Ademco 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See
control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of a Quick Start Series (QSC, QS1, and QS4) Fire Alarm Control with digital alarm
communicator transmitter (DACR) equipped with a model DLD dual in-line dialer (IC with firmware 7400027 rev. 2.0), communicating with the
ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Faraday LLC, 805 S Maumee St, Tecumseh MI 49286
MPC-2000 Fire Alarm Control. Programmable MPC-2000 with the DC-1 digital communicator module is compatible with the Silent Knight
SK9000 DACR using the SK4+2 format. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Fire Burglary Instruments Inc, 163 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791
Digital Alarm Communication System (DACS). Consists of Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C (firmware Version WA200C-12) digital
alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more CP-220 FB (system firmware
version 3.9 consisting of line card firmware version WAREC11-2.7 and memory card firmware Version WAREC5-3.9) digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs) in the central station via a signaling channel established through the public switched telephone network. One
back-up receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to 5 on-line receivers. Security Dimensions Model SD-2000C can be used with
optional Model 7105 zone expander to increase the number of initiating device circuits from eight to 16 or Model 7126 multiplex expansion
module providing two circuits for connection of up to 64 addressable devices on each circuit. Approved addressable devices are SD-2708 8
point multiplex module and XL-4750SDT or SD-2750SDT photoelectric smoke detector with integral 135°F heat detector. Model CP-220 FB
is 120 V ac powered with 12 V dc charger output for connection of 12 V dc, 55 AH for 24 hours of standby power. Model SD-2000C powered
by 120 V ac with 12 V standby batteries of 8 to 20 AH for 24 hours of operating power. Equipment suitable for operation in ambient
temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
Fire-Lite Alarms Inc, One Fire-Lite Place, Northford CT 06472
Digital Alarm Communication System. Consists of Model MS4812 or MS4824 control/communicator with Model FDC-UL digital communication module, at least one IZ412 initiating zone module or DCID polling loop interface module and other functional modules at the protected
property as dictated by the needs of the specific installation (see LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING for other Approved functional modules)
transmitting status signals to two or more ADEMCO Model 685 digital alarm communicator receivers in the central station via a signaling
channel established through the public telephone network. The FDC-UL is required to be connected to two telephone lines. One back-up
receiver, switchable within 30 sec, is required for up to five on-line ADEMCO No. 685 receivers. ADEMCO No. 685 receiver signals are
received on from two to eight incoming telephone lines. System loading capacity is dependent upon the total number of incoming lines to the
receiver, up to 256 transmitters per line. No. 686 printer is for recording of system activities. Receiver and printer operate from 120/220 V
(50-60 Hz) primary power. The MS4812 control/transmitter is 120 V ac powered and equipped with 6 to 15 AH batteries providing 24 hours
of standby operation. Manufacturer specifies use of a Globe Model GC 12550, 55 AH battery (not supplied with receiver) to provide 9 hours
standby operation or ADEMCO No. 630, 5 AH battery (15-20 min. standby operation) to prevent loss of signals during transfer to ac standby
power. Additional ac standby power for receiver/printer is required for central station to meet 60 hour requirement.
Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Consists of Model 911AC Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) kit
and two or more Radionics 6000, 6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers (DACR). 911AC kit uses Version
26-50030-0200-F firmware and must be set fo 24 hour self-test signal. 911AC includes Model 911A DACT module, D4103R enclosure, a
14-112
September 2003 — Approval Guide
Electrical Signaling
Model D2002 mounting plate and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or PS1270 (12 V,
7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power respectively. The 911AC Approval covers the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 V
ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slve communicator (24 V dc input power) installed in existing fire alarm
controls. See ADEMCO and Radionics listings for DACR details.
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MS-9200 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT-F digital alarm communicator transmitter module, having Firmware 73623, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See control
panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
Digital Alarm Communicator System consisting of MS-9600 programmable fire alarm control panel with UDACT-F digital alarm communicator transmitter module, using software #M9600 V1.0, communicating with the ADEMCO 685 digital alarm communicator receiver. (See
control panel description under LOCAL PROTECTIVE SIGNALING.)
First Alert Professional Security Systems, 175 Eileen Way, Syosset NY 11791
FA1500C Fire Alarm Control. Consists of FA1500C unit, up to 16 FA510KP and FA510KPR remote consoles, 5140DLM back-up dialer
module, 1451 transformer with enclosure, 4190WH remote point module, 4208 eight zone remote point module, and 5140 LED indicator
module. Models 4192SD, 4192SDT photoelectric type and 4192CP ionization type addressable smoke detectors are compatible with the
FA1500C. Panel must be provided with 24 hours of secondary power using 12 AH to 34.4 AH batteries. The FA1500C is compatible with the
Ademco 685 DACR.
FA1600C programmable control panel (firmware Version WAVIS150-16.1, Rev. 6.1). A minimum of one FA550KP, FA560KP keypad is
required. The optional 7845C cellular transceiver (firmwave version 1.2) may be used as secondary communications with central station
through AlarmNet bridging point requires the panel remain in the factory preprogrammed ECP Mode. Primary power 120 V ac. Optional
Ademco PS24 power supply module w/1451-24 direct-wire transformer. 12 V dc batteries with up to 34.4 AH capacity are used to provide
required 24 hours of emergency operation. The FA1600C is compatible with the Ademco 685 DACR. (See also LOCAL PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING and REMOTE STATION SIGNALING SYSTEMS.)
Honeywell ACS (Honeywell Inc), 2701 4th Ave S, Minneapolis MN 55408
Honeywell Security Link (HSL) Computerized SAS System. For central station fire and security service. Includes all necessary equipment
and accessories except actuating devices. Approved system configuration consists of the Phoenix receiver (P/N 24500100) with a 386-25
processor, eight DIB cards, the CPU board, two I/O Port Serial boards, a floppy disk controller board, the receiver supervisor board, three
cooling fans, and the power supply with Honeywell Model 7800 CRT display terminal, Okidata Model 92, 92 Plus, 192, or 192 Plus printers,
P/N 2001-3007 event annunciator, Model 7709 (ATU), 7719 (ATUX), 7707 (PU-6) subscriber fire and burglar alarm transponders. Model 7701
slave transmitter provides interface between an existing control and the multiplex system. Model 7714 four port expander (FPX) multiplexes
up to four 7707 or 7709 HSL transmitting units on one phone line. Model 7712 two port expander (TPX) multiplexes host transponder Model
7707 and one other 7707, or 7709 HSL transponder on one phone line. Max of 1000 transponders per receiver, 256 transponders per trunk
line. Individual subscribers are connected by separate leg facilities either to individual ports of Telco DSAS bridging equipment at a central
telephone exchange or to an individual port of a Honeywell Model 7716, 16 port bridge located in the central station. Uninterruptable power
supply (UPS), for the Phoenix receiver, able to provide 2 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is required at the central station to meet the 24 hour
secondary (standby) power.
Honeywell Active Multiplex System. Approved system configurations consist of the Phoenix receiver (P/N 24500100) with a 386-25
processor, and Model 5800, 5900, or 5924 control/communicators (Firmware version 2.95) with a DSCC module. The controls may include
one of the 540R, 541R, 542R, or 550 keypads. Options include Model D130 reversing relay module, D192C indicating circuit module, D125B
powered loop interface module, and D8128A OctoPOPIT module. The 5800 and 5900 Control/Communicators are each powered by 120 V
ac with 12 V dc standby batteries (14 AH) for 24 hours of emergency operating power. The 5924 control/communicator is equipped with 24
V dc, 14 AH rechargeable battery to provide 24 hour secondary (standby) power. Uninterruptable power supply (UPS), for the Phoenix
receiver, able to provide 2 A at 120 V ac for 24 hours is required at the central station to meet the 24 hour security (standby) power. Equipment
is suitable for operation in ambient temperatures from 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C).
PS6/54 Central Station Automation System. Automates routine operations associated with multiplex and digital communicator circuits
terminating in a central station. Interfaces with P/N 5000-0102 front end processors (FEP) housing Approved Honeywell Security Link (HSL)
SAS System and Radionics Model 6000 digital alarm communicator receivers. The PS6 system consists of one P/N 5000-0101 switching
cabinet assembly, two Model MPC8 8.3 KVA power regulators, two P/N CPX 9654 central processor units with DCE 9801 1024KB memory
and 16 I/O ports, two P/N MSU 9607 disk drive units, two P/N PSS 9640 memory power save units, a min of one P/N 2001-8905 T80-R0
dispatch printer, one P/N 5000-1001 remote alarm and trouble annunciator, one PRU9618 600 LPM printer, two WST 1005 120 CPS system
console printers, two DIM 9631 mini diskette ports, two DIU 9608 diskette drive units, and WST 7801 or 7815 CRT terminals (as required).
System requires computer room with controlled ambient temperature of 65° to 70°F (18° to 21°C) and operations room with control led
ambient temperature of 55° to 90°F (13° to 35°C) with 20% to 90% RH.
Digital Alarm Communicator System (DACS). Approved system configurations consist of Model 5505 programmable (Version E or G) eight
zone Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter(s) (DACT) at protected properties reporting to two or more Radionics Model 6000 Digital Alarm
Communicator Receivers (DACRs) at the central station; one back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec) is required for up to 5 on-line DACRs,
so as to provide a min of two. Signal transmission is via the public switched telephone network. Two telephone lines (monitored for line fault
and automatically switched during line fault) are connected from each DACT to a telephone exchange with a min of two monitored telephone
lines connected from the central station based DACRs to their local telephone exchange. System loading capacity is dependent upon the total
number of incoming lines. Required DACT equipment includes programmed twenty-four hour self-test timer, Model 5505 control/
communicator assembly, D128 dual phone line switcher, Model 520 arming station, Model 510 command center, P/N D1640 120/16-17 V ac,
40 va, 60 Hz transformer. DACT equipment options include Model No. 136 relay, D192 bell circuit supervision module, D129 dual Class A
initiation circuit module, D125 powered loop interface, Zonex zone expansion system consisting of up to two D8125 POPEX (Point of
Protection Expansion) modules each with up to 63 D8126U, D8126T POPIT (Point of Protection Input Transponder) modules. Plug-in
RS232C interface card for the DACR which provides supplementary signal output to CRT video display or computer. Equipment suitable for
32° to 120°F (0° to 49°C) temperature range. DACT contains rechargeable 12 V, 12 AH (at 10 hour rate) battery for 24 hours standby
operation; DACR is equipped with integral 12 V, 2.5 AH (at 10 hour rate) battery for 10 hours emergency operation but requires additional
ac or dc standby power source at the central station to meet the 60 hour requirement.
Model 2071AH Programmable Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) uses Version 26-50030-0200-F firmware at protected
properties reporting to two or more Radionics Models D6500, D6600 or Ademco 685 DACR. One back-up DACR (switchable within 30 sec)
is required for up to five on-line DACRs. Model 2071AH must be set for 24 hour test signal. 2071AH is available as a complete 2071ACH kit
including Model D4103R enclosure, a Model D2002 mounting plate, and a Basler Electric Model A9125 hardwired transformer with Models
D1219 (12 V, 2.3 AH) or D126 (12 V, 7 AH) standby batteries for 24 or 60 hours standby power, respectively; the Model D1220 plug-in
transformer with Model D8004 transformer enclosure is also available for remote mounting of the transformer. The 2071AH Approval covers
the standalone (120 V ac primary/12 V ac secondary) configuration only; it is not Approved for use as a slave communicator (24 V dc input
power) installed in existing fire alarm controls.
Digital Alarm Communicator System. Model 5800C or 5900C (Software Rev. 0500) digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with
Model D928 dual phone line switcher module at the protected property transmitting status signals to two or more Radionics Model D6500,
D6600 digital alarm communicator receivers (DACRs). D6500 using Version 7.80 for the MPU card, Version 7.00 for the line card and Version
3.03 for the printer at the central station. Each control/